LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.
£3 63

ty

an es

aie

s=

“4
f

PRANSAC TIONS

OF THE

NATURAL HISTORY SOCTETY

NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM,

AND

MeWVeASTLE-UPRON-ITYNE.

(Newer Series.)

VOL. IV.

LONDON :
WILLIAMS anp NORGATE,

14, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN,

1909-1915.

CONTENTS.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME IY.

(New SERIES).

Report of the Natural History Society for 1909-10 ... 5

A Synopsis of the British Symphyla, with descriptions of New
Species. By RICHARD S. BAGNALL, F.E.S., F.L.S.
(Plate I.) ee a 500 0 Ene ae

New and Rare British Salis, By the Rev. J. E. HuL1, M.A.
(Plate IT.) és Bee yey ue

Notes on Pauropoda, with a brief description of a New Species of
Brachypauropus. By RICHARD S. BAGNALL, F.ES.,
BRICSS: cee 200

A Section of the Cliffs near Renee in- by he: oo in ini is
exposed a Gravel Bed containing Chalk Flints. By R. G. A.
BULLERWELL, M.Sc. (illustrated). ... é

Notes on Neolithic Chipping-sites in Northumberland and Doe
By C. IT. TRECHMANN, B.Sc. (Plates III.-VI1.)

The Glacial Geology of Northumberland. By J. A. SMYTHE,
Ph.D., D.Sc. (illustrated). ; 28s 900 age

On the British Spiders of the Genus Microneta. By A. RANDELL
Jackson, M.D., D.Sc. (Plates VII. and VIII.) ...

On the occurrence of Brachycheeteuma, Titanosoma and Polymicrodon
in England. By Dr. K. W. VERHG@FF. (Plates IX. and X.)
Translated from the German MS. by E. L. Gill. :

An amended description of Diaptomus Sancte LPatricii. By G.
STEWARDSON BRADY, M.D., L.L.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.
(Plate XI.) 00 : p00

Further Records of some British See with Ren of a
New Species. By RICHARD S, BAGNALL, F.E.S,, F.L.S.

Report of Field Meetings, 1909. By C. E. RoBson ae

Report of Field Meetings, 1910, By B. AMSDEN, B.A., B.Sc.,

ot belBss = one ia 600 606
Report-of the Natural History See for 1910-11.
Miscellanea

Report of the Natural Hers Sauer fo IQII-12 ...

Report of the Natural History Society for 1912-13 ... wie Bae

Megalichthys: a Study incorporating the Results of Work on
previously undescribed Material. By the Rev. S. GRAHAM
Birks, M.Sc. (Plates XII.-XVI.) ...

11

PAGE

59

61

67

86

117

143

168

171
177

200
210
246
255

280

3°97

1V CONTENTS.
‘wo newly-discovered Whin-dykes on the Coast of Northumber- sa

land. By J. A. Smyrue, Ph.D.,. D.Sc. a nee 0 BO
Report of Field Meetings, 1911. By RicHARD S. BAGNALL,

EES serine a Seales. : she as ae ae 300
Report of Field Meetings, 1912. By the Rev. J. M. Hick, M.A., 366
Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. By the Rrv. J, E. Hutt,

MA. (Plate XVII.) Ana Ae ns tes SeeamS Oi
Index to Volume IV. New Series aoe ts Bate S60 son ALO)

LIST OF PLATES, VoL. IV. (NEw SeriEs).

Plate illustrating Mr. Bagnall’s paper on New British Symphyla, p. 40
(description, p. 41):
Plate I. Figures showing structural details of ten species of British
Symphyla.
Plate illustrating the Rev. J. E. Hull’s paper on New and Rare British
Spiders, p. 58:
Plate II. Figures showing structural details of eight species of
Spiders.
Plates illustrating Mr. Trechmann’s paper on Neolithic Chipping-sites,
p 84 (descriptions, pp. 83-85) :
Plate III. Neolithic implements ; Teesdale, Weardale, Allendale.
Plate IV. Neolithic implements ; Blackton-in-Teesdale.
Plate V. Neolithic implements ; Horden.
Plate VI. Neolithic implements; Coast of Durham and North-

umberland.
Plates illustrating Dr. Jackson’s paper on British Micronetoid Spiders,
pp. 141, 142:
Plate VII. Figures showing stuctural details of eight species of
Spiders.
Plate VIII. Figures showing structural details of six species of
Spiders.
Plates illustrating Dr. Verhceffs paper on Brachycheteuma, Titanosoma
and Polymicrodon in England. p. 166 (description, p. 167) :
Plate IX. Brachycheteuma bagnall.
Plate X. Brachycheteuma bagnallt and Polymicrodon latzeli.
Plate illustrating Dr. Brady’s paper on Diaptomus Sancti Patricii, p. 170:
Plate XI. Diaptomus Sancti Patricir.
Plates illustrating the Rey. S. Graham Birks’ paper on Megalichthys,

p- 326.

CONTENTS. Vv

Plate XII.—
Fig. 1. Megalichthys hibberti (pygmaeus ).
eee aA coccolepis. Part of skull.
Plate XIII. Aegalichthys hibberti, Skull and anterior portion of
body.
Plate XIV.—
Fig. 1. Alegalichthys hibberti. Upper surface of part of skull.
ye 2s iy coccolepis, Anterior portion of skull.
Plate XV.—

Fig. 1. Megalichthys hibberti. Anterior portion of skull.
>» 2. Megalichthys hibberti. Portion of skull.
Flate XVI. Megalichthys coccolepis. Weft mandible, external aspect.
Plate illustrating the Rev. J. E Hull’s paper on the Oribatide, p. 409 :
Plate XVII. Terrestrial Acari.

LIST OF OTHER ILLUSTRATIONS.

illustrations to Mr. Bagnall’s paper on British Symphyla : et
Fig. 1. Scutigerella tmmaciulata... oe ane oo ado 23
Fig. 2. 59 TPUDEBES 000 500 ee 560 600 25
Fig. 3: 0 biscutata ... ie ons sae ood 27
Fig. 4. * hansent one Nae 28
Illustration to the Rev. J. E. Hull’s paper on ere anes
Scleroschema reginaldt, S, hiemale, and S. ignobile ... ae 56

Illustration to Mr. Bagnall’s paper on Pauropoda ;
Brachypauropus lubbocki ... ae el 000 noe Ne 60
Illustrations to Mr. Bullerwell’s paper on a Section of the Cliffs near
Newbiggin-by-the-Sea :

Section of Cliff a6d 4 000 ee ond odo aye 63
Photograph. The Giavele sie S02 ... to face p. 64
3 General View of the Cliffs ih ie

Illustrations of Dr. Smythe’s paper on the Glacial Goes of
Northumberland :

Harden Hill ; ARS
Erratic, Harehope Burn ek sale BP

Photograph 1. Blanch Burn Kaims _... 1 ... to face p. 114
¥3 2. Cemented Glacial Gravels, Mitford .., 4s
a a5 Selloy7"Ss COVE avo Pee as a
MA 4. Swire at Humbleton Hengh Es 500 ui
As 5. Hawden Dene ... 200 ae
a5 6. Marginal Trench on Hanis Hill a 99
7,
8.

vl CONTENTS.

Map 1. Contoured Map of East Northumberland _... to face a
» 2. The formation of Selby’s Cove... oat 50 sop its
», 3- Map showing directions of Ice Movements, ete. ... 116
Illustration to Mr. Bagnall’s paper ‘‘ Further Records of some
British Symphyla” :
Scolopendrella jacksont _... 175
Illustrations to the Rev. S. Graham Birks’ paper on ‘Mepaictaye
Text figure 1. MJegalichthys hibberti ... 500 oo co | BLS
aha, Be % sf ee 000 p00 ole eo)
Be ai 30 560 ws nee nee 32
Illustrations to Dr. Smythe’s paper on Two Newly-discovered
Whin-dykes on the Coast of Northumberland :
Fig. 1. Section showing the Hartley Dyke ... : 342

» 2- Section showing Hartley Dyke, Collywell Dyke a
adjacent beds 00 600 noc soc =e Saag

SD
{
V

PioeNoAG TIONS

ey
OF THE CG Rink)
if t Za 6} | (i ¥:

NATURAL HISTORY, SOULE

=

OF

ORE ei ToS MSE cor ea a ne a
eS eae: 23 gh A sec he a a we Panik
. LF aie Nal” a A, Tos ~ t
i ae We ee 5 Pi ee OE oid he cae a
ft f : b ‘ wae. m - i iy ‘ ‘
9 | apt : j 3 ° a

' NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM,

AND

z. NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE.
; ONewr Series.)

es VOL. IV.—PART I.

>

LONDON :
WILLIAMS anp NORGATE,

14, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

i 1914.
I Price Five Shillings.
|

Slayer aea OD

oF

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OF
NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE-
UPON-TYNE

—— el

REEORLT, OF THE COUNCIL

FOR IQ0Q-IQIO0

THE past year of the Society presents certain satisfactory
features, and others which are somewhat disquieting. Much
of the Society’s work, especially in connexion with the main-
tenance of the Museum, has been greatly helped by the
Crawhall bequest. Without this timely aid, indeed, the
position at the present moment would be serious, and it is
this fact—that it is difficult to see how some such exceptional
source of income could have been dispensed with—which makes
it clear that in some respects the Society is not so flourishing as
the Council would wish to see it. In the very essential matter
of the membership there is a further decline to record. Ten
members have been lost by death and twenty-one by resigna-
tion, and as only thirteen new members have been elected,
there is a nett loss of eighteen. The membership has now
once more fallen below 400: the actual figure at the end of
the year is 395. ‘

The bequest of £6,000, received under the will of the late
Mr. Geo. E. Crawhall, has been invested in satisfactory trust
securities, and will yield an annual income of about £200,
Particulars of the investments will be found in the Treasurer’s
report. A further sum of £1,000, on account of the share of
residuary estate bequeathed unconditionally to the Society,
has also been paid to the Treasurer during the year, and a
small further sum may yet be received from this source.
After careful consideration, it was decided that the share

2 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

of residue should be set aside as a quasi-capital fund,
to be available, under the order of the Council, to meet extra-
ordinary expenditures that may from time to time be found
necessary. Certain disbursements from it have already been
sanctioned, including the cost of a new heating-boiler
and some alterations to the hot-water system, the purchase
of a new typewriting machine, of a cabinet for a large
collection of local beetles, and of about £10-worth of selected
"specimens of marine invertebrates from the zoological stations
at Naples and Plymouth. Some of these items of expenditure
call for a word of explanation. The new boiler was required
to replace an old one which had been in use since the
Museum was built, and which finally became unusable early
in the winter. The alterations in the hot-water system were
designed to secure a better distribution of heat in the front of
the building, where (especially in the vestibule and library)
the circulation had never been satisfactory. A new arrange-
ment of the connexions was made, and a new return-pipe laid
from the front of the building back to the boilers. As the
work was carried out in the spring, after artificial heating had
ceased, its success has not yet been fully proved, but pre-
liminary tests give every reason to expect a perfectly satis-
factory result.

The collection of local beetles for which a cabinet has been
bought is that which was described in the last report. It is
being formed from a combination of three remarkably good
private collections, namely those of the late T. J. Bold, and
of Mr. Jno. Gardner, of Hartlepool, and Mr. R. S. Bagnall.
The two latter gentlemen have kindly given their collections
for this special purpose, conditionally upon suitable cases
being provided, and the final combined collection will probably
be the most complete of its kind in this country. At the time
of the last report no means of providing cabinet space for this
valuable collection were in sight, and the Council considered
it a very suitable object for which to draw upon the special
fund. The typewriter which has been purchased is a
Hammond machine. It is well adapted for museum work,

REPORT OF THE COUNCTIL 3

especially in its device for changing the type, and already
it has proved very useful in both correspondence and label-
writing.

The Council also decided, on the recommendation of the
House Committee, to devote a portion of this fund to the
much-needed repair and re-decoration of the Museum
building, the interior of which has not been decorated
since it was done originally. The repairs needed were
chiefly to the ridge-tiles on the roof, to the roof-lights,
and to the pointing of some of the masonry. Drip-
mouldings have also been fixed on many of the windows
to prevent rain from being blown through, and the roof of
the boiler house has been put in repair. The railings and
outside woodwork are being repainted and the interior re-
decorated throughout. The work, or at least the greater
part of it, would have been done long ago had funds been
available, and the apparent impossibility of finding the
means for it has been a source of increasing anxiety to the
Council.

A considerable improvement has been brought about in the
grounds on the west side of the building. The pond, which
was leaking badly, has been cleaned out and re-cemented.
Beds have been made along the west wall; the rockery and
the other ground near it have been cleaned, a number of
shrubs and small trees planted, and the paths put into good
order for the first time.

An issue of the Transactions (New Series, vol. iil., part 2)
was published during the year, and the concluding part of the
same volume is now almost complete. The Council are
pleased to find that the high standard of the papers is still
fully maintained. Many of them, naturally, are of interest
mainly to specialists, but this is inevitably the case with
original work, the only work that a scientific society is
justified in publishing.. The best thanks of the Society are
due to the President, who generously came forward to enable
a valuable paper on local geology to be published, which was

4 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

otherwise too long to have been accepted for printing at
present. A suggestion to which the Council gave their
approval some years ago—that a general index of the last
series of Transactions should be prepared—is now, they are
glad to see, being carried into effect. A number of members
have kindly given their help, and the entries for most of
the individual volumes are now in hand.

The usual series of winter lectures and “talks” and of
summer field meetings have been arranged and held. A list
of the lectures and “talks” appears in an appendix, and the
field meetings will be reported upon by the chairman of the
field section. The average attendance at the evening lectures
was 85; at the children’s lectures 164; at the curator’s “talks”
53. To the gentlemen who gave their services as lecturers
the Council accord their best thanks. ‘They are especially
indebted to Prof. Meek, who, almost at a moment’s notice,
took the place of a lecturer who was prevented from keeping
his appointment.

The Hancock Prize Competition for 1909 was notable for
the fact that in addition to the usual prize there were second
and third prizes offered, and also a junior prize for com-
petitors under sixteen years ofage. The money for these prizes
was given by the late Mr. Crawhall shortly before his death.
Prof. G. S. Brady and Prof. A. Meek kindly acted as
examiners, and they were advised in the case of the geological
essays by Prof. G. A. Lebour. The awards were as follows :—
First prize, Mr. Chas. Robson (Birtley); second prize, Mr. H.
Jeffreys (Birtley); third prize, Mr. J. M. Taylor (Blackhill);
junior prize, Clifford Rowell (Newcastle). Eighteen essays
were sent in for the competition proper, and thirteen in the
junior section.

On the death of King Edward VII. an address of con-
dolence and loyalty was sent on behalf of the Society to
the new King, George V., and this has been graciously
acknowledged. Reference was made in it to the fact that it
was the late King himself, as Prince of Wales, who opened
the Museum twenty-six years ago.

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL E

The Society has been represented by delegates at several
important gatherings of scientific men; for example, at the
Darwin Commemoration at Cambridge, the Entomological
Congress at Brussels, the Geological and Zoological Con-
gresses at Stockholm and Gratz respectively, and at the
meetings of the British Association and Museums Association.
An address was presented by the Society’s delegate at the
Darwin Commemoration,

Last year the loss by death of three of the oldest of the
vice-presidents had to be recorded, and during the year under
review another vice-president, who was long associated with
them, has been lost in Mr. D. O. Drewett. Mr. Drewett was
almost the oldest member of the Society. He was formerly
an active member of the committee, and took great interest in
the work of the brothers Hancock and the other distinguished
local naturalists of the ’sixties and ’seventies. The late Isaac
Clark, of Blaydon, who has also died during the year, was a
very old member of the Field Club. He was well known to
an earlier generation, and to a few of the present members, as
a keen ornithologist and egg-collector; no one had a better
knowledge of the nesting places and habits of local birds.

The Council wish to express their thanks to the donors of
the museum specimens of which a list appears in a later
portion of the report; to Messrs. J. L. Gracie and J. G. Bell
for their contributions towards eliminating last year’s deficit ;
toe Mr. J. Alaric Richardson for the fine ash used in making
the paths; and to Messrs: Ernest Scott and Wilfred Hall for
the time and trouble they expended in examining and report-
ing on the heating and lighting systems in the Museum.
The Council also acknowledge their appreciation of the
excellent work done by the curator, Mr. Gill, his assistant
Mr. Fletcher, and staff, during the year under review.

6 REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK

CURATOR’S REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK.
I1909-IQIO.

The most important piece of museum work described in
Jast year’s report was the overhauling of the collection of
fishes. ‘This has been continued in the present year, and is
now practically completed. The few remaining fishes have
been coloured, a large number of labels have been drawn up
and printed, and a chart prepared showing the classification
adopted in the cases. Fresh specimens are still needed to
replace some unsatisfactory ones that are doing duty at
present, and with a view to supplying this want we are
making casts of certain fishes (monkfish, chub, char, etc.),
and procuring.some other casts (salmon and sea-trout) from a
well-known specialist in their manufacture. The reptile and
amphibian section, which adjoins that of the fishes, has not
yet been thoroughly dealt with. We began work upon the
snakes this year, but were stopped for the time being by the
difficulty of identifying the specimens. One most welcome
addition has been made to the reptile collection during the
year, namely a skeleton of the green turtle. It was presented
by Dr. F. C. Pybus, and has been very well mounted by Mr.
Fletcher. A few other pieces of work done in the zoology
room deserve mention. Some finishing-up has been done in
the general shell collection, and a number of fresh shells,
selected from the store cupboards by Miss Lebour, were
worked in at the same time. ‘The reproduction of a rock pool
has been provided with a new key-chart and description; a
large number of beautifully preserved marine invertebrates
from the Zoological Station at Naples have been mounted in
glass jars; and a little has been done towards preparing a
fresh exhibited series of insects. With most of the orders of -
insects the difficulty is the obtaining of new material. Of the
beetles, however, we have a fairly representative series, and a
selected set of these has been identified for us by Miss
Bowdler Sharpe at the Natural History Museum, South

REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK 7

Kensington. A cabinet has been purchased for the large
combined local collection of beetles, and in preparation for
installing it Miss Welford is re-carding the beetles in the late
T. J. Bold’s collection. We have made a set of corked trays
fitting the desk cases, and these will be used for the exhibited
collections of insects: they will bring up the insects so as to
lie parallel with the glass and close under it.

The largest single specimen added to the collections during
the year is the skeleton of a white whale or beluga. The
animal was captured seven years ago at the mouth of the
Tyne, and its occurrence there constituted a southerly record
for the species in the North Sea. The skeleton has been
mounted very successfully by Mr. Fletcher. Since it was
finished we have made a hollow half-model of the whale itself
(on the same principle as is adopted in the well-known whale
room at South Kensington) and fixed it up round one side of
the skeleton. From that side what is seen is a life-sized
model of the entire animal; from the other, the skeleton
enclosed by the animal’s outline. The construction of the
hollow model was altogether an experiment as far as we were
concerned, and we are gratified to have succeeded with it.
Another cetacean, again caught at the mouth of the Tyne,
has also been occupying a good deal of our time lately. This
is a white-beaked dolphin (Lagenorhynchus albirostris) which
we bought in a fresh condition from a fishmonger. We
secured a good cast of it, from which a paper model is now
being made ; we then dissected it, keeping some of the more
interesting organs, and Mr. Fletcher is making a preparation
of the skeleton.

We have mounted eight birds during the year, all of them
good additions to the collection. Some foreign game birds
have been removed from old cases in the storeroom, and the
best of them identified and arranged in cases on the bird-
room gallery. In the fossil room the chief addition that has
been worked in is a set of American fossils acquired by
exchange with the New York Museum of Natural History,

8 REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK

Another striking addition to the geological section is a large
model of a metal-mine, made and presented by Mr. Richard
Daniell of Shankhouse Colliery, Cramlington. This model
has been fitted up in the north-west corner-room on the
gallery floor, where it is well seen and is protected by rails
and wire. We have numbered all the parts and put up
framed descriptions, which enable the work of the mine to be
followed through in proper sequence from beginning to end.
In the ethnology section a number of additions have been
incorporated, necessitating a good deal of re-arrangement,
and a large number of new labels have been printed and
placed in the cases. ;

Some special work has been done during the year in
connexion with the library. Prof. Meek is forming a combined
card-index of the zoological literature available for reference
in the various libraries in Newcastle, and cards relating to the
Museum library have been made out for this purpose by Miss
Welford. The serial literature, of which we had not an exact
catalogue previously, has been sorted out and catalogued by
Mr. Fletcher.

Some of the donations of the year have been alluded to
already, and a complete list of them will be found further on.
We have been particularly indebted for fishes and other
marine specimens to Mr. S. T. King, master of a Hartlepool
trawler, Mr. L. Steel, a fish dealer in Newcastle, and Mr.
G. E. Bullen of the St. Albans Museum. Mr. Alex. Girdwood
has sent us some very good beetles, butterflies, centipedes,
etc., from the West African Gold Coast. From Sir Arthur
Middleton we have received fine growths of the rare coral-root
orchid found this year at Belsay. ‘The fossils received from
the New York Museum were a valuable addition to our
paleontological collections, and with them we received an
excellent model of the remarkable Permian reptile Vaosaurus.
Mr. Stanley Smith has presented certain of the specimens
figured in his paper on the local Bernician beds, and Mr. P.
Walther has given us some interesting minerals from the Eifel

REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK 9

and elsewhere. In the ethnology section the most striking
addition is a dandy-horse made about 18ro for the first Earl
of Durham and presented by Messrs. Atkinson and Philipson.
The long series of the Linnean Society’s Journals, which Mr.
H. T. Mennell has presented, forms an important accession to
the library.

I attended the annual conference of the Museums Associa-
tion held at York in July. The proceedings struck me as
being of unusual interest, and some of the papers contained
suggestions that will be of considerable service in work that

we have in view.
E. LEONARD GILL.

MUSEUM STAFF

GUTAMOR vos csetaeaiecauceocesnan oiueosecaasees E. LEONARD Gitt, M.Sc.
PANS STIS HIVAGNET Fee iste of stoajayclcvsiseieiasrarabaiaicelasineieie alvisye HERBERT FLETCHER.
TIONORARY KEEPER... wcesesececeseeeee JOSEPH WRIGHT.

LADY ASSISTANT AND SECRETARY..... Miss E. WELFORD.
VAGTETEBINITDANINGD sists sie islets eisctercielsis eles sislenisise.ciecs alate WILLIAM VOUTT.
GARDENER’ ch susuuineeeiioesenlemitssectesulcwlmeeines ALBERT SPENCER.

NEW MEMBERS ELECTED

FROM JULY, 1909, TO JUNE, 1910.
Dr. Robert Anderson, 4, Gladstone Terrace, Gateshead.
J. Dowson, 3, Victoria Crescent, Cullercoats.

John I. Graham, Thirlwall Office, Gilsland.

Principal W. H. Hadow, M.A., Mus. Doc., Armstrong College,
Newcastle.

Jas. McD. Manson, Hillcroft North, Low Fell.
Arthur Moule Oliver, 1, Fenham Terrace, Newcastle.
Robert Plumpton, 6, Hawthorn Terrace, Newcastle.
Miss Rose Roberts, Stella House, Blaydon-on-Tyne.
Edward Rutter, 203, Westoe Road, South Shields.

Dr. Robt. Hy. Smallwood, M.A., B.S., &c., 11, Wentworth Place,
Newcastle.

C, F. Swan, Prudhoe Hall, Northumberland.
ASSOCIATE MEMBERS

George W. Finch, West Moor, near Newcastle-on=Tyne,
H. S, Wallace, 17, Kingsley Place, Heaton,

be) OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

HONORARY TOREICERS | OF avEk

SOCIEAY:

Elected at the Annual Meeting, October 23rd, 1909

PATRON
The Right Hon. Lord Armstrong, M.A., D.C.L.

PRESIDENT
The Right Hon. Lord Joicey

VICE-PRESIDENTS

The Duke of Northumberland.
Viscount Ridley.

Lord Barnard.

Lord Ravensworth.

The Bishop of Durham.

The Bishop of Newcastle.

Sir Hugh Bell, Bart.

Sir Arthur Middleton, Bart.

Sir Andrew Noble, Bart., F.R.S.
Sir G. H. Philipson, M.D., D.C.L.
Sir John Swinburne, Bart.

Sir Lindsay Wood, Bart.

Prof. Sir Thos. Oliver, M.D.

The Lord Mayor of Newcastle.

Col. C. W. Napier-Clavering.
Lt.-Col. C. H. E. Adamson, C.I.E.
Lt.-Col. W. M. Angus, C.B.
Boi, Co Sy Wyechy, WIL, 1 IRS:
E. J. J. Browell.

R. Coltman Clephan, F.S.A.
Clive Cookson.

W. D. Cruddas.

D. O. Drewett.

Samuel Graham.

H. N. Middleton. .

John Pattinson, F.I.C.

Prof. M. C. Potter, M.A., Sc.D.

COUNCIL

Hugh P. Angus.

W. E. Beck.

Rev. W. McLean Brown.
John L. Gracie.

Wilfred Hall.

T. E. Hodgkin, M.A.

Hon. J. Arthur Joicey.

Prof. Alex. Meek, M.Sc., F.Z.S.
J. Alaric Richardson.

Ernest Scott.

George Sisson.

J. D. Walker, J.P.

HON. SECRETARIES

N: Hy) Martin, H.R: Sak:

C. E. Robson.

HON. TREASURER
A. H. Dickinson,

HON, AUDITOR
Samuel Graham,

MEETINGS AND LECTURES If

EVENING MEETINGS HELD DURING THE
WINTER SESSION, 1909-1910.

Oct. 13.—Mr. Geo. W. Temperley : ‘‘ The Sea-Birds of our Coast, and
how to identify them”’ ; chair taken by-Col. C. H. E. Adamson,
Calle ds

Nov. 10.—Prof. A. Meek, M.Sc., F.Z.S.:—‘‘ The Segments of the
Head”’; chair taken by Mr. R. Coltman Clephan, F.S.A.

Dec. 8.— Mr. Geo. Hurrell, B.A. : ‘‘ Shore Life’’; chair taken by Mr.
Richard Adamson.

Jan. 19.—Mr. H. J. Chapman, F.R.H.S.: “A Talk about Orchids” ;
chair taken by Mr. C. E. Robson.

Feb. 9.—Dr. R. Gordon Bell: “Starch: Nature’s First Organic
Product’; chair taken by Mr. J. Alaric Richardson.

Mar. 9.—Mr. W. H. Young, F.L.S., F.Z.S.: ‘‘Mendelism”’ ; chair
taken by Mr. Jos. G. Angus.

Mar. 23.—Private Evening Meeting of the Society: Report on Field
Meetings of 1909, by Mr. C. E. Robson, Chairman of the Field
Meetings Committee. Reading of extracts from the four prize
essays in the Hancock Competition (see page 4).

AFTERNOON LECTURES TO CHILDREN.

Dec. 30.—Dr. A. Holmested Hobbs: ‘‘ Tierra del Fuego: its People,
its Birds and its Animals’’; chair taken by the Rev. W. McLean

Brown.

Jan. 6.—Prof. G. A. Lebour, M.A., D.Sc. : ‘‘Hillocks, Hills and
Mountains’’; chair taken by Sir Geo. Hare Philipson, D.C.L.,
LGR CAE,

CURATOR’S “MUSEUM TALKS.”

Oct. 27.—The Winter Migrants.

Nov. 24.—Early Life on the Earth.

Dec. 15.—Animal Locomotion.

Jan. 26.—The Age of Reptiles.

Feb. 23.—Young Birds,

Mar. 30.—Animal Weapons and Defences,

Apr. 27,—The Wild Rose and its Family Relations (by Mr,
Richard Adamson),

TREASURER’S REPORT

bl

‘JoIMsvalT, ‘UOFT ‘NOSNIMOIG “H ‘V “IOVIpNYy “UOT, ‘WVHVUS) “INVS

6 91 667 6 ol 66F
fo} ¢ Cc BO Ra De Pann an aloes Shite Ca er ee Ss te solipuns g ¢ Cy wee cc ccc ccc ccs ses ccsesscascecsessesssscce ecccccccscccce WoysCy
OI OI €I ipepar spunois uinesnul no sutkeyq — Asoey 1dE MA Ol GOs OU ga ee pag coe puny [vsloust) Wolf Iojsuvs zy
IL PI ZQ "tresses teeeseeseeseee ToTIOG MON'—OYOOD 2% suruuig, I £1 OL ses cere *aersesgtese sce sass 6Go6r ‘oun{ yoke ‘aouepeg
DES TA 7
GNONA WIVdad ONIGWNA

‘O O1 by 0} pajunowe ounf{ yjo£ uo sorjIqeI] Sulpuvysjno' oy J,
1 br Loo¥ 1 tr LoO¥
v VI Li eee etcees SOCOOIOOOOOUCOCEECIOOOOIOOOI IOC CC i? pury ul aouRleq
g Li 69 oe Swe e ewe ete eneeeeeese ee eeneee ee eeceee selipuns
9 610 f rerees KIQUOTILIS
0 Oo OD tits te tteteeeees elelejele sisiois eccccecce puny tredary sulpring
Zz II OI : DOODODO SUC DUDOUDOOODOUDUOCOUOO O99 SR Tp Ayradoig
oO le Cs eeeeee BOOOOIOOIOUIOCIOIOIOIL weve ees eccsee Sulu gy
Z O1 G1 * os8vuied pue osejsog Oe Oi: OSS Bite che ger ercserstsas ss yunODDV peed sar UWIOI} JOjsuEL
Ht gI iL HAHSNSoDHIOHGDNHGOuOOQD0000500000000 SSul}IL yy pue S[VLIO} VAL /? VI fe) eee ec esc c ccc cect cree ess easece ss ses eesscsessseesceses soLipung
v GT Qe eee tee ese ees BQCOOOIOOIOOIOOIOOIOIOOOOIGUIOIOGIOC I OOir iC iOCiry ** QOUBINSUT fe) fe) OL yoyo 6-001 PIVMO} le coyalciecey@ | [elads
Zz c 1S DODOUDOOUOOOOUUOOOOOUOUOOOROOG JO}e AA pue ‘SUIY OUT ‘jong fe) CI Qlz e[viainiaelsia\ulc.eic alsie alsiclelecjsielsicicieieicieiscle S]UDUIJSIAUT uo JSo1OUF
5 V4 Cy i wee wees BOO OOOOO OOOO OOOO OOOOOOOOIOOOMICOOIOCIOOIC eeceee SUISIFIOAPY ¢ Or 9 eeccee wee ccc cccccee we c cece eccces on ‘syoog apmy jo Res
9 9 LLS SOLIv[ES TP AQT (OUI teste eae sree saa eee dasiess $d0,J UOISSIUIPW UTNesn jap
12 Li Sg afetetstetetoveretelstats afavetatelaleterarelarstefeletelafefevaistate Jomseai J, anp sourleg Oo ZI ees slaeta(etaletaratetalatatatateletelsta(afeleratats(a)etatatcters suoyduosqns (219q We Jay
Die Stay “SLNYUWAVd pS 7 “SLdIHOuea

0161 “ANAL HLOf o1 ‘6061 ‘ATOL 181 WOWHA LNOQOOOV LNAYAND

AUIIOOS AYOLSTH 'IVUOLVN AHL HEIM ENOQO0OV NI UaansVadt AGVUONOH AHL

TREASURER’S REPORT

*“Joinsvaty, “UOFZ “NOSNIMOIG “H °V

© 0 oos‘olF

: jsonbaq O
Cee Oe 2 yweyarag =) *** ¥Y90}G VoUIJoIg *}U99 jod ¥ s Auvduiog Aemprexy us10}seq-YOoN O
72018 SDURLOEN | *juso red €z pajyeprjosuog s,Auedwog Aempiey puelpiyy 1
© © O00 wrt: segade0n600900090000500000000 ‘juoo rod ¥ ye puny payepyosuod) ,siouoisstmmog suAyT, O Oo O00‘
oOo ooS we cc cc ees rer cccsccerc ccc nner sceccersccses . re)
OnnO! (OOOlE = ee (asonbeq urddod) yo01S s[qeutsoperzy *}UuG0 rod fe)
a "s 7

*quso Jod § pajeprfosuod s,Auedwiod) Ja}eA\ peoysoyen pue ajseoMoN

iqeq pepuny -yuso sed £h uolsstutMOD wap, IOAN

“IOJIPNY “UOF] ‘NVHVUD “INVS

*YO0JS JoUDdIOJOIG
oO oo‘!
O oo6‘I
SI orb‘e

Oo 00%

&€ uonviodiog apysvomon oO 000‘Z

—: o161 ‘yjo€ aunf{ ‘AjaI00g ayy Aq pfey syuoUT}sOAUT OY} JO JST] B ST Surmojjoy omy,

SLNAYNLSAANI

“po *s6 L6H 10} sunurid
10} AyIqey Surpuejsjno ue si sioy} sIy} OF UOTTIppe Uy] x

116 fo1F

OBO Roh oe Ftcrr eee serreeee"-Q76y founf yJo€ ‘yueg ul sourleg
Y Zz ¢ eosnececscesccs eee eesccscece ececesece asviIVd pure o8v1s0g
Ol oO 19 ees eescosces eee ecccsccsces surydersoyiy pue SUULI «.
ps ¥

116 for

¢ ZO emcee ees eeeessaseesees ete ete e ene c ees yunoosy uo jSo1O}UT
9 QI I eee ceeee eee ee ween esees SUOT]OVSUBI T, s,A4a1I00S jo ales
OQ TP crtttteteteseeeeeees rerreeeeees suondiosqng ,s1aquiayyy
2 OO etanon a OOOT COUN NIOg Wer RU eoueTeg
Pe ee

INONOOSOV NOILVOITANd TVIOddS

£ 6 goo1F
OL 61 Gog cree" O61 “ounf YIOE “yUeg ul soURTeEg
¢ ¢ Li ees coscescescescesocsessee eee cesersocsccs “SalIOSso00W

pue szayumedAT—od sopamedAT, puowumery
© 9 FF vrrertess**4QuIQea [BOLSO[OUIOJUW—UOG pu juedIg
re} Oo oS1 Ces osscoseesosssssessoesecs juno. y yuoring 0} Jojsuedy,
Pee 7

€ 6 goo'r#

€ 6 9

0 O ooo‘t

rereeeseeees THRUMBIO, “GT “D) O}e[ OY} wos AovSorq

Dy aes

S~LNONOOOV =LISOdUG

14 LIST OF DONATIONS

LIST OF DONATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 3073, 1910.

AMERICAN MuszuM OF NATURAL History, New York (per Prof,
Bashford Dean, by exchange).—Fossil fish remains from the
Devonian, Cretaceous and Eocene of North America and the
Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon. Plaster restoration of the reptile

Naosaurus claviger, Cope, from the Permian of Texas.

B. AMSDEN, B.A., B.Sc., LL.B.—Flowering specimens of the “ Isle of
Man Cabbage,”’ Brassica monensis.

Messrs. ATKINSON AND PHILIPSON.—A dandy-horse (hobby-horse)
made about 1810 for the first Earl of Durham; in excellent

preservation.

Ricup. S. BAGNALL, F.E.S., F.L.S.—Examples of two rare spiders,
Tmeticus (Oreonetides) firmus and abnormis, from the Derwent
Valley.

Gro. E. BULLEN.—Examples of small and mostly scarce gobies collected
by the donor from the sea near Plymouth: Gobius 4-maculatus,
G. minutus, G. pictus, G. ruthensparri, Crystallagobius nilsonnt,

Lepadogaster gouanit, L. bimaculatus.

Jas. CAYGILL.—Fossils from the Coal Measures of Consett : good pieces
of Lepidodendron, Sigtllaria, and Calamites, and shells ot
Anthracosta. Also a curiously slickensided block of shale, and a
horse-shoe found in some old workings, rusted into a large nodular
mass.

ALEXR. CHEAL.—A pair of bullfinches from Sussex.

IsaAAC CLARK.—A hen crossbill from the Tyne Valley.

Mrs. ALFRED COCHRANE.—Two eggs of Pallas’s sand grouse from
Turkestan.

KENNETH COOKSON (per T. E. Hodgkin).—A male sparrowhawk in
very good plumage, from near Stocksfield.

Gro. E. CRAWHALL, by bequest of the late.—Eight cases of birds, con-
- taining well mounted specimens of tawny owl, peregrine, hen
harrier, magpie, blackbird (pied variety), shelduck, tufted duck,
golden-eye, pochard, shoveler, wigeon, teal. ‘Three stoats in
more or less complete ermine dress. Mounted heads of red deer

hind, fallow deer stag, and fox. A case of exotic butterflies.

Gro. E. CRAWHALL, Executors of the late-—A pair of goat’s horns.
Coloured cast of a great auk’s egg. Pair of moccasins and. hoof of

moose, ornamented with Indian bead-work.

LIST OF DONATIONS T5

RICHARD DANIELL (Shankhouse Colliery, Cramlington).—Large wooden
model of a metal-mine, made by the donor. Showing underground
workings, shaft machinery, and a great variety of machinery for
dressing the ore.

Mr. DICKINSON (gamekeeper, Prestwick Car).—Pair of partridges in
case, one with a large horny tumour on the head.

DovE MARINE LABORATORY, Cullercoats.—A rare Goniasterine starfish
(not yet identified), brought into Shields by a trawler.

W. P. Grace.—A large hymenopterous insect, Cimbex sylvarum Q,
and examples of the mite Zromdbidium holosericeum: all from
Whickham.

SAML. GRAHAM.—Two cases of stuffed birds, containing a red-necked
phalarope, a green woodpecker, and two kingfishers.

Dr. A. HotmeEsteD Hopss.—Specimens from northern Tierra del
Fuego: a collection of 54 of the most striking flowering plants ;
two primitive native knives; a piece of iron pyrites used by the
natives for making fire.

Rey. J. E. Hutt, M.A.—Eighteen further species of spiders to add to
the local reference collection given previously by the same donor.

CyriL W. Hurst.—Twenty-two moths to add to the Raine Collection :
including Noctua C-nigrum, Heliophobus popularis, Leucania
putrescens, Miseia Oxyacanthe (dark variety).

R. W. KENNEDY.
Canary Island spider, found in a shop in the Bigg Market.

A living example of Zoropsis maculosus, Cb., a large

S. T. Kine (Hartlepool).—Animals brought up by the trawl in the
North Sea: a Greenland bullhead, Cottus grenlandicus ; Psolus
phantapus, a holothurian, alive; /uniculina gquadrangularis, a

sea-pen.

Epwb. Merrick.—Clay containing crystals of selenite, from Walker.

Sir ArkTHUR E. MIDDLETON, BART.—Fine, growing clumps of the coral-
root orchid, Corallorhiza innata, from the donor’s estate at Belsay.

J. G. Ormonp.—A living emperor moth, Saturnia carpint.

jee]. OXLEY.—Minerals from Newfoundland : galena crystals in clay,
Bay St. George; sample of a deposit of asbestos re-sorted by

glacial action, Mount Cormick.
Dr. F. C. Pypus.—The skeleton of a green turtle, Chelone mydas.

E. O. Reip.—A brambling from Woolsington. The furcula of a knot
shot at Hebburn.

16 LIST OF DONATIONS

W. H. Rvyotr.—A specimen of the longicorn beetle Astynomus adilis
captured in Norway.

FRED Scott (per T. E. Hodgkin).—A living female of the giant saw-fly,
Sirex gigas, from Stocksfield.

Jos. P. SLEIGH.—A number of natural history specimens from the Loyalty
Islands, including a group of strikingly plumaged small birds, some
shells, and a large number of insects, spiders, etc. Also, on loan, a
number (about 20) of ethnological objects, including ornaments,
articles of dress and utensils, from the Loyalty Islands, Samoa,
New Guinea, and Ceylon.

STANLEY SMITH, M.Sc., F.G.S.—Four specimens figured in the donor’s
paper on the Upper Bernician limestones: two Producti, Girvanella,

Saccamina.

Mrs. STANLEY (London).—An eighteenth-century brocade silk quilt with
curious gimp trimming.

L. STEEL.—A good example of the monkfish, RAzza sguatina.

C. T. TRECHMANN.—Some excellently preserved crustacea and other
natural history specimens (about 36), chiefly from South Carolina ;
including a perfect Zzmzzlas.

ARTHUR TROBRIDGE.—Fine sample of a deposit of trona (sesquicarbonate
of soda) from a lake in Central*Africa.

Wm. VoutTr.—Two tortoise’s eggs, laid by a tortoise kept in Newcastle.

P. WALTHER.—Many mineral and rock specimens, including augite
crystals, volcanic ash and bombs from the Eifel ; a plate of lepidolite
from Quebec; four metal models of tantalum crystals ; fresh,
differently coloured samples of potash minerals—kainite, carnallite,
sylvite—from Stassfurt ; manganese concretions from deep sea off
South America ; garnierite, worked as an ore of nickel, from New
Caledonia ; some small Cambridge Greensand fossils. Other speci-
mens by exchange, including a fine section of an agate from the
Eifel ; two very fine pieces of atacamite from Chile; a piece of a
meteorite from Texas; native nickel-iron from the Yukon, Canada ;
native tantalum, a sample of the first and only known find of the
mineral, from the Urals.

J. Henry Watson (Manchester).—Eggs (for rearing) of the Japanese
silk-moth, Antherea yama-mat, the Bengalese (Arrindi) silk-moth,
Philosamia ricint, and the emperor moth, Saturnia carpint.

C. W. WHITE.—Minerals collected near Blanchland: transparent and
smoky quartz; galena ; fluorspar.

A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA 17

A Synopsis of the British Symphyla, with descriptions of
New Species.
By RicHarD S. BaGnati, F.E.S., F.L.S.
(With Plate I.).

In a recent paper published in these Transactions (iii.,
pp. 646-653, pl. xix., figs. 1-10, 1910) I dealt with four
species of Symphyla, three of which were for the first time
recorded from the British Isles. I did not then anticipate
following up the study, but in my spare time collecting
throughout the spring of this year I met with numerous
examples of the order from various localities in the North of
England, and many of these proved of exceptional interest on
microscopic examination. In July I was able to add to this
collection examples taken from two localities on the West
Coast of Scotland. The material thus brought together
mainly forms the subject of the present contribution.

Briefly, five species of Scutigerella are recognized, of which
three are new to science, whilst of the seven species of Sco/o-
pendrella three also are new. In some of these forms structural
characters that were unknown in previously described species
have been discovered, namely the peculiar flap-like processes
on the posterior margin of the 13th scutum in Scutigerella
biscutata, and the peculiar characteristic sete in S. hamsenz.

Up to a year ago but one species was recognized as British ;
in the present synopsis we deal with no less than twelve
distinct forms and a variety, all of which, with the exception of
S. notacantha, are recorded from the counties of Northumber-
land and Durham, and five of which we have also discovered
in Scotland. | Scutigerella biscutata sp. nov., S. spinipes sp.
nov., 5S. hansent sp. nov., Scolopendrella subnuda Hansen,
S. horrida sp. nov., S. delicatula sp. nov., S. tsabelle Grassi,
and its var. dunelmensis nov., and S. minutissima sp. nov.,
are for the first time recorded from the British Isles.

I must confess that I have experienced some considerable
surprise at the richness of the Symphylous fauna of the North
of England, and I find it difficult to explain, and still more

difficult to estimate the probable number of species that may
B

18 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

be found in the country. Up to this year eight (or nine)
European species have been discovered, chiefly from Italy,
Denmark, Austria, and Germany, and of these we have
discovered six. Both Scutigerella nivea Scopoli, and Scolo-
pendrella microcolpa Muhr. might confidently be expected to
occur with us.

It is interesting to note that Prof. Verhoeff, whose great
work “Die Diplopoden Deutschlands ” is now being published,
says (77. ditt.) that the form I have named SS. drscutata is
known to him from South Germany.

I believe, with Prof. Hansen, that the Symphyla are found
more commonly on limestone formations, and chiefly on this
account have spent several hours gathering material from the
coast near Hart, and on the Wear between Durham and
Sunderland ; districts on or in close proximity to the
magnesian limestone formation. I am also led to believe
that there is a more or less defined variation in the
habitat of the different species. The two commonest forms,
Scut. immaculata and Scol. vulgaris, are found under stones
lying comparatively loosely on or in more or less loose,
loamy soil, the latter species showing a tendency towards a
riparian habitat; Scut. descucafa and S. spinipes seem to
prefer a heavier soil, and are as a rule found under
more deeply embedded stones. Scol. notacantha was found
on a river estuary where the soil would be more or less
saline, but only two examples (the identification of one
being uncertain) were taken. S. sudnuda, S. delicatula,
and perhaps S. forrida are found under stones, usually
small ones, well sunk in a damp clayey ground, whilst
my numerous examples of Sco/. zsabelle var. dunelmensis
(which may ultimately prove to be a distinct species) were
found under stones, such as cobble stones, deeply embedded
in hard, much-trodden earth of a clayey nature, no other
species being found with them.

I find particular pleasure in dedicating one of the new
forms to the well-known zoologist Prof. H. J. Hansen of
Copenhagen, who has in recent years monographed the Order
Symphyla.

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 19

ORDER SYMPHYLA.

I. Species generally larger and more robust, with the first pair of legs
always well-developed and more than half the length of the
following pair ; the exopods well-developed and conspicuous.

Posterior margins of all the dorsal scuta but the last one slightly
rounded or emarginate, angles generally broadly rounded.

Dorsal surface of the hind pair of legs furnished with numerous
sete. Cerci without striped terminal area or transverse lines at
tips. Genus Scutigerella, Ryder.

II. Species smaller and more slender, with the first pair of legs rarely
more than one-half the length of the following pair (.S. zotacantha
is the only exception), and more usually rudimentary ; none of the

exopods well-developed.

Posterior margins of all the dorsal scuta but the last one pro-
duced into a pair of triangular plates.

Dorsal surface of the hind pair of legs furnished with very few
sete. Cerci usually with a striped terminal area, and often in
addition with raised transverse lines on the most distal part outside
the area. Genus Scolopendrella, Gervais.

TABLES OF THE SPECIES.
Genus SCUTIGERELLA, Ryder.

I. Last dorsal scutum with a very deep and somewhat large cavity,
overlapped anteriorly and situated in the middle of the posterior
margin.

I. Posterior lobes of the thirteenth dorsal scutum without a
pair of processes; surface of all scuta and the cerci rather
closely and minutely setose. Cerci from three to five times
as long as broad at base. Tactile hairs on the last. segment
short and very fine.

a. Size larger (4°5-8'0 mm.). Setze on cercus about one-
fifth as long as the depth otf cercus, more numerous.
Setze on legs more numerous and less conspicuous.

immaculata (Newp.)

4. Size smaller (about 3°0 mm.) ; setae on cercus about two-
fifths as long as the depth of cercus, fewer ; sete on
legs long and conspicuous, less numerous.

spinipes, Bagnall.

A SYNOPSIS OF ‘THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

2. Posterior lobes of the thirteenth dorsal scutum each furnished
with a process longer than broad and overlapping the
fourteenth scutum ; surface of the fourteenth scutum without
setze, excepting a conspicuous series protecting the cavity.
Other setze larger and less closely placed, especially on the
cerci. Cerci about two and one-half to three times as long
as broad at base. ‘Tactile setae on the last segment longer
than the cerci; rather strong. biscutata, Bagnall.

II. Last dorsal scutum without such median cavity, but sometimes
with a simple depression i in its place.

All setze on dorsal scuta (excepting an antero-lateral pair on
the first scutum) backwardly directed, rather short and
fusiform, z.¢e., blunt and broadest at about middle. Antennze
long and slender, composed of thirty-eight or more joints.
Setze on surface of cerci rather long and closely set.

hanseni, Bagnall.

2, All setz normal; second scutum with a pair of forwardly
directed antero-lateral sete, at least twice as long as any of
the other lateral setee, which are backwardly directed.
Antennze shorter, composed of thirty joints or less.

a. Setze on surface of cerci numerous, closely set, and the
distal ones shorter than one-half the depth of the
cercus. Second dorsal scutum with the posterior
margin slightly convex ; first, third, fifth, sixth, and
eighth scuta each with a pair of rather long forwardly
directed antero-lateral sete, and two pairs of lateral
setee (longer than the other lateral sete) as in the
second scutum. Penultimate scutum posteriorly con-
spicuously emarginate with broadly rounded lobes.
Antennal joints varying from twenty-three to twenty-
eight. caldaria, Hansen.

6. Setze on surface of cerci few, widely set, and some of
the distal ones longer than the depth of the cercus.
Second dorsal scutum with the posterior margin
straight or very faintly emarginate ; first, third, fifth,
sixth, eighth, ninth, eleventh, and twelfth scuta each
with a pair of long outwardly directed setze about as
long as those on the second scutum. Penultimate
scutum posteriorly very slightly emarginate, and with
a pair of long backwardly directed postero-lateral
setze. Antennal joints varying, according to Latzel,
from twenty to thirty. [mivea (Scopoli). ]

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 21

Genus SCOLOPENDRELLA, Gervais.

I. First pair of legs well-developed, composed of three free and
distinctly articulated joints, excluding the trochanter, and

terminating in two conspicuous claws.

1. Length 3:0 to 3°4 mm. First pair of legs more than two-
thirds the length of the following pair, of normal shape.
Hind margin of each scutum with a distinct longitudinally
striate belt between the pair of triangular processes. Cerci
without the raised transverse lines at the most distal part.
Central cephalic rod interrupted before the middle, and there
branching shortly to either side. notacantha, Gervais.

2, Length 1°2 to 3°0 mm. First pair of legs at most not more than
one-half the length of the following pair. Hind margin of
the scuta simple, without striate belts. Cerci with raised
transverse lines at the most distal part opposite to the
terminal area. Central cephalic rod interrupted, but without
the lateral branches before the middle.

a. Nearly all the antennal sete thickened and distinctly
pubescent. Dorsal and marginal sete and those on
scuta short, but more numerous and closely set.
Cerci alittle more than four times as long as deep,
and clothed with a larger number of setz differing
considerably in length ; terminal area and apical set
short. Size larger (av. : 2°5 mm.).

[microcolpa, Muhr. |

6. Antennal setae naked, normal. Dorsal and marginal
setze on scuta few, very sparsely placed and minute.
Cerci from three to four times as long as deep, and
clothed with comparatively few rather long sete un-
equal in length; terminal area and apical setz both
long. Size smaller (av. : 1°5 mm.).

subnuda, Hansen.

IJ. First pair of legs obsolete, represented by a pair of rudimentary
wart-like protuberances without even claws.

I. Size usually larger and slightly more robust. The last pair of
legs with three long protruding dorsal setee on the meta-
tarsus, and four or, more usually, five similar setz in the
anterior dorsal row on the tarsus. The cerci rather large
and densely clothed with both moderately long and short

sete,

22 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

a. 10 or If setz on lateral margin of second scutum
between the antero-lateral seta and the apical; in-
cluding two prominent ones. isabellee, Grassi.

6. Only 7 or 8 such setze, including three prominent ones,
the third coming next to the apical seta.
isabellee, Grassi, var. dunelmensis, Bagnall.

2. Size usually smaller and more slender. The last pair of legs
with two long protruding sete on the metatarsus, and only
two or three in the anterior dorsal row on the tarsus. Cerci
not so long and less closely furnished with sete.

a. Lateral margins of 2nd scutum angulate at about the
anterior third; inner margin of process with one
or two setz between the apical seta and the one at
the basal angle.

aa. Cerci without long outstanding setze on either the
upper or lower margin. Setze on scuta ex-
ceptionally long, as long or almost as long as
the length of processes; five on the lateral
margin of the second scutum between the antero-
lateral and apical sete, and one on the inner
margin of process. More slender.
horrida, Bagnall.

66. Cerci with a few long outstanding sete on lower
margin only. Sete, excluding the antero-
lateral pairs, on scuta small; second scutum
with about seven setz on the lateral margin
and two on the inner margin of process
between the setaze above-named (a and aa).
Three sete on tarsus of hind leg. Less
slender. vulgaris, Hansen.

6, Lateral margins of second scutum arcuate ; inner margin
of process without any sete between those above-
named (@).

aa. Size larger (2°5 mm.). Cerci with a few long
outstanding setee on both the upper and lower
margins. Setze on scuta, including the antero-
lateral pairs, very weak and minute ; only
four on the lateral margin of the second scutum
between the antero-lateral and apical sete.
Two sete on tarsus of hind leg. Very
slender. delicatula, Bagnall.

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 23

66. Size smaller (1°5 mm.). Cerci with fewer and
longer setze and without the long outstanding
setee on either the upper or lower margin.
Setze on scuta well-developed ; second scutum
with three long and two short intermediate setze
between those above-named (2a). Three setze
on tarsus of hind leg. Very slender.

minutissima, Bagnall.

Genus SCUTIGERELLA Ryder

Group I.— Posterior margin of the last dorsal scutum with
a deep anteriorly-overlapped median cavity.

A.—Thirteenth scutum normal; surface of all the scuta
rather closely and minutely setose; cerci longer and narrower,
generally closely and minutely setose; tactile hatrs on the last
segment short and very fine.

AA.—Size larger, sete on cercus more minute (about one-fifth the depth

of cercus) and more numerous. Sete on legs shorter, less con-

spicuous, and more numerous.

Scutigerella immaculata Newp. (PI. I., figs. 1-2.)

As it is probable that several of the British records of this
species refer partly or wholly to other forms, the following are
the data of several specimens I have myself examined.

Professor Hansen has recorded British examples submitted
by Mr. Pocock, from Devonshire.

- B
Fig. 1. Scutigerella immaculata.

A. Metatarsus and tarsus of last left leg x 60.
B. Tarsus of left front leg x 60,

24 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

ENGLAND, NORTHUMBERLAND. — Wylam-on-Tyne, one;
Nunnykirk, Longwitton Dene, and Hartburn, one example
from each locality, June rst, 1911.

DurHAM.—Axwell Park and Gibside in the Derwent Valley,
not uncommon ; common in woods on the banks of the Wear
between Leamside and Durham, and more rarely in a Dene
at Fencehouses, with .S. d¢scutata; on railway near Penshaw,
and on the river banks between Hylton and Lambton; on the
sea banks at Horden ; several on the Durham side of the Tees
at Barnard Castle, June 6th, rorr.

YORKSHIRE.—A few under a stone by hedge side near the
moors at Ravenscar.

CHESHIRE.—Numerous examples taken by Dr. Randell
Jackson in Delamere Forest.

SCOTLAND.—I have seen an immature example collected by
Mr. Wm. Evans on the Isle of May, and have taken it with
S. vulgaris in a field near Rothsay, on the Isle of Bute.

IRELAND.—The following are the data attached to specimens
submitted by Prof. Carpenter:—1, Leenane, Co. Galway,
April, 1897; 1, Galway, July, 1895; 1,. Ballycorns, Co.
Dublin, Feb. 5th, 1909; 1, Manor Hamilton, Co. Leitrim,
March 11th, 1908; 2, Lambay, Jan., 1906; 1, Whitehead,
Belfast, October 20th, 1897 (R.W.) ; 1, Clonbrock, Co. Galway,
September, 1897; 1, Tallaght, Co. Dublin, April, 1895
(J.A.H.); and 1, Bray, Co. Wicklow, July, 1895.

BB.— Size smaller, sete on cercus fewer and less minute, about two-fifths
as long as the depth of cercus. Dorsal sete on tarsi longer than the
claws, and a conspicuous series of sete on the inner margin of tarsus
of the last pair.

Scutigerella spinipes sp. nov.

Material, one adult, two 11-legged and one 8-legged
specimen. Length of the largest specimen 3°0 mm. ‘The
species, apart from its small size, so closely resembles
immaculata as to make it unnecessary to describe it in detail.

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 25

The number of antennal joints in the larger specimen is 20;
the scuta are shaped almost as in zmmaculata, but are dis-
tinctly more sparingly clothed with sete which are com-
paritively Jonger, whilst the setee on the cerci are fewer and
distinctly longer, quite twice as long as we have seen in any
specimen of zmmaculata, being at least two-fifths the length
of the greatest depth of the cercus, those on zmmaculata never
being more than one-fifth the depth of the cercus.

B

Fig. 2. Scutigerella spintpes.
A. Metatarsus and tarsus of last left leg x 120.
B. Tarsus of left front leg x 120.
C. Lateral view of cercus < 120.

The chief feature of the animal lies in the chzetotaxy of the
legs. In zmmaculata the hind legs are clothed rather closely
with short sete, those on the dorsal surface of the tarsus of the
hind leg in the specimens I have seen never being longer than
the claws, whilst those on the inside margin of the tarsus are
inconspicuous. In spznipes all the legs are armed with a few
conspicuously long sete, those on the dorsal row of the tarsus
of any leg being longer than the claw of that leg. The leg of
the hind pair in my larger specimen has one, three and either
four or five long dorsal bristles on the tibia, meta-tarsus and
tarsus respectively, the shortest of these being distinctly
longer than the longer claw ; whilst there is a row of four or five
on the inner margin of the tarsus, each being about as long as
the longer claw, and a single longer bristle on the inner distal
angle of the meta-tarsus, the latter being in itself a good

26 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

character, as zmmaculata has a series of short bristles on the
inside margin of the meta-tarsus (see text-figures.) The bristles
on the inner margins of the other legs are fewer and less con-
spicuous, whilst the legs of the first pair have only two dorsal
bristles on the tarsus, one at about the middle and one near
the apex.

I think there is every justification for separating this form
from zmmaculata, the sete of the cerci and legs being more
strikingly developed than in the most extreme forms of
tmmaculata such as those figured by Hansen from Texas.
It is in fact a more strongly characterised form than the
Algerian form a@rmatfa Hansen, and examination of further
material will most probably enable us to bring forward other
points of difference than those briefly named above.

Distribution.—Four specimens taken with Scutigerella
immaculata, S. biscutata, and Scolopendrella minutissima on
the Durham banks of the Tees near Barnard Castle in the
early spring of this year (1911.) I should here express my
gratitude to Mr. Wm. Hall of Fatfield, who actively par-
ticipated in the capture of the above-named species, and has
helped me on other occasions when in quest of Symphyla.

B.—Postertor lobes of the 13th scutum each furnished with a
process longer than broad; surface of all scuta excepting the
I4gth covered moderately closely with moderate-sized sete; r4th
scutum without dorsal sete; cerci shorter and broader, and only
sparsely clothed with a comparatively few rather long sete ;
tactile hairs on the last segment long and rather strong.

Scutigerella biscutata sp. nov. (Pl. I., figs. 3-6.)
Material—Numerous specimens from several localities.
Length 3°0 mm. to 3°5 mm.

This species is closely related to the previous form, but is
easily separated by the presence of the two flap-like processes
of the 13th scutum. The sete of the scuta are comparatively
longer than in sféxzpes, but the dorsal surface of the 14th

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 27

scutum is devoid of setee. In spznipes the dorsal setze of the
14th scutum are minute and sparsely set, representing a con-
dition intermediate between zmaculata (in which this scutum
is well clothed with setz) and the present form dzscufata. The
cerci are shorter and deeper than in sAzzzpes, and the tactile
sete are longer and stronger. The sete of the legs are not so
long and conspicuous as in sfznipes, and are fewer than in
tmmaculata, whilst the hind legs (if not all the legs) are more
than usually stout, and have only two or three sete on the
dorsal row of the tarsus.

Fig. 3. Scutigerela biscutata.
Metatarsus and tarsus of last left leg x 120.

I hope to obtain further material and make a special study
of both spznipes and bzscutata before the promised Ray Society
Monograph of the British Myriapoda is published. They are
highly interesting forms, and whilst both are well characterised
they belong to what I consider to be the most difficult group
we have in the Symphyla, difficult chiefly on account of the
lack of useful characters in the shape and cheetotaxy of the
intermediate scuta, which make the second group of the genus
a much easier one to work.

Distribution.—1 first recognised this distinct species from
examples taken in a dene at Fencehouses, together with the
Diplopod Zitanosoma jurassicum V erhoeff, in the early spring
of this year (1911), and on searching for further specimens of
these arthropods I also found another interesting Scolo-
pendrellid in the same dene, namely, ScolopendreHa delicatula

28 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

sp. n., and another Diplopod, WVafozuwlus sp., new to this country.
In my old collection I detected single examples of S. discutata
taken on the Clyde near Bishopton, and on the sea banks at
Hart, Co. Durham. :

During the year I have seen several specimens from an old
quarry and other suitable localities near Penshaw, and with
Mr. William Hall of Fatfield, have taken it plentifully on the
Durham banks of the Tees at Barnard Castle, June 4th, 191t.

Group II.—Posterior margin of last dorsal scutum with-
out such cavity, but sometimes with simple depression in
its place.

A.—AU sete on dorsal scuta (excepting the antero-lateral
pair on the first scutum) backwardly directed, rather short and
Susiform. Antenne with 38 joints.

Scutigerella hanseni sp. nov. (Pl. L, figs. 7-9.)

Material.—One adult specimen.

Length.— The specimen is distinctly contracted, and
measures 4°65 mm. Rather robust.

Head somewhat ovate, about seven-eighths as long as
broad, with a sharp lateral angle at the base of the mandible ;

A

Fig. 4. Scutigerella hansent.
A. Metatarsus and tarsus of last left lez x go.
B. Tarsus of left front leg x 90.

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 29

the longest seta in front of this angle being shorter than the
breadth of the basal antennal joint. The posterior angles
are broadly rounded and closely set with numerous short,
blunt, fusiform setz up to the angle at anterior third ; other
setee moderately long, slender, and acuminate.

Antenne long and slender, measuring one-half the length of
the body, and composed of thirty-eight joints. ‘The sete on
the inner side of the antenne are not longer than those on the
outer side. The secondary whorl does not appear to com-
mence until about the tenth joint, and is well-developed from
the roth joint to apex.

Scuta.—With the exception of a single pair of rather long
and pointed antero-lateral setee on the first scutum, all the
setee on the scuta are of a peculiar and distinctive type.
They are moderately closely set, short, blunt at tip, and
broadest about the middle, or in other words, more or less
roughly fusiform; none are exceptionally long, a pair at the
posterior angles of at least the second and third scuta being
about one-half as long again as the others. The second
scutum is widest posteriorly with the hind angles broadly
rounded ; the posterior margin is almost straight. The pen-
ultimate scutum is somewhat similar in shape, but is less
strongly narrowed anteriorly, and has the hind angles less
broadly rounded.

Legs.—The legs of the last pair are similar to those in
S. caldaria, the setz on the outside margin of the tibia and
some of those on the meta-tarsus are short and rather blunt,
somewhat similar to those on the scuta, whilst there are at
least ten spines in the outer dorsal row of the tarsus and
about as many in the same row on the meta-tarsus. The
tarsus is slightly longer compared to its depth than in
caldaria.

Cerci.— At least four or four and one-half times as long as
broad ; clothed with a moderate number of long stiff sete,
most of which are at least half as long as the depth of the
cercus. The terminal sete are broken off in our single

30 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

specimen, and the creature itself is in most parts too opaque
to describe with satisfaction.

Distribution.—1 have only seen one example of this very
striking and distinct form; it was taken with ‘S. zmmaculata
in a quarry in Axwell Park, Co. Durham.

B.—AU sete on dorsal scuta normal; a pair of long antero-
lateral sete on scuta 1, 3,5, 6 and 8 Antenne with 2 3 to 25
joints.

Scutigerella caldaria Hansen.

This is purely a hothouse species." I have recently taken
further examples from the Kew Gardens, London, and the
Botanical Gardens, Glasgow, and in addition have discovered
it in a propagating house in the Victoria Park, Sunderland.
It is thus now known from London and Glasgow, and from
the counties of Northumberland and Durham. Abroad it is
recorded from Denmark and France, and I have taken a
specimen from a hothouse in the Brussels Botanical Gardens,
Belgium.

Genus SCOLOPENDRELLA Gervais

Group I.—First pair of legs well developed, more than
two-thirds the length of the second pair; central cephalic
rod interrupted and branched before the middle ; hind margin
of each scutum with a longitudinally striate belt between the
processes, and cerci without the raised transverse lines near
terminal area.

Scolopendrella notacantha Gervais.

I am unable to record any further examples of this
interesting form. Dr. Randell Jackson has searched for it
again on the banks of the Dee at Queensferry, but without
success.

Group II.— First pair of legs less than one-half the length
of the second pair; central cephalic rod interrupted, but not
branched before the middle; posterior margin of scuta simple,
and cerci with raised transverse lines near terminal area.

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 31

Scolopendrella subnuda Hansen. (PI. I., figs 10-13.)

HANSEN, Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, xlvii.,
Ppp: 70-72, pl. 6, figs. 2a-2g, 1903.

This is the first British representative of Hansen’s second
division of the genus, characterised by having the hind
margins of the scuta simple, instead of with longitudinally
striate belts as in zotocantha, the only representative of the
first division ; but like that species those of group II. possess
twelve pairs of well-developed legs, the first pair containing
three free and distinct joints, excluding the trochanter, and
the tarsus terminating with two conspicuous claws.

Group II. is composed of three species, mzcrocolpa Muhr.
sharply separated from the other two by having the antennal
setee thickened and distinctly pubescent, swbnuda Hansen,
and sévestrii Hansen.

Subnuda is a minute species rarely longer than 1.5 mm.,
and is easily recognised by the very few sete at the margins
of the scuta, the form of the cerci, which are also sparsely
spinose, and by the form of the legs. The legs of the last
pair have but a single prominent dorsal seta on both the tibia
and meta-tarsus, whilst the tarsus has one protruding dorsal
seta at the middle, and a shorter sub-apical one. The first
pair of legs are half as long as the second, and the anterior
claw is well-developed, much-curved, and nearly twice the
length of the inferior claw.

Distribution.—In February, 1911, J] found a single specimen
of this minute form under a stone on the sea-banks, at Hart,
near West Hartlepool, and on May 2oth had the good fortune
to discover another example which occurred under a deeply
embedded stone in a large wood on the banks of the Wear
between Leamside and Durham. I have a third example
taken near Hylton with .S. vu/garts, and have more recently
obtained a specimen from under a stone near Brodick on the
Isle of Arran, Scotland, and several specimens from a quarry,
Penshaw, 1911.* Hansen described the species from six

* Several on banks of the Wear near Washington, Oct., 1911.

32 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

European examples, four collected by himself, together with
S. microcolpa, at Palmi, Calabria, one taken Mr. C. Borner
either at Catania or Palmi, and another example by Mr.
Borner from Marburg, Germany.

Group III.—As in Group II., but first pair of legs
obsolete.

A.— Size larger and more robust; last pair of legs with three
long protruding dorsal sete on the meta-tarsus, and five or some-
times four on the tarsus. Sete on margins of scuta more

NUMETVOUS.
Scolopendrella isabellee Grassi. (Pl. I., figs. 14 and 15).

Grassi, Mem. d. Reale. Accad. d. Sci. di Torino, ser. 2, xxxvii.,
Pp. 594-5, 1886; HANSEN, Quarterly Journal of Micro-
scopical Science, xlvii., pp. 74-77, pl. 6, figs. 4a—4h,
1903.

This form is larger than 4S. valgarzs, to which species it is
somewhat closely allied. It may be readily separated by the
longer cerci, these being four and one-half times as long as
deep, by the shape of the cercus and by the more numerous
setee (including both moderately long and short ones inter-
mingled) which are more closely placed. ‘The leg of the last
pair presents a good characteristic in the disposal of the
dorsal setze, the tibia possessing two and the metatarsus three
rather long ones, whilst the tarsus has a series of five (or in
some specimens only four) setee, which are shorter than those
on the tibia and metatarsus. In S. vulgaris the dorsal out-
standing bristles of the hind-leg are all rather long, and
comprise two on both tibia and metatarsus, and only three on
the tarsus. There are minor but important differences in the
shape and cheetotaxy of the scuta.

I have only seen one British specimen (from Penshaw) that
quite agrees with Hansen’s diagnoses, but numerous examples
from Gibside must be regarded as a variety, for which I
propose the name dune/mensis.

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 33

Var. dunelmensis nov. (PI. I., figs. 16 and 17).

This variety differs mainly in the cheetotaxy of the second
and third scutum. In the typical form there are at least ten
or eleven lateral setze on the second scutum between the
antero-lateral seta and the apical one, two of which are
distinctly longer than the others ; in all the Gibside specimens
there are only seven or eight such sete, including three more
conspicuous or longer ones, namely, one short one, one longer,
one, or sometimes two short ones, one longer, two short and
one longer, and then the apical seta. The second of these
lateral setee in the third scutum is distinctly longer than in the
type form, whilst the sete of the cerci appear to be more
regular in length. In the typical form, so far as I understand,
the metatarsus possesses in addition to the three long dorsal
bristles a very minute dorso-lateral seta near its most distal
extremity ; in var. duwnelmensis this minute seta is replaced by
a bristle almost as long as those on the fore-margin, and in
one specimen there are four instead of three dorsal setz on
this joint.

Distribution —Forma principalis. A single specimen taken
with .S, v/gar7s on the Wear near Penshaw, Co. of Durham,
April, 1911.

Var. dunelmensts mihi. Numerous examples from Gibside,
Co. Durham, June, 1911. These were taken under small
stones very firmly embedded in much trodden earth, a situation
that would appear quite unlikely to harbour such delicate
creatures. No examples of zw/garzs or any other species of
Scolopendreila occurred with this form.

Grassi in describing S. zsaée//e@ records specimens from near
Como, near Capua, near Lecco, and at Catania, but Hansen
considers that some of his specimens would be really referable
to vulgaris, a species not then described. Hansen has taken
isabelle at Scilla and Aspromonte in Calabria, whilst Borner
has taken it at either Palmi in Calabria or Catania in Sicily.
Apparently not uncommon in Southern Italy.

34 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

B.— Szse smaller and more slender ; last pair of legs with two
protruding dorsal sete on the meta-tarsus and two or three on
the tarsus. Sete on margins of scuta fewer.

AA.—Sete@ on scuta exceptionally long ; second scutum with five on the

lateral margin and one on the inner margin of process between the
antero-lateral and apical sete and inner basal and apical See

respectively. Cerct without outstanding sete on upper or lower
MAFLINS.

Scolopendrella horrida sp. nov. (PI. I., figs. 21 and 22).

Allied to .S. zsabelle and 5S. vulgaris; about 2:0 mm. in
length ; slender.

fTead as in above-named species, but marginal setz com-
paratively longer.

Antenne in type specimen with fifteen joints, so strongly
contracted that up to now I have been unable satisfactorily to
determine the secondary whorl.

Scuta.—The second and third scuta (fig. 21) are shaped
almost as in vulgaris; the processes of the second about as
long as broad, and of the third slightly shorter than broad.
The distance between the processes of the former scutum is
a little more than the length of the process, and of the latter
more than twice as long as the length of the process. The
setee are much longer than usual; there are five on the lateral
margin of the second, and three on that of the third scutum
between the long antero-lateral seta and the apical one, and
two on the inner margin of the processes, including one at the
angle. The antero-lateral sete are about one-third longer
and the other lateral setz are either quite as long as or only a
little shorter than the processes.

Legs.—The last leg is moderately or rather long, with the
tarsus at least four times as long as deep. The type
specimen has the hind legs tucked in under the body, with

the fore margins of the tarsi touching ; I have therefore been
unable to determine exactly the nature of the chetotaxy and
claws. ‘There are two outstanding sete on both the tibia and
metatarsus, and I think, but am uncertain, that there are three

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 35

on the tarsus; these setze are about as long as the depth of
the latter joint. < |

Cercz.—The cercus is considerably shorter than the last leg,
and about the same relative length and depth as in de/icatula.
The setz are not very closely set, and there are no con-
spicuous outstanding ones on either margin; the setz are
comparatively short, about one-third as long as the depth of
the cercus, and several are slightly but by no means con-
spicuously longer than the others. The apical seta is longer
than the upper margin of the terminal area.

Habitat.—One ten-legged specimen found under a small
stone embedded in clayey soil on the sea banks near Hart,
Co. Durham, with S. swbnuuda and the small wood-louse
Hlaplophthalmus mengt. S. horrida is most closely related to
vulgaris, but is easily recognised by its distinctive cheetotaxy.
The setz of the scuta are fewer and comparatively speaking
exceptionally long, whilst the outstanding hairs on the under-
side of the cercus are not present. No other described species
possesses the exceptionally long sete seen on the scuta of
horrida, this character suggesting its specific name.

BB.—Sete on scuta normal; second scutum with about seven on the
lateral margin and two on the inner margin of process between
the sete before specified. Cerci with a few long outstanding sete

on lower margin only. Three dorsal sete on tarsus of hind leg.

Scolopendrella vulgaris Hansen. (Pl. I., figs. 18-20.)
NORTHUMBERLAND.—Wylam, Newcastle.

DurHAM.—Not uncommon in the Derwent Valley, at Gib-
side, Winlaton Mill, Winlaton, and Axwell Park ; Sunderland.
Common on the Wear at Hylton, Penshaw, in Lambton Park,
and at Leamside; in a dene at Fencehouses; a few on the
banks of the Tees at Barnard Castle, and not uncommon on
the Durham side of the Tees at Piercebridge.

YoORKSHIRE.—Common under stones by the river side below
Aysgarth Falls and near Redmire, in Wensleydale, June 3rd,
IQII.

36 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

ScOTLAND.—One specimen, Bishopton, on the Clyde, and
several from under stones in a field near Rothbury on the
Island of Bute.

CC.—Al/ sete on scuta minute and weak; second scutum with only four
on the lateral margin and none on the inner margin of process
between the sete before specified. Cerci with a few long outstanding
sete on both the upper and lower margins. Two dorsal sete on
tarsus of hind leg.

Scolopendrella delicatula sp. nov. (PI. L., figs. 23-24).
Material.—Several specimens.

Allied to S. vulgaris. Slightly; more slender and about
2°5 mm. long.

fflead almost as in SS. zsabelle and |S. vulgaris, but broader,
being scarcely longer than broad.

Antenne with only 17 joints in two specimens and only 14
in another. The secondary whorl at the middle of the
antenne (viz., on the eighth joint) and the antennal sete are
longer than would be expected from the minute and weak
setee of the scuta.

Scuta.—The processes of the second scutum are as long as,
or slightly longer than broad, whilst those of the third scutum,
which are rather blunt apically, are much shorter than broad,
The distance between the former pair of processes is longer
than the length, and of the latter about twice the length, of the
process. The setae are very minute and weak, and remind
one of the vestigial condition seen in swbnuda ; antero-lateral
setee only about two-thirds the length of the processes. Second
scutum with four, and third with three weak lateral setz be-
tween the antero-lateral and apical ones, and the inner
margins of processes without sete, excluding the apical one
and one at basal angle.

Legs.—The legs of the last pair are rather short and robust,
the tibia, meta-tarsus, and the tarsus each with two outstand-
ing dorsal sete, which are almost as long as the depth of the

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 37-

tarsus. The tarsus is somewhat stout and not quite three
times as long as deep. The claws are rather long and some-
what slender, the inferior claw being shorter, more slender and
more strongly curved than the other.

Cercz.—Rather small, roughly about two-thirds the length
of the last leg and about three and two-thirds as long as deep.
Set with a moderate number of sete, of which three or four
on both the lower and upper margins are long and outstanding,
the others being rather short and somewhat depressed. The
terminal area is more than one-half as long as the depth of
the cercus, and as in vulgaris, the apical seta being slightly
longer than the length of the area.

Distribution.—Two examples from Fencehouses, Co.
Durham, June, 1911 ; one (with fourteen antennal joints) from
Alwinton in Northumberland, July, 1911, and one from a
quarry (with swénuda) near Penshaw, August, 1911. I also”
have a second Penshaw example taken by Mr. W. Hall on
the Wear banks at South Biddick, June, 1911, which is larger,
than the others, has the head comparatively longer and the
antenne with twenty-one joints.

This species somewhat resembles swbnuda superficially on
account of the naked appearance of the scuta. It is, how-
ever, most nearly related to vwlgaris, and is easily separated
from that species by its shorter, broader head, the form of the
scuta and the sparse and minute nature of their sete. The
cercus has the long outstanding setz on the upper as well as
the lower margin, as in sémplex Hansen, whilst the tarsus of
the hind leg is more robust and has only two outstanding
sete on the dorsal row. S. delicatula is abundantly distinct
from all other described species.

DD.—Size smaller ; sete of scuta long; second scutumt with three long
and two small sete on the lateral margin between the antero-lateral
and the apical sete, and none on the inner margin of process. Cerct
sparsely furnished with a few long bristles, and without the long
outstanding sete on the upper and lower margins. Three dorsal
selé on tarsus of hind leg.

38 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

Scolopendrella minutissima sp. nov. (PI. I., figs. 25-27).

Material—One specimen with 8 and one with 9 pairs of
legs, excluding the vestigial pair.

S7ze-—The larger specimen is 1'5 mm. long; both are
exerted. Very slender.

ffead almost as in S. vulgaris. The antenne of the type
specimens are not only all broken but too contracted to
describe ; the largest number of joints we have counted is
fifteen, but this is not the full complement.

Scuta.—The second scutum is comparatively speaking excep-
tionally long. The processes are distinctly longer than broad,
whilst those of the third scutum are just as long as broad.
The distance between the former pair of processes is very little,
if any, longer than the length, and of the latter quite twice the
length of the process. The antero-lateral seta is not strongly
pronounced, and on the lateral margin of the second scutum
there are three long sete between the antero-lateral seta and
the apical one, with two small intermediate sete as shewn in
the figure. The larger setz are about one-half as long as the
process. ‘The antero-lateral setz of the third scutum are
longer than the others, being about as long as the process,
whilst there are only two long setz and no minor ones between
the antero-lateral and apical sete. As in delicatula the inner
margins of the processes are without sete.

Legs.—I have not yet made a satisfactory study of the first
or vestigial pair, but there is in one specimen a_ distinct
rudimentary leg comprising a single joint twice as long-as
broad, and surmounted by what would probably be a vestigial
claw (fig. 27). The legs of the last pair are long and rather
stout, the tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus having one, two, and
three long outstanding bristles respectively, these being almost
as long as the depth of the tarsus, which is rather stout and
about three times as long as deep.

Cercz.—Small, only a little more than half the length of the
legs of the last pair, and about three times as long as deep.

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 39

The setze are few in number, sparsely set and comparatively
long, being about two-thirds as long as the depth of the
cercus. There are no long outstanding sete on the upper and
lower margins. The terminal area is two-thirds as long as
the depth of the cercus, and the apical seta is as long as the
dorsal length of the area.

Distribution.—Two specimens taken under stones on the
Durham banks of the Tees near Barnard Castle in the early
spring of this year (1g11.) It is a minute form and may easily

be overlooked.

S. minutissima is the smallest species of the S. vulgaris
group, and in form of the scuta is most closely allied to
S. delicatula. Apart from its minute size it may be readily
separated by the distinctive chetotaxy of the scuta, by the
fewer, longer and more sparsely set setze on the cerci and the
absence of the long outstanding hairs on their upper and
lower margins, and by the number of the outstanding dorsal
sete on the tibia, meta-tarsus, and tarsus of the hind leg.
Compared to the size of the creature the scuta are more than

usually large.

40 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH SYMPHYLA

The following is a list of the species we now recognise as
British, with notes on their British distribution :—

1. Scutigerella tmmaculata (Newp.). Widely distributed.

Ds o spinipes Bagnall. A few examples from
Barnard Castle, Co. Durham.
an a biscutata Bagnall. Probably widely dis-

tributed; recorded from several localities
in Weardale and Teesdale, Co. Durham,
and also from Scotland.

Ale _ hansent Bagnall. One example from Axwell
Park, Co. Durham.
Ig - caldaria Hansen. Probably not uncommon ;

found only in hot-houses; London,
Wylam, Sunderland, and Glasgow.
Scolopendrella notacantha Gervais. ‘Two examples
(identification of one uncertain) from
Queensferry, Cheshire.
subnuda Hansen. Rare, but probably of
wide distribution; known from several

S

~I
°

wy

2

localities in Durham and from Scotland.

8. nS wsabelle Grassi. One example from Penshaw,
Co. Durham.

8v. 7‘ wsabelle var. dunelmensis Bagnall. Several
examples from one locality in Gibside,
Co. Durham.

Q. 5 horrida Bagnall. One example from Hart,
Co. Durham.

10. % vulgaris Hansen. Probably common and
widely distributed; known from many
localities in Northumberland, Durham,
and Yorkshire, and from Scotland.

II. Be delicatula Bagnall. Rare, a few examples
from three localities in Durham and from
one locality in Northumberland.

12. minutissima Bagnall. Two examples from
the Durham banks of the Tees at Barnard
Castle.

~

Os

aes

26.
Zi7h,

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 41

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Scutigerella tmmaculata (Newport). Dorsal view of end of abdomen

oe)

showing cerci, 14th and part of 13th scuta

x 30.

Outline of posterior margin of 13th or

penultimate scutum of another specimen

SK AS.

biscutata Bagnall. Dorsal view of end of abdomen
showing cerci, 14th and part of 13th scuta

Xx 60.
a and dorsal scutum x 45.
Pr Dorsal view of head x 60.

Lateral view of cercus X 60.
Aansent Bagnall. Outline of 2nd scutum X 45.
a showing character of sete.
Outline of 13th scutum X 45.

@ showing character of sete.

in Lateral view of cercus X 60.

Scolopendrella submuda Hansen. Left margin of 2nd and 3rd scuta

x 150.
a ‘ Left leg of the Ist pair X 150.
‘3 x Left leg of the 12th pair x 150.
sh A Lateral view of cercus X I50,

isabelle Grassi. End of abdomen showing dorsal view
of cerci X 60. :
ns os Left margin of 2nd and 3rd scuta X 75

» var. dunelmensis Bagnall. Left margin of 2nd
and 3rd scuta x 75.

Last leg of the 12th pair x go,

99 39
vulgaris Hansen. Last leg of the 12th pair x go.

45 sa Left margin of 2nd and 3rd scuta

X 9O.

va 5 Lateral view of cercus X 120.

horrida Bagnall, Left margin of the 2nd and 3rd
scuta X 90.
“a He Lateral view of cercus x 120.

delicatula Bagnall. Left margin of the 2nd and 3rd
scuta X 90.

Ly, a Lateral view of cercus X 150.

minutissima Bagnall. Left margin of the 2nd and 3rd
scuta X 120.

‘4 +; Lateral view of cercus X 120.

BA He Vestigial leg of the Ist pair
x 300.

42 NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS

New and Rare British Spiders.
By THE Rev. J. E. Hut, M.A.
(With Plate II.)

The notes now given cover my systematic collecting in
West Allendale from May, 1910, to November, 1911, together
with the more noteworthy results of four days’ collecting at
Forres, N.B., in August, 1910; a day at Ullswater in June,
1910; eight days in the neighbourhood of Beal, Northumber-
land, in May and June, 1911. A few notes refer to specimens
submitted to me by correspondents.

The new spiders noted below are. Ailaira nubigena $ & ;
Agyneta mystica Cb. 8; Scleroschema reginaldi 2; Cnephalo-
cotes ambiguus Cb. 9; and Cnephalocotes incurvatus Cb. &.
Lycosa agricola Bl., var. maritima is a known variety which
seemed to require a varietal name, here supplied. Prosthesima
apricorum L. K., Tarentula barbipes Sund., and Ailatra frigida
Thor., are names which I think should be substituted for
others current in British lists, for reasons given below. It
seems necessary also that a new status should be ascribed to
Caledonia evanst Cb., to indicate its substantial identity with
C. aliena Kulcz., a Kamtschatkan spider.

The list includes thirteen new records for Northumberland
(marked with an asterisk)—ten species and three well-known
varieties.

Prosthesima apricorum L. K.—P. petivertd Scop. : Cb.
Brit. and Irish List, 19g00.—An adult male, Staward Peel,
June; adult females, Glenridding, Westmoreland. These
were submitted to Dr. Kulczynski, who pronounced them
identical with the spider called by him P. africorum L. K.
Following Simon (Arachn. de France, iv., p. 63) we have
dropped afra Latr. in favour of /atreilec Sim. To be
consistent we must also abandon feéiveri Scop., which is
no more authentic than a¢ra Latr. If retained, it belongs
rightfully to P. subterranea C. L. K., which is very nearly
allied to apricorum L. K., and of longer standing. Dr.

NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS 43

Kulczynski’s allocation of these two names 1s now well
established ; and as the original types are apparently not
available, it is inevitable that we should conform with
Continental usage.

Zora nemoralis Bl. Both sexes occurred plentifully among
heather in a birch wood on the southern margin of the
Culbin sands, Forres. So far as I know this is the most
northern record of this species.

Scotina gracilipes Bl. An adult female was taken at the
same time and place as the preceding.

Clubiona neglecta Cb. Adult females, Culbin sands,
August ; Warkworth, September.

Clubiona grisea L. K. Adult females, Culbin sands ; with
neglecta—probably the most northerly record for Britain
of both species.

Xysticus sabulosus Hahn. A single adult female on the
seaward side of the Culbin sands.

Tibellus oblongus Walck. Very abundant on the sand-
hills of the Northumbrian coast, but apparently much less
so in the same situation in Elginshire. Dr. Kulczynski
has recently pointed out that under this name two species
—the true 7. oblongus Walck. and 7. maritimus Menge—
have been confounded by British arachnologists and
others. All the examples I have seen from the northern
coast sandhills appear to be 7. oblongus Walck.

Attus caricis Westr. An adult pair was taken in June at
Newton Moss, Penrith, where it was first taken by Mr.
F. O. Pickard-Cambridge and recorded under the name
of Dendryphantes hastatus. ‘This mistake, I understand,
is being rectified by the Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge in a
forthcoming paper. I know of no British figures of this
species and therefore take this opportunity of supplying
them.

*Heliophanus cupreus Walck. A female was taken at
Staward in June—the first record for Northumberland. It

44 ; NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS

is singular that Dr. Jackson did not find this spider at
Hexham. It ought to be found in most parts of the
county, as it is not rare in Cumberland and the south of
Scotland.

Euophrys erratica BI. Both sexes, Kyloe Crags, May.
Hahnia nava Bl. Goswick links, June.

Trochosa cinerea Fabr. During the past summer I have
had from time to time fine specimens of this spider from
the workmen engaged in carting stones from the bed of
the West Allen at Ninebanks. No doubt it is to be found
throughout Northumberland and Durham in similar
places. A female was sent to me recently by Mr. W. L.
Turner from the neighbourhood of Blanchland. It was,
however, taken on the Northumberland side of the
Derwent.

Tarentula barbipes Sund.—Z. andrenivora Walck. of
British authors.—As far as I know, the typical male of
Tarentula andrenivora Walck. has never occurred in
Britain, all the records, as I understand, referring to Z.
harbipes—which if not a true species, is at any rate so
constant and distinct a form that it ought to be recorded
under this name. I have had it recently from Kyloe
(Northumberland), Cleveland, and Elginshire. The
Cleveland example was named for me by Dr. Kulczynski.

Lycosa postuma Cb.—TZvrochosa postuma Cb., Proc. Dorset
Field Club.—August is a bad month for Lycos, so that
I was very fortunate in obtaining a fine adult female of
this spider on the Culbin sands. Mr. Pickard-Cambridge
confirms my identification. This is the second occurrence,
the type specimen, also a female, having been taken near
Balmoral many years ago. As this was in bad condition
I have handed over the Culbin specimen to Mr. Pickard-
Cambridge, who will give a supplementary description in
a forthcoming paper. Here I need only add that it is
undoubtedly a Zycosa, nearly allied to L. amentata
Sund.

NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS 4

Sat

*Lycosa purbeckensis F. Cb. Both sexes, abundant among
the grass just above high water mark at Fenham. Like
other northern examples of this species they were all of

the var. 277707.

*Lycosa agricola Bl. nov. var. maritima. Very plentiful
on the shingle at high watermark near Ross links. These
were all of the maritime form, which, so far as I can make
out at present, differs from the inland form in colour only.
The general hue is reddish brown instead of hoary grey,
and the median band of the thorax is usually without the
characteristic constriction. This spider, which I have met
with before in Galloway and on the Moray Firth and
mistook for Z. avenzcola Cb., should I think receive the
varietal name of marztima.

Dictyna arenicola Cb. A single immature female which
may certainly be referred to this species occurred on the
links at Findhorn.

Meta menardi Latr. A numerous colony was recently dis-
covered by Mr. J. Walton Lee in a cellar under Dilston
Castle. Several examples of both sexes, taken in the Isle
of Wight, have also been submitted to me by Mr. H. W.
White of Harrow.

*Ero cambridgii Kulcz. I have had the female of this
species (lately separated from /wrcafa Vill. by Prof.
Kulezynski) under observation for three years but failed
to get a recognisable male. I have females from Ross
links, North Sunderland, Cresswell, Newbiggin, and
Ninebanks.

Asagena phalerata Panz. Adult females, under stones,
Ninebanks.

Robertus neglectus Cb. Adult females (with eggs) Glen-
ridding, June; Kyloe Crags, June.

Robertus arundineti Cb. Adult male, Culbin sands. Both
sexes, Glenridding.

46 NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS

*Agyneta mystica Cb. Adult male and three females,
Ninebanks, May and June; an adult female, Findhorn
links. Previously the type specimen, a female from
Balmoral, had long remained unique. The male, there-
fore, is new, and will be described by Mr. Pickard-
Cambridge.

Agyneta passiva Cb. Both sexes, Fenham, May.

Agyneta cauta Cb. A single adult female, Culbin sands.
Second record from Scotland.

Agyneta—Micryphantes—Microneta—Syedra. In a
previous paper I ventured to propose the new genus
Agyneta, giving a brief diagnosis, with the intention of going
through the four above-named genera more carefully in a
subsequent paper. Dr. Jackson has, however, undertaken
the very necessary task. At present, therefore, I must
content myself with rectifying my statements concerning
the genus Agyznefa in two particulars. First, it was a
mistake, as Dr. Jackson has since pointed out to me, to
say that fang-teeth were totally absent: there is a single
central outer tooth, and perhaps another, exceedingly
small, at the extremity of the fang-groove. Secondly,
conigera Cb. was inadvertently omitted from the list of
species.

Porrhomma microphthalmum Cb. An adult male at
2,000 feet on Killhope Law. An adult female at Nine-
banks at about 1,100 feet.

Poeciloneta variegata Bl. Findhorn links and Altyre
woods, Forres. These individuals were very dark
coloured, the abdomen being almost entirely black. This
species, commonly associated with Bathyphantes, has very
little in common with that genus, from which it differs
in the armature of the legs, in the dentition of the falces,
and most significantly in the genitalia. Its nearest ally
seems to be Drapetisca.

NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS Aq

Bolyphantes expunctus Cb. Three years ago I recorded
this species from the neighbourhood of Forres, where it
“was taken by Mr. J. W. H. Harrison, but the exact
habitat was not known. ‘To re-discover it and learn
something of its life-history was the main reason why he
and I visited that district in August, 1910. We succeeded
in locating it in the Altyre pinewoods (famous among
lepidopterists as a breeding place of Hufithecia togata,
and with botanists as one of the few habitats of Goodyera
repens) where it swarmed on the lichen-covered conifers.
On the clean conifers comparatively few were found, and
on other trees only stray examples. As far as I could
discover it makes no snare of any kind and evidently
subsists chiefly on the pine aphis. It comes to maturity
about the middle of August, a good many examples being
still immature on the 17th. Very nearly 300 adult
specimens were taken in a very few minutes. Since then
I have learnt from Mr. W. Evans of Edinburgh that he
has taken it plentifully on juniper at Aviemore, where it
was associated with Drctyna arenicola Cb.

Oreonetides adipatus C.L. K. Adult female, Killhope
Law, August, 19rt.

Oreonetides firmus Cb. A single adult female occurred
in the birch wood on the southern border of Culbin sands.
First record for Scotland.

Hilaira frigida Thor.—/. montigena L. K. of British authors.
By the kindness of Dr. de Lessert of Geneva, I have a
pair of Swiss examples of “7. montigena L. K., which is
quite different from our British spider. After some
correspondence with Dr. Kulczynski and Mr. Cambridge
I have come to the conclusion that our British spider
should be called . frzgzda ‘Thor. A single adult female
was taken at Lochan Dorh, Inverness-shire, in August.

*Hilaira nubigena sp. n. Killhope Law. Description,
etc., below.

48 NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS

Sintula cornigera Bl. An adult female was captured on
the bank of the Findhorn River near Forres.

Phaulothrix Bertkau. So long as huthwazté Cb.and hardit
Bl. are regarded as congeneric, their common generic name
should be Phaulothrix Bertk. not Leptorhoptrum Kulcz.
as given in my last paper—that is, assuming that
Leptothrix Menge is really preoccupied, as Simon says it
is ; but the only previous use I can trace is for a botanical
genus.

Phaulothrix hardii Bl. Abundant on the Culbin sands in
August on the part nearest the sea. Also on the Findhorn
sandhills. All the examples taken were immature, lack-
ing their final moult. ,

*Corypheeus simplex F. Cb. Adult female from Cress-
well sandhills, sent to me by Mr. W. Flowers.

*Erigone atra Bl.—var. lantosquensis Sim. According
to Dr. Kulezynski, the form of &. a¢ra Bl. with a rudi-
mentary denticule on the lower face of the palpal tibia of
the male is &. /antosguensis Sim. J do not remember
ever taking it along with the typical form (which is some-
times very abundant on wire fences on the Allendale
moors up to 1,800 feet or thereabouts), and all the
specimens I at present possess are from maritime localities,
During r910 I took it at Findhorn Bay (August) and
Warkworth (September).

*Erigone arctica White—var. maritima Kulcz. Dr.
Jackson has pointed out to me that this particular form
of arctica White has not been definitely recorded for
Northumberland. Nevertheless, it is fairly plentiful on
the Northumberland coast, though not in my experience
so abundant as the typical form.

Lophomma herbigradum Bl. A fine gynandrous example
of this common species was taken by me at Ninebanks in
the spring of r910. For the most part this specimen ex-
hibits the usual phenomena of bisexuality ; that is, one

NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS 49

side is male and the other female, with no atrophy or
distortion of parts except where mutual accommodation
is necessary on the median line. Naturally this disturb-
ance of structure shows itself chiefly in the sexual region
of the epigaster. In the present instance the female side
of the external genitalia suffers less modification than the
male side (pl. i1., figs. 8, 9). In one particular, however,
this individual differs from all other bisexual spiders I
have ever seen or heard of; for while the right side of
the cephalothorax is male and the left female, in the case
of the abdomen the sexes are reversed—the right side
being female and the left male.

Lophomma subzequale Westr. An adult female, Gos-
wick links, June.

Entelecara thorellii. Both sexes plentiful, Fenham and
Ross links, May and June.

Entelecara trifrons Cb. Both sexes, Fenham, May.

*Entelecara omissa Cb. An adult female was taken at
Ninebanks, in November, at a depth of five or six feet in
a “dead-heap”—that is, a heap of limestone boulders,
the refuse of an old lead mine.

Notioscopus sarcinatus Cb. Mr. Harrison has again
procured this species pretty freely at the original spot
on Eston Moor, Cleveland, but as far as I know it has
failed to turn up elsewhere. Simon (Hist. Nat. d.
Araignées, 2nd ed., i, 667) rightly recognises the
relationship between this genus and Oedothorax Bertk.,
from which it may be distinguished by the recurved line
of the front eyes and the five inner fang-teeth.

Caledonia aliena Kulcz.—sub-sp. evansii Cb. Caledonia
evans Cb. of British authors.

Dr. Kulczynski’s excellent figures and description of
his £77gone aliena( Aran. in Camtsh. Coll., 1885) long ago
suggested to me that this spider was identical with the
species known in Britain as Caledonia evanstd Cb. During

D

50 NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS

the past summer I submitted British examples to him for
comparison with his type specimen. Having compared
the two, he says that they are identical save for a slight
difference in the copulatory organs, such as frequently
appears in spiders of the same species widely separated
geographically. He is therefore inclined to regard evansit
Cb. as a sub-species of a/zena Kulcz., and perhaps that is
the simplest method of recognizing both the agreement
and the difference. The difference in this case is solely
in the position of a minute spine on the middle coil of the
central spiral vessel of the copulatory apparatus of the
male. It is on the anterior face in British examples, on
the posterior in the Kamschatkan type (pl. ii, figs.
14, 15). It may be observed that this genus also has
affinities with the Oedothorax group, but in a systematic
arrangement it ought probably to stand nearer to
Dicymbium and Tiso.

Troxochrus scabriculus Westr. Mr. F. P. Smith suggested
to me some time ago that a new genus was required for
this species. ‘That, as it happens, is impossible; for
Simon makes it the zypus of Zroxochrus. Nevertheless it
is true that it ought not to be considered congeneric with
hiemalis Bl. and zgnobilis Cb. On the other hand it
appears to me to agree in all essential generic characters
with Zapznocyba, differing in nothing but what is incidental
to its somewhat larger size. In fact the agreement is so
absolute that I see no valid reason for maintaining two
separate genera for these spiders. An appeal to the
dentition of the fang-groove confirms this view. In the
alliance to which these spiders belong, the number of
inner teeth may be 3, 4 or 5, and the number 4 occurs
only in the spiders now under consideration. I am there-
fore of the opinion that Zapznocyba should be dropped as
a synonym of Zroxochrus. As a new genus must be
established for Azemalis Bl. and zgnobilis Cb. I propose the
name Scleroschema and append a brief diagnosis.

NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS 51

Scleroschema gen. nov.

General form of Av@oncus (with which it also agrees in type
of genitalia) but the legs of both sexes are normal in form and
clothing, with the tarsi as long or nearly as long as the meta-
tarsi; the cuticle is more coriaceous; the curvature of the
front line of eyes is much less. From Zvoxochrus it differs
in the narrow caput, which is without postocular furrows in
the male, and in the genitalia, which are of quite a different
type. From all its nearer allies it differs in having only three
teeth on the inner margin of the fang-groove.

British species: Azemale Bl. (type); zgnobile Cb.

Troxochrus scabriculus Westr., with which these spiders
have been associated, is a summer spider, while these two
species mature much later in the year.

*Scleroschema reginaldi n. sp. An adult female,
Fenham, Northumberland. Description and figures
below.

Troxochrus exilis Bl.—Zapinocyba pallens Cb. Auctt.

Blackwall’s description (Spiders G. B. & I., p. 305) of
his Walckenaera exilis and of its habitat fit pallens Cb. so
exactly, to the exclusion of every other species known to
me, that comparison of types could hardly make the
synonymy more certain; therefore, though the types of
exilis Bl. are lost, I have no hesitation in applying Black-
wall’s name to the spider commonly called Zapinocyba
pallens Cb.

This species occurred in the pine woods of Altyre, near
Forres, among pine needles, along with Oonops pulcher
Templ. and other commoner species.

Troxochrus precox Cb. Both sexes, Fenham, May.

Gongylidiellum vivum Cb. An adult female, Culbin
sands. First record for Scotland.

Diplocephalus castaneipes Sim. An adult female,
Lochan Dorb, Inverness. This is the first record for

52 NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS

Scotland, but no doubt it occurs commonly on the
mountains. The present specimen occurred at about
1,800 feet.

*Cnephalocotes curtus Sim. An adult female, Findhorn

links. Both sexes on the coast at Fenham, Northum-
berland.

Cnephalocotes ambiguus Cb. Plentiful on the mud-flats
on the southern shore of Findhorn Bay. ‘The only
previous record is of the type specimen (a male) which
was taken in the Isle of Arran by Mr. W. Evans. The
female is therefore new. Mr. Pickard-Cambridge has
undertaken to describe and figure it.

Cnephalocotes incurvatus Cb. Northumbrian coast,
near Cresswell; Findhorn links: an adult female in
each place. This sex was previously unknown (see
description below, and plate i, fig. 20).

*Cnephalocotes interjectus Cb. Northumbrian coast,
Beadnell ; plentiful.

Lophocarenum parallelum BI. Both sexes, Ross links,
June.

Hilaira nubigena n. sp.
Plater isSastAnisor Omens

Male.—Cephalothorax 2'ro mm. long, greatest width 1°52
mm. Frons flattened, nearly horizontal, sparsely sprinkled
with bristles, the longest of them being in the median line.
Occipital tuber dome-shaped, sloping more steeply in front

than behind, traversed by a median line of longish bristles.

EYES comparatively small. Upper row strongly procurved ;
the middle interval about two-thirds of the lateral, slightly
concave. Lateral eyes on prominent tubercles, the anterior
occupying the summit and its fellow the posterior slope, the
former being the longest of the eight. Clypeus vertical, rather
higher than the ocular quadrangle is long.

NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS 53

FALCEsS normal; outer teeth 5, inner 3 (the distal two small
and obtuse, the third larger and acute),

PaLP].—Femur *65 mm. long; patella ‘16 mm. long, ‘21
mm. wide, convex above, concave below (viewed laterally) ;
tibia only ‘17 mm. long below but very convex above and
produced to a length of ‘65 mm., its greatest width being
‘44mm. ‘The upper surface is uniformly convex on the outer
side, but the anterior part of the inner side is very dark
coloured and slightly concave, so that there is a median ridge
terminating at the middle projecting point of the fore margin,
which point is obtuse and a little curved downward. On either
side of it the margin forms a fairly deep sinus, the outer longer
than the inner and divided almost equally by a broad rounded
point which projects forward. On the under surface of the
main central projection there is a dark transverse ridge which
does not reach either margin. Tarsus *78 mm. long. The
copulatory organs follow the normal plan of the group to
which this species belongs, nevertheless the terminal lobe is
very distinctive in structure. When the tarsus is viewed from
below the lobe occupies the outer half of the distal end, and
presents a quadrate membranous surface encircled by a
narrow chitinous rim. ‘This rim is sinuous, and at the outer
side (where it is turned up sharply almost at right angles to
its normal plane) it is faced by a dark rounded projection
hollowed on the inner side. Behind this terminal lobe the
spathulate tip of the embolus is just visible. Basal part of the
paracymbium comparatively small, flat, with a tuft of bristles ;
the free recurved half very strongly carinate, the ridge rising
sharply from the middle of the limb and continuing nearly
parallel to the outer edge.

Lrcs comparatively short and slender. Patellar and tibial
spines normal ; trichobothrium of metatarsus iv. exactly at
the middle of the distal half. Metatarsus i. bowed at the
base, with the basal half of the remainder fusiform, the distal
half nearly cylindrical and slender. Above and on either
side of the swollen part are grouped a score of stout black

54 NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS

spines of various sizes. Four of these approach the median
line of the upper side, three in front and one behind; below
these eight on either side. Beyond these are two more on the
front side.

Female.—Cephalothorax 2°10 mm. long, 1°50 mm. wide at
the broadest part, 1 mm. wide at the clypeus. Caput convex,
perceptibly raised behind the eyes. All the thoracic furrows
strongly marked.

Eyes pretty closely grouped, covering a space ‘7o mm. wide.
Upper medians and fore laterals equal in size, the diameter
being one-third longer than that of the fore medians. The
latter are nearly in contact. Middle interval of the upper row
considerably less than the lateral.

Faces normal, except that the inner teeth seem to be
rather larger than usual in A//azra, though not so strong as in
Phaulothrix.

Lrecs.—Tibiz i. and ii. cylindrical, their diameter 23 times
that of the metatarsi. Tibia iv. subclavate ; diameter at the
distal end ‘27 mm., at the base*19 mm. Spines normal but
comparatively weak, especially the distal spine of tibia iv.
Hairs coarse and bristly. Lengths of joints of first pair—
tibia 1°22 mm., metatarsus I'oo mm., tarsus ‘55 mm.; of the
fourth—tibia 1°20 mm., metatarsus 1'22 mm., tarsus ‘77 mm.

EPIGYNE unusually large, its width being 64 mm. It is
raised into a transverse ridge some ‘37 mm. above the level of
the epigaster at its highest point. The backward slope is
very steep and almost wholely occupied by the vulvar fovea.
The sculpture of the vulva is more elaborate than in any of
the allied species, and will be best understood by a reference
to the figures.

CoLoRATION normal of the genus, with the thorax darker
than usual and the furrows more strongly marked. In the
case of the male the contrast between the dark thorax and the
pallid dome of the cephalic tuber is heightened by the differ-
ence in the surface of the cuticle, the thorax being thickly

NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS 55

pitted with minute impressions. Generally the two sexes
agree in colour, but some males have the thorax nearly dead
black.

Killhope Law, July, r910, 1 female; October 5th, 1910,
several females; July, 1911, half-a-dozen females; August
15th, 1911, 1 male, 1 female; September 7th, 1911, 11 males
and about 4o females. All these were taken in the same
swampy patch just above the old mines on the western side of
the watershed between East and West Allen, and nearly all
of them within a very restricted area on the western edge of
this swamp. On the last date named, the rushes on this very
spot had been mown and lay in two heaps. One of these
yielded a male and a female. After trying all over the swamps
(unusually dry after the long drought) and obtaining four
females only, I returned to this spot, and in half an hour ob-
tained the total number recorded above. The male would seem
to attain maturity about the middle of August, so that its
adult period probably coincides with that of HZ. exczsa Cb.
The present species, however, belongs to the Arctic group,
distinguished by the peculiar metatarsus of the first pair of
legs (in the male), which includes g/aczalis Thor., zncondita
L. K., consimilis Cb., and mzrabilis C. L. K., all of which it
considerably exceeds in size. In this respect the two sexes
are about equal, the total length ranging from 4 mm. to
4°4 mm.

Scleroschema reginaldi n. sp.

Adult female. Total length 1°6 mm.

On the strength of the following generic characters I assign
this spider to the genus Scleroschema :—

Sternum broad, with a wide termination behind ; cuticle of
the abdomen coriaceous ; inner teeth three; hairs of the legs
long and tibial setz pretty strong, longer than the diameter of
the joint; tarsi and metatarsi of the first pair of legs equal;
the spiracular fold just reaching the margin of the mamillary
cavity ; front line of eyes recurved; epigyne more than twice
as broad as its median length.

56 NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS. — Cephalothorax comparatively
broad, its width along the line of the upper eyes ‘35 mm.
Its cuticle is quite smooth. Eyes comparatively large, but
their position normal of the genus: clypeus vertical, not in the
least protuberant. Sternum nearly smooth, without wrinkles
or pits. .

Abdomen rather broad. Epigyne three times as wide as
long; front and back margins parallel. The epigynal plate,
the surface of which is wrinkled all over, is cleft along the
median line. The margins of the two valves are raised into
a rim along the borders of this cleft, and are nearly in contact
in front but divergent in the posterior half, so as to expose a
paler triangular piece below.

CTs A
Dis 1 a ne

1. Scleroschema reginaldt sp.n. 2. S. hiemale Bi.
3. S. zenobile Cb.

[Eyes from above ; epigyne from below].

Cephalothorax brown with a dusky indefinite patch in the
middle and a dark margin; all its appendages clear yellow,
but there are very narrow rings of clear black at the ex-
tremities of coxe, trochanters, femora and tibie, and at the
base of the femora. Sternum (and also the epigynal plate)
rich dark brown. Abdomen wholly black.

The smooth and glossy cephalothorax and sternum, without
rugosity or impressions of any kind, will distinguish it from
either of its congeners.

NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS 57

A single adult female was taken by my son, Mark Reginald,
at Fenham, Northumberland, in May, tort.

Cnephalocotes incurvatus Cb. (?)
lates sticno:

Female.—T otal length, 1°86 mm. Abdomen greenish black,
broad oval, with the usual four impressed reddish spots on the
anterior half. Underside a trifle paler, with two parallel
longitudinal rows of pale spots. The rust-coloured indurations
are present only in front of the spinners and on either side of the
genitalia. The general characters are those of Cnephalocotes,
and the only tangible specific character is the structure of the
epigyne. In this it approaches most nearly to C. puszlius, and
the general form—as will be seen from the figure —is suggestive °
of Lophocarenum rather than of Crephalocotes. The most dis-
tinctive features are a pair of tiny reniform openings towards
the posterior margin and very wide apart.

This spider is identified with C. zzcurvatus only con-
jecturally. It corresponds with the male sufficiently well and
seems to occupy the same geographical area. Two specimens
were taken in 1910—one by Mr. W. Flowers on the coast
sandhills near Cresswell, Northumberland, in June; the other
by myself on the sandhills at Findhorn in August. The latter
is now in the possession of the Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge,
who agrees with me in thinking that it is probably the missing
female of C. zxcurvatus Cb.

58

=
°

gS

Poe w&

NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS

REFERENCES TO PLATE II.

(All the figures are drawn from specimens immersed in spirit).

Fiilaira nubigena @ : tibia and paracymbium of right palpus, outside.

ie montigena L. K. 6: ie “i Ms

», Jrigida Thor. g: Bs 60 D0

As nubigena @: caput viewed laterally.

”” ” d : tarsus of right palpus from below and a little
in front.

” ” @: epigyne from behind.

” 9 ©: epigyne from below.

Lophomma herbigradum Bl. (gynandrous) ; cephalothorax and palpi.
‘5 4 genital region of epigaster.
Cnephalocotes incurvatus Cb. (?) 9: epigyne.
Hilaira frigida Thor. Epigyne, from below.
a montigena L. K. Epigyne, from below.
at nubigena sp.n. @. Metatarsus of first pair, from above.
Caledonia aliena Kulcz. @: apical part of copulatory organ.

“3 evansit Cb. 6: ” ” ”

Attus caricis Westr. 6: Tibia and tarsus of left palpus from below.

a 9 >» @: epigyne.

NOTES ON PAUROPODA 59

Notes on Pauropoda, with a brief description of a New
Species of Brachypauropus.

By RicHarD S. BAGNALL, F.E.S., F.L.S.

Since the publication of my short paper on British
Pauropoda (present Trans., n.s. il., pp. 654-659, pl. xix.,
figs. 11-25) I have examined some more local material, and
am able to give further localities for some of the species and
to record a new species belonging to the family Brachy-
pauropodide—the least known of the three Pauropod
families. Unfortunately my best preparation of this latter
animal was accidentally destroyed after examination, and the
figure of the anal segment is from a rough sketch then made ;
the figure of the antenna is from a second example.

I find particular pleasure in naming the species after Lord
Avebury—the discoverer of the Order Pauropoda.

Famity PAUROPODIDZE Lubbock.

I have now obtained Prof. Silvestri’s valuable work on
Pauropoda. He goes wonderfully fully into the anatomy of
the animal, and describes several species that may reasonably
be expected to occur in this country. Our species gracdlis
Hansen, vulgaris Hansen, and danicus Hansen, are referable
to the genus AWopauropus Silv.

Genus PAUROPUS Lubbock.
Pauropus huxleyi Lubbock.

From under a log of wood in a quarry near Penshaw.

Genus ALLOPAUROPUS Silvestri.
Allopauropus gracilis (Hansen).

Common in the Penshaw district; on the Durham banks
of the Tees at Barnard Castle; Harbottle and Hartley,
Northumberland.

A. gracilis, as well as vulgaris and danicus, occur in Italy.

60 NOTES ON PAUROPODA

Allopauropus danicus (Hansen).
Since recording this species from Sunderland I have taken

an example on the edge of a wood on the river Wear between
Durham and Leamside.

Famity BRACHYPAUROPODIDAZ Cook.
GENuS BRACHYPAUROPUS Latzel.

Only two species, Aamiger Latzel and superbus Hansen,
are known, the latter described from a single male. Our
knowledge of the family, as Hansen says, is scanty, and
knowing exactly where my species was taken, I hope to
obtain further material and so perhaps add a little to our
knowledge of an intensely interesting creature. In the mean-
time I give the following brief description.

Brachypauropus lubbocki sp. nov.

Length about 05 mm. This species is sharply separated
from hamiger and superbus—the only characterised forms—
by the form of the antennz and of the anal plate and styli.

Fig. 1. Brachypauropus lubbockt. Fig. 2. Brachypauropus lubbocki.
Part of right antenna x about Processes of anal plate and styli (s)
300 diameters. from above X about 500 diameters.

The branches of the antenna are short, scarcely longer
than broad, whilst the flagella are short and stout, about
three times as long as the length of the globulus and stalk.

I was unable to make out the whole of the anal plate,
only the processes, which from above are leaf-like, whilst each
of the very characteristic styli resembles a short inverted T.

Haszirat.—Two specimens from a quarry near Penshaw,
Aug., 1911, together with three examples of a minute apterous
and primitive insect belonging to the recently diagnosed
Order Protura—representatives of which have not been
previously recorded as British. My friend Mr. H. S. Wallace
was with me on the occasion of these interesting captures.

A SECTION OF THE CLIFFS NEAR NEWBIGGIN 61

A Section of the Cliffs near Newbiggin-by-the-Sea, in which
is exposed a Gravel Led containing Chalk Flints.

By R. G. A. BULLERWELL, M.Sc.

In the cliffs to the south of Newbiggin-by-the-Sea, and
about 450 yards from the mouth of the river Wansbeck, is
exposed an accumulation of coarse gravel occupying a
position between the Coal Measure sandstone and the
Boulder Clay, and abutting against an ancient cliff running
normal to the present sea front.

The gravel deposit is 480 feet long, diminishing in thickness
as it is traced from north to south. At its northern extremity
it constitutes nearly the entire section of the cliff, which is
here 22 feet high, the visible gravel being 18 feet thick. Its
base is hidden beneath the gravel and sand of the present
beach, while it is covered above only by a few feet of boulder
clay. Southward the gravel thins out, and is seen resting
upon the dipping surface of the sandstone, and covered by a
thicker deposit of boulder clay; until at a distance of 470 feet
from the old cliff it is only one foot thick and 11 feet above
the beach. No means exist for determining the extent of the
gravel bed inland, no deposit of a precisely similar nature
having been observed in the neighbourhood.

From Newbiggin Bay southward the rocks form hard
precipitous cliffs in which two thin beds of coal are exposed.
The sandstone has in places been quarried for building
purposes. Below the point marked “ Hawk’s Cliff” on the
ordnance map the rocks are softer, and consequently have
been more readily affected by the abrasive action of the tide
and atmosphere ; so much so that in contact with the gravel
bed the precise structure of the cliff can be noted only after a
specially high tide, when the debris of crushed sandstone and
broken shale has been cleared away. The rocks are gently
folded and present a series of anticlines and synclines. The

62 A SECTION OF THE CLIFFS NEAR NEWBIGGIN

strata exposed show the following sequence :—

Boulder Clay : the characteristic stiff brown un-
stratified clay with boulders ... eae Petee2 pices
Sandstone: very much crushed and broken ... 10 ,,
Blue Shale: a fissile blue shale, containing
bands of ironstone and distorted remains of
Anthracosia ... ats ane a ase hon es
Coal Seam ... ye ae ate ee lace ta oe
Underclay : this is not visible in the section immediately
in contact with the gravel bed, but it is a few yards
away. It exhibits the usual development and con-
tains nodules of ironstone and the fossil Stzgmaria.
Sandstone forming the present sea-platform.

In the section of the ancient sea-cliff the base recedes faster
than the upper portion, the concavity being filled with gravel.

The elevated platform upon which the gravel deposit rests
is of Coal Measure sandstone, sloping towards the cliff at an
angle of 5°, irregularly eroded, much of it owing its preserva-
tion to the tenacity of the overlying deposit, which in many
places is supported by columns and buttresses of sandstone,
so that the base of the gravel-bed may be examined for a
distance of three or four feet backward from the cliff-front.
A portion of the soft underclay, which would originally
entirely cover the sandstone, remains, forming a matrix in
which are embedded small rounded and water-worn pebbles.
A small fragment of the coal-seam has resisted denudation,
and is shown in the section. The platform forms one-half of
an anticlinal fold.

Where the deposit abuts against the cliff, the gravel bed is
almost entirely arenaceous and formed of material for the
greater part but little water-worn. Flat slabs of rock similar
to the detritus at the base of “ Hawk’s Cliff,” crushed and
broken fragments of micaceous sandstone and coarse sand
covered by well rounded boulders, constitute the greater part
of this section of the deposit. Occasional quartz pebbles,
very small and well rounded, appear.

63

A SECTION OF THE CLIFFS NEAR NEWBIGGIN

[e0oD °C PARID “g

‘auO}Spues sINsBayY [VOD ‘*D ‘AB[D Jopnog *y

*Jo29J} OQ=yYoul 1 ‘aleag

(— i) = = o_
SS SS Sa S SSS SoS o SDR

MMMM OO CA em

"ULscIgiManT Ava fjQ fo wo1s05

>

64 A SECTION OF THE CLIFFS NEAR NEWBIGGIN

Midway between the extremities of the gravel-bed the best
development is seen. Here it is composed of gravel varying
in size from a hazel nut to well rounded boulders, the largest
I have seen measuring slightly over five feet in girth. Patches
of fine gravel and coarse sand are common. In this position
also, pebbles consisting of fragments of arenaceous strata
derived from the adjacent rocks predominate, but a larger
quantity of foreign material is intermixed.

Fragments which have travelled a considerable distance
are, of course, small, and often being much weathered,
difficult to recognise. The principal of them are porphyrites
(Cheviot), abundant and well preserved; granite with pink
felspar, very much weathered and crumbling when removed ;
granite (probably Aberdeen); whin, always much weathered
and derived from the dykes exposed on the coast; Carboni-
ferous limestone, not at all common; small fragments of
gneissic and schistose rocks occasional; flints. These last
are old chalk flints, usually broken and angular in form,
occasionally flaked as if broken by impact with other stones,
Some are of a bright red colour, and all are hard and have
lost their facile cleavage. Rarely, more complete specimens
occur which have been but slightly affected by water action.
These generally contain traces of organic remains, but the
fossils are not sufficiently perfect to make them of much value,
Their presence here seems to indicate the existence, some-
where in the bed of the North Sea, of Cretaceous deposits,
probably derived from the chalk formation which at one time
appears to have existed in the North of Scotland, of which the
rounded water-worn flints of Aberdeen are remains. Flints
occur in great abundance in parts of that county. In some
places the ground is covered with them, ¢.g., the Black Hills
near Peterhead, where the cultivated land is white with
bleached flints; the paths are paved with them, and heaps
from the soil are everywhere abundant. No trace of the chalk
from which they have been derived is to be seen. All along
the shore, wherever the granite formation admits of a beach,

THE GRAVEL.

GENERAL VIEW OF THE CLIFFS,

A SECTION OF THE CLIFFS NEAR NEWBIGGIN 65

quantities of water-worn flints are found, mingled with the
other pebbles evidently brought there by the tides.

From its nature the Newbiggin gravel-bed is not likely to
yield many organic remains. A broken fragment of a shell
( Ostrea ?) is, so far, the only fossil I have seen.

Above the gravel-bed is the boulder clay, the included
erratics being principally limestone characteristically striated.
South of the deposit the sandstone slopes from the gravel-bed
at an angle of 5°, and is covered with boulder clay. Some-
times a foot or more of crushed rock lies beneath the clay.
About 200 feet from the gravel-bed the rock is glaciated, the
striations pointing S.S.W.

From the point where the sandstone dips beneath the
present beach nothing occurs but boulder clay covered with
blown sand. Near the mouth of the river, and for a distance
of some 200 feet, the clay is divided into two unequal portions
by an almost uniformly straight line of erratics.

The gravel-bed at Newbiggin appears to be the sole
surviving fragment of a pre-boulder-clay littoral deposit, but
how far this may extend it is yet impossible to say. That
similar deposits have not been found in the locality seems to
point to a limited development inland.

Much of the original beach may have been removed by
denudation during the subsequent Ice Age, the gravel in the
cliff owing its preservation to the cliff over which, as indicated
by the rock striations and the included erratics, the ice sheet
flowed.

Looking towards Newbiggin from a point near the gravel
deposit, one is struck by the series of promontories running
parallel with each other, sheltering small bays and coves, and
gradually becoming more prominent towards the north. In
the foreground is the ancient cliff; behind and running
further seaward is ‘“ Hawk’s Cliff”; beyond is Spital Point,
while in the distance, but most prominent of all, is Newbiggin
Point.

66 A SECTION OF THE CLIFFS NEAR NEWBIGGIN

In Pre-Glacial, or early Glacial times, the ancient cliff would
be the northern boundary of a cove or bay in which fragments
of local rocks were rolled and deposited ; sea-worn material
from distant places, carried by currents and hurled by the
waves, added to the accumulation. A similar deposit is now
being formed at the base of ‘ Hawk’s Cliff,” where sub-
angular material, together with rounded sea-worn boulders, is
heaped up. A more extensive accumulation may be seen at
the mouth of the Wansbeck, but there the material is in-
variably rounded and water-worn.

NOTES ON NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 67

Notes on Neolithic Chipping-Sites in Northumberland

and Durham.
By C. T. TRECHMANN, B.Sc.
(With Plates III.-VI.)

In the Natural History Transactions for 1880, vol. viii.,
part i1., is a notice by the Rev. W. Howchin, F.G.S., of
prehistoric remains in Allendale, giving an account of, as he
terms it, “a true surface find of flint implements of a very rich
and interesting character, and under such circumstances as
may lead by its suggestiveness to a more extended search
among the fells of our northern district, which cannot fail to
reward the patient worker with encouraging results.”

I visited the site in question while staying at Allendale a
few years ago, and in addition to seeing several of the imple-
ments still in possession of the local inhabitants, picked up on
the site after long searching several specimens, some of which
it seems desirable to record in completion of the list given by
the Rev. W. Howchin in the above-mentioned paper now
thirty years ago.

In one of the small runnels made by the rain on the wilder-
ness of bare ground on the site (which is on the fell top about
234 miles S.W. of Allendale Town) caused by the fumes from
the chimney of the smelting mill, I found a perfect greenstone
axe measuring 4% inches in length by 2% inches in greatest
breadth, rather irregularly formed, but giving a fine regular
almost semicircular cutting edge.

The side upon which it has lain for centuries is practically
unweathered and shows the traces of grinding well, but the
upper surface, which is more convex, is deeply pitted by the
solvent action of rain and peaty water. The material of the
specimen is a much decomposed igneous rock, possibly a
porphyry, but whose true nature I have not been able to
determine.

68 MR. C. T. TRECHMANN ON

Most of the flints had been carried off the ground, but after
some time I collected about twenty specimens, including two
small arrowheads, two scapers, one of them calcined, four
trimmed flakes, and about ten flakes or chippings. The two
arrowheads deserve attention; the rest of the find comes
under the general category of implements described in Mr.
Howchin’s paper.

The first specimen (Plate III., fig. 8) is a small barbed
specimen (one barb missing) of brown translucent flint, quite
unweathered and unbleached, and very sharp and fresh.

The second specimen (Plate III., fig. 7) is a small almost
lozenge-shaped example measuring 2 inches in length and
breadth, and showing two periods of workmanship. The
history of this specimen is somewhat interesting; it was
originally a flake chipped from a nodule of transparent honey-
coloured flint which had been flaked and left lying till the
surface had become thoroughly bleached to a smooth
porcellanous whiteness. At some long-subsequent period
(possibly some centuries later) the second Neolithic man found
it and fashioned it into an arrowhead, exposing once again
the light yellow flint which has remained unweathered till the
present day. The two periods of chipping are shown both on
the upper and under surfaces; the under surface shows the
convexity due to the bulb of percussion of the original flake.
The phenomenon of double workmanship has been noticed
both on Paleolithic and Neolithic implements, and is evidence
of the great length of time which separates different stages of
even the Neolithic period. This specimen suggests to me that
the great quantity of newer stone age implements which are
scattered over our fells is due rather to the length of time
during which the district was occupied by flint-chipping tribes
than to any density of population.

LVeolithic Site at Blackton tn Teesdale.

Extended search resulted in the discovery of several other
localities for neolithic implements on the Durham and
Northumberland fells. The most prolific locality is one

NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 69

which, though less rich than the find at Allendale, is an
important site, and enables me to institute a comparison
between the Neolithic remains found on chipping-sites on
our fell districts and those found along the coast, which will
be discussed later on.

The site in question, which I found in July, 1905, is situated
on the southern boundary of the county of Durham, near the
head of Blackton beck in Teesdale. The implementiferous
ground occupies an elevation of roeoo-1100 feet, and consists
of an undulating tract with the slope to the south-west, on
either side of the beck ina shallow depression sheltered on the
north-west and south-east by two escarpments of millstone
grit, the actual site lying somewhere on the junction of the
millstone grit and carboniferous limestone series.

Blackton beck flows under the high road from Middleton to
Barnard Castle at an elevation of 909 feet O.D.; a short
distance above the bridge is the Blackton smelting mill, the
flues of which are carried up about a mile, terminating in a tall
chimney. Precisely as at Allendale the sulphurous fumes from
the chimney in contact with atmospheric moisture change to
sulphurous and sulphuric acid, and have destroyed the
heather over many acres of land, while the subsequent wind
action and rain-wash have cleared away the variable layer of
peat, exposing the original land surface, which is a light dry
sandy loam with angular pieces of shale and sandstone and
fragments of quartz crystals.

On this surface, which includes several undulating knolls
or hillocks, the worked flints may be picked up, most easily
when the ground has been disturbed and washed by recent
rains.

I can find no record of flints having been previously
detected in this locality, and so believe that the greater part
of the specimens have come into my possession. A fine leaf-
shaped arrowhead was found by a gentleman living at Bishop
Auckland, who heard about the locality from a friend of mine,
but I have not seen the specimen.

7O MR. C. T. TRECHMANN ON

Axes.—No axes have turned up on this site yet, the only
polished implement being the hammer stone to be described
later.

Arrowheads.—Three perfect and four or five fragmentary
arrowheads have been found by me on this site.

1. A perfect, thick stemmed, double barbed specimen
measuring 1-in., of grey translucent flint rather roughly
worked, and showing the surface of the flake on the
under side. Blatee ue sires a

2. A small double barbed and stemmed specimen of
grey mottled flint, unweathered and very sharp and
fresh, also rather unsymmetrical. Blate ee icoez.

3. A small, thick, subtriangular specimen in blackish
flint. Pie 100, ine A.

4. A large, finely worked lance or arrow head measuring
2-in. in length by $-in. across in grey flint, very thin and
evenly flaked on both sides. This specimen was broken
diagonally across about the centre in Neolithic times. I
found the two pieces about twenty yards apart, and put the
point into my ticket pocket for safety; when examining
the rest of the flints in the train on the way home I found
that it fitted the base which I had gathered up with other
specimens some distance away. This specimen is worked
to a fine point, and cannot have been long in use; it may
have been broken in the making, and the two pieces flung
away in different directions ; they show a slightly different
condition of surface. Pikes JOU) sive. S

5. Stemmed and double-barbed arrowhead neatly
worked out of carboniferous chert. Both barbs and
point chipped off. ewe JONG, ie, 2

6. Part of a lozenge-shaped specimen of grey flint.
Plate III., fig. 9.

Saws.—Three very definite and characteristic flint saws
were picked up on this site, formed of flakes of grey flint
delicately notched along one or both edges. ‘The first speci-

NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 71

men (Plate III., fig. 13) shows about fifty notches over a
length of one and a half inches ; it is notched on both edges.

Another (Plate III., fig. 15) measures two inches in length,
and has over thirty notches, while the last (Plate III., fig. 14)
is a much less delicate specimen with only ten notches.

The specimen (Plate III., fig. 10) consisting of transparent
yellow flint may also be a saw with the notches worn down.

These saws were doubtless used in the manufacture of
arrow shafts and in fashioning small wooden and bone
articles.
~ “ Pigemy” Implements (Plate III., fig. 12).—One very char-
acteristic specimen of this type was found, three-quarters of
an inch long and scarcely more than one-eighth wide, formed
out of a narrow flake of white translucent flint delicately
worked along one edge only, the other edge being the sharp
edge of the flake. Both ends are square and untouched.
This is the only specimen found on this site. It is difficult to
see what it can have been used for. The purpose of these
implements is still problematical; various uses are suggested,
such as surgical operations, trepanning, tattooing, etc., or they
may in some cases have been simply borers.

Scrapers.— About forty scrapers have been found up to the
present time, generally of small size, some of the minute so-
called thumb scrapers being only half an inch in width.
Plate IV., fig. 7, is a very small specimen. The largest
measures 12-in. in width. They are generally formed of thick
flakes, whose under surface has a concavity in the direction of
its greatest length, and which would give a suitable scraping

edge when trimmed to a semicircular form.

They are very variable in shape and material, nearly all the
forms recorded from Britain occurring. I have photographed
a few ofthe more characteristic specimens, Plate IV., figs. 1-9.
Figs. 1-4 are described as semicircular or thumb-flints, fig. 6
is a flat circular specimen, figs. 8 and 9 as “duck-billed” or
“kite-shaped ” scrapers. They are better illustrated by photo-
graphs or sketches than by descriptions.

72 MR. C. I. TRECHMANN ON

Flakes and Chippings.—These are by far the most numerous
relics on this as on most other Neolithic sites, the largest
measuring about three inches; many are very symmetrical,
and show great skill in flaking ; many of the larger specimens
have been used as knives and scrapers without any further
chipping, as shown by their blunted edges; some are more or
less delicately flaked across the upper surface.

One specimen (Plate IV., fig. 12) measuring 14-in. is formed
of a single flake from the outside of a large rounded nodule of
dark grey flint, and has had most of the crust or surface of
the nodule carved away by a sort of parallel flaking. This
specimen was picked up in a sheep track on an elevated knoll
some distance from the chimney. A_ similar specimen is
figured, Plate 1V., tig. 13. Other takes (Plate IV shies
and 18) are remarkable for their symmetry.

The flint of which the foregoing implements are formed is
very variable in texture and description, ranging from white
and light yellow translucent material through various shades
of pink and grey, opaque and nearly transparent to almost
black, though never so black as some of the freshly broken
upper chalk flint of South England. The surface of the
nodules is apparent in many cases, and shows that much
of the flint has been taken from weathered or water-rolled
masses.

Several dozens of symmetrical flakes occurred, while well
over a thousand indefinite chippings and fragments were picked
up. One very symmetrical flake of reddish banded chert of the
kind found in the lower carboniferous (Yoredale) series in the
vicinity (Plate IV., fig, 17) was picked up; in addition to this
specimen other flakes and chips, together with many cores or
nuclei of chert were gathered up.

The flint cores on the contrary were very scarce, not above
six examples being found, while the unworked nodules were
quite absent. ‘This is a curious fact in presence of the very
large proportion of flakes picked up, and suggests that the
flint was brought to the locality in an already flaked condition
by the wandering tribes from the south, who gathered up

NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 713

chert on the way from the various exposures of the Yoredale
rocks where it occurs, as being the best substitute for flint
which the locality affords.

The flint almost certainly came from the Yorkshire wolds,
and greatly resembles that composing the implements left in
such quantity by Neolithic man in that district. The rounded
and weathered surface of the raw material tends to show that
much of it was picked up on the sea coast.

Of implements other than of flint and chert the only speci-
men found was a fine hammer stone or crusher of a very
dense quartzite, measuring three inches in length by one
and a half across (Plate IV., fig. 19). It has been carefully
smoothened over the entire surface, and shows some traces of
polishing due to finger action, while both ends are slightly but
quite perceptibly bruised, apparently more from pressure than
from blows. It may have been used in secondary chipping
on other implements.

The occurrence of a rich Neolithic site such as this
strengthens the idea that many more such must be present
on our northern fells, such as lie at a moderate elevation and
afford a supply of water and some shelter from the prevailing
winds. Unfortunately in nearly all such localities the surface
of the soil is covered with a more or less thick covering of
peat on which grows the present heather, and it is only in
isolated cases, as in the neighbourhood of a smelting mill, that
we have an opportunity of examining the old land surface,
when we often find it rich in prehistoric remains.

The occupation of the country over an extended period by
Neolithic flint chippers has caused a great accumulation of
imperishable flint remains on our fells, and all bare ground or
places where sods are being removed in connection with
reservoir construction or shooting butts should be examined
for flint flakes.*

* A single modern gunflint picked up on this site completes the list of
flint implements. Dropped at a quite recent period amongst the heather, it
found its way to the level of the Neolithic surface when the heather was
destroyed,

74 MR. C. T. TRECHMANN ON

The next site I wish to record is in Weardale, at a greater
elevation than the last. It is situated at the chimney of
Rookhope Smelting Mill on Redburn Common at an elevation
of 1,829 feet O.D. The mill is situated on the roadside by
Rookhope Burn, the flues being carried in a north-westerly
direction a distance of nearly two miles to the fell top, the
outlet being situated just on the escarpment of the millstone
grit.

A tremendous area of ground has been denuded by the
action of the fumes, and in consequence I hoped to find a
quantity of implements, but in this was disappointed ; after
long search I picked up, as I anticipated, an arrowhead
(Plate IIL., fig. 6) lying about half-a-mile from the chimney on
the bare ground, in addition to a core of grey flint and five or
six flakes of flint, chert, and quartz.

The spot is extremely desolate and very exposed, and no
doubt seldom visited except by the workmen cleaning down
the flues (the mill was still working in 1905). The desolation
of the site and absence of water must have prevented its
occupation by Neolithic man, and the implements picked up
have been merely dropped by accident.

The arrowhead is a stemmed and double-barbed example
with the tip of both barbs broken off. It is formed out of
grey flint streaked with light grey and bleached and weathered
to a bluish surface.

Some other sites which I have traced on the fells call for
no special attention at present, as I have not yet collected
sufficient of the material or anything sufficiently remarkable
to justify my recording them.

A large tract of bare ground surrounding a smelting mill
chimney which I examined near Reeth Moor in Arkengarth-
dale was curiously and to my surprise totally devoid of flakes,
although it was situated on the edge of the Yoredale escarp-
ment with exposures of chert.

NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 75

Neolithic Remains on the Durham Coast.

Neolithic remains can be traced at various points along the
Durham and Northumberland coast, and at several places
there is evidence of the existence of well defined working
sites.

These appear to be the remains of true kitchen-midden or
coast finds, debris left by tribes of flint chippers attracted by
the quantity of food to be found along the shore, and as such,
can be present only on those parts of the coast which have
been protected from denudation since Neolithic times. This
is more particularly the case along the wide and open bay
stretching from Hartlepool northwards to Seaham Harbour.
North of this, where the magnesian limestone is very soft and
friable and much coast erosion takes place, I have failed to
find any working sites, and the flakes only occur very
sparingly. The implements also differ in many aspects, as I
shall show, from those described from the fells of the western

parts of the county.

Several of the finds, together with figures of some of the
implements, appeared in the “ Naturalist” for 1904 and 1905,
and I propose here to give a résumé and extension of my
research in this district.

Between Seaton Carew and West Hartlepool a kitchen-
midden of Romano-British times occurs which has yielded
some flint fragments, in addition to remains such as a Roman
fibula, Samian pottery, etc. I have to record a curious flake
14 inches in length worked round the edges to a somewhat
crescent-shaped outline. The site of the kitchen-midden is
now covered up.

On the promontory of Hartlepool, which seems to have
undergone much denudation since historical times, I have
failed to find any traces of flint remains.

Between Hartlepool and the mouth of Crimden beck, about
three miles, the coast is covered with ballast and sandbanks,
and it is hopeless to look for prehistoric remains.

76 MR. C. T. TRECHMANN ON

Immediately to the north of Crimden beck is a mass of
boulder clay protected from the sea by a heavy bank of sand.
The surface of this boulder clay bank, which skirts the north
side of Hesleden or Crimden Dene, is covered with a layer of
sand, which, if removed, would doubtless reveal an extensive
chipping site, as flakes are in evidence wherever the sand
is removed along the edges of the bank by rain or wind.
On a patch of ground denuded of sand I picked up several
large flakes of pink and yellow flint and a fine scraper. The
scraper is a triangular specimen of dark brown flint with a
neatly worked edge, and part ofthe crust of the flint nodule
from which it was formed remaining (Plate VL., fig. 2).

Flints may be traced sparingly for about two miles to the
north as far as the Black Hall Rocks, in which place they are
very abundant on the fields above the caves and a little to the
north. ‘The site seems to have been a favourable one for the
flint chippers, water being supplied by a small stream running
nearly parallel to the coast for some distance, and the ground
being well sheltered and fertile. The implements are picked
up on the ploughed fields, and are consequently more or less
damaged. I have recorded from here :

Scrapers, 7; borer, 1; very small or pigmy implement, 1

cores, 12: flakes and chips about 600; bruised quartzite
pebbles about 12.

Between Black Hall Rocks and the site at Horden presently
to be described are several large ravines cut out of the boulder
clay and the underlying magnesian limestone. Flakes and
cores are plentiful along the edges of these ravines; in one
spot where long slender flakes occur I have found two or three
pigmy implements. On the top of a large bank of clay
immediately to the north of the mouth of Castle Eden
Dene the flakes found were remarkably large, sharp and
unweathered.

NEOLITHIC Coast CHIPPING SITE NEAR HorDEN.—In 1904
I first detected the existence of a well-defined coast chipping-
site on the sea banks near Horden, about a mile to the north

NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 17

of Castle Eden Dene mouth, and immediately to the south
of a beck called Blackhills Gill.

The site is a well chosen one, and consists of a large tract of
clay and drift at an elevation of about roo feet above the sea
level. The coast outline has not apparently receded here since
Neolithic times, and is protected by sand banks and a “storm
beach” of large shingle. The ground slopes gently to the
west, and has until quite recent times been covered with a
layer of blown sand ; much of this sand remained in 1904 as a
protecting wall on the edge of the bank, but has since then
been nearly all carted away in connection with the Horden
Colliery workings, and given me an opportunity of examining
more of the bare ground. As the surface is washed by the
rain no doubt more implements will come to light.

The fact of the ground never having been ploughed up,
together with the covering of sand alluded to, accounts for the
preservation of the several delicate arrowheads found on
this very restricted site. It thus represents an undisturbed
Neolithic working site, the flakes and implements being all
sharp and undamaged.

This site is the only locality on the Durham coast where I
have succeeded in tracing arrowheads, the series including
six perfect and two defective specimens.

The largest arrowhead (Plate V., fig. 1), measuring 18-in.
in length, resembles almost exactly in form that figured in
Evans’ “ Ancient Stone Implements,” fig. 304. It is stemmed
and double-barbed, chipped out of opaque grey flint, and is
unweathered.

Plate V., fig. 2, is a very symmetrical specimen neatly
chipped out of pink flint now bleached to a white porcellanous
surface.

Plate V., fig. 3, is a less symmetrical specimen, now
bleached to a white glossy surface.

Fig. 4 shows an arrowhead of unusual fineness chipped to
an acute and almost needle-like point. The minute working

78 MR. C. T. TRECHMANN ON

at the point cannot be detected without a lens. It measures
+é-in. in length, and is chipped out of black translucent flint.
There is nothing like it figured by Evans.

Fig. 5 is a roughly lozenge-shaped specimen; the material
is black translucent flint, very similar to the last.

Fig. 6 is a leaf-shaped non-pointed specimen ; a broken
lozenge-shaped example (fig. 10), and a broken barbed speci-
men complete the series of arrowheads.

The scrapers found are characteristic of the district, and no
very symmetrical examples occur. In several cases they are
formed from a flake which has been struck off the outside of a
flint pebble.

Plate V., fig. 11, shows a scraper of yellow flint slightly
sand polished. Fig. 12 has been chipped out of a nodule of
yellow flint, and shows part of the crust of a rounded pebble.
Fig. 13 1s apparently a scraper which has been broken across ;
it is of a dark pink flint characteristic of the district. Fig. 14
is a scraper or thumb-flint of light grey splintery flint. Fig. 15
is a scraper of so-called “ duck-bill” form, of light flint which
has been weathered white.

Between 500 and 600 flakes were picked up, nearly all of
small size, and showing great variety in shape, size, and
colour of material, ranging from minute splinters up to a
length of 1} inches, rarely more. Plate V., fig. 16, shows a
flake which has been trimmed along the edges forming a sort
of knife. Fig. 17 is a symmetrical flake of grey translucent
flint. |

Plate V., figs. 7, 8, and 9, represent trimmed flakes. Fig. 9
may be a broken scraper.

The surface of the ground on this site was strewn with
small rounded flint nodules washed apparently out of the local
boulder clay, and no doubt carefully collected and kept in
readiness to be worked up into flakes and implements. Some
of the nodules are battered and bruised round the edges, but
- the favourite “hammer stones” seem to have been the rounded
quartz pebbles, which are so plentiful on the shore. Several

NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 719

were picked up showing traces of extensive bruising. Cores
or nuclei of the small flint nodules were also plentiful.
Two so-called pigmy implements occurred, one of which is
represented at Plate V., fig. 19.

Plate V., fig. 18, represents a “fabricator” of quartz, much
worn and rounded at the end, possibly used for working out
the barbs of arrowheads and similar purposes.

A few perforated pebbles of flint and limestone were found,
possibly gathered up to be used as ornaments or net weights.

In addition to all these flint implements, about a hundred
rough weathered chippings of greenstone were gathered up.
They are pronounced by Canon Greenwell to be undoubtedly
flaked by human hands. On examining the series it is evident
that they have been roughly chipped to pointed or cutting
forms. One piece, as pointed out by Mr. Sheppard, is un-
doubtedly a chipping from a polished greenstone axe (Plate
V., fig. 20). So far I have only detected these greenstone
chippings on this one site. Perhaps a weathered basalt was
employed as a substitute for flint when the supply of that
material ran out. A series of these chippings was illustrated
in the “ Naturalist” for November, 1905.

Several objects traceable to Roman and later times were
found on the bare ground, some fragments of Roman mortaria,
parts of the rim and pieces of the body of the vessel studded
on the inside with hard grains; in the case of the Romano-
British kitchen-midden at Seaton Carew this material was
shown to be slightly fused ironstone. Several masses of very
hard cinder-like substance occurred, apparently the material
for breaking up and studding in the mortaria. The rest of
the pottery, all in small fragments, are part of the rims of
ordinary black ware, and fragments of a very rough hand-
made pottery in which the clay has been mixed with quartz
before burning. This latter is indistinguishable from some
that I have found in the midden at Seaton Carew.

All the above-mentioned pottery is characteristic of the
Romano-British period, left at a time long subsequent to the

80 MR. C. T. TRECHMANN ON

flint implements. Part of a bone knife handle, probably
Roman, also occurred.

Further to the north, between Horden and the mouth of the
Wear, and thence to the mouth of the Tyne, Neolithic remains
occur only very sporadically. The coast is not protected by
sand dunes and shingle banks, the limestone is softer, and the
boulder clay less in evidence. More coast denudation seems
to have taken place, and the Neolithic chipping sites are
probably washed away. Many small ravines and gorges
occur, but are for the most part devoid of chipped flints.

The following gives a summary of flints found up to the
present on Durham coast sites :—

Seaton Carew: flint fragments found in kitchen-midden
with Romano-British remains.

Mouth of Crimden Dene: scraper, 1; flakes, 8.

Edges of Crimden Dene, and near the coast: flakes, 30;
CONES, 3

Crimden Dene, Black Halls, in ruts on old ploughed fields :
scraper, 1; flakes, 50.

Black Halls, near the hotel: scrapers, 7; borer, 1; pigmy
implement, 1; cores, 15; flakes and chips about 1,000;
bruised quartzite pebbles about 12.

Black Halls, Deneholme: scraper, 1; flakes many.

Deneholme, Horden: flakes about 150; cores 8-9.

Horden: about 600 chipped flints on site of the old settle-
ment.

Horden to Sunderland : scraper, 1; flakes sparingly found.

Near Westoe a well formed flake occurred on the top of a
stack of limestone in Frenchman’s Bay, entirely cut off from
the rest of the coast line.

The study of these coast finds raises some interesting
questions respecting the relative age of the coast settlements
with those on the fells in the county of Durham.

There is a striking dissimilarity between the remains found
on such a site as that described from Horden in this paper to

NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 81

that at Blackton in Teesdale, not only in the material used,
but in the implements which occur. While I endeavoured to
show that the fell implements were carried by migrating tribes
from the south, bringing with them bundles of long and
slender symmetrically formed flakes, and gathering up chert
on the way; the coast implements were on the contrary all
manufactured on the spot. This is proved by the much
greater quantity of flakes, minute splinters, cores or nuclei,
and unworked nodules, hammerstones and other debris of the
flint workshop. On the Blackton Beck site only five or six
cores occurred, and one hammerstone, while the unworked
flint nodules were entirely absent.

The material used by the coast chippers consists of flint
taken exclusively from the small rounded nodules out of the
boulder clay which are sparingly found on the sea shore, and
great skill is shown in working up the hard and often splintery
material, especially in the case of the arrowheads. The coast
series most resembles the Neolithic remains found on chipping
sites in various parts of Scotland.

Whether the coast sites are older or newer than those on
the fells I shall not attempt to say ; they may be contemporary,
but at any rate there was no intercourse or exchange of
materials between the two.

Flint saws are found on the fells, but I have found no trace
of them on the coast sites.

Neolithic Remains on the Northumberland Coast.

Chipped flints appear to be much more sparingly distributed
along the Northumberland coast than in the southern part of
the county of Durham. They are practically absent from that
part stretching from the mouth of the Tyne northwards to
Whitley Bay. Opposite St. Mary’s Island traces were noticed,
but the coast seems to have receded much in recent times.
From here northwards we find a long stretch of blown sand
comparable to that found between Hartlepool and Crimden
Dene, which effectively conceals any chipping sites which

may exist.
F

82 MR. C. T. TRECHMANN ON

The only definite chipping site detected in this locality is
situated about a mile north of Newbiggin, and nearly opposite
the village of Woodhorn. As in other sites, the flints are
found immediately above the coast line. They are exposed
along the edges of an old sandstone quarry. In order to
reach the sandstone it has been necessary to strip off about
three feet of clay and rubble which covers the rock. ‘This
rubble, mixed with pieces of sandstone, is shot over the sea
banks, where every high tide washes some of it away, ex-
posing the flint flakes and other remains.

The series includes most of the usual objects found on such
sites, but flint seems here to have been a scarcer commodity
than on the Durham coast. Most of the flakes show
traces of having been used as cutting and sawing tools.
About four hundred implements, flakes and chippings were
obtained on this site. All are remarkably small and meagre
in appearance; the largest flake is only 14 inches long, most
are much smaller, while splinters of flint are plentiful. Some
of the scrapers are absurdly small.

One curious implement (Plate VI., fig. 17) in the form of a
small sling stone occurred ; it shows the crust of the pebble on
one side, and was probably used as a scraping tool, since
numerous fine fractures are seen on one edge only. The flints
are all fresh and sharp, and generally highly bleached and
mottled from exposure. About ten distinct scrapers were
found, all abnormally small. One is represented at Plate VI.,
fig. 19. In addition to these a quartzite core with a few
quartzite flakes occurred, and two or three much battered
quartzite striking stones. Plate VI., fig. 16, represents a
core from this locality of dark flint bleached white. No
arrowheads nor any greenstone nor polished implements have
occurred up to the present on this site.

-The rest of the Northumberland coast, so far as I have
examined it, seems to be unprolific in Neolithic remains.
Plate VI., fig. 15, represents an arrowhead given to me by
the Rev. M. Fletcher of Seahouses. It was found by a work-

NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 83

man at a considerable depth in some excavations made in
1905 immediately to the south of Bamburgh Castle. The
excavations revealed the existence of extensive kitchen-
middens of doubtful age on this site. Apparently it occurred
at a lower level than the shells and bones of the midden, which
is probably of medieval age. The arrowhead appears to be
formed out of a chert, and is deeply weathered and stained to
a brownish yellow colour.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Arrowhead, double barbed and stemmed, grey flint. Blackton
in Teesdale.
» 2. Arrowhead, double barbed and stemmed, mottled grey flint.
- Blackton.

»» 3- Arrowhead, grey chert, barbs and point missing. Blackton.

» 4. Arrowhead, roughly triangular, black flint. Blackton.

» 5. Lance head, fractured in prehistoric times. Blackton.

», 6. Arrowhead, barbed and stemmed. Barbs chipped off. Rookhope,
Weardale.

» 7. Arrowhead, lozenge-shaped, showing two periods of work.
Allendale.

Arrowhead, dark brown flint, one barb missing. Allendale.

Arrowhead, end missing, light grey flint. Blackton.

» 10. Flake, light brown transparent flint, flaked to a straight cutting
edge and notched. Blackton.

» 11. Flake, light grey flint, worked round the edges. Blackton.

,, 12. Pigmy implement, white translucent flint, worked along one edge.
Blackton.

» 13. Saw, grey flint, serrated along both edges. Blackton.

» 14. Saw, bluish opaque flint, rough serration on one side. Blackton.

» 15. Saw, dark flint, serrated on one edge. Blackton,

84

DN ER op &

MR. C. T. TRECHMANN ON

PLATE IV.

Scraper, dark flint. Semicircular form.

Scraper or thumb flint, a characteristic specimen. Brown trans-
lucent flint.

Scraper, bluish flint.

Scraper, grey mottled flint. Worked to a semicircular edge.

Scraper. Rough specimen in brown flint.

Scraper. A flake taken from outside of a nodule of flint and
worked to a semicircular edge.

Scraper. A very small and delicately worked specimen. Grey
flint.

Scraper. ‘Duck bill’? form, showing crust of pebble. Dark
flint.

Scraper, pink flint with crust of pebble.

Flake, grey flint worked to a triangular almost arrowhead form.

A similar specimen with less secondary chipping.

Knife, dark translucent flint, flaked and notched.

Flake, with both edges trimmed. Grey flint.

Flake in white translucent flint.

Borer, curved point, worked along one edge.

Scraper-like implement, possibly a knife. Yellow opaque flint.

A symmetrical flake of lower carboniferous chert.

Hammerstone, quartzite, bruised at both ends.

Flake, showing part of crust of flake nodule and scar of another
flake.

All the specimens figured on Plate IV. are from Blackton in Teesdale.

XS) Ca) SGen Gt ap EO IS)

PLATE V.

Arrowhead. Opaque grey flint.

Arrowhead. Pink flint, bleached white by exposure.

Arrowhead. Bleached to a glossy white surface,

Arrowhead of unusual fineness. Black translucent flint.

Arrowhead. Black translucent flint.

Arrowhead, leaf shape. Brown mottled flint.

Flake or splinter. Yellow flint worked to a point.

Flake worked to a point.

Splinter of brown flint, worked to a curved cutting edge. Possibly
a form of arrowhead.

NEOLITHIC CHIPPING-SITES 85

Base of an arrowhead, the point missing.

Scraper, yellow flint.

Scraper, yellow flint with part of crust of pebble.
Scraper, fragmentary, in reddish flint.

Scraper, light grey flint.

Scraper, ‘‘duck bill ”’ form.

Flake with trimmed edges.

Flake. A symmetrical specimen of light coloured flint.
** Fabricator ”’ of quartz.

’

A “pigmy ”’ implement.

Part of a polished greenstone axe.

_ All specimens figured on Plate V. are from the coast chipping site at

Te
2
Bs
4.
5.
6.
ihe

Horden.

PLATE VI.

Scraper, pink flint. Bleached by exposure. Black Halls.
Scraper, brown flint. Near Crimden Dene, Durham coast.
Scraper. Rough specimen bleached white. Black Halls.
Scraper, yellow flint. Durham coast.

Scraper, yellow flint with crust of nodule. Black Halls.
Scraper, pink flint. Black Halls.

“Pigmy ”’ implement, grey flint. Black Halls.

8-14. Flakes and splinters of various forms. Black Halls.

15.
16.
7
18.
19.

Arrowhead, brown chert. Midden near Bamborough Castle.
Core, grey flint bleached white. Newbiggin, Northumberland.
Implement of weathered pink flint. Newbiggin.
Scraper of grey flint. Newbiggin.

Scraper, brown flint. Newbiggin.

86 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

The Glacial Geology of Northumberland.

By J. A. SmMyrue, Ph.D., D.Sc., Armstrong College,

Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Lntroduction and References.

Much has been written about the glacial geology of
Northumberland, but the information is of a localised kind
which precludes the formation of broad views on the subject.
The present paper (the material for which has been collected
in the author’s spare time during the last five years) is an
attempt to remedy this defect by a consideration of the glacial
phenomena exhibited over the whole county. Special reference
is, however, made to that portion which is bounded on the
north by the Tweed Valley, on the west by the Redewater and
North Tyne, on the south by the Tyne Valley, and on the
east by the sea, for it is in this tract that the most interesting
and complex phenomena are met with. The author’s in-
debtedness to other workers in this field is acknowledged in
the text, references to the publications in the following list
being given by the numbers in square brackets. ‘The list is
not intended to be exhaustive, but it may be taken to contain
most, if not all, of the important papers on the subject ; the
arrangement is chronological.

1. The Polished and Scratched Rocks in the Neighbour-
hood of Alnwick. G. Tate. Trans. Tyneside Nat.
Field Club, 1849, vol. 1., p. 348.

2. On the Glaciation of the Counties of Durham and
Northumberland. R. Howse. North of England
Inst. Min. Eng., 1862-4, vol. xill., p. 169.

3. On the Drift of the North of England (Abstract). J.
Curry. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1867, vol. 23, p. 40.

4. Outlines of the Geology of Northumberland. G. A.
Lebour. 1873. Second Edition, 1886, pp. 7-20.

Io.

If.

12.

52.

14.

Ee:

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 87

Memoirs of the Geological Survey. The Geology of the
Country around Otterburn and Elsdon. Hugh Miller.
1887. Sheet 8, New Series.

The Geology of the Cheviot Hills. C. T. Clough. 1888.
Sheet 5, New Series.

The Geology of Plashetts and Kielder. C. T. Clough.
1889. Sheet 7, New Series.

On the Origin of the Upper Drift Sands and Gravels of
Northumberland. G. W. Bulman. The Naturalist,
1891, Pp. 43-45.

On Certain Surface Features of the Glacial Deposits of
the Tyne Valley. G.A.Lebour. Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle.
1891. -Vol. Xi., p. 191.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey—The Geology of Part
of Northumberland, including the Country between
Wooler and Coldstream. W. Gunn and C. T. Clough.
1895. Sheet 3, New Series.

The Geology of the Country between Norham and
Tweedmouth. W. Gunn. 1897. Sheet 1, New Series.

The Geology of the Coast South of Berwick-on-Tweed.
W. Gunn. 1897. Sheet 2, New Series.

The Geology of Belford, Holy Island and the Farn
Islands. W. Gunn. 1900. Sheet 4, New Series.

Evidences of Ancient Glacier-dammed Lakes in the
Cheviots. P. F. Kendall and H. B. Muff. Geol.
Mag., 1901, New Series, Decade iv., vol. vili., no. xi.,
PP: 513-5:

The Evidence for Glacier-dammed Lakes in the Cheviot
Hills. P. F. Kendall and H. B. Muff. Trans. Edin.
Geol. Soc., 1902, vol. viii., pp. 226-230.

The Glaciation of Teesdale, Weardale and the Tyne
Valley and their Tributary Valleys. A. R. Dwerry-
house. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1902, vol. lviil., pp.
572-607.

88 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

17. The Superficial Deposits and Pre-glacial Valleys of
the Northumberland and Durham Coalfield. D.
Woolacott. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1905, vol. 1xi.,
pp: 64-96.

18. The Glacial Phenomena of the Country between the
Tyne and the Wansbeck. J. A. Smythe. Trans. Nat.
Hist. Soc. Northumberland, etc. 1908. Vol. iii.,
New Ser., pp. 79-109.

19. On the Superficial Deposits around Newcastle-on-Tyne.
E. Merrick. Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 1909,
vol. ill., pp. 141-153.

20. Reports of Boulders Committee. Univ. Durham Phil.
Soc. Four Reports in the Proceedings, vol. ii., 1905-6,
p- 271; vol. iil., pt. 2. 1907-8, pp. 61-62 ; vol. i11., pt. 3,
1908-9, pp. 175-176; Vol. iil., pt. 5, 1909-10, pp. 331-
333:

21. The County History of Northumberland. Geology of
the Parishes by E. J. Garwood.

22. Geology in the Field—The Jubilee Volume of the
Geologists’ Association. Chapter on Northumberland
by E. J. Garwood. i910. Pt. 4, pp. 661-697.

Besides these sources, some isolated facts, especially in
connexion with striations and the occurrence of erratics and
boulders, are contained in various county and parish histories
and in the proceedings of local societies. The Drift Maps
of the Geological Survey furnish valuable information on
striations and the distribution of boulder clay and later glacial
deposits. All the striations recorded in the various publica-
tions mentioned above, as well as many new ones personally
observed, have been entered on the map accompanying this
paper.

In the treatment of the subject, the evidence of direction of
ice-movement supplied by the striations is taken first ; then,
that deducible from the distribution and contents of the
boulder clay and the overlying deposits. After this, the great

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 89

system of dry valleys in the eastern half of the county is
described and their bearing upon the subject indicated.
Lastly, brief mention is made of the effects of the glaciation
on the drainage of the country.

l.—TZhe Striations.

Two general directions of striation can be observed in
Northumberland, one from west to east, the other from north
to south. The former direction varies locally, becoming E.S.E.
in the valley of the North Tyne and E.N.E. in the country
between the Redewater and the Aln. Towards the coast the
direction swings to the S.E. and S., conforming to the trend
of the coast-line. The west-to-east series frequently bears no
relation to the surface features, crossing deep valleys and the
tops of lofty hills. Some of the greatest elevations striated in
this direction are the Wanny Crags ros5o-ft., Callerhues Crag
1,100-ft., Darden Fell 1,150-ft., Harbottle Crag 1,135-ft.,
Padon 1,190-ft., and Corsenside Common 1,190-ft. This
series can be traced from the Cumberland border to within a
few miles of the coast.

The north-to-south series is well developed in the country
between Wooler and the coast due east of that town, thence
southwards along a strip of land about ten miles wide. The
highest surfaces bearing these striz are about 800 feet: most
of them are of much less height. Near the coast a few
examples trend slightly to the west of south (Tate records one
at Swinhoe bearing S.W. ; this observation lacks confirmation).
Frequently, the same rock-surface shows both series of
striations, and in one or two favoured instances, as at
Burradon and South Charlton, it is apparent that the
southerly trend is later than the easterly one. At Little Mill
the directions are to the south and west of south, and the
former is of earlier date than the latter [20].

The igneous rocks of the Cheviot area do not appear suit-
able for the preservation of striz. Two striz have, however,
been recorded in this district by Clough [6], one on the Baker

go DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

Crags pointing a little east of south, the other a little east of
the top of Thirlmoor, pointing E.S.E.

No striz have been recorded from the high border fells and
the adjacent valley sides between the North Tyne and the
Rede; other evidence indicates that this district escaped the
invasion of foreign ice.

The evidence of the strize thus points to the overriding of
practically the whole county, outside of the Cheviots, by ice
from the west, followed by the movement of a sheet south-
wards from the Tweed around the flanks of the Cheviots
towards the Aln, and down the whole coastal area to the
Tyne. In the large valleys, ¢.g., the North Tyne [16] and the
Coquet, there is evidence of the flow of moderately large
glaciers. at the close of the glacial period.

Il.—Zhe Boulder Clay.

Under this head may be grouped a great variety of glacial
deposits, which have clay or rock-meal as their chief con-
stituent. These deposits differ greatly in character and com-
position according to their position and origin, and though
in the great pre-glacial valleys some classification of the
component beds seems possible [19], this is impracticable
when the whole area is considered. What may be called the
typical Northumbrian boulder clay is a bluish or grey plastic
clay charged with well scratched boulders of limestone and
sandstone ; whinstone, too, is a common constituent east and
south of the outcrop of the Whin Sill. This clay occurs, with
but slight modifications of texture, in places over the whole
county apart from the Cheviots, and is generally that particular
clay which rests on the rock-surface. In the Cheviots its place
is taken by a less impervious deposit, more of the nature of
broken rock than clay. In hilly districts outside of this region
(the Carboniferous uplands) a boulder clay of local origin is
frequently encountered, the boulders being but little polished
and scratched and the matrix more sandy. Many sections
show this local till to rest upon the typical clay.

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND gli

The boulder clay passes upwards into less stony, prismatic
clays of various colours and sometimes different boulder-
content. Occasionally there are evidences of local uncon-
formities between the lower and upper clays, as at Hadston
Carrs [21], near Sea Houses [13], at Brunton and Blyth;
again, the junction is frequently marked by a course of large
boulders laid flat, as at Hadston Carrs and Horsebridge Head.
The sections at the places last named show the clay-beds
dipping towards the pre-glacial valleys south of the exposure,
the dip being about the same as the slope of the pre-glacial
surface. In the larger drift-filled valleys some of the upper
clays are black and leafy, and have evidently been deposited
under water ; from some clay-pits near Newcastle animal
tracks in these clays have been described [19].

Composition of the Boulder Clay.—TYhough much field work
remains to be done before any particular boulder-clay can be
traced with anything like certainty to its source (or sources,
for the contents are often greatly mixed), yet certain broad
lines of transport can be recognised without great difficulty.
Of the rocks exposed in Northumberland, those of the
Cheviots are the most important for determinative purposes.
Curiously enough, the characteristic augite-granites of that
region are of comparative rarity in the drift deposits of the
county ; what specimens have been transported by ice occur
to the east of Cheviot, and usually in the form of fairly large
erratics. ‘The porphyrites, however, have spread out to all
points east and south of their source. They dwindle in
number and size in the Tweed valley and on the North-East
Coast. They occur in great numbers on the high fells between
the Rede and the Coquet, on the Simonside hills up to
1,100 feet, and on Darden Fell at 1,250 feet; they abound in
the Pont valley, are scarce in the Hart and absent from the
Upper Wansbeck. The western limit passes down the Rede
water, over the Ottercaps, then south of the Hart Burn to the
Wansbeck at Bolam; thence it runs almost due south to the
neighbourhood of Heddon.

92 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

The Whin Sill furnishes a great number of boulders east
and south of its outcrop. On Alnwick Moor the drift to the
west of the local outcrop is charged with whin boulders. The
supply has evidently come from a more northerly outcrop, for
a drift of boulders can be traced from the neighbourhood of
Belford southwards in a direct line with Alnwick Moor.

Some of the whin dykes west of the Whin Sill furnish
streams of boulders which indicate the direction of ice-move-
ment over limited areas. Thus boulders from the High Green
dyke can be tracked in an easterly direction, and those from
the Acklington dyke at Clennel are carried north of the
Netherton Burn [6]. Similarly, the characteristic quartz
felsite of the dyke at Quickening Cote is found near Linbrig,
and the purple porphyrite of the Long Crag dyke is the source
of many boulders about Coppath and Castle Hill [6].

In the Upper Coquet a general carry from the west has been
recognised by Clough; Redesdale basalts are found in the
Lumsden and Ramshope burns, and in the Coquet as far as
Philip, Silurians from Harden Edge (1,772 feet) are carried
on to the porphyrites of Thirlmoor (1,750 feet), glossy
porphyrites of the Upper Coquet are borne east of their source
as far as Cushat Law and Wether Cairn, and drift from the
Carboniferous area south and west across the southern flanks
of the Cheviots up to 1,000 feet [6].

Transport from the north is indicated by the drift of sedi-
mentary origin which clothes the eastern flanks of the Cheviots
to a height of 1,000 feet. Further east the pink limestone with
green crinoid stems from Budle Bay occurs at Ellingham [zr]
and South Charlton, and the reddish sandstones from the
neighbourhood of Tweedmouth are traceable for some
distance down the coast.

Though, according to Tate [1], the drift of the neighbour-
hood of Alnwick contains ‘no rocks more recent than the
Carboniferous, such rocks do occur further south. Magnesian
Limestone has been noted in the drift on the coast at many
places between Hadston Carrs, near Amble, and the Tyne;

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 93

chalk boulders (one striated) have been found in the boulder
clay at Walker and Heaton [20], and chalk flints in a com-
paratively stoneless clay (Howse’s so-called Scandanavian
Drift) resting on the boulder clay proper at Tynemouth [1],
and in a similar clay at the foot of the Lyne Burn.

Of far-travelled rocks, the most conspicuous are from the
Lake District and the South of Scotland. Representatives of
the former are andesites of the Volcanic Series of Borrowdale,
Threlkeld “ granite,” gabbro from Carrock Fell and the rock
of the Armboth Dyke. Many occurences of these rocks,
associated with Silurians, have been recorded in recent years
[20]. The northern limit of these rocks in the eastern part of
the county is, roughly, the divide between the Blyth and the
Wansbeck. West of this it passes through Sweethope and
along the Prestwick Burn. On the other side of the North
Tyne they have been traced by Dwerryhouse [16] as far north
as the Houxty~ Burn, though they are scarce north of the
Roman Wall. Isolated patches of drift containing andesites,
possibly of orrowdale origin, have been recorded as far
north as the Darden Burn [5].

Mixed with the Lake District rocks are many granites of
Scottish origin (Criffel, Dalbeattie) and red sandstones probably
of Permian age. ‘They persist on passing northwards, after
the Lake rocks have died out, up to the fells of the western
border (Larriston, Caplestone, etc.). The drift of the Lewis
and Whickhope Burns contains, in addition to the Galloway
granites and Silurians, a great amount of a local, black, cherty
limestone. These rocks can be traced along the right bank
of the North Tyne to Bellingham, over the Wanny Crags
and down the Wansbeck as far as Morpeth.

The drift of the Tweed Valley is particularly rich in Silurian
rocks ; to this source must be referred many of the boulders of
greywacke in the north-east of the county.

No classification of the boulder clays of Northumberland
seems possible, though, locally, there is frequently evidence of
at least two clays of different origin. Thus a reddish clay

04 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

with few stones occurs on the coast, and inland from Bam-
brough to Ellingham, rising to 200 feet, which can be proved
in places to overlie the typical bluish clay ; and the two clays,
preserving the same relationship, can be traced southwards
along the coast as far as the Wansbeck. From the rock-
contents, it would appear that the grey clay had, in the main,
a westerly origin, the reddish clay a northerly origin (Tweed
Valley ?). In the Spartley Burn some sections show a reddish
clay charged with porphyrite boulders, overlain by a grey clay
containing many sedimentary rocks, the evidence thus in-
dicating a later movement from some point south of the
porphyrite area. Near Sweethope Lough the top clays
contain many Dalbeattie granites; the underlying clays,
though alike in character, seems to be free from Scottish
boulders. Local clays, as already pointed out, frequently rest
on typical boulder clay, the difference in composition and
glaciation of the boulders being occasionally strongly marked.

Only two tracts of limited area appear to have escaped
invasion by foreign ice at maximum glaciation; the one in-
cludes Carter and Peel Fells and the region south of these as
far as the Blakehope and Plashetts Burns [7], the other com-
prises Cheviot, Hedgehope, Comb Fell, and Cushat Law in
the Cheviots [6]. Foreign boulders are extremely rare in the
drainage area of the Tarret and Tarset Burns, and in fact over
the whole tract lying between the North Tyne and the Rede-
water; also on the Simonside Hills above 1,100 feet; but the
presence of glaciated and striated surfaces in these districts
shows that some overriding by foreign ice took place.

Ill.—Zhe Glacial Sands and Gravels.

This term embraces many deposits of different origin which
are alike in being of more recent age than the boulder clay on
which they usually rest. They form conical or elliptical
hillocks (kaims) either isolated, or strung together like a chain
of beads, or massed confusedly with crater-like depressions
and land-locked hollows, or finally in belts, the longer axes of
the individual hillocks being parallel to the general direction

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 95

of the belt. Occasionally they occur as ridges, either straight,
or sinuous, or a combination of these. The material of these
deposits varies from clean sand and gravel to partly water-
worn, morainic matter mingled with dirt. Often associated
with these are flat, featureless deposits of sand and gravel.
In the drift-filled valleys they form extensive terraces, difficult
to distinguish, except at times in size and contents, from the
ordinary river-terraces. Smaller delta-like deposits occur at
the mouths of many of the dry valleys, and will be considered
later.

_ It has been pointed out [9] that the contour and char-
acteristic bedding of the kaims may occasionally be the result
of underground, post-glacial denudation. The coincidence in
direction, however, of the longer axes of isolated kaims (and
the same applies to the drumlins or hillocks of boulder clay),
and the trend of aligned kaims with the glacial striz over
considerable areas would seem to preclude the possibility of
the formation of most of the kaims herein described in this
way. One may thus regard their peculiar features as original,
that is, as due essentially to their glacial origin.

A few examples of the various types of kaims may be
mentioned. Isolated kaims occur at Loansdene Hill and
Fenrother, near Morpeth ; at Whelp Law and Coquet Cairn in
the upper Font ; aligned kaims are well represented along the
Erring Burn, about Throp Hill on the Wansbeck, north of
Alnmouth, and west of Lordenshaw near the Forest Burn.
Massive kaims containing kettle-holes occur near Hepscott,
on Langlee Moor (Shipley) and in the Till Valley, and a kaim
belt, capping the drift dam, crosses the Wansbeck between
Angerton and Meldon. Of the ridged gravels (eskers) there
are three good examples. One crosses the Blanch and New-
biggin burns and shows stream-like windings, six in number,
to great perfection; the material is clean coarse gravel,
cemented in places (Photograph 1). A similar ridge, almost
a mile long, with many convolutions, occurs south of the
Hallington Reservoir. The Bradford kaims include a similar
long ridge, one portion of which is straight and of uniform

96 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

height for a considerable distance. This gives place to a
winding ridge at the south end. The material of this ridge is,
in places, rather morainic than gravelly.

The flat terraced deposits of sands and gravels occur most
extensively in the larger drift-filled valleys, though not con-
fined exclusively to these. They are well developed in the
valleys of the Till and Aln, the Coquet below Felton, where
they cover a triangular patch of about five square miles
flanked on the east by the Crowden Hill Ridge (v. post., p. 97);
in the Font at Netherwitton and at the junction of the Font
and Wansbeck. Sections of the last near Mitford show these
deposits resting on a great thickness (over 80 feet) of boulder
clay, and composed of lenticular patches of sand, pebbles,
rounded and subangular, boulders with striz in all stages of
demolition, and thin bands of clay containing scratched
boulders. Traced southwards, from the exposures on the Font
to those on the Wansbeck, these beds pass into a clean,
compact, cemented conglomerate (Photograph 2.). At Nether-
witton the size of the terraces is out of all proportion to that
of the modern haughs. Near Rothbury, as noted by Topley,
the contents of these deposits are chiefly sedimentary rocks,
in marked contrast to the modern porphyrite-bearing haughs
of the Coquet.

These facts point to rapid erosion of glacial (and other)
materials and deposition in torrential waters at the close of
the ice-age, when the modern streams, greatly swollen by
melting ice and the bursting of ice-dams, were coming into
being and their valleys were yet uncut. When foreign ice
held the catchment, as in the case of the Coquet, the com-
position of the detrital matter differed from that transported
after the ice had melted and new species of rock had become
exposed within the drainage area.

‘Though these various deposits have been described
separately, there is much evidence to show that they are
connected in part and belong to the same order of phenomena.
This has been emphasised by Hugh Miller [6] who noted the

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 97

transition from kaims to moraines in the ascension of the
Lisles Burn and Whiskershiels valleys and the passage
upwards of morainic matter into well-rounded shingle in the
same section. Similar relationships are clear in many parts
of the county. The drumlins of Hartburn and Middleton are
continuous with, and point in the same direction as the kaims
of Throp Hill, and there is no break between these and the
terraced deposits of Mitford. The morainic dams of Roughlees
and Coppath show the passage upwards into gravel and sand.
The Bradford kaims are morainic in some parts, gravelly in
others, and they are closely associated with drumlins and
sandy ridges which show convex bendings towards the main
ridge, sometimes blending completely with it. The Wansbeck
drift barrier near Meldon is capped with a belt of kaims, the
directions of the individual members being parallel to that of
the barrier as a whole. Lastly, a drift ridge, remarkably
uniform in height and breadth, stretches from Whitefield on
the Wansbeck to the Coquet near Felton, and this shows the
transition from gravel at the south end, through boulder clay,
to gravels with kaim-like arrangement at Crowden Hill and
sand at the northern end. (This ridge may be called the
Crowden Hill Ridge for ease of reference, and is marked as
such on the map).

The Composition of the Glacial Gravels—The glacial
gravels sometimes resemble in composition the clay on which
they rest, whether this be purely local, as at Camp Hill
(Shipley Burn), Whetstone House, and Linnheads (Lisles
Burn), or far-travelled, as at Blanch Burn, where Cheviot
porphyrites are common. Occasionally kaims not far removed
may exhibit considerable differences in composition from one
another. The Eachwick kaims, for example, abound in Lake
District rocks and hold but few Cheviot porphyrites; the
Kirkley kaims, only three miles away, contain few Lake rocks,
and many of Cheviot origin.

Some of the upper gravelly deposits, however, are strikingly
different in composition from the underlying clays. This fact

was observed long ago by Tate [1] in the Alnwick district.
G

98 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

He writes on the subject as follows: “The gravel beds differ
from the boulder clay as to the source of their rocks; in the
former the rocks are chiefly those which are not found zz sztu
in the immediate neighbourhood ; in the latter the boulders
are chiefly of local origin” (p. 352). The gravels referred to
in this extract are charged with Cheviot porphyrites, which
are so abundant in places as to be the main constituent, and
this Upper Cheviot Drift, as it may be called, can be traced
down the valleys of the Aln and Eglingham Burn, through
Alnwick and Alnmouth and southwards in a sinuous line,
from two to six miles from the coast, through Crowden Hill to
Whitefield on the Wansbeck. A conspicuous mound of the
same porphyrite gravel occurs by the Haydon Letch, two
miles north of Ashington. Similar porphyrite-bearing gravels
overlying boulder clay containing chiefly local rocks have
been described by Garwood |21]. They occur near Budle.
Another striking example of the same phenomenon occurs in
the valley of the Erring Burn, the kaims of which contain
Lake District rocks and Galloway granites in abundance, but
are practically free from whin pebbles, though the Whin Sill
crops out only a mile or two to the north-west, and the
country around is strewn with erratics derived from it.

Two gravel beds may now be referred to, which are exposed
on the coast and contain a variety of rocks, some of which
have not been noted as occurring in the boulder clays. One
is exposed at Horsebridge Head about half-a-mile north of the
mouth of the Wansbeck. It occupies a valley-like depression
in Carboniferous shale and sandstone, and is overlain by
typical boulder clay. The contents are chiefly local sand-
stones ; Carboniferous limestone is rare, dolomitic limestone
(with Permian fossils) common; many chalk flints and one
pebble of chalk have been found. Of the igneous and
metamorphic rocks present, whinstone is the most abundant,
porphyrites, many of undoubted Cheviot origin, are common,
and, in order, come granites, mica and hornblende schists,
syenites, quartz porphyries, andesites and glossy porphyrites
(Cheviot), mica porphyrites and diorites. Though the mode

Sea _——

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 99

of formation of this bed is unknown, the evidence seems to
indicate that it marks the site of an early glacial stream which
flowed in a south-westerly direction, possibly towards the pre-
glacial Wansbeck.

The other bed stretches northwards for half-a-mile from the
mouth of the Lyne Burn. It is from 6 to 15 feet thick, rests
on boulder clay, and is covered with drift sand. Its base is
about ro feet above high water mark. At the south end the
gravel is clean and firmly cemented in places; towards the
north the pebbles are less developed and embedded in dirty
sand. Sandstones and limestones (many reddish in colour)
are the chief constituents, and whinstone and magnesian lime-
stone are abundant. Of the far-travelled rocks the most
conspicuous are Cheviot porphyrites. Chalk and chalk flints
occur here, as at Horsebridge Head, along with greywacke,
mica schists, garnetiferous mica schist (Pitlochrie?), syenite,
quartz porphyries, trachyte and chert.

From its position this bed might reasonably be regarded
as a raised beach. One may look upon it, on the other hand,
as a glacial gravel which has been laid bare by marine
erosion. If this view be provisionally accepted, then its
relationship to the Horsebridge Head deposit comes out in a
clearer light. Both are distinguished by containing chalk
flints, magnesian limestone, Cheviot porphyrites, and igneous
and metamorphic rock, probably of Scottish origin. One
occurs below typical boulder clay upon which rests a reddish
prismatic clay, the other lies on reddish prismatic clay under-
lain by typical boulder clay, and in both cases the typical clay
rests on the rock-surface in the immediate neighbourhood.
These facts point to a drift of ice from the north both before
and after the formation of the typical boulder clay, which has
a more westerly origin. The source of the later rocks
(Permian and Cretaceous) is unknown, but may possibly
be some outcrop in the North Sea.

Summary of Lvidence of Lce-Movement derived from

Striations and Transport of Glacial Matertal—A cursory
inspection of the facts so far detailed will suffice to make clear

100 DR. J. Ae SMYTHE ON

the complexity of movement of the various ice-sheets which
struggled for mastery during the glacial period in Northumber-
land. Much of the evidence is, at first sight, contradictory ;
thus Cheviot rocks have been carried south, and sedimentary
rocks north on to the flanks of the Cheviots, and the striations
often give no clue to the origin of the neighbouring drift.
In the open country, where striations are almost exclusively
observed, it seems probable that they mark only the latest
phases of ice-movement, and only occasionally were con-
ditions favourable for the preservation of two series. The
interpretation of the data is thus a matter of considerable
difficulty and not a little uncertainty. Three stages of
glaciation can, however, be readily recognised, viz., the early
stage, the period of maximum glaciation and the period of
melting and retreat.

At the beginning of glacial conditions, it is evident that the
Border hills between the North Tyne and Cheviot sent forth
considerable streams of ice in all directions. The ice from the
porphyrite area was hemmed in its western progression by
the ice from Carter and Peel Fells (‘Carter Ice”) and driven
down the left bank of the Redewater. The Carter ice was
similarly barred by the great western sheet of ice from the
Solway district and driven along the left bank of the North
Tyne. The three great streams converging near Redesmouth
were impelled in an easterly direction along the Wansbeck
and then south-east towards Tynemouth. ‘The pressure of the
Solway ice evidently increased with time, the Carter ice
being driven towards the Coquet and the Cheviot ice diverted
until the Aln valley became the locus of its outflow. At
maximum glaciation it is probable that the western sheet held
complete sway almost as far as the coast. On the northern
side of the Cheviots, ice flowing down the Tweed valley seems
to have checked the flow of Cheviot ice in that direction and
to have surmounted even the outlying spurs of the hills.

There is some evidence that a sheet of ice flowed southwards
along the coast at an early stage of glaciation. ‘Towards the
end pressure from the North Sea had become a prime factor,

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 101

its effect being recognisable to a distance of 14 miles from the
coast. Asa result of this the Tweed and local ice was thrust
up the valley of the Till, but was barred near Hedgeley by the
Cheviot ice. This, restrained to the south by the great
western sheet, was driven down the Aln and diverted near
Alnmouth along the coast, which it traversed in a southerly
direction. The position of equilibrium of these sheets at the
latest stage of retreat will be considered after the next line of
evidence has been treated of, viz., the evidence derived from
the glacial lakes.

1V.—Zhe Forsaken Water Courses.

The occurrence of these in the district lying between the
Tyne and the Wansbeck has already been recorded [18] ;
further investigation extending over the greater part of North-
umberland has disclosed many others, and about seventy are
marked on the accompanying map(No. 1). They occur in two
positions ; firstly, and most frequently, cutting the watersheds
between the pre-glacial valleys or the spurs and subsidiary
water-partings connected therewith; secondly, as trenches
running along a hill-side, roughly parallel to the water-parting.
Occasionally, as on Harden Hill, the two types are combined,
the upper part of the watercourse cutting along one side of the
ridge, then swerving sharply across the divide and dropping
abruptly in cascade-fashion down the other side. A great
number of these valleys are quite dry; when of considerable
length they usually carry small streams in their lower parts,
the upper parts being dry or at most flooded in wet weather
with stagnant water. As the gradient at the intake is often
very slight, a small artificial dam suffices to convert them into
lakes ; such is the origin of the Rothley Lakes near Ewesley.
Natural dams are formed in them either by the meeting of
screes from opposite sides, when a series of basins is produced
(as at Middledene and The Kettles, Dz and C16 in map
No. 1), or by detrital matter thrown down by an entering
stream. The latter type (the “corroms” of Kendall) is not
uncommon on a small scale, and frequently results in the
diversion of local drainage near the intake.

102 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

No connexion can, in general, be traced between these
“dry” valleys and faults. In one case, that of Fawdon Dene,
the direction of the dene does coincide with an important fault
bringing up Silurians against porphyrites. In other cases the
reverse holds ; thus Selby’s Cove (B7 in map 1) is cut directly
across a fault, and, in addition, a thick whin dyke.

On the higher ground the dry valleys are often confused by
branched courses which isolate steep-sided rocky hillocks
(see Photograph 6); below the 500 feet contour they are
usually simple with, at most, a double loop at the intake.
Some are of great depth; they are grouped irrespectively of
the present drainage system, and it may not be unnecessary
to mention, in view of recent utterances (Pres. Address Brit.
Assoc., 1910), that they are often cut through drift and are
thus of later age than some of the glacial deposits.

Washed deposits of three kinds are associated with these
valleys, viz., kaims and their attendant featureless deposits
of sands and gravels about the head of them, fragmental
river-terraces along the sides, and deltaic spreads at the foot.
The connexion with the kaims is two-fold, for the dry valleys
are best developed in those districts where kaims mostly
abound, and the maximum height of a given series of dry
valleys marks the limiting elevation of the kaims in the
immediate neighbourhood.

The distribution of the dry valleys is clearly not haphazard.
All the ridges trending eastward to the coast between the
Tyne and the Aln are breached by them at heights varying
from 170 to 490 feet. Other important groups of them are
found on the watershed between the Font and the Coquet,
between the Spartley Burn and the Aln, and on the northern
and eastern flanks of the Cheviots. They seem to be
practically absent from the district drained by the North Tyne
and the Redewater, with the exception of the eastern water-
shed; a few, which have not been fully investigated, occur
along the line of the Roman Wall, and one very large one,
which carries the Tipalt Burn in its lower course, connects the
valley of the Irthing at Gilsland with that of the South Tyne.

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 103

According to the views advocated especially by Kendall,
these old watercourses or dry valleys are the overflow-channels
of ice-dammed lakes which had a temporary existence during
the last stage of the glacial period. Ina former paper [18]
the old Northumbrian word “swire” was proposed as a suit-
able term to connote anomolous slacks or valleys having the
characteristics briefly sketched above. As the word is short
and has other recommendations, it will be frequently employed
in the sequel.

If Kendall’s hypothesis of the origin of the swires be
accepted, then it is evident that their position and grouping,
taken in conjunction with the evidence derived from striations
and rock-transport, throw important light on the extension of
the ice-sheets during the last stages of their existence and the
progress of their retreat. In addition, some peculiarities of
the swires themselves find explanation. Thus, the frequency
with which large erratics occur near the heads of the swires
suggests that they have floated in from the lakes on ice-rafts,
which have become stranded in the shallowing waters of the
stream. Again, the frequent occurrence of a multiple intake
may be explained by slight movements, either forward or
backward, of the ice-dam; and a peculiarity often noted in
the trenches which run along hill-sides, viz., the absence at
fairly regular intervals of a bank on the down-hill side of
the trench, is explained by assuming that the ice itself formed
the bank at these places.

The interpretation of the evidence furnished by the swires
will now be attempted. For the correct understanding of the
matter it may be well to mention that the evidence so far
adduced all points to the existence of two great ice-sheets, the
western and the northern, during the latest stages of the glacial
period. Small, but still important factors, are the two local
ice-flows from the Cheviots and Carter and Peel Fells. The
positions occupied by these have been briefly indicated. It
may be assumed that on melting, land would first be un-
covered where the ice was thinnest, that is as far as possible
from the supply of ice. When two or more sheets were con-

104 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

fluent, this position would be along the junction. Once
cleavage of the ice-sheets has taken place, the position of
their edges and the contours of the ice-free land lying between
would alone determine whether ice-dammed lakes could be
formed along the edges of all, some or none of the sheets.
The position of the glacial lakes, as indicated primarily by
their overflow-channels or swires, thus enables one, in cases
where the contour of the land is favourable, to determine the
lines of confluence of ice-sheets at the period of melting
and to trace various stages in the retreat of the sundered
sheets.

In the accompanying map (No. 1) the swires are lettered
A to E; those which are produced by the same ice-flow bear
the same letter, and the numbers attached refer to the probable
order of formation.

The Glacial Lakes South of the Coguet.—South or the
Coquet the northern and western sheets held sway at the
close of the glacial period. The first evidence of cleavage is
in the Pont valley near to Dissington, the lake held up by the
northern sheet overflowing through the gap Ar (height of
intake 400 feet).* The western sheet in its retreat south of the
Wansbeck was unable to obstruct the drainage, the northern
one, on the other hand, was in a favourable position with
reference to the contour, and lake-conditions were prolonged.
The “Pont Lake” [18] thus shifted its position slowly from
west to east, its level becoming lowered owing to the erosion
of its overflow-channels; and new outlets A2, A3, A4, at
progressively lower elevations (340, 298, and 268 feet) were
cut when the containing ridge became bared of ice below
the level of the next higher notch [18]. It seems probable
that when the Pont lake was draining towards the Ouseburn
valley through A 4, it was receiving water from the Wansbeck
valley through A5 (345 feet) and a small lake, impounded
near Newbiggin, overflowed into the Ouseburn through A6

* The contrast in composition of the Eachwick and Kirkley kaims noted

above, and the coincidence of their positions with those of the ice-edges
postulated here seems to be more than accidental.

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 105

(300 feet), the flooded Ouseburn valley discharging its waters
to the south through Walbottle Dene [18].

The line of cleavage between the two sheets after crossing
the Wansbeck swept towards the west along the high ridge
parting the Font from the Lyne, Tod and Forest Burns. The
northern sheet appears to have itself divided in an easterly
direction, causing the Pont waters to flow through A 7 (250
feet), and the Wansbeck waters through A8 (240 feet),
initiating thus the course of the Sleekburn. Further recession
of the two portions then brought about the opening up of the
post-glacial reaches of the Ouseburn, Blyth and Wansbeck.

The position of the parted ice-sheets north of the Wansbeck
is first indicated by the swire A 9 (340 feet). This is the only
channel which drains in two ways, from which it would appear
that slight oscillations of the sheets caused the pent-up waters
to flow at various times from west to east and vice versa.
The slow retreat of the northern sheet towards the Coquet
opened up the important channel of Haredene, A ro (480 feet),
and a more rapid recession gave rise to the less important
gaps Air to A17, the heights of the intakes of which are, in
order, 460, 380, 320, 280, 270, 190, and 170 feet. Of these it
seems probable that A 11, A 12, and A 13 were in operation
simultaneously. The next stage of retreat is marked by the
melting of ice in Lower Coquetdale and the initiation of the
post-glacial portion of the Coquet.

Coming now to the western sheet, the first opportunity for
the production of ice-dammed lakes at its edge occurred, as
indicated above, at the position Ag (or Br). Further recession
of the edge flooded the valley of the Newbiggin Burn, the
northern tributary of the Font, and the overflow of the lake
produced a fine series of swires, Bz to B6, at goo, 750, 720,
600, and 525 feet respectively. Probably at some time during
this stage a slight advance of the ice-remnant on Simonside
caused the blocking of the Ousen Sike and the notching of
the ridge parallel to this hill, producing thus the deep cleugh of
Selby’s Cove, B 7 (1,090 feet), one of the most perfect of the

106 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

swires outside of the Cheviot area (Photograph 3 and map
No. 2). The next stage of withdrawal corresponded to the
clearing of the ice between the Whiskershiels and Fallowlees
Burn, the consequent cutting of B 8 (1,010 feet), B 9 (950 feet),
the marginal channels near Eastnook on the right bank of the
Whiskershiels valley, and eventually the huge swire B 10 (630
feet) at the head of the Grasslees Burn. Meanwhile the edge
of the great sheet was retreating along the high land between
the Fallowlees and Hart Burns, and was next in a position
to impound water when it lay across the broad, drift-filled
valley of the Delf Burn. The overflow was now over the
Rothley Crags, and the deep gill of that name, B 11 (650 feet),
was cut. Similar conditions would again hold two miles
south of this position, and would result in the formation of the
post-glacial valley of the Hart Burn.

Indications of the last stages of retreat of the western ice
east of the North Tyne are found on the Ottercaps and in the
Erring Burn valley. The Ottercaps ice evidently became
independent and sent small tongues of ice down the adjacent
valleys. ‘The moraines in the Lisles Burn and Whiskershiels
valley are evidence of a westerly flow from this ice-cap. In
the Erring Burn valley two positions are marked by the swires
B 12 (680 feet) and B13 (650 feet). Possibly some of the
notches in the Whin Sill, as at New Onstead near Bavington
(B 14), were produced then. At this stage the direction of
movement had changed slightly, possibly owing to expansion
of the Tyne glacier following upon the relaxation of pressure
from the main western sheet. The ice was thus pushed in a
direction somewhat north of east, parallel to the outcrop of the
Whin Sill. A recorded striation in the district near Bavington
and the divergence in composition of the upper gravels from
the boulder clay, as commented on above, confirm this view.
West of the North Tyne there is little record of the retreat of
the Solway ice, and the contour of the country and direction
of retreat would lead one to expect little. On the western
watershed, however, opportunity again occurred for the forma-
tion of an ice-dammed lake, and the record of this is the great
swire near Gilsland (Mackinder’s “Tyne Gap.”)

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 107

The Glacial Lakes North of the Coguet.—The dry valleys
north of the Coquet are divided into two great series, the
eastern and the western, and these are separated by the
Carboniferous uplands which form the great ridge of the
Chillingham Fells and the hills between the Aln and the
Coquet, stretching eastward as far as Alnwick Moor. Though
these uplands were completely overridden by foreign ice at
maximum glaciation, it is probable that the flow of native ice
from them was considerable during the melting stage.

The Eastern Series—After the clearing of the Lower
Coquet, the northern sheet retreated towards the Aln, its
western edge being confluent with the ice in that valley and
with that on the adjoining uplands. The swires marking
stages in this period are A 18 to A 22 (height of intakes 420,
360, 490, 250, and 4oo feet). Some of these, Aro, A 20, and
A 21, are of great depth, pointing to slow recession of the ice.
North of the Aln, two channels of moderate size, A 23 (350
feet) and A 24 (380 feet) give evidence of the position of the
northern sheet. A small kaim, thrown half way across the
latter slack, marks a temporary advance of the ice in this
region. Beyond Belford the country has not been examined
in detail.

The Western Series —This great series of swires requires for
its interpretation the co-existence of three ice-sheets, evidence
of which has been already given. These are the northern
sheet, sweeping down the Tweed valley along the northern
flanks of the Cheviots and diverted up the valley of the Till ;
the Cheviot ice flowing in particular down the Breamish valley
and forced eventually into the valley of the Aln; and the
western sheet, impelled from the Redewater, overriding the
southern flanks of the Cheviots, towards the head of the Aln.
These sheets cleaved in the neighbourhood of Ingram, and in
their retreat produced striking effects. The northern sheet
blocked up the Breamish valley, forming a lake which drained
across the watershed into the Aln, the huge gorge of Shawdon
Dene, C1 (300 feet), being thus eroded. The retreat of this
sheet northwards and westwards corresponded with the

108 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

gradual clearing of local ice from the hills fringing the
granitic central mass. Temporary tarns were thus held up
in the land laid bare between the ice-edges, and these in over-
flowing notched the many spurs which radiate from the massif.
A great series of swires was thus generated ; most of these
have been described by Kendall and Muff [15], and reference
for details may be made to their paper. In the map the most
important of these are marked C2 to C17. For reference, the
approximate heights of their intakes may be given; these are,
in order of numbering, 700, 625, 1,000, 1,025, 900, 900, 800,
1,000, 960, 900, 800, 725, 700, 600, 500, and 4oo feet.
(Photograph 4).

The line of cleavage between the Breamish ice and the
western sheet followed the lofty ridge running from East Hill
to High Knowes. The Breamish ice has marked its retreat
by notching four water-partings, D1, D2, D3, and D4 at |
goo, 900, 950, and 1,000 feet respectively. Of these, D2,
Middle Dene, is very deeply cut, and the erratic of Cheviot
granite near its intake bears witness to the source of the ice
which produced it.

In no place are the phenomena accompanying the retreat
of foreign ice better shown than on the south side of the above
ridge, in the neighbourhood of the Spartley Burn and the
head of the Aln. The edge of the western sheet there lay
parallel to the ridges and across the Spartley and Biddlestone
Burns, the result being the production of a great number of
marginal trenches along the ridge sides and direct cuts across
the water-partings. ‘The first cut E11 (1,020 feet) occurring on
Northfield Hill is small, with a double intake, and is the only
one of the series which drains westward. An important one
follows next in Fawdon Dene, E 2 (700 feet), a huge cleugh
draining towards the Breamish and connected with several
marginal trenches west of its intake (Photograph 5.). A slight
recession now produced the marginal channel E 3 (660 feet).
The upper part of the Spartley valley was now free from ice, and,
being dammed lower down, overflowed by Coppath, cutting the
swires E 4 and E 5 (920 and goo feet), and at Castle Hill E 6

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND 109

(700 feet), and Screnwood E 7 (550 feet). The last two are
enormous valleys, their eroding waters being fed from the
Biddlestone Burn, through E 8 (1,100 feet) and Eg (1,000
feet), and through the great series E 10 to E15 (950, 930, goo,
800, 700, and 680 feet) on Harden and Ewe Hills. (Photo-
graphs 6 and 7.) Many of the last are marginal trenches,
and indicate that the ice-edge lay parallel to the direction of
the Harden Hill ridge. Ero is marginal in the western part
of its course, then it crosses the water-parting, making a very
conspicuous gap in the sky-line, and falls abruptly on the
north side of the hill (Photograph 7).

The occurrence of a small but well-cut swire (E16) and
several marginal trenches on the right bank and near the foot
of the Barrow Burn (Alwinton) may indicate a further stage in
the retreat of the western ice.

Near the head of the Coquet there is evidence, both from
striations and the transport of boulders, of ice-movement from
the north and west; and the occurrence of three swires,
apparently belonging to the same series, points to a general
movement from the north-west at the close of glacial con-
ditions. The first is Graham’s Cleugh, F 1 (1,320 feet), con-
necting the Philip with the Ridlees Burn; the second F 2
(1,300 feet) cuts the ridge between the Gable and the Deer-
bush Burns; and the third F 3 (1,250 feet) notches the water-
parting between the Trows and Barrow Burns. ‘This series
possibly marks the flow of Tweed ice across the Border, and
this is further indicated by two isolated gashes, viz., between
Broadhope Hill and Scald Hill at 1,500 feet, and between .
Windy Gyle and Mozie Law at 1,600 feet. Both of these
require a flow of ice from the Scottish side of the Border to
account for their position.

SUMMARY.

The glacial period in Northumberland resolves itself into a
struggle between (1) local ice-flows, especially those from the
Cheviots and the Carter Fell district, (2) a great sheet impelled
from the west, across the Cumberland border and down

I10 DR. J. Ae SMYTHE ON

the Tweed Valley, and (3) either a sheet or pack-ice which
pressed from the North Sea area. It is evident that the last
touched land to a very limited extent, and the name
“Northern Sheet” has been given in the foregoing account
rather to those portions of the Tweed and local ice which
were impelled southwards by its agency. The problem to be
solved is the determination of the relative positions of these
sheets of ice at different stages. The evidence adduced points
to the importance of local ice at an early stage, the Cheviot
ice then spreading out in a broad sheet to the south and east,
its western margin being limited by the Carter and western
sheets, its eastern mingling near the coast with ice from a
northerly source. The pressure of the western sheet then
increased until it almost completely dominated the country,
overriding all but the highest hills. Towards the end of the
period pressure from the North Sea re-asserted itself, with the
result that the ice within ro to 15 miles of the coast changed
direction from east to south, and the local ice from the
Cheviots, hemmed on all sides, was forced in a narrow stream
down the Aln valley and southwards along the coast.

At the melting stage the lines of confluence of ice from
different sources seem, in many cases, to have been positions
of weakness (or thinness of ice). The sheets were sundered
along these lines and temporary lakes were formed when
favourable conditions of contour and ice-edge existed. These
conditions were frequently maintained during the retreat of
the ice, long after cleavage had taken place, so that various
stages in the retreat can be determined.

It will be noted that the evidence of the direction of move-
ment of the various ice-sheets afforded by the striations, along
with that of direction and extension furnished by the character
of the drifted rocks, especially those in the gravels, agrees
with the evidence on these subjects derived from the position
of the dry valleys. The last line of evidence has the advantage
of enabling the positions of the ice-edges at melting to be
determined with some approach to precision. One result of
this is to show that the local ice of Cheviot origin had con-

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND ) i

siderable power at the close of the ice-age, and that it
retreated parvz passu with the foreign ice, the glacial lakes
existing only in the narrow strip of ice-free land between the
sheets. A view somewhat at variance with this has been ex-
pressed by Kendall and Muff [15].

The map (No. 3) represents an attempt, confessedly im-
perfect, to render the complex phenomena accompanying the
glaciation of the county somewhat clearer than is possible by
any verbal description, weighted as that must be by a mass
of details. The data furnished by the swires are in part
summarized in this map by the representation of the lines of
cleavage on the melting of some of the great confluent
sheets.

Brief reference may be made to the vexed question of the
origin of the kaims. It has already been noted that their
occurrence coincides in general with evidence of the existence
of glacial lakes in the near neighbourhood, and also that their
maximum elevation is not above that of the highest swires in
the locality. This association seems to point to the deposition
of the kaim-materials in the waters of the temporary lakes.
The fact that in a few cases (e.g. in the valley of the Lisles
Burn) kaims occur without attendant swires does not invalidate
this conclusion, for glacial lakes discharging over the ice might
supply the requisite conditions. The transition from kaims to
moraines in the ascension of the Lisles Burn and Whisker-
shiels valley, and the passage upwards from morainic to kaim-
like matter in the same section was held by Hugh Miller [5]
iemncicaterestronely. 1 not conclusively, 9." -, 7) ).) the
morainic origin of the kaims.” ‘The recognition of the glacial
lakes strengthens this view by supplying a condition which
may be conceived as favourable to the formation of kaims.

APPENDIX.
Pre-glacial and Post-glacial Drainage.

The effect of the glacial conditions upon the drainage of the
county has been considerable, and a brief summary of the

112 DR. J. Ae SMYTHE ON

changes brought about by the agency of ice and drifted
material may not be out of place. The existence of several
large pre-glacial valleys in the south-east, completely choked
with drift, has already been recorded [17 and 18], and to the
number may be added that of the Delf Burn, which apparently
continued its southerly course from Rothley and discharged
into the Wansbeck a little to the east of Wallington. Complete
obliteration of a pre-glacial valley by drift, as has already
been pointed out [18], is favoured by a situation at right
angles to the direction of ice-movement. When similar con-
ditions only lead to the partial filling up of a pre-glacial valley,
the drift is thickened on the lee-side of the valley, with the
result that the modern stream is displaced towards the other
bank. This disposition, noted by Hugh Miller [5], is well
shown in the Spartley Burn below Haseltonrig, the Forest
Burn at Ward’s Hill, the Font near Nunnykirk and Pigdon
Banks, and the Redewater above East Woodburn, and results
frequently in the cutting of a rocky channel at the edge of the
drift-filled valley.

Of the streams which flow in valleys of pre- and post-glacial
ages, some evidence has been brought forward in the pre-
ceding pages to show that the change from the one to the
other course is occasionally the result of diversion by ice.
This has been rendered probable in the case of Dewley Burn
[18] and the Ouseburn, Blyth, Wansbeck, and Hartburn. The
post-glacial denes in which these streams flow are, on this
view, swires, which instead of being left dry on the melting of
the ice, have been so placed that they have become permanent
drainage-outlets.

Smaller effects due to the ridging of the drift are frequently
noticeable. The many feeders of the Houxty Burn, for
example, flow E.S.E. along lines determined by the drumlins.
Near the coast, the long line of the Bradford kaims has
diverted the Warren Burn northwards into Budle Bay, and the
Crowden Hill drift-ridge which runs parallel to the railway
from the Coquet to the Wansbeck, though it has been breached
by the Lyne Burn, has diverted the Brock’s Burn southwards

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND Il3

and constitutes the water-parting for many of the small
streams which make up the Chevington Burn.

In the smaller valleys, the drift is often disposed either in
long ridges rudely parallel to the trend of the valley, or
forms a barrier across it. In the Harehope Burn both forms
exist, the upper longitudinally arranged and composed chiefly
of local material, the lower transversely disposed and remark-
ably porphyritic in character. Other examples of the former
kind are met with in the Eglingham Burn and the Barrow
Burn near Wilkwood ; of the latter type, good examples occur
in the Lisles Burn, the Wansbeck between Angerton and
Bolam, the Font at Roughlees, the Edingham Burn at Windy
Marsh, and the Spartley Burn near Coppath. Many of the
drift barriers are crescentic and morainic in appearance.
Both forms of ridging have given rise to lakes, some of which
still exist, e.g. Kimmer Lough in the valley of the Eglingham
Burn and Harehope Lough, the latter being partly artificial.
In other cases the lake has drained itself, but the lake-bottom
and the breached barrier remain as conspicuous features.
Perhaps the best example of this is on the Wansbeck about
Angerton and Middleton; a small lake-bottom also occurs in
the Priestdene Burn above Chathill, the barrier being a low
drift ridge connecting two outstanding kaims. The lake-
conditions which have left their mark in the Till valley were
probably produced by a combination of ice- and _ drift-
damming.

The small lakes or loughs in the open country, with the
exception of those near the Roman Wall, which appear to be
rock-basins, are clearly drift-dammed in most, if not all cases.
Many are now represented by bogs or mosses, and these are
frequent where the kaims abound. They nestle among the
massed kaims, especially on Langlee Moor, or are barred by
drift-ridges when these lie parallel to the contours. Many
examples of the latter class can be seen on the western sides
of the Bradford kaims.

In conclusion, the author wishes to tender his best thanks
to Messrs. R. C. Burton and G. Weyman for their help in

examining many of the deposits described in this paper.
H

114 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

EXPLANATION OF THE PHOTOGRAPHS.

. The Blanch Burn Kaims. This kaim-ridge is cut at the
north end by the Blanch Burn and at the south end by
the Newbiggin Burn. ‘The former section is shown on
the left of the photograph, also the outline of the ridge,
but not its delicate meanders.

. Cemented glacial gravels on the Wansbeck at Mitford.
The base of the gravels with immense boulders resting
on the clay is seen at the bottom of the photograph.

. Selby’s Cove (B 7) near the intake, with Simonside in the
background. This dry cleugh cuts across the ridge
between the Ousen and Cove Sikes.

_ The swire at Humbleton Heugh near Wooler (C 12)—a deep
dry valley severing a spur of the Cheviot Hills.

. Fawdon Dene (Ez) near Ingram, looking north.

. The lower marginal trench on Harden Hill (E12) looking
east, showing the steep rocky hillocks along its course.
In the middle distance, on the other side of the
Spartley Burn, is seen the rounded top of Castle Hill,
and close by in the adjoining wood is the dry channel
E 6, in alignment with the one shown in the photo-
graph.

. Harden Hill from the north. The marginal trench E 10
on the south side of the hill cuts across the ridge,
notching the sky-line and tumbling abruptly down the
north side of the hill. The photograph shows the
notch and the steep portion of the slack.

. Erratic of fine-grained, reddish sandstone, resting on
coarse-grained white sandstone. Harehope Burn,
near Blauweary, height 700 feet.

:
;
'

PHOTOGRAPH Tt. BLANCaH BURN KaAIMs.

PHOLVOGRAPH 2. CEMENTED GLACIAL GRAVELS, MITFORD.

PHOTOGRAPH 3. SELBY’S COVE.

PHOLOGRAPH 4. SWIRE At HUMBLETON HEUGH.

wy

Lehatas athe Waly ities som Ninh Add meth

PHOTOGRAPH 5. FAWDON DENE.

PHOTOGRAPH 6,

MARGINAL TRENCH ON HARDEN HILL,

é

i aan

Selanne
Teetpacasin, SL ere re raerie Ties

hy

v i Bene |
‘vi ceuule ean
’ ‘i i Sa
; r

PHOTOGRAPH 7. HARDEN HILL.

PHOTOGRAPH 8, ERRATIC, HAREHOPE BURN,

ri

eee a =

; 4

‘ v
FARA JUAN DS

Vou

a y 4

s Pirint
Seale in nyitey i) Wu
Vd
5
—
fe Ze
Ne vy / ~
P . fs @

Ks : L IN

\
Feo RY RT ROTA WURY

Ray.

DARDEN Feu

NeW iagiy

ey setae RW Ss

OE oil “Risa cero SS
o.

‘ote Ce
f ) i:

77 WD) WEE =

. I —— SVEETIOPE ™™-_—*_—

Qe tous

eee

y vhead implying
me nes ked by a circle crossed by a line or an ee aenen ad implying
tee Teenage a ttere 1 numbered as expla : H :
, lacial strice are markec naire ct peseil iy 8. Nop ioaa ned In the tex
ce ie rt, thick, black lines which ¢ d sreqres. exeleing
; : Hee pee eae represented by short, thick, f ice-sheets at the time the gle
GE is cate ci sler- ed Jakes are repres ) : e edges of ice-sh €
eontee map oaece The overflow eben oF pietler dames ae RAMEE Ue aia are eae
Tie arrows adjacent the directi f flow of the glacial streams.

ys adjaci show the direction o g
The arrows adjacent s'

¢ £

ashing ni 91608

115

THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND

‘QA0D 9}
jo Jauuvyo dosp oy} yno ‘MoysaAO Mey} Ur ‘YoryM Jo s1a}va oY} ‘oye, powUEp-s01 oy) sjuasordos vore pepeys
oy} pue ssurjivd-soyem ore soul] uayorq Aavoy oy, “so1ov[s opisuowig ay} jo aSpa oy) jo uonisod azeurrxoidde

24} sjuesoidor out AAvM snonuuco ayy, ‘(1 ‘on dew ut Lg) aao9 s,Aqjes jo uoneunioy oy} Suryesysnqyy >
"2 oN GOW
spaed ut 2jr2¢_
a a eal
0090-— OSH = OE 031 )

TWH G3 @ANY3y

GST
Guat S

WAIHLVIM

SOt] »

Ss
. /
bo}, <Biil, oe

OST eg
TNH NOSSO.
O82; ee ee OL
= / , PA
IS yi tee

| Bee vane

——

116 THE GLACIAL GEOLOGY OF NORTHUMBERLAND

a Yo th Gy Cie Da oe
ee

Scale in miles

R TYNE

Map No. 3.

The shaded areas marked P and G indicate the outcrops of Cheviot porphyrites
and granites ; the irregular black patches, the outcrop of the Whin Sill. With the
exception of the dykes and a few minor exposures of other igneous rocks, the rest of
the country is occupied by sedimentary rocks, mostly of Carboniferous age.

The arrows show the direction of ice movement at the various stages (numbered
I, 2, and 3). The broken lines (- - - -) refer to the earliest stage of glaciation (1),
the lines and dots (—— .. ) to the stage of maximum glaciation (2), and the
unbroken lines to the period of melting and retreat (3).

The line AA marks the western limit of drifted Cheviot rocks; BB, the northern
limit of Scotch (Galloway) granites; CC, the northern limit of Lake District rocks,
and the two lines DD, the limits of sedimentary drift in the Cheviot area.

The lines DD also represent the position of confluence of native Cheviot ice with
foreign ice at the period of melting and retreat, and EE the line of confluence of
the western and northern ice-sheets, south of the Coquet, at the same late stage.
It is in the immediate neighbourhood of these three lines that the swires are most
extensively developed.

The upper Cheviot drift occurs abundantly in the tract between the dotted lines
(the continuations of DD).

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 117

On the British Spiders of the Genus Muicroneta.
By A. RANDELL Jackson, M.D., D.Sc.
(Plates VII. and VIII.)

~The chief reason for undertaking the present work was that

a good deal of confusion had arisen both in this country and
on the Continent as to the species of the so-called genus
Microneta. ‘This, I think, was due to the fact that the
descriptions of some of the species did not lay stress upon the
distinguishing specific features, but wasted their strength on
non-essential characters.

In 1900, when Mr. Pickard-Cambridge published his “ List
of British and Irish Spiders,”* he included under Aficroneta
no less than twelve species. Since then in the Proceedings of
the Dorset Field Club’ he has described four others, one in
1g02,* and three in 1906*. ‘This gives a total of sixteen
species, but Mr. Pickard-Cambridge subsequently withdrew
two of these. These were JZ. nefarza’ Camb. and JV. ¢errita®
Camb., leaving fourteen species.

I have for the purposes of the present paper examined the
actual types of all the species about which there was the least
doubt, and in order to make my account as complete as
possible I have also examined the actual types of all the
doubtful species of the genus Szv¢ula. Asa result Iam now

1 Published by Messrs. Sime and Co., Dorchester.

2 The full name of this paper is ‘‘ Proceedings of the Dorset Natural
History and Antiquarian Field Club.”

3 M. cauta Camb.

4 M. passiva Camb., MW. territa Camb., M. beata Camb.

5 Sub Pocadicnemis pumila Bl., op. cit., 1905, p. 51.

® Sub Metopobactrus prominulus Camb., op. cit., 1907, p. 131.

118 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

able to announce that five’ of the species of that genus had
already been described under Zccroneta, and that three®
Micronete were also redundant and are not specific entities.

This leaves us with eleven good species of the old genus
Microneta, which, with the addition of Syedra pholcommoides
Camb. and a new species described in this paper, gives a total
of thirteen species, closely resembling each other in facies and
the structure of the genital organs in both sexes. There are
however such differences in the armature of the appendages
that I fear it is necessary to arrange them in four groups,
which in the present state of Arachnology must be regarded
as genera. I have tried hard to persuade myself that their
value is only subgeneric, but it will not do.

There is within these four groups a certain amount or
variation amongst the species, so that it would be very easy
for a person of a “splitting” turn of mind to increase the
number of genera still more. ‘These variations are however
in my opinion distinctly subgeneric, and I therefore arrange
the British Micronetoid spiders as follows :—

Syedra pholcommoides Camb.
Syedra tnnotabilis Camb.
Micryphantes rurestris C. L. K.
Micryphantes sublimis Camb.
Micryphantes beatus Camb.
Micryphantes mollis Camb.
Mucryphantes saxatilis Blackwall.
Microneta viarta Blackwall.
Agyneta conigera Camb.
Agyneta decora Camb.

Agyneta subtilis Camb.
Agyneta cauta Camb.

Agyneta ramosa sp. nov.

1 |S. oblivia Camb., S. aerta Camb., S. frederict Camb., S. prominens
Camb., S. 2escta Camb.

2M. mystica Camb., MZ. jugulans Camb., AZ, passiva Camb.

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA Dip Ke)

Although I now divide these species into four genera there
is nothing novel in this arrangement, as none of the genera
are new. ‘The distinctions between the various groups have
of course struck others. Kulczynski* uses three of the
genera, and the other was created by Mr. Hull.” There is no
doubt however that these spiders are all closely related to
each other. In addition to the ordinary characters of their
sub-family and group they all show the following positive
and regular characters :

The metatarsi are short, those of the first pair of legs being
very distinctly shorter than the tibize and patelle (taken
together) of the same limbs.

Femoral spines are invariably absent, and except in Syedra
metatarsal spines.

The sexual organs are very characteristic, but it is in the
present state of our knowledge difficult to draw hard and fast
generic distinctions from them.

In the female sex the epigyne is very similar in all the
species. It consists of a chitinous plate which exhibits on its
lower border two sexual apertures separated by a median
process. ‘This structure exhibits a little variation in itself,
and a good deal in its position. The positional changes
probably depend on sexual or maternal activity, and are such
that the sexual apertures sometimes look almost directly
backwards, and at others almost vertically downwards. In
the former cases the whole organ appears somewhat flattened,
and in the latter the apertures are as a rule placed at the apex of
a prominent downwardly directed epigastric process. These
changes take place in all the species, and are probably due to
some turgescence of the internal organs, but I am not aware
of any research that has been made into the matter, which is
not of course peculiar to spiders of this group. It is however

1 Araneze Hungariz, vol. ii., pp. 34-88.

2 Trans. of Nat. Hist. Soc. of Northumberland, Durham, and
Newcastle-upon-Tyne, new series, vol. iii., part 3, p. 583.

120 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

responsible for some of the errors that are frequently made in
the identification of the females of these small species.

The palpi of the male are fairly characteristic. The patella
of each is short, and frequently carries one or more setiform
hairs on its upper surface. The tibia is short. It is expanded
distally to embrace the proximal end of the tarsus, and this
expansion may show one or two prominences, which are
sometimes sufficiently developed to merit the title of apophyses.
This however only occurs in the genus J/icryphantes.

The tarsus is more or less gibbous above, and in many
cases the gibbosity rises up into a conical elevation more or
less excavated on the outer side. The paracymbium is large
and curiously moulded. It shows numerous ridges and
depressions, but the exact nature of these is not very easily
made out, the organ appearing very different in different
positions.

The palpal organs are compact, the bulb divided into two
parts, whilst below and to the outer side of the lower of these
is placed the body of the lamella characteristica, the tail of
which runs to the proximal end of the organs behind the
paracymbium. This organ differs very much in the different
species, and gives excellent and reliable specific characters.

The various parts of the palpal organs are very frequently
found widely dislocated, and with all their relations altered,
and this has been another difficulty in the identification of the
species. ‘This condition in spiders generally, is due to sexual
turgescence of the hcematodocha, and that of course is the
case in this genus too. But it seems to be a fact that in the
present group simple immersion in spirit is able to produce this
condition, and this is especially the case in the genus Agyneda.
It is therefore a comfort to find that although the position and
relations of the lamella characteristica are often widely
changed, the actual shape of that organ is not altered, and it
remains in whatever position it is placed a reliable criterion
of the species. As far as I can make out, when turgescence
takes place the lamella characteristica is at first usually pushed

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 121

forward. It then turns through an angle of go°, so that its
anterior end tends to look directly upwards.

The lamella characteristica consists of a wider body and a
narrower tapering tail which runs to the posterior end of the
palpal organs, between those organs and the inner side of the
paracymbium. In each species it exhibits a slight range of
variation, but as far as my present experience goes is always
easily recognizable. This is the more fortunate, as in these
spiders the paracymbium does not yield good. specific char-
acters. It does vary in the different species, but the differences
are so slight and the organ appears so very different in different
positions that it is very difficult to make use of it in the identi-
fication of the various species.

Characters drawn from the height of the clypeus and that
of the ocular area, and from the exact shape of the profile of
the cephalothorax, are so variable that with one or two
exceptions they are quite useless in providing specific
distinctions. This applies to the females as well as the
males. In the former sex the chief specific characters must
be drawn from the structure of the epigyne. Careful examina-
tion of this organ will in the majority of the cases lead to
fairly easy recognition of the species. With the Micronetoids
divided into four genera, the generic and vulvar char-
acters work out between them a fairly reliable diagnosis.
Occasionally however specimens do occur of which it is
impossible to be absolutely certain. With practice these are
very infrequent, and they are certainly not more numerous
than in several of the other allied genera.

As regards the nomenclature used in this paper, I have not
ventured amongst the nice questions of ancient history. I
have accepted the names used by Mr. Pickard-Cambridge in
his “ List of British and Irish Spiders,” and have not repeated
in my synonymic lists all the names which he had already
discarded in 1900. All the changes in nomenclature which I
have made have been the result of the examination of such
actual specific types as I had at my disposal.

122 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

The drawings which illustrate this paper were all made
with an Abbé camera lucida. They are therefore only very
slightly diagrammatic. In the case of the palpi the principal
idea was to get correct representations of each lamella
characteristica. The paracymbia, as will be noticed, are
not always in the same relative positions.

The drawings were made to scale, as it was intended that
the relative sizes of the sexual organs of the different species
should be shown. It has, however, been necessary to reduce
the size of most of them. ‘The reduction was made to scale,
with the exception that figures 6, 6a, and 6b on Plate VII,
and figures 1, 5, 6, and 6a on Plate VIII. were not reduced,
and hence are larger than they should be in proportion to the
others.

I must tender my best thanks to the Rev. O. Pickard-
Cambridge for his great kindness in lending me so many
actual types and other specimens of these species. Without
these loans my paper would have been quite useless as
regards nomenclature. Mr. E.Simon and Professor Kulczynski,
as well as the Rev. J. E. Hull and Messrs. Falconer, Britten,
and Pack-Beresford, have all given me great assistance, and I
take this opportunity of thanking them.

DIAGNOSIS OF GENERA.

1. Metatarsi i. and ii. each bearing a stiff spine above. Central
posterior eyes much larger than laterals ... 000 .. Syedra

Metatarsi i. and ii. without spines. Posterior eyes subequal 2

2. A long sensory seta is placed on the upper side of metatarsi
i., li., and ili. near the base. It is absent on metatarsus
iv. (This is also the arrangement in Syedra) ... Micryphantes

A long sensory seta occurs on the upperside of all four meta-
tarsi near the apex... 200 — 300 506 BS

3. Falces very small in both sexes. The anterior border bears
two teeth, the posterior border one. Palpi of females
tumid. No spines on anterior borders of tibize 1. Agyneta

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE» GENUS MICRONETA 123

Falces large and strong and very dissimilar in the two sexes.
In the male the anterior border bears no teeth, the
posterior border five or six. In the female each border
bears five. Palpi of female not tumid. Tibiz i. bear a
spine on their anterior borders near the apex... Microneta

In all the above genera the first tibia and patella together
are much longer than the first metatarsus. Femoral spines
are absent, and tibia iv. always bears two spines above.

Genus I. SYEDRA Simon.
'(Arach. de France, v., p. 453, 1881.)

Metatarsi i. and ii. each bear a stiff spine above. These
are absent on metatarsi iii. and iv.

Long sensory sete are present on the first three pairs of
metatarsi between the middle and the base of each and on the
upper surface. Such are absent on the last pair.

Falces slightly more divergent in the male than the female.
The anterior border of the fang groove bears three long teeth.
The posterior border also bears three, which are very small
and very close together.

The central posterior eyes are much larger than the laterals
of the same row. They are distinctly nearer to these than
they are to each other.

Syedra pholcommoides Camb.

Linyphia pholcommotdes Camb. Spids. Dorset, p. 212,
1879.

Syedra ophthalmica Sim. Arach. de France, v., p. 455,
1881.

Syedra gracilis Menge-Kulcz. Aran. Hung,, il., pp. 84, 85.

Sintula pholcommotdes Camb. List of British and Irish
Spiders, 1900.

Syedra pholcommoides Camb. Proc. Dors. F. Club, xxvi.,
1905, p. 48.

(CRBIKS, WIDULS sre se Moe silo), se, aGl.))

The posterior row of eyes is markedly curved, the convexity

124 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

of the curve being behind. The falces are only very slightly
divergent in the male, obliquely truncate in the female.

The anterior tibiz are in some specimens more deeply
pigmented than the others.

The whole spider is slender, graceful, and small; a female
measured a shade under 1°3 mm. in total length.

The spider is easily recognized in the female sex by the
generic characters and the structure of the epigyne.

In the male the long, slender, semi-diaphanous lamella
characteristica, and the toothed and ridged paracymbium
make identification easy.

S. pholcommoides Camb. occurs amongst moss, grass, and
fallen leaves in woods and hedgerows. It has been found in
Dorset, Surrey, Yorkshire, and Northumberland.

A female specimen was sent to Mr. Simon, who declared its
identity with his S. ofhthalmica. He also stated that he
believed the species to be identical with S. gracilis Menge.
Professor Kulczynski’s specimens of S. gvaczlis Menge, were
examined years ago by Mr. Pickard-Cambridge, who pro-
nounced their identity with his Z. pholcommoztdes, which name
is used in the “ Aranee Hungarie” as a synonym of S.
gracilis Menge. Professor Kulczynski has also sent me
drawings which have convinced me that 5S. gracilis Menge-
Kulcz. zs identical with S. pholcommordes Camb. It is there-
fore possible that the present spider should be called 5S.
gracilis Menge. I have, however, followed Mr. Pickard-
Cambridge in retaining a name known to be correct instead
of adopting one which to say the least of it is doubtful, since
no modern arachnologist appears to have seen Menge’s types
in the flesh.

Syedra innotabilis Camb.
Microneta innotabilis Camb. List of British and Irish
Spiders.
(PlateaV Me isso. Salmo, Tce.)
The posterior row of eyes is straight, and all its eyes are
very large, the centrals however being easily the largest.

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 125

The falces of the male are distinctly but slightly divergent,
those of the females obliquely truncate. The whole spider is
rather robust and bulky, a female measuring 1°62 mm. in
total length.

In the male sex the lamella characteristica easily separates
the species from the other British Micronetoids. In the
female the vulva is not unlike that of several of the Agyneze,
but the generic characters, and especially the great size and
inequality of the posterior eyes, easily distinguish the species.

Those who are interested in the formation of new genera
will have no difficulty in creating one for this species.

SS. znanotabilis Camb. occurs amongst moss and dead leaves
on the ground, but is most commonly found in the crevices of
the bark of standing trees, of which the larch and the lime are
already recorded as providing its habitation.

In this country it ranges from Dorset to Perth, and has
occurred in several Irish localities.

Genus IJ]. MICRYPHANTES' C. L. Koch, 1833.

Metatarsi i. and 11. without spines.

Long sensory setze present on the first three pairs of meta-
tarsi between the middle and the base of each above. Such
are absent on the last pair.

Falces very dissimilar in the two sexes. In the male they
are extremely divergent, attenuated towards the apex, and
hollowed out on the innerside. In the female they are merely
obliquely truncated. On the anterior border of the fang
groove each falx bears three, four, or five large teeth,
rather widely separated. The posterior border also bears
three, four, or five teeth, but these are smaller and more
closely grouped. Individual and specific variation in the
number of the teeth occurs within the above limits.

1 IT am aware that there is some doubt whether this name ought really
to be applied to this genus, but Kulczynski has already so used it in the
** Araneze Hungariz.”’

126 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

The posterior eyes are subequal and never very inequi-
distant. If not entirely equidistant the centrals may be
slightly nearer the laterals than to each other.

Single spines may, or may not, be present on the posterior
borders of tibiz i. and ii. between the middle and the apex.

Micryphantes rurestris C. L. Koch.

Microneta rurestris C. L. Koch — Camb. List of British
and Irish Spiders.
Micryphantes rurestris C. L. Koch - Kulcz. Aran.
Hungarie.
@PEWS WAUIs iless i Sel, alo, ic, ancl,
and 2 [MZ fuscipalpis C. L. K.] )
No spines on posterior borders of tibiz i. and i1.

Male palpal tarsus strongly conical above, bearing a blunt,
almost erect prominence on the innerside of the proximal part
of the dorsal surface near the base. Palpal tibia showing a
feeble external apophysis on the outerside near the distal end.
Lamella characteristica is distinctive. In most positions it
appears truncated at the extremity; in reality it is slightly
bifid.

The epigyne shows a rather narrow median process and
almost parallel sexual apertures.

The coxe and legs are usually of a clear light yellowish
brown. In the female palpus the femur and patella are of a
light yellow brown, the tibia and tarsus dark brown.

Examples of this species were sent by me to Professor
Kulczynski, who declared their identity with his Hungarian
examples, at least in the male sex. The females seem in-
distinguishable from those of JZ. fuscipalpis C. L. Koch, of
which spider I figure the lamella characteristica of a Hungarian
male kindly sent me by Professor Kulczynski. This species
has not yet occurred in Britain.

M. rurestris is abundant throughout Britain. Individuals
can be obtained throughout the year, but are most numerous

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 127

in September. These specimens are, however, smaller than
those which are found earlier in the year, and chiefly in July.

Micryphantes sublimis Camb.

Microneta sublimts Camb. List of Brit. and Irish Spiders.

LVertene sublimis Camb. Proc. Berwickshire Nat. Hist.
@lub; vii p: 314.

Microneta Grouvellei Camb. = Sim. Arach. de France,
V., Pp. 438.

Micryphantes gulosus L. Koch — Kulcz. Symb. ad Faun.
Aran. Austriz Inferioris, plate i., figs. 37, 38.

Micryphantes gulosus L. Koch-—de Lessert. Arach.
Graubiinders. Revue Suisse de Zoologie, p. 634.

(COP Wiles TiBSS 6 Beh, lon exo) saxala))
No spines on posterior borders of tibiz i. and 11.

Palpal tibia of the male shows an external apophysis differ-
ing slightly from that of rurestris.

The tarsus possesses no small erect process on the innerside
near the base. The base on that side is, however, prolonged
into a very large curved process which is very easily seen and
recognized. The lamella characteristica is very distinctive,
bearing numerous teeth on its upper border.

The epigyne is very like that of rurestris; the central
process is however broader, and the lateral apertures usually
much more obliquely placed.

The coxe and legs are usually of a deep brown colour.
The whole of the female palpus is usually dark brown, but the
last two joints are darker than the rest.

The females of this species will not as a rule be confounded
with those of rurestris if the above points are noticed. Un-
fortunately, however, none of them are invariable. I have
never seen the actual types of JZ. Grouvellet Camb., nor of JZ.
gulosus L. Koch. I think that in all probability they are
identical with the present species. I have sent examples of
our spider to Professor Kulczynski, who declares them

128 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

identical with his Hungarian examples of JZ. gulosus L.
Koch. I have also exchanged specimens with Dr. de
Lessert, and there is no doubt of the identity of AZ. sublimis
Camb. with JZ. gulosus L. Koch — de Lessert. Mr. Simon has
very kindly given me an example of JZ. Grouvellec Camb-Sim.,
and I think it is identical as a species with our AZ. sublimzs.
The lamella characteristica in this specimen does however
differ a little from that of our form (Plate VII., 3a, 3b). This
difference, if constant, would, I think, be enough to show that
the range of variation (possibly local) was considerable, but it
hardly reaches specific value, and in other respects the speci-
men does not differ from British examples of JZ. sublimis,
which themselves show a certain amount of slight variation in
the lamella characteristica.

M. sublimis Camb. seems confined to elevated moors and
mountains in this country. It reaches the summits of
Snowdon (3,500 feet) and Scafell Pike (3,210 feet), but I have
no exact record of its lowest station.

When found it occurs on the ground under stones, and also
amongst moss and herbage. It has occurred freely amongst
the mountains of Scotland, Northern England, and North
Wales, where it is adult in September.

Micryphantes beatus Camb.
Microneta beata Camb. Proc. Dors. Field Club, vol.
XXV1l., 1906, pp. 90 and g1, and figures.
(Pkws WO, mes. A, AA, Alo, Zc)

Tibiz i. and ii. are each furnished with a long strong spine
on the posterior border between the middle and apex.

In the male each palpal tibia shows a long narrow apophysis
on the outerside.

The lamella characteristica is large and prominent. It is
toothed along its upper border, the exact number of teeth not
being constant. The lower border presents a rounded
tuberosity. The palpal tarsus is only slightly gibbous above ;
it is not produced into a conical prominence.

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 129

The epigyne is smaller than that of the two preceding
spiders. The central process and sexual apertures are longer
and narrower. This and the posterior lateral spines on tibiz
i. and ii. render the recognition of the female quite easy.

M. beatus occurs amongst grass and herbage in various
parts of Britain. It is adult in early summer, and specimens
have been obtained in Dorset, Surrey, Sussex, Yorkshire,
Cumberland, and Northumberland.

Micryphantes mollis Camb.

Neriene mollis Camb., 1871. Trans. Linnean Soc., p. 439.

Linyphia oblivia Camb., 1873. Trans. Linnean Soc., p. 446.

Linyphia aeria Camb., 1875. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
p- 251, and figure.

Linyphia Frederict Camb., 1879. Spiders of Dorset,

Pp» 186,187.

Microneta mollis Camb. List of British and Irish Spiders,
P- 35:

Sintula oblivia Camb. List of British and Irish Spiders,
p. 36.

Sintula aerta Camb. List of British and Irish Spiders,
Dp. 37:

Sintula Frederict Camb. List of British and Irish Spiders,
Pp- 37:

Sintula aerius Camb. - Kulcz. Aran. Hung., ii., 88, 89.
Sintula aeria Camb.-Simon. Arach. de France, v.,

449, 450.
(Plate VII., figs. 6, 6a, and 6b.)

Tibiz i. and 11. each bear a strong spine on the posterior
border between middle and apex.

Palpal tarsus strongly gibbous, almost conical above.

Lamella characteristica highly distinctive ; narrow, pointed,
and toothed below and on the outer side.

The central process of the epigyne is more triangular than
that of the other species, and the whole organ is very small.

An adult male measured 1°3 mm. in total length.

130 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

An examination of the actual types of the above species
shows their identity. An example sent to Professor Kulczynski
settled the identity of his species. Specimens exchanged with
Mr. Simon proved the same as regards the S. aerza of “ Les
Arachnides de France.”

This little species occurs amongst grass and herbage within
woods and on sandhills near the coast. It is adult in
September, and has been found in Dorset, Gloucester,
Glamorgan, Essex, and Warwick.

Micryphantes saxatilis Blackwall.

Microneta passiva Camb. Proc. Dors. Field Club, vol.
XXVil., 1906, pp. 89, 90, figs. 22-26, female only.
Microneta rustica Sim. Arach. de France, v., pp. 430
and 431.
Microneta saxatiis Bl.Camb. List of British and Irish
Spiders.
(Plate svi, figs. 5,154,950, 5c.)
Tibiz i. and 1. show a long strong spine on their posterior
borders between the middle and apex.

Male palpal tibia shows, at the distal end, a large median
apophysis curving towards the outer side.

Lamella characteristica very complicated and difficult to
see without dissection. It presents on its: upper border four
very diverse processes, and one wonders whether the whole
organ is homologous with the lamella characteristica of the
other species, or whether a part only should be so interpreted.

Epigyne very broad and characteristic. Mr. Cambridge
gives an excellent figure (sub JZ. gasszva), in which case the
. drawing was made from below and rather behind.

The external genital organs and the lateral spines on the
first two pairs of tibize will enable this spider to be recognized
with ease in either sex.

Mr. E. Simon, to whom I sent examples, informs me that
the species is identical with his JZ. rustica.

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 131

M. saxatilis Bl. is abundant in most localities during the
summer, where it is found near the ground amongst herbage
of all sorts. It is recorded for a dozen English counties, and
occurs also in Scotland, Ireland, and Wales.

Microneta simplicitarsis Sim. (Arach. de France, vol. v.,
435 and 436) is a true Mrcryphantes, and agrees with JZ.
beatus, mollis, and saxatilis in possessing spines on the
posterior borders of the first two pairs of tibiz between the
middle and apex of each.

The lamella characteristica and epigyne are quite char-
acteristic. The species, of which Dr. de Lessert has kindly
sent me examples, has not yet occurred in Britain.

Genus III. MICRONETA Menge, 1868.

Metatarsi i. and ii. without spines.

Long sensory sete present near the apices of all four
metatarsi.

Tibia i. with an extra spine near the apex on the anterior
border.

Posterior eyes subequal, the centrals a shade nearer to the
laterals than to each other.

The falces show great sexual dimorphism. ‘Those of the
male are very attenuated towards the apex, highly divergent
and much hollowed out on the inner side.

The anterior border of the fang groove shows no teeth, but
near it are placed one large and several small dentiform hair-
bearing tubercles. The posterior border shows five or six
strong teeth, the second from the proximal end being the
largest.

The falces of the female are obliquely truncated. The
anterior border of the fang groove shows five large, well
separated teeth; the posterior border also possesses five, but
these are very small and very closely placed.

\

132 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

Microneta viaria Blackwall.

LVeriene jugulans Camb. Spids. of Dorset, pp. 138, 139.

Sintula nescta Camb. Proc. Dors. Field Club, vol. xx1.,
1900, pp. 32 and 35, and figures,

Microneta viaria B\l.— Camb. List of British and Irish
Spiders.

Microneta jugulans Camb. List of British and Irish
Spiders.

Stutula nescia Camb. List of British and Irish Spiders.

(Plate VII., figs. 7, 7a, and 7b.)

This being the only species of the now restricted genus, the
generic characters need not be repeated.

The palpal patella bears about five very long, almost
straight sete, which are directed forwards. The tarsus
presents a rounded tubercle near the base on the innerside ;
it is only slightly gibbous above. The lamella characteristica
is very complicated and possesses numerous branches.

The vulva shows a certain amount of individual variation,

chiefly connected with the pigmentation. It looks very
different in different positions.

The male of this species is distinctly larger than the female,
two average examples taken at random measuring 2°59 mm.
and 2°14 mm. respectively.

M. viaria Bl. is very abundant throughout the country,
occurring chiefly amongst dead leaves and low herbage in
woods.

Genus AGYNETA Hull.*
Metatarsi i. and ii. without spines above.

Long sensory sete are present near the apices of all four
metatarsi. ‘Tibiz i. possess no lateral spines.

Falces short and weak in both sexes. They are, however,
divergent and attenuated towards the apex in the male sex,

1 Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. of Northumb., Durham, and Newcastle-
upon-Tyne, new series, vol. iii., part 3, p. 583.

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 133

obliquely truncated in the females. The anterior border of
the fang groove bears two teeth, and the posterior one, in both
sexes.

Posterior eyes of medium size, subequal and nearly equi-
distant.

The clypeus in this genus is frequently very high, but this
is a most variable character.

The tibia and tarsus of the female palpus are tumid, and
together form a more or less club-shaped termination to the
limb. The width of this varies in the different species.

Agyneta conigera Camb.

Veriene conigera Camb. Zoologist, 1863, p. 8583.

Leriene mystica Camb. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Fo7ZOuVOl.1V., Ser. 5). 200.

Sintula prominens Camb. Proc. Dors. Field Club, 1900,
vol. xxl., p. 28, and figures.

Microneta conigera Camb. List of British and Irish
Spiders.

Microneta mystica Camb. List of British and Irish Spiders.

Sintula prominens Camb. List of British and Irish Spiders.

Crate Waihi ios.u2. 2a. 2.12, 2d.)

The examination of the types of the above species com-
pletely establishes their identity.

The male of this spider is easily recognized by the lamella
characteristica of the palpus. In addition to this, the ex-
tremely high and conical dorsal prominence of the palpal
tarsus is distinctive, although the height is rather variable.
The female is easily recognized by the palpus, the epigyne
and the cephalothorax.

In the first place the palpus is only very slightly tumid.
The last two joints are thickened, and have a transverse
diameter of about ‘og mm.,* that of the palpal femur being
about -o6 mm. The termination of the limb is thus only

1 Measured across the dorsal surface of the widest part.

134 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

slightly club-shaped in all the specimens I have yet seen.
There seems to be very little variation in the tumidity of the
tibia and tarsus.

The epigyne is very broad, and its shape is quite character-
istic in all specimens whether sexually active or not.

The profile of the cephalothorax is peculiar on account of
the depression between the caput and the thorax at the
occiput, and because of the very hollow clypeus. ‘These
irregularities cause the ocular area to appear very prominent,
and rather isolated from the rest of the cephalothorax. In the
other species of the genus this is not the case. For the rest
the spider is rather variable in the pigmentation of the
cephalothorax and ocular area. There is usually a dark
transverse mark at the thoracic juncture, and dark lines
radiating from this to the posterior eyes. The ocular area is
frequently deeply pigmented, and the eyes may be placed on
black spots. Sometimes however this pigmentation is vesti-
gial, and occasionally the cephalothorax is of a uniform pale
yellow-brown, the eyes in such cases not being placed upon
black spots. In both sexes of this spider the proximal tooth
on the anterior border of the fang groove is very small indeed,
and so is the single tooth on the posterior border. In the
other species of the genus these two teeth are much longer.

Agyneta conigera Camb. is a common and widespread
spider in the British Isles. It is found on the ground amongst
moss, heather, and herbage, as well as on the trunks and
branches of trees. It is adult in early summer.

The remaining species of the genus are all very much alike.
No reliable characters can be drawn from the relative sizes
_and shapes of the different parts of the cephalothorax. Specific
differences cannot be founded upon the position of the eyes.
The lamella characteristica of each species readily furnishes
easy characters for identifying the males, but the females must
be recognized from the structure of the vulve, which is not at
all times easy.

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 135

Agyneta decora Camb.

Neriene decora Camb. ‘Trans. Linn. Soc., 1871, p. 438.

Microneta clypeata F. Camb. Annals and Mag. Nat.
Hist., series 6, vol. xiil., p. 90, and figures.

Microneta decora Camb. List of British and Irish Spiders.

(Pizne WOU, (eS, 2B, Be Blo, ele exe SEH)

A comparison of the types of JZ. clypeata F. Camb. showed
their identity with the present species. Both the Cambridges
had, however, recognized this before.

In this and the remaining species of the genus the anterior
border of the fang groove bears two strong teeth, of which the
proximal one is the weaker. ‘The posterior border bears a
single tooth of medium size opposite the distal anterior
tooth.

The lamella characteristica easily distinguishes the male
of this species. The body of this process is shaped some-
thing like a human brain; it is generally semi-diaphanous,
and can be recognized instantly in any position of the palpal
organs. ‘The low palpal tarsus is also distinctive.

The epigyne is smaller than in the closely allied species,
and can usually be recognized with a little practice (see
figures). The female palpus in all the examples I have seen
is markedly tumid as to its last two joints. These joints have
a transverse measurement in most specimens of about ‘18 mm.,
but there appears to be some slight variation in the actual
breadth.

The whole spider is usually deeply pigmented, and the
tibiz of the first and second pairs of legs are frequently deeper
in colour than the rest. Quite pale specimens are however
occasionally met with, and I have seen them almost colour-
less.

The clypeus is usually much higher than the ocular area ;
the exact shape of the cephalothorax is subject to a good deal
of variation, but the occipital depression is always slight and
the clypeus never very hollow.

136 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

A. decora Camb. occurs on the ground amongst moss and
grass. It is occasionally found in woods, but generally affects
more open places like fields and moors. It is adult in May
and June. I have received it from Dorset, Cheshire, Lanca-
shire, Yorkshire, Northumberland, and Ireland.

Agyneta subtilis Camb.

Leriene subtilis Camb., 1863. Zoologist, p. 8584.
LNeriene anomala Camb., 1863. Zoologist, p. 8585.
Microneta subtilis Camb. List of British and Irish Spiders.

(Plate VIII., figs. 4, 4a, 4b, 4c, 4d, 4e, 4f.)

The types of this species, and all the other specimens Mr.
Pickard-Cambridge possessed under the above names, were
conspecific. Thus there is no doubt at all as to the nomen-
clature.

A. subtilis is usually a yellowish-brown, rather stoutly built
beast.

The lamella characteristica of the male palpus is very
distinctive and constant in shape. Anteriorly it looks some-
thing like a double-headed bird, while posteriorly it exhibits
the usual tapering tail. Near the middle of the upper border
is a tooth-like prominence arising from the inner surface of
the body.

The tarsus of the palpus shows a high dorsal elevation,
higher than that of 4. decora Camb., but lower than that of
A. conigera Camb. There is also a short knob-like process at
the inner side of the upper surface near the base. This is
usually too short to be seen from the outer side of the palpus,
as it is then concealed behind the convexity of the dorsum of
the tarsus.

The female palpi are always tumid, but there is in this
species great variety in the amount of tumidity. Some speci-
mens in my possession measure ‘18 mm. in the transverse
diameter of the tumid part, and in other cases the greatest
breadth is only half that. There are however very few forms

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 137

which can be described as intermediate, all of the specimens
being either very broad or very narrow. Possibly this great
variation may be seasonal, but I have not noticed it in the
other species, in all of which the variability in this particular
seems to be slight. In every case however the two terminal
joints ave tumid and broader than the femur.

The epigyne is usually distinctive enough, but sometimes
examples do occur of which it is impossible to be certain.
The main features are the narrow, very slightly bifid central
process, and the fine almost vertical striz which ornament it
on each side. ‘The whole organ is larger than that of
A. decora.

Unfortunately the height of the clypeus and the shape of
the cephalothorax are very variable, and are unreliable as
specific guides except to differentiate the present species
from A. conigera (Plate VIII., 4e, 4f).

A. subtilis Camb. is a widespread form, and has occurred
to my knowledge in Dorset, Devon, Glamorgan, Derbyshire,
Cheshire, and Northumberland. It seems, however, to be
commoner in the South than the North. Probably it is local
in the northern counties.

It occurs chiefly amongst moss in woods, fields, and
swampy places, but seems to prefer damp places in woods.

Agyneta cauta Camb.

Microneta cauta Camb. Proc. Dors. F. Club, vol. xxiii.,
1902, p. 31 and figs., male not female.
Microneta passiva Camb. Proc. Dors. F. Club, vol. xxvii.,
1906, pp. 89, go, and figs., male not female.
Microneta passiva Camb. Proc. Dors. F. Club, vol. xxxi.,
1910, p. 53 and figs., female.
(Plate VIII.; figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 5c,5d, se, 5.)
The above specific types were carefully compared. The
female described (sub caufa) in 1902 is A. subtilis Camb.,

whilst that described in 1906 (sub fassiva) is Micryphantes
saxatilis Bl.

138 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

I believe the female described in 1910 (sub fasszva) is the
true partner of the typical 4. caufa, as it occurs freely with
the males of that species in unmixed collections sent to me
from Yorkshire by Mr. Falconer, and has also occurred with
males of A. cau¢a taken in other localities.

A. cauta Camb. almost exactly resembles A. subtilis Camb.
in size, colour, and facies. It can, however, be separated by
the structure of the sexual organs.

The lamella characteristica is very distinctive ; it forms in
front a sort of comb beset with very numerous short teeth.
The exact number of these teeth varies, but I have never seen
a specimen of which there was the slightest doubt.

On the inner side of the palpal tarsus near the base, and
close to the dorsal surface, there is a process similar to that of
A. subtilis. In the present species, however, it is much larger,
and dilated at the extremity. It can easily be seen from the
external side of the palpus rising over the dorsal surface of
the tarsus near the base (see 5e).

The epigyne is usually larger and darker than that of A.
subtuis Camb., and the central process is very deeply cleft at
the extremity. There is probably some variation in this
respect, but typical examples are very easily recognized.

The shape of the cephalothorax provides no trustworthy
information as to the identity of this species.

The female palpi are always tumid in the specimens I have
seen. All that I have examined have been very similar in
the breadth of the terminal joints, which measured about
‘18 mm. on the transverse diameter of the upper surface,
Slight variation was frequently seen, but not the gross
differences noted in A. swbtilzs.

A. cauta Camb. has occurred pretty freely in Northumber-
land, Cumberland, Yorkshire, and Cheshire. It appears rare
in the South, but the typical male was found in the moun-
tainous districts of Glamorganshire. It may be found in
company with 4. subtilis Camb., but is common amongst

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA 139

moss and herbage in elevated and exposed situations, and
especially in swampy places.

Agyneta ramosa sp. nov. (Plate VIII., figs. 6, 6a, 6b.)

Of this species I only know the male, four specimens of
which have so far turned up. Of these one example was
found in the New Forest, and three in Delamere Forest,
Cheshire. All were found amongst moss in swampy places
surrounded by trees, and the Delamere examples occurred in
company with A. swbzlz7s Camb. and A. cauta Camb. One of
these Delamere specimens is in the possession of Mr. W.
Falconer.

The total length of a male of this species was 1°87 mm.,
and in size, colour, and facies the species is similar to 4. cauta
Camb. and A. subtilis Camb.

The palpi are, however, readily recognizable. The lamella
characteristica has a small body bearing several forwardly
directed teeth, the exact number and position of which is only
very slightly variable. From the anterior part of the tail,
however, arises a long curved process running towards the
inner side of the palpal organs, and provided at its extremity
with three strong teeth. This resembles a sort of curved
trident, and it will be noted that the whole lamella is quite
unlike that of either 4. cau¢a or A. subtilis, and is in no sense
intermediate between them.

The palpal tarsus possesses on its inner side near the
dorsum and towards the base a process resembling that of
A. cauta Camb., but the process itself and the adjacent inner
basal angle of the tarsus are shaped rather differently. This
difference was constant in all the four examples.

It is necessary to elevate this form to specific rank, as it is
impossible to assign it to any of the other species. To throw
it into one of the other species as a race is in my opinion out
of the question, as it is really more distinct from A. subtzlis
and A. cauta than either is from the other. Its distribution
quite bars the notion of it being a mere local form. The

140 DR. A. RANDELL JACKSON ON THE

lamella characteristica has proved such a useful and constant
character in these allied genera that I do not know how such
a Startling variation could possibly be treated except by the
creation of a new species. It is worthy of note that amongst
the very numerous males of Agynefa in which I have examined
the lamella characteristica there has not been one in which
there was the slightest doubt of the identity of the species, or
in which any marked variation in this organ occurred.

I.
Ta.

8b.
8c,

Micryphantes rurestris C. L. Koch.

BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA I4I

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

39

29

PLATE VII.

329

99

29

Right palpus from outerside.

Right palpal tarsus from
innerside.

Right lamella characteristica
from outerside. P. in this
and the subsequent figures
represents the paracym-
bium.

Right palpal tibia from above.
Vulva from below.

Micryphantes fuscipalpis C. L. Koch. Right lamella characteristica

from outerside.

Micryphantes sublimis Cambridge. Right palpal tarsus from inner-

29

399

39

99

99

Micryphantes beatus Cambridge.

99

99

99

99

99

Micryphantes saxatilis Blackwall.

99

Micryphantes mollis Cambridge.

29

33

9

99

29

b

side.

Right lamella _ characteristica

from outerside.

The same from a specimen of

M. Grouvellei Camb.-Simon.
Right palpal tibia from above.
Vulva from below.

Right palpus from outerside.
Right lamella characteristica from

outerside.

Right palpal tibia from above.
Vulva from below.
Right palpus from outerside.
Right lamella characteristica

from outerside. The lower
border of this figure is dia-
grammatic.

Right palpal tibia from above.
Vulva from below and rather in

front.

Right palpus from outerside,
Right lamella characteristica from

outerside.

Vulva from below.

Microneta viaria Blackwall. Right palpus of male from outerside.

Syedra innotabilis Camb,

29

29

99

9

29

29

99

Vulva from below and rather behind.

Vulva from below.

Right palpus from outerside.

Right lamella characteristica from outer-

side.

Eyes from above.

Vulva from below.

I42 BRITISH SPIDERS OF THE GENUS MICRONETA

PLATE VIII.
1. Syedra pholcommoides Camb. Left palpus from outerside.
Tam ss % 5 Left paracymbium from outerside.
MDs Diss 55 a Right bulb and lamella characteristica
from outerside.
TOM es 5 Ss Eyes from above.
rds 5. a aA Vulva from below.
2. Asgyneta conigera Camb. Left palpus from outerside.
2a. ais a a Left lamella characteristica from outerside.
2b. 3 an a5 ‘The same in a slightly different position.
Ze, 09 sp vi Vulva from below.
2d. a oe a Left profile of female cephalothorax.
3. Agyneta decora Camb. Left palpus from outerside.
3a. a aA a Left lamella characteristica from outerside.
Bb: is ips 45 The same from the outerside but more
anteriorly.
3c. ss op Ky Vulva from below.
3d. ” 95 an Vulva from below and behind.
Be 99 9 bis Left profile of female cephalothorax.
4. Agyneta subtilis Camb. Left palpus from outerside.
4a. 3 a yi Left lamella characteristica from outerside.
4b. an ie a Vulva from below.
4c. rd x A Vulva from below and behind.
4d. a 09 a Left palpal tarsus from innerside.
4e and 4f. cs Fo Left cephalothoracic profiles of two different
females.

5. Agyneta cauta Camb. Left lamella characteristica of male palpus
from the antero-exterior aspect.

5a. Ae a3 5 Left lamella characteristica of another speci-
men from the outerside.

5b. = es Pe Vulva from below.

5c. ae a a Vulva from below and behind.

5d. ae a ‘5 Left palpal tarsus from innerside.

5e. 6 94 3 Right palpal tarsus from outerside.

6f, 5 a ss Left profile of cephalothorax of female.

6. Agyneta ramosa sp. Nov. Left lamella characteristica of male palpus
from outerside.

6a. = “A 45 The same from in front, below, and a trifle
externally.

6b. be bes 59 Left palpal tarsus from innerside.

DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA, ETC. 143

On the Occurrence of Brachychaeteuma, Titanosoma and

Polymicrodon zz Lngland.
By Dr. K. W. VERHOEFF (of Pasing, near Munich).
The authors 48th paper on Diplopoda.*
(With Plates IX. and X.).

_ The richness of the European Diplopod fauna has shown
itself in no order more strikingly in the last quarter of a
century than in the Ascospermophora. In this group it has
appeared not only in regard to species and genera, but also in
respect of still higher groups. Only recently I had the oppor-
tunity of bringing before zoologists the two remarkable genera
Aylophageuma from south-west Germany and TZessznosoma
from southern Switzerland. Scarcely had I finished working
out these forms when I received from Mr. R. S. Bagnall for
examination a series of Diplopods from the county of Durham,
which contained several important forms, and especially a
representative of the Ascospermophora which is of the highest
interest because it falls into none of the previously known
families of this group, but must be regarded as constituting
the type of a new family. I take this opportunity of ex-
pressing my great indebtedness to Mr. Bagnall, who has most
kindly placed at my disposal a number of English Diplopods,
and has exerted himself in other directions for the advance-
ment of this branch of science.

BRACHYCHAETEUMID: Verhoeff, n. fam.

Abdomen consisting of thirty segments, without definite
lateral keels. The usual three pairs of dorsal bristles are
decidedly short on all the abdominal segments. Abdomen
nearly circular in section; but externally near the posterior
bristles there arises a small prominence. Dorsal surface fairly
smooth, that is, without coarse granulation and without
pointed tubercles, also without longitudinal grooves.
Antennz resembling those of the Orobainosomide, that is

* Translated from the German MS. by E. L. Gill.

144 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

to say, with the fifth joint not strikingly enlarged. Inner
palpus of the gnathochilarium with only 2 + 2 freely pro-
jecting sense organs.* The anterior part of the mentum, that
is the triangular portion which is posteriorly inserted between
the lamelle linguales, is plainly separated from the rest of
the mentum (promentum) by a transverse suture. Eighth
abdominal segment of the male with two pairs of coxal sacs,
which belong to the eighth and ninth pairs of legs. These
sacs contain a fine-grained sperm. The eighth and ninth
pairs of legs are otherwise of simple structure; even the
femora bear no kind of process. First to seventh pairs of
legs in the male likewise lacking conspicuous characters ; on
the third to the tenth the sucker-discs are wanting altogether.
Pseudoflagella are lacking on both pairs of gonopods. The
anterior gonopods are placed upon a depressed transverse
sternite, and consist of syncoxite and telopodites. The syn-
coxite is widely expanded in the middle line, and exhibits
three processes in front and two behind. Anteriorly it is
separated from the telopodites by a wide transverse pocket.
The telopodites resemble a couple of drinking horns ; they are
hollowed out in the form of a sac in the basal half, and come
into contact with one another in the middle line. The posterior
gonopods are likewise placed upon a depressed transverse
sternite. The latter, however, possesses tracheal pockets
with tracheze and stigmata. The posterior gonopods are
conspicuously three-jointed, the joint following upon the coxa
being directed backwards, and the last joint outwards. The
coxites possess no special internal characters.

Female unknown.

_ Relationships of the Brachychaeteumide to other Families
of the Ascospermophora.
The Trachysomidz, Chordeumide, Caseyidz and Verhoef-
fiidee are easily distinguished from our new family by the

1 In reference to the mouth-parts of the Diplopods, cf K. W.
Verhoeff, Die Diplopoden Deutschlands, parts 2-4, general introduction,
etc. ; Winters Verlag, Leipzig, 1911-1912

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 145

shape of the abdominal segments. The Metopidiotrichidz
differ in various characters of the head of the male, in the
possession of thirty-two abdominal segments and of only one
pair of coxal sacs. Though their posterior gonopods are
three-jointed, they are extremely unlike those of Brachy-
chaeteuma; their anterior gonopods are at present unknown,
though this much is certain, that they can have no close
resemblance to those of our genus. That the Chordeumidz
present fundamental differences, not only in facies but also in
the structure of all their reproductive organs, is too obvious to
need further emphasis.

The genera of the Conotylidz are all more or less unsatis-
factorily described ; it is plain however that they have no near
relationship with Brachychaeteuma. Their anterior gonopods
are yet for the most part quite unknown. A general re-
semblance exists between Brachychaeteuma and the Mastigo-
phorophyllidz, and there is a further agreement between
them in the absence of sucker-discs. In the male reproductive
organs, on the other hand, we find extensive differences, which
are not confined to the pseudoflagella. The syncoxite of the
anterior gonopods shows in Lrachychaeteuma a strong central
compression, and exceeds in size the telopodites, which are
pressed together in the middle. In the Mastigophorophyllide
both the coxites and telopodites remain separated in the
middle line, and the latter are so strongly developed that the
former only constitute a narrow base for them. Scarcely less
important are the differences in the posterior gonopods.
Correspondingly, Brachychaeteuma exhibits structures for the
conveyance of the sperm which are widely different from
those of the Mastigophorophyllide. To the Orobainosomide,
Lrachychaeteuma shows similarity not only in the form of the
abdominal segments, but also in regard to the posterior
gonopods. Again, however, there are conspicuous differences :
gonopods and sternite entirely different; and telopodites
adapted indeed to receiving the sperm, but with sacs which
open towards the syncoxite, without any fine canal. Further-
more, in contrast with the present genus, the Orobainosomidz

'

146 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

possess the greatly developed bristles on the abdominal seg-
ments, the tarsal sucker-discs of the male, and the specialised
structure of the eighth pair of legs. The resemblance in
regard to the three-jointed posterior gonopods, which appears
even in the fusion of coxa and pre-femur, is also accompanied
by important differences which will be dealt with later. The
Heterolatzeliide and Neoatractosomide are separated by their
possession of tarsal sucker-discs, by the form of the abdominal
segments and of the copulatory organs. The posterior gono-
pods are never three-jointed, the anterior always essentially
differently organised, with pseudoflagella, graphiz, or with
loosely attached syncoxal joints and very small telopodites.

Most of the Craspedosomide differ from A4rachychaeteuma
in the form of the segments, and usually also in the possession
of cheirites on the anterior gonopods. When the latter, how-
ever, are not present, other and equally striking differences
are found, as for example leg-like posterior gonopods, or pro-
cheirites on the anterior gonopods. In any case no genus in
this extensive family is known which could be placed in near
relationship to Lrachychaeteuma.

Finally I have the Anthroleucosomide to consider. The
genera of this family agree with Lvachychaeteuma both in
general form and in the absence of tarsal sucker-discs.
Anthroleucosoma approaches Brachychaeteuma also in the
absence of ocelli and in poverty of pigment. But here also
both pairs of gonopods show such a fundamental difference
of organisation that there can be no question of any near
relationship. In the anterior gonopods, for example, the
syncoxite is absent, whilst the posterior gonopods are only
one-jointed, and spring from a strong sternite which bears a
_conspicuous median process. The Anthroleucosomide are
further distinguished from Brachychaeteuma in the fact that
the sperm appears in egg-shaped masses.

In spite of these differences I must place the genus Brachy-
chaeteuma nearer to the Anthroleucosomide and Mastigo-
phorophyllida than to any other family. One might be

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 147

tempted to regard the horn-shaped telopodites of the anterior
gonopods as a step towards the telopodites of Mastigophoro-
phyllon and its relatives, as indeed in a restricted sense they
are. That we have not, however, to do with an actual
phylogenetic development is abundantly evident from the
central fusion of the anterior gonopods of Brachychaeteuma.

Any close relationship of our genus with the families of the
Trachysomidz, Chordeumide, Orobainosomide, Verhoeffiide,
Neoatractosomide, Heterolatzeliidz and Craspedosomide can
be definitely said to be excluded.

BRACHYCHAETEUMA, n.g.

Ocelli altogether absent. Body white, without pigment.
The processes (X. 3) (verruc@ fiss@) on the lamelle linguales
near the central body are three-pointed.* In addition to the
two pairs of prominent sense organs on the inner palpus, a third
is only feebly indicated.* The labrum of the male, in addition
to the usual three middle teeth, is further characterised by a
notch on the anterior edge, so that it appears to be divided
into four points (X.2). The anterior pleurite of the head,*
which projects outwardly, possesses on the underside a rib
which is plainly toothed for its whole length (X.1); the
serration is especially conspicuous in the anterior third.*
Third to fifth pairs of legs in the male somewhat thickened.
On the pleurotergites of the abdomen the prozonites are
strongly reticulated, the metazonites for the most part smooth ;
the neighbourhood of the small prominence is rather roughened.
On the anterior side of the posterior gonopods arises a longi-
tudinal rib which extends over the region of the coxa and pre-
femur (IX. 2, £).

1 In the Orobainosomide 1 found them four-pointed.

2 The Orobainosomide possess 4 + 4 prominent sense organs on the
inner palpi.

3 In reference to the head-pleurites of the Diplopods I would refer to
the third volume of my ‘‘ Diplopoden Deutschlands,”’ 1911-12.

4 In the Ovobainosomide this rib is only faintly striated, not serrated.

148 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

Brachychaeteuma bagnalli n. sp.

Male 7 mm. long, uniformly white with a slight inclination
towards yellowish. Body not much narrowed posteriorly.
The very short dorsal bristles occur on almost all the
segments; only the three last possess somewhat longer
bristles. Prozonites showing close reticulation over a great
part of their surface. Reticulation much weaker and less
extensive on the metazonites, which are for the most part
smooth; such reticulation as they exhibit is clearest in the
neighbourhood of the small prominences (IX. 1, %). The
latter, when the segment bearing them is looked at from in
front, are seen to be slightly but definitely hooked inwards
towards the hinder bristles. When, on the contrary, the
segments are looked at from the side, it appears that most of
the prominences are decidedly hollowed out in front of the
hinder bristles. The bristles themselves spring from little
papilla, those of the inner bristles being the most weakly
developed, and those of the hinder the most strongly; the
papillae near the lateral prominence form a slight swelling
(IX. 1, 6). The anterior bristles occur on a line about mid-
way between the inner and hind bristles. On the kidney-
shaped collum the bristles are also somewhat longer than on
most of the other segments, and the lateral prominences are
wanting. The second pleurotergite, unlike any of the other
abdominal segments, possesses small lateral keels, which end
off anteriorly at an obtuse angle from the surface of the
tergite, and bear posteriorly on their inner side, on a pro-
~minence, the hind bristles. The collum and the second
pleurotergite are almost completely lacking in reticulation.

Antenne bearing specially long sensory bristles, one each
‘on the second, fourth and fifth joints, two on the sixth joint;
the seventh joint with a sensory bristle which is tubularly
expanded at the base and contains exceedingly fine granules.
The sixth and seventh pairs of legs in the male are much
slenderer than the third, fourth and fifth. This is specially
seen in the seventh pair, in which the femur is hooked at an

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 149

obtuse angle against the pre-femur, and the tarsus, which is
longer and thinner, is more strongly bent back. For the rest,
however, the seventh pair of legs shows no really striking
characters; at the most, three somewhat stronger bristles on
the inside of the femur may be mentioned. Four or five
similar stiff bristles occur in the same position also on the
eighth to tenth pairs of legs. The posterior gonopods (IX. 2)
are connected by weak transverse muscles with their tracheal
pockets. They are placed upon a simple transverse depressed
sternite, which presents no special characters in its middle
part, but is somewhat expanded at each side in the neigh-
bourhood of the stigmatic groove. No considerable move-
ment of the hinder gonopods upon their sternite seems to be
provided for; the basally expanded coxites are, in fact,
attached to the sternite by a broad and three-cornered base.
The most anterior of these three corners forms a longitudinal
thickening (IX. 2, 2), which extends through the basal half of
the pre-femur, along the front of the coxite, and ends over the
stigmatic groove. Internally the coxite ends in a toothlike
projection ; otherwise however it possesses none of the dis-
tinguishing characters seen in the Orobainosomide. ‘The
longitudinal thickening has an obtuse-angled bend, though
without showing any suture between coxa and pre-femur.
This suture is completely obliterated in front, while it remains
clearly discernible behind. Over it a rounded knob from the
pre-femur projects towards the base of the appendage (IX.
3, a). For the rest, the two joints are contrasted with one
another in that the coxa is naked and distally narrowed,
whilst the pre-femur bears bristles and is narrowed proximally.
The remaining joints of the appendage are represented by a
hook let into the outer side of the end of the pre-femur and
directed backwards.

The anterior gonopods (IX. 4) form a strikingly narrow and
compressed appendage upon their much broader sternite,
which latter is somewhat trapezoidally expanded towards the
base. To give a complete description of these highly com-
plicated organs from a single example of the male is scarcely

150 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

possible; I think, however, that the following account com-
prises the most essential points. The sternite forms a ring
which completely embraces the anterior gonopods. ‘This ring
consists of two extremely dissimilar halves. The hinder half
(IX. 5, 7) is like a narrow transverse buckle somewhat broken
in the middle line and embraced at its outer ends (v) by the
much wider front half. The latter is much higher at the sides
than in the middle. The side-pieces are furthermore less
clearly marked off from the gonopods than is the middle
piece, so that it is difficult to decide whether the rounded flap
(IX. 4, a) belongs to the sternite or to the gonopod. A small
transverse furrow (x). may be regarded as the remains of a
stigmatic groove. The gonopods, which arise from within the
frame formed by this sternite, might be spoken of as a
syngonopodite, since they are more or less fused in the middle
line for nearly the whole of their length. When looked at
either from in front or behind, two parts are clearly discernible,
separated from one another by a strong groove; in corres-
pondence with those of many other representatives of the
Ascospermophora, these two divisions may be described as
coxite and telopodite. The fusion of the coxites to form a
syncoxite is very pronounced both in front and behind, whilst
the telopodites are united with one another only in their basal
half.

_ Anteriorly the syncoxite appears as a transverse piece which
rises in the middle line as a long unpaired slender finger, and
at either side forms a broad hook bending over towards the
middle. Posteriorly the syncoxite is more strongly raised,
and consists of two paired pieces forming strong knobs ex-
ternally and horns internally. The knobs (zo), which are
almost triangular and rounded at the ends, are scarcely visible
from in front, whilst the horns (co) project far out at the sides,
but in their basal half are brought closely together in the
middle line. Behind the horns the syncoxite is divided from
the telopodites by a deep groove (IX. 4, /o) on each side.
Anteriorly, behind the cross-ridge of the syncoxite, there is
seen a transverse furrow, which both externally at each side

A i ae

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND I51

and distally between the telopodites is drawn out as a channel.
Although the telopodites are sharply enough marked off from
the syncoxite, they do not appear to be capable of any move-
ment upon the latter ; their fusion with the syncoxite is evident
both from in front and behind in the depth of the channel-like
groove.

The telopodite may best be compared with two inverted
drinking-horns grown together where they expand to form the
cup. Their cavities are almost hemispherically shaped, and
obviously serve for the reception of the sperm. ‘This
assumption is at any rate fully justified by analogy with other
Diplopods, in which sperm has often been detected in similar
cavities of the gonopods. ‘The cavities are well protected
through the fact that their openings are directed basally, and
that the three processes on the front ridge of the syncoxite
rise up opposite to them. Strong muscles run from the crests
of the sternite of the anterior gonopod to the base of the side
processes in front of the syncoxite, and to internal pegs (2)
which occur between these processes and the sternite.

Occurrence: For the single known example of this genus—
a male—I am indebted to Mr. R. S. Bagnall, who collected it
in Gibside, Co. Durham, in the North of England. Gibside
is an old piece of woodland chiefly consisting of beeches.
Its occurrence in such a situation is evidence that we are
dealing with a form which is truly endemic in England.

The discovery is of very special interest, and is important
both from a geographical and a biological point of view ;
geographically, because this form is up to the present quite
isolated, and England during the Ice Age was furthermore
only free from ice in its most southerly part; biologically,
because so far, among the many Ascospermophora, only
a single blind form has been found at the surface of
the ground, viz., the still very problematical “ Scotherpes”
mamillatum of E. Haase from Upper Silesia. Unfortunately
Haase (according to his own account), in making his prepara-
tion of this precious animal, lost certain organs, so that his

152 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

description of it is very incomplete; but his fig. 4 apparently
represents posterior gonopods, and in that case points rather
to a relationship with the Anthroleucosomide than with
Brachychaeteuma. In general appearance Haase’s animal is
distinguished by “light reddish brown” coloration and strong
dorsal bristles, and is therefore unlike B. dagnalli.

Titanosoma jurassicum Verh.

In the “ Zoologischer Anzeiger,” 1910, nos. 6 and 7, in my
forty-second paper on Diplopods, ‘Neue Polydesmiden aus
Mitteleuropa und ihre Verwandten,” I described amongst
others, on pages 142-144, the new genus Z7¢anosoma, based
upon a representative of the Polydesmoidea discovered near
Kehlheim in the valley of the Danube. In the summer of
rgi1 I received from Mr. R. S. Bagnall a series of very small
Polydesmids which he had collected in the Wear Valley in the
North of England. These occurred in some numbers near
Fencehouses, Co. Durham, in a restricted area in an old
wooded dene opening into the river Wear. Since then single
examples have been taken by the same captor on the Wear
banks near Penshaw, and at Gibside in the Derwent Valley,
all in the county of Durham.*

It appears that we have here once more to do with a
Diplopod with parthenogenetic reproduction, like several
others which, as is well known, we have become acquainted
with in recent years. In addition to ten larve in different
‘stages, there were about thirty females with nineteen
abdominal segments, but not a single male nor any larve of
males. In these females with nineteen segments I have like-
wise not detected vulve. These English specimens agree so
completely with my type from the Danube district that I am
unable to point out the slightest distinction between them.

In completion of my previous description, for which I had

1 Later records sent by Mr. Bagnall: one female in garden, Penshaw,
and a few in garden at Oxford, including a young example of the male.

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 153

only a single female at my disposal, I should like to add the
following particulars. My previous supposition that Zyztano-
soma reaches a stage with twenty abdominal segments, and
that therefore my type specimen represented the last larval
stage, appears very improbable in view of the fact that I now
have numerous examples with nineteen segments, but none at
all with twenty. The fact that I detected no vulve might be
partly due to their small size, partly to the parthenogenetic
reproduction.

If adult Zitanosome have nineteen abdominal segments, we
must regard Brolemann’s MMJacrosternodesmus as the most
nearly related genus. As characterising this genus in contra-
distinction to Zitanosoma the following particulars are all that
can be brought forward for the time being :

“Tous les téguments présentent une structure réticulée,
due, semble-t-il, a de minuscules verrues plates, régulitrement
distribuées sur toute la surface ; sur les prozonites ces verrues
sont orienteés longitudinalement, de facon a former des
rangées transversales.” ‘Somite préanal long, en forme de
grand crochet rapidement aminci et courbé vers le sol; sa
pointe tronquée dépasse le niveau du bord des valves anales,
qui sont cependant tres proéminentes.”

In Macrosternodesmus it therefore appears that the pleuro-
tergites, and especially the prozonites, possess a much stouter
structure than in Z7zfanosoma, since this form shows dorsal
plates which are for the most part smooth ; only under strong
magnification (about two hundred and twenty diameters) is it
possible to see here and there a fine reticulation, which is
most clearly recognisable as a wavy cross-furrowing in front
of the transverse. constriction. In the neighbourhood of the
pleure, and especially above the stigmata, the reticulation is
much plainer. The anal segment of Zifanosoma is un-
questionably different from that of Macrosternodesmus
palicolus. In side view the process of the telson appears
short and rounded, somewhat thickened at the end, and not
bent towards the underside. On the dorsal side of the telson

154 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

there are sixteen bristles, viz., 4 + 4 in the middle part, 2+ 2
above the end on small papillz, 2 on the end itself and 2 close
under it. ‘The bristles of the most anterior row are shorter
than the rest. There is no doubt therefore in regard to a
specific difference between fadicolus Brol. and jurassicum
Verh. On the other hand a generic union of Macrosterno-
desmus and Titanosoma is still a matter for consideration. In
regard to this only a more detailed description of the position
of the defence glands in the former genus can make a decision
possible.

The fact that I succeeded in detecting well-developed eggs
in several Z7ztanosome with nineteen segments may be taken
as removing the last doubt as to these animals being really
sexually mature. The condition of these eggs is furthermore
of special interest. In the female from Kehlheim they are five
in number and thickly packed with yolk globules, round to
oval in shape, slightly separated from one another, arranged
in line one behind the other, and, so disposed, measuring
together half to two-thirds of the width of a segment. They
occur in the region of the twelfth to the sixteenth segments.
In two of the females from England I found only four similar
eggs in each, likewise in the region of the twelfth to sixteenth
segments. Here, however, they appeared two by two, pressed
together by their ends to such an extent as to produce flatten-
ing, and much more drawn out in shape, for the most part
one and a half to two times longer than broad. ‘This linear
arrangement of a small number of eggs is in striking contrast
to what has been observed up to the present in other
Diplopods, most of which are capable of laying forty to two
hundred eggs. There is here further a noteworthy biological
parallelism with certain small land Isopods, especially with
many Trichoniscide, which in similar contrast to their larger
relations carry only a few embryos in their brood-pouches.
In the case of Z7¢anosoma there appears to be a still more
scanty progeny, and this circumstance, in conjunction with
the small powers of locomotion of such delicate and extremely
small representatives of the Polydesmoidea, is probably

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 155

sufficient to explain the rare and sporadic occurrence of these
remarkable millipedes.

The Larval Stages of Titanosoma.

It is owing to the care with which Mr. Bagnall collected
these Diplopods in the field that I have been able to bring
together a complete developmental series. I give in the first
place the following summary :—

Ist larva with 3 pairs of legs, 7 abdominal segments,? 5 antennal joints.

2nd aA 6 3 ie) 39 7 »”
3rd - II Pe 12 a 7 a
4th 38 17 5 15 Fi ai 99
Sth 66 21 55 17 5 8 3
6th oe Be ee 18 35 8 56
yth. Adult 29 i 19 Ms § 19

The appendages of the first larva are as follows :—

Collum-segment o pair of legs.
2nd abdominal segment I 3
3rd ey) ” I 2)
4th » » I »
5th re aA 508 Sj AO 59
6th as Ae fo) ig
Pre-anal and anal segment... fo) 30

The number of appendages of the abdomen agrees there-
fore in the first larval stage with those of Polydesmus. On the
contrary, in many of the first larvee of other Diplopods only a
single segment without limbs occurs between the telson and
the third limb-bearing segment: this is the case for example
in the Zhaumaporatia \arve which I investigated last year.

The first larvee of Z7¢anosoma are distinguished from all the
others by the characters of their bristles ; for whilst the second
to sixth larve show, like the adults, exceedingly short bristles
on the pleurotergites, the first larva possesses much longer
bristles. Their arrangement in three rows is the same as in
subsequent stages, but the individual bristles are not only
two to three times longer than in these stages, but are also

1 The telson is reckoned as a single segment.

156 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

gradually thickened towards the end and slightly grooved
longitudinally at the end itself.

If we compare this stage of Z7%tanosoma with the same stage,
already well-known, of Polydesmus, and especially with the
one given by Latzel on page 52 of his work on Diplopods, we
find an agreement in many details. In two points however
there is an important difference; firstly in that the second
Polydesmus-larve possess only “nine” abdominal segments,
but especially in the dissimilar increase in the number of
pairs of legs. In the possession of three, six, eleven and
seventeen pairs of legs in the first to the fourth larval stages
there is agreement between the two genera; but in Polydesmus
the fifth to the seventh larvze increase their pairs of legs in the
female from twenty-three to twenty-seven and twenty-nine,
whilst it is remarkable that the fifth and sixth Zvtanosoma
larve lag behind, with twenty-one and twenty-three pairs of
legs respectively. Still more remarkable, and conclusive as
evidence of sexual maturity, is the fact that Z7z¢axosoma in the
seventh stage suddenly acquires twenty-nine pairs of legs. It
will be seen further from what has already been said that a
condition with four (five) legless posterior segments continues
uniformly in Z7¢anosoma from the second to the sixth larval
stage. On the basis of the statements made above, the
Titanosoma larve may easily be separated into the following
divisions :—

(a) Large bristles a

(HOS [DIT EANSSH (> odooooosa0cnans | san6a000000 soooDba00NCOE Ist larva

5-jointed antennz

7-jointed
antennze 2nd-4th larva
4 (5) legless pos-

(b) Small bristles on terior segments
the pleurotergites ; 8-jointed
7-8 jointed antennz antennz 5th—6th larva
2 (3) legless pos-
(HMO! SSNS MESS oooadcncccdsoncabab00e Adult with 19
abdominal
segments

The jointing of the antennze of Z7¢anosoma deserves special
consideration, because it offers us a favourable opportunity of

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 157

studying the growth of these organs. In the last few years
I have repeatedly dealt. with this increase of the antennal
joints in the larve, and in connexion with the larve of
Thaumaporatia* I came to the following conclusion: “a
comparison of the first larva with the adults and with the later
stages of development shows that the later seven-jointed
larval antenne arise from the five-jointed through the division
of the second and third joints.” It may be pointed out as
particularly interesting that the process of growth in the
antenne of Z7fanosoma is somewhat different : in this genus
it is not the second and third joints, but the first and
second which undergo division. For whilst in the first larva
of Thaumaporatia the first joint of the antenna is extremely
short and disc-shaped, and therefore very unsuited for a later
division, the second joint is not only very slender, but shows
already a clear indication of a later constriction, and in the
third joint the slender basal third also points to a subsequent
segmentation.

In Z7tanosoma on the contrary the first antennal joint of the
first larva is not only decidedly larger, but it indicates clearly
that a division is to follow, in that it shows externally an
obtuse-angled nick. Behind this nick it bears bristles, in
front of it it is naked. The somewhat club-shaped second
joint is scarcely longer than the first, and already bears above
the end a sense organ. ‘The third joint is obviously identical
with the sixth joint of the adult antenna—not only in its
spherical shape, but also in its great width and in the
possession of a group of sense organs. Now since in the
adult antenna the sense organs appear on the fifth and sixth
joints, it appears perfectly plain that in Z7¢anosoma the whole
increase in the number of antennal joints takes place in the
basal half. And since the first larva with five-jointed antennze
is followed by a second larva with seven-jointed antenne, it
appears that the latter arise from the former through the first
and second joints being each divided into two by a transverse

1 See Nova Acta der deutschen Academie der Naturforscher, Halle,
1910, pp. 116-117.

158 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

constriction. It will be evident from what has been said
above, that no part in the increase can be taken by the broad
and spherical third joint of the first larva. The seven-jointed
Titanosoma antenne are then converted into eight-jointed
antenne through the second joint dividing once more into
two, as may be inferred from the fact that the second joint, in
the second to the fourth larvee, undergoes a lengthening, and
that in the fourth larva it is twice as long as the first and third
joints, and has no bristles on the basal half. The same con-
clusion follows moreover from the fact that in the fifth larva,
with eight-jointed antenne, the second and third joints are
each only slightly longer than the fourth, simply because these
second and third joints have arisen from the division of the
former second. With the complete material available, there-
fore, the development of the antenne in Z7¢anosoma is clear
beyond any doubt, so that I am able to present it in the form
of the following table :—

§-jointed antenne ... I | 2 | Breil at
7-jointed antenne ...|_ I | 2 | Bg A | Bo Oey,
8-jointed antennz...| 1 | 28 | hee | Gj GF V3

In spite of the differences which have been described, the
following common features in the development of the antennz
in the Diplopods may be regarded as established :—

1. The growth of the antennz is distinctively post-basal.

2. The two last antennal joints (the seventh and eighth),
including the sense organs of the last one, are already
developed in their final form in the first larva.

3. The sixth antennal joint is also, at least as regards its
distal half, developed in final form in the first larval
Stage.

4. The further constricting-off of joints in the basal half of
the antennz may proceed in different ways, but the
original second joint always undergoes a division
later.

os a ee

eI cet oS oe bs Bit Se <p ee ae

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 159

I would here refer to my determinations regarding the

development of the antennz in the Dermaptera,* which in
comparison with the Diplopods present us with features both
of agreement and difference. The antennz of the Dermaptera
behave differently in that the peduncle, and also the basal
joint of the flagellum, possess their final form from the
beginning, and the peduncle stands in strong contrast in
structure and function to the rest of the antenna. The
development is also different in the fact that the original third
joint (the second of the flagellum) alone undergoes further
division. ‘There is agreement, however, in regard to the zone
in which growth takes place, since in these insects also it
must be described as post-basal.

The post-basal growth of the antennz is in complete
contrast with the growth of vegetable shoots. For whilst in
the latter we find the youngest portion (the vegetating-point)
at the end, and the older parts lower down, in the antenne of
the Diplopods and Dermaptera the oldest joints occur for the
most part at the point, and the younger joints insert them-
selves between the base and the middle. This process of
growth of the antenne is also interesting in that it is analogous
with the method of increase in the number of the abdominal
segments, for the most recent of the segments formed from
the budding zone insert themselves between the telson and
the rest of the body.

Polymicrodon latzeli Verh.

In 1891, when I was a student, in my “ Beitrag zur mitteleuro-
paischen Diplopodenfauna,”” I described amongst others, on
page 127, an “ A¢ractosoma” latzeli from the South of England
(probably from the neighbourhood of London), of which I

1 See Nova Acta der deutschen Academie der Naturforscher, Halle,
1904, pp. 16-20, in my paper ‘‘ Ueber vergleich. Morphologie des Kopfes

niederer Insecten, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Dermapteren und

Thysanuren, nebst biologisch-physiologischen Beitrigen.”’

? Berlin, entomol. Zeitschr., 1891, H. 1, pp. 115-166.

160 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

only had at my disposal a single and not very well preserved
male example. When I subsequently, in 1897, undertook for
the first time a thorough re-investigation of the genera of the
Ascospermophora, in the fifth paper of my “ Beitrige zur
Kenntniss palaarct. Myriap.”*, I instituted for this “ Atracto-
soma” latzeli the genus Polymicrodon. I had before me, how-
ever, some further species from the Balkan Peninsula, which I
separated from Folymicrodon s. Str. as a second sub-genus
Dyocerasoma. From Mr. Bagnall I have received a series of
Polymicrodon from various localities in the North of England,
and among them are two adult males which enable me to
complete our knowledge of this genus in several particulars.
I was able especially to convince myself that Polymicrodon
is at least as closely related to Macheiriophoron as to
Dyocerasoma, and that the latter must be completely separated
from Polymicrodon as an independent genus.

I have come to the conclusion, further, that my first account
of Zafze/i, written in 1891, is incorrect in certain points, unless
we are dealing with a second English species of Polymzcrodon,
which I consider unlikely, because the specimens from the
North of England, though showing among themselves a few
slight and unimportant differences, agree in the main with the
typical /a¢zelz from France.

In 1895, in no. 476 of the “ Zoolog. Anzeiger,” I described
in my “Aphorismen,” etc., from Boran-sur-Oise a Jafzelz
gallicum, and in 1896 I published figures illustrating it in the
fourth paper of my “ Beitrage,”” plate 14, figures 63 and 64.
Figure 64, showing the anterior gonopods, agrees so com-
pletely with those of the specimens from the North of England
that I am led to the conclusion that my figures 4 and 5 in the
Berlin. entom. Zeitschr., 1891, are diagrammatic, or that
incorrectness has been introduced through maceration and
distortion of the specimen. ‘The particular differences, there-
fore, on the strength of which I separated the sub-species
gallicum 1 no longer consider valid. If it should prove, how-

1 Berlin. Archiv f. Naturgesch., 1897, Bd. 1, H. 2, pp. 129-138.
2 Archiv fiir Naturgesch., 1896, Bd. 1, H. 3.

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 161

ever, that these French examples do represent a distinct form,
this distinction must be renewed and confirmed by other
characters which are dealt with in what follows.

The relationship of Polymicrodon latzeli with Macheirio-
phoron is expressed in both gonopod segments. I would here
refer especially to my thirty-seventh paper on the Diplopods,*
on “ Deutsche Craspedosomiden,” since I have there con-
cerned myself specially with AZachetriophoron. The coxites of
the anterior gonopods in this genus I have discussed on pages
28 and 29, where I state, “‘the coxites remind one not a little
of those of Polymicrodon; they possess especially, like those
of that genus, a comb-like section, which in Macheiriophoron
is placed upon a laterally compressed leaf-like structure which
I will call the sickle-plate, because it is always hooked over
towards the rear more or less in the form of a sickle, with a
process directed backwards. Anteriorly these coxites are
hollowed out into thick flaps, whilst at the base of the sickle-
plates a side-arm rises up.” ‘These laterally compressed sickle-
plates, which with their processes and points are backwardly
directed, remain in Macheiriophoron completely separated in
the middle line, so that in this genus we cannot speak of a
syncoxite. Although there is a distinct syncoxite in Poly-
microdon, there is yet a resemblance in many points with the
coxites of MMJachetriophoron, for here also we have parts
which we can not only describe as sickle-plates, but which
correspond in structure; for we have, as illustrated in
pl. X., fig. 4, a comb-like section (gv), a large, pointed process
(s) projecting over it, a deep cavity formed by these two parts,
and at the proximal side of the cavity a shorter process (sz),
and finally also thick cushions (/) at the base of the coxites.

We must not, however, forget a number of considerable
differences from Machetriophoron, and these appear in the fact
that in the cavity of the sickle-plates there stand, not short
and simple points, but long rod-like awns, whilst shorter
spikes, easily overlooked (X. 6, 4), project at the base of
these awns. Further, the sickle-plate does not end in two

1 Sitzungsberichte d. Gesellsch. nat. Freunde, N. 1, 1910, Berlin.
K

162 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

projections, on to the interior of which the points extend more
or less, but there is a single long process sharply marked off
from the section bearing the awns. The most important
difference lies, however, in the structure of the syncoxite, the
peculiarities of which may be appreciated from pl. X., fig. 5.
The coxites of Polymicrodon, precisely because they are united
into a syncoxite, give one a very different impression according
as they are looked at from in front or behind or in profile. Fig.
5 shows the syncoxite from almost exactly behind, so that it
is easy to recognise that a complete union between the two
halves has taken place in the middle line right to the base of
the long distal processes. The syncoxite ends in a rounded
median flap (2), and basally also there is a small flap (Z) to be
observed between the processes. By suitable preparation it is
possible to tear apart the halves of the syncoxite; one can
then recognise at the base of the distal processes the spot at
which the two halves have been torn asunder (X. 4, x).

The hinder gonopod-sternite and the vestiges of the hinder
gonopods I have figured for /atzel gallicum in the Archiv f.
Nat., 1896, plate 14, fig. 63. I can here only state that this
figure represents the corresponding organs of the specimens
from the North of England almost perfectly. This hinder
gonopod-sternite, together with the remains of the gonopods,
differs from that of Macheiriophoron in the absence of a
median sternal spine and the absence of coxal spines. The
sternite is proportionately altogether more developed, and the
remains of the gonopods are weaker, being embraced both
internally and externally by portions of the sternite. In place
of the median sternal spine there is in Polymicrodon a large
median saddle-shaped process, that is to say, a broad process
which is divided into two lateral processes by a deep excava-
tion in the middle. External processes of the sternite embrace
the gonopod-knobs from without and rise up in the form of
pegs; their ends are somewhat hooked over towards the
exterior. The hinder gonopods are therefore, in comparison
with those of MJachetriophoron, much less developed ; they
either form a mere rounded knob upon the end of which a

Se a en ee

p too PE ~

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 163

more or less evident vestige is to be found, or instead of this
rudiment of a telopodite there appears a small, strongly
pigmented joint, forming a sort of knot on the coxal knob.
In this case there is to be seen at the end of the knot a faint
indication of still another joint.

As regards P. latzeli gallicum, its justification as a sub-
species must be tested by means of a longer series of speci-
mens. As points of difference from the typical /afze/z I am at
present able to name only the following: there are no flaps
between the distal processes of the syncoxite; the excavation
in the saddle-like process on the sternite of the hinder
gonopod-segment is deeper.

- The cheirites of Polymicrodon (X. 7) are very peculiar ;
they agree with those of AZachetriophoron in the presence of a
projecting process hooked backwards at the end, but this is
found in a different position in the two forms, in Polymicrodon
at the end, in MJZachetriophoron at the base. Altogether, in
fact, the two cheirites are very differently constructed, that
of Macheiriophoron strongly inflated, that of Polymicrodon
hollowed out posteriorly, and the cavity (X. 7, fo) overhung
by a striated flap (40). The distal process is bent back
towards the flap and the cavity in the form of a grapnel.

Let us now glance again at the genus Dyocerasoma. The
cheirites possess neither the inflation of Macheiriophoron nor
the grapnel and the striated flap of Polymicrodon; on the
syncoxite there are in the middle two or three flaps, and on
either side there is a serrated plate, which certainly recalls the
sickle-plate of those genera, but is not overhung by any
process. Dyocerasoma is especially different from Polymi-
crodon and Machetriophoron in respect of the sternite and the
joints of the posterior gonopod segment; for the sternite is
depressed and bears no processes either externally or in-
ternally ; while the joints are developed in the form of large
coxites, which come into contact in the middle line at their
base, and distally are gradually drawn out into a process.
Of a clearly defined telopodite there is nothing to be seen.

164 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

The following notes may be given in regard to a few other
characters of Polymicrodon: Inner palpus of the gnathochi-
larium with four to five sensory processes on each side.
Promentum sharply marked off from the mentum by a furrow.
Grooved papillz broad, three-pointed. Third to eleventh
pairs of legs in the male provided with sucker-discs, which on
the eighth to eleventh occupy almost the whole of the distal
half, but leave the thin portion of the distal claw free. The
coxal sacs of the eighth and ninth pairs of legs are strikingly
small and contain a fine-grained sperm. ‘There are no other
special characters in the third to the eleventh pairs of legs.
The inferior margin of the seventh pleurotergite of the male is
somewhat hollowed out in two places, more strongly in front
than behind, and standing out in a rounded projection
between the two excavations.

The form and structure of the abdominal segments in the
genera of Craspedosomidz with which we are here concerned
I have already discussed on pages 24 and 25 of my 37th
paper; I have there emphasised the fact that it is Macheirio-
phoron which is especially distinguished from its relatives in
these respects. In /olymicrodon the lateral keels of the
abdominal segments are broad, and posteriorly have an
almost straight margin. They are further distinguished by
specially deep marginal grooves, which are best seen when
the specimen is held transversely to the direction of the light.
From the side the marginal groove is seen to run from the
anterior to the posterior bristle; the latter is placed on a
little papilla which plainly projects over the posterior border
towards the rear. (In Machetriophoron not only is the
marginal groove weaker, but from the side the papilla of the
posterior bristle is not seen to project, because the lateral
keels are so strongly bent outwards obliquely towards the
front.) The posterior edge of the pleurotergites in Polymi-
crodon runs almost straight in the middle, and forms on each
side an obtuse angle with the almost straight hinder edge of
the lateral keel, whilst in Alachetriophoron the posterior edge
runs in curves, a rounded flap projecting on each side, and

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 165

the middle being deeply excavated. It is therefore a circum-
stance worth noting, in conjunction with the relationships
already discussed between Polymicrodon and Machetriophoron,
that it is perfectly possible to distinguish the two genera with
a lens at the first glance by the shape of the pleurotergites.

I have not been able to recognise spermatophores with
certainty within the gonopods, but the anterior gonopods
appear to be specially adapted for the reception of such, since
on the one hand they can be clasped between the grooves and
the grapnel, and on the other hand they can also be secured
behind the syncoxite underneath the distal processes and
between the two rows of awns, in such a way that the parts of
the hinder gonopod-segment form an opposing bed.

Distribution: The new locality for Polymicrodon latzelz in
the North of England is very noteworthy from the zoogeo-
graphical point of view, since this is the first time that a
Craspedosomid of ‘“ Atractosoma-habit” has been recorded
from the northern region affected by the Ice Age. This is by
far the most northerly record for any such Craspedosomid.

Larve of Polymicrodon: In my forty-fourth Diplopod

paper’ I gave for the first time a key to the larve with 23, 26,
or 28 abdominal segments, belonging to the genera Ceratosoma,
Macheiriophoron, Orotrechosoma, Helvetiosoma and Craspedo-
soma. ‘The larvee of Polymicrodon should be embodied in this
key, and the following therefore is a completion of it.

The Polymicrodon \arve have no longitudinal black bands
on the back or low down on the sides; the collum and lateral
keels are therefore not strikingly distinguished by their light
colour. The animals appear on the contrary for the most
part of a uniform grey or brown. All dorsal bristles long,
strong and hooked, the inner ones projecting over the hinder
border of the pleurotergite. On the upper part of the hinder
border of the segments the projecting tubercles are weak, and
are not associated near the middle line with any grooves, but

1 Zur Kenntnis der Craspedosomiden-Gattungen Helvetiosoma und
Orotrechosoma. Zoolog. Anzeiger, June, 1911, page 27.

166 DR. K. W. VERHOEFF ON BRACHYCHAETEUMA,

with the close reticulation.

The legs of the larve have no

pointed tubercles. If, now, we disregard Dyocerasoma, the
larvee of which have not been particularly investigated, the
larvee of Polymicrodon come nearest, among the five genera
named above, to those of Macheiriophoron. They may,
however, be distinguished by the following characters :—

Machetriophoron Larve.

On the lateral keels there are
raised longitudinal beads, hollowed
out by a groove internally, and
sharply marked off externally by a
deep longitudinal furrow. These
longitudinal beads bend posteriorly
and internally obliquely towards the
hinder border of the segment. The
lateral keels are somewhat obliquely
bent outwards anteriorly. The
tubercles of the posterior bristles

Polymicrodon Larve.

The lateral keels are less arched
and have no longitudinal beads
hollowed out internally, though ex-
ternally there is a very deep longi-
tudinal furrow. The lateral keels
are anteriorly directed only slightly
outwards. The tubercles of the
posterior bristles are stronger, and
when looked at from the side are
clearly seen to project somewhat
backwards.

do not project backwards. The
longitudinal beads are anteriorly
rounded, prominent and wide, pos-
teriorly strongly narrowed in the
form of fingers.

The differences in the larve partially correspond, therefore,
to those of the adults. The dorsal sculpture of the larvze is in
Polymicrodon coarser than that of the adults, whilst in the
shape of the hinder borders of the segments there is no
striking difference between larve and adult males. This is in
contrast with the corresponding conditions in A/acheiriophoron.
The larve of Polymicrodon are easily separated from those
of Craspedosoma and Ffelvetiosoma by their sculpture; but
apart from this character the Polymicrodon larve are still
further distinguished by their much smoother dorsal surface.
They are furthermore distinguished from the larvee of Cvasfe-
dosoma by the deeper longitudinal furrows on the lateral keels,
and from the larve of elvetiosoma by the absence of tubercles
on the coxa, prefemur and femur of the walking legs.

Ear sak

Fig. 1.

29

29

29

Figs. I-3.
Fig.

TITANOSOMA AND POLYMICRODON IN ENGLAND 167

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE IX.

BRACHYCHAETEUMA BAGNALLI, nov. gen. et sp., Verh., male.

2.

3:

4.

5.

I.

Go

Left pleurotergite of the third abdominal segment, seen from
above, X 220; #2 prozonite, mz metazonite, % lateral pro-
minence, 4 anterior bristle, 4z posterior bristle.

Left posterior gonopod with sternite, seen from in front, x 220;
co coxite, grf prefemur, ¢7¢ tracheal pocket, ¢7 tracheze, haz
transverse muscle, % rib on coxite and prefemur, s¢ stigma.

Coxa and neighbouring process (a) of the prefemur of a hinder
gonopod, seen from behind, x 125.

Anterior gonopod with sternite, seen from in front, x 220; 2 peg,
a flap, Zr lateral processes, and d middle process of the syncoxite,
m and mz muscles from the support (¢v¢) to the syncoxite ; /o
transverse groove-like hollow between the syncoxite and the
telopodites, the latter resembling drinking horns and possessing
at their base a sac-like cavity (¢rgr); w beaded edge of the
latter.

Syncoxite of the anterior gonopods, represented from behind,
xX 125; co horn-like processes, 7o lateral thickenings, g trans-

verse buckle-piece.
PLATE X.
BRACHYCHAETEUMA BAGNALLI, nov. gen. et sp., Verh., male.

Right pleurite of the head (cheek-piece), seen from below, x 220;
wk inferior groove, bounded externally by serrated rib ;
pl anterior pleurite, Z/z posterior pleurite.

Labrum of the male, with notched flaps at the sides, x 220.

Inner palpus, central-body, and processes (Spaltwarzen 3 verruce
jiss@) on the anterior border of the lamellz linguales, x 220.

Figs. 4-7. POLYMICRODON LATZELI, Verh.

One half of the syncoxite of the anterior gonopod, seen from
without, X 125; ¢7 row of awns, s spinous process, z tooth-
like process, # cushion.

A complete syncoxite seen from behind and somewhat from the
side, X 125. (References as above).

A few of the awns of the syncoxite with the small spines at their
base, seen from without, x 220.

A cheirite seen from the inside, x 125; 2 the grapnel, /o the
striated flap, fo the groove between the flap and the stem of the

cheirite,

168 DR. G. S. BRADY ON DIAPTOMUS SANCTI PATRICII

An Amended Description of Diaptomus Sancti Patricii.

By G. STEwarpDson Brapy, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.
(Plate XI.).

In a recent volume of the ‘‘ Proceedings of the Royal Irish
Academy,”* attention has been called to the imperfect
description of a fresh-water Entromostracan—Dzaptomus
Sancti Fatricti—published by me in the “ Natural History
Transactions of Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle-
upon-Tyne,” vol. xi., 1891. This description was necessarily
imperfect owing to the scanty material then available, but
having recently (1909) re-discovered the species in Westmor-
Jand I propose now to describe it more fully.

Mr. Scourfield’s remarks are as _ follows—‘“ Dzaptomus
Sancti Patricit Brady. It is very unfortunate that this species
is not more certainly characterized, and that it should not
have been recognized since first taken by Brady in Connemara.
If it is really distinct from D. lacznzatus it is one of the very
few species peculiar to the British Isles. If, on the other
hand, it is identical with that species, it is still one of the forms
linking the West of Ireland with Scotland and Scandinavia.”

Diaptomus Sancti Patricii G. S. Brady. Plate XI.

Female.—Length 12 mm. Body slender; seen dorsally the
anterior portion (cephalothorax) about three times as long as
broad ; its anterior extremity obtusely rounded, posterior sub-
truncate, with acutely produced lateral angles, each ending in
a short spine. Genital segment of the abdomen about twice
as long as the combined length of the two following segments,
considerably dilated in front, and bearing a spine-like bristle.
on each side; caudal rami short, not much longer than broad.
Anterior antennz very slender, extending, when reflexed,
beyond the apices of the caudal sete. Basal joint of the last

* Clare Island Survey, Part 46. Fresh-water Entomostraca by D. J.
Scourfield (Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, volume xxxi.).

DR. G. S. BRADY ON DIAPTOMUS SANCTI PATRICII 169

pair of legs much dilated, and having its outer margin pro-
duced into a strong hook-like process ; inner branch short,
distinctly bi-articulate, not much more than half as long as
the first joint of the outer branch, the median joint of which
terminates as usual in a strong claw-like process; last joint
very small, reaching only about one-fourth as far as the
terminal claw. Ovisacs large, rounded, and containing a
small number of ova—usually six or seven.

Male.—Somewhat more slender than the female. Right
anterior antenna considerably dilated in the middle, tenth
and eleventh joints each bearing a small spine on the outer
margin, thirteenth joint small and unarmed, fourteenth with
a very large and strong spine, the three following joints
(15-17) much dilated and bearing a few strong hairs and
denticles, antepenultimate and terminal segments simple,
filiform, devoid of lateral prominences. Last pair of legs
large, the right much the larger of the two, its inner ramus
simple, digitiform, much shorter than the terminal joint of the
outer ramus, the distal joint of which is more than twice as
long as broad, has a long spine attached near the middle of
its outer edge, and a long simply curved apical claw; left leg
extending somewhat beyond the two proximal joints of the
right leg, the second joint wide, its inner margin very tumid
but without any distinct angle; and bearing in addition to the
simply curved, elongated terminal joint, an additional very
short laminar appendage, which is not more than half as long
as the terminal joint. Length of the body slightly less than
that of the female.

In the original description of D. Sancti Patricii ] suggested
that its nearest described relative was probably D. laciniatus
Lilljeborg. This was a mistaken view, D. laciniatus being
separable from it at a glance by the “laciniated” character of
the posterior body segments. ‘The species which most nearly
approach D. Sancti Patrica are D. gracilis and D. graciloides :
from the former it is distinguished by the strongly spined
right anterior antenna of the male, which is likewise destitute

170 DR. G. S. BRADY ON DIAPTOMUS SANCTI PATRICII

of any lateral process on its antepenultimate joint—also by
slight differences in the left fifth foot of the male; from D.
graciloides by the contour of the hinder body segments as well
as by the character of the antenne and fifth foot of the male.

The type specimens of D. Sancti Patricia were taken in
1865 in some of the small fresh-water loughs of Connemara.
Since that time it has not been observed until three years ago
(1909) when I found it abundantly in a pond at Heversham,
Westmorland.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
Fig. 1. Female seen dorsally x 84.
2. Male seen from right side x 84.
Median portion of right anterior antenna of male X 240

Fifth pair of feet of male xX I50.

moe y

Fifth foot of female x 300.

FURTHER RECORDS OF SOME BRITISH SYMPHYLA I7I

further Records of some British Symphyla, with description
of a New Species.

By Ricsarp S. BaGNaLt, F.L.S., F.E.S.
(Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford).

Since my papers on the British species of this interesting
Order were published I have had the opportunity of
examining further material from various parts of Great
-Britain. This material consists of very many specimens
collected by myself in the Wear and Derwent Valleys, in the
Cheviot district and in Tynedale, and a few from Whitby,
Oxford, the Clyde and Forth areas of Scotland, etc.
Dr. Randell Jackson has submitted several interesting
species, including examples of a new and distinct form
of Scolopendrella from Cheshire, and Mr. Evans is now
collecting material in the Forth area with his well-known
energy and success. To these friends I would wish to
express my warm thanks for allowing me to examine such
interesting material, and also to Mr. Hirst of the British
Museum for a tube of specimens from Devonshire.

The examination of such material has shown that many of
the species I recently brought forward are not really un-
common, and are also of wide distribution.

The following table shows the distribution as at present
known of the British species in the areas in which they have
received at least moderate attention, each district or county
(excepting Cheshire) being also subdivided to add to the
interest of the table and local workers :—

MR. RICHARD S. BAGNALL ON

puryuy | svod

(sp10901 soa,
wleyinq SuIpnjout)

172

Kaye A.

Seat} wap, | Juam | ysvog

-19q

wWeyAngd

Pose] IXeses |
}+++]4+4++

| +4+44++

pue[ioqtunyy10 NT

““USeg welissigieUnle “5
‘useg uzijvI1Iap °S
UssUBET SievS7N2 *S

“Use Vpl4toy *S
‘useg 2zosyovl +5

“ USeg sasuaujaunp “5

ne ISSBID) ayjagnse “Ss
uasuBEy vpmugns “5
“AIOD) VYJUVIVIOU “5

VITHAANAdAOTOOS

udsuB ET viLvpjV? *S
‘useg zeasivy “5

“useg VzvqNISIQ “Ss
‘useg sagiudgs 5
Cdmon) vgnjnsoiuie “5

VITAUNAIILANS

VIAHdUNAS

FURTHER RECORDS OF SOME BRITISH SYMPHYLA 173

Of these districts Durham leads with twelve out of the
fourteen known species, followed by Scotland, Northumber-
land, and Cheshire with seven each, and Yorkshire with six
species. Cheshire possesses the two species S. ofacantha
and SS. jacksoné not met with in County Durham, and there is
no doubt that in all these areas, perhaps excepting Durham,
more species await to be recorded.

Scutigerella immaculata (Newp.)

Several found with S. dzscutafa, S. vulgaris and S. delicatula
in a garden, Chester, May, 1912 (A. Randell Jackson). Not
uncommon in a dene between Blacklaw and Wooler Moor
‘and on Westwood Moor near Wooler ; and between Riding
Mill and Stocksfield, Northumberland, May, 1912. Numerous
specimens, Avonbridge, 13. iv. 12, and a single example from
Manuel, East Stirling, 16. 11. 12 (W. Evans). Near Edin-
burgh, ix. 12 (W. Evans, R.S.B.). In the vicinity of Oxford.

Scutigerella spinipes Bagnall.

A few examples taken by Dr. A. Randell Jackson from his
garden, Chester, April, 1912, and two examples (one with ten
and the other with eleven pairs of legs) taken by Mr. Evans
at Avonbridge, Stirlingshire, 13. iv. 12. I have myself met
with further specimens this spring at Hylton and Penshaw,
Co. Durham, and at Stocksfield, Northumberland.

These are the first records from Cheshire, Northumberland
and Scotland, and an examination of this further material
absolutely confirms my opinion as to the validity of the
species, which is easily recognized by the characters named
in my diagnosis. It is probably a moderately common form.

Scutigerella biscutata Bagnall.

This distinct form has occurred several times in the neigh-
bourhood of Fencehouses and Penshaw, whilst I have taken
examples in a quarry near Hylton, on the sea banks at

174 MR. RICHARD S. BAGNALL ON

Blackhall Rocks, Co. Durham; on Westwood Moor near
Wooler, and in a Newcastle garden, Northumberland. More
recently from Gibside in the Derwent Valley.

Dr. Randell Jackson has submitted several examples from
his garden, Chester, anda single specimen from Dringle,
Cheshire, May, 1912. I have more lately received an
immature example with only 8 pairs of legs taken by Mr.
Evans at Avonbridge, Stirlingshire.

First records from Northumberland, Cheshire and the Forth
area of Scotland.

Scutigerella caldaria Hansen.

In the Winter Gardens, Sunderland, and the Botanical
Gardens at Oxford.

First record for Oxfordshire.

Scolopendrella subnuda Hansen.

NORTHUMBERLAND.—Seyveral with S. delicatula in the hills
at Skirlnaked near Wooler, and in a garden near Stocksfield-
on-Tyne.

DurHAM.—On the sea banks at Blackhall Rocks, in the
vicinity of Penshaw, and at Gibside and Winlaton Mill.

OXFORDSHIRE.—In gardens at Oxford, several examples,
November, 1911.

DEVONSHIRE.—Several examples taken by Mr. Hirst of the
British Museum.

ScoTLaAND.—A_ single example taken by myself near
Queensferry in the Forth area.

These are the first records for Northumberland, Oxfordshire,
Devonshire, and the Forth area of Scotland.

Scolopendrella dunelmensis Bagnall.
S. wsabelle var. dunelmensis Bagnall.

Occurs frequently in its original habitat at Gibside and at
another place about three-quarters of a mile away.

FURTHER RECORDS OF SOME BRITISH SYMPHYLA 175

Scolopendrella jacksoni sp. nov.

Allied to zsabelle Grassi and dunelmensis Bagn., of about
the same size and build, and differing in the chztotaxy of the
scuta, legs and cerci.

The legs of the last pair have only two long protruding
dorsal sete on the metatarsus, and not more than four similar
sete on the tarsus, whilst the recumbent hairs are almost as
long as the erect ones.

>

Fig. 1. Scolopendrella jacksoni sp. n.

A. Left hind leg.
B. Lateral view of cercus.
C. Left side of 2nd and 3rd dorsal scuta.

The setz of the cerci are slightly fewer and distinctly longer
than in either zsabe/le or dunelmensis. The scuta possess
several long prominent bristles on the lateral margin and on
the zzner margin of process also. In the allied species there
are no such long setz on the inner margins of processes. The
lateral margin of the second scutum has five long prominent
sete, including the antero-lateral and apical ones, and the
inner margin of the process is furnished with two such sete.

Distribution.—Several examples taken by Dr. A. Randell
Jackson at Saltney Ferry, Cheshire, in the spring of this year.
I have much pleasure in naming the species in honour of its
captor.

176 FURTHER RECORDS OF SOME BRITISH SYMPHYLA

Scolopendrella vulgaris Hansen.

I am able to add the following localities, in addition to
those already recorded, viz., on the sea-banks near Whitby,
Yorkshire ; in a quarry at Hylton, April, 1912 ; and in gardens
at Oxford, November, 1911. Dr. Randell Jackson has met
with the species in his garden, Chester, and also at Queens-
ferry. Mr. Evans and I have taken the species in the neigh-
bourhood of Edinburgh, whilst I have an example from the
head of Loch Lomond, near Ardlui.

First records for Cheshire and Oxfordshire and the Forth
area of Scotland.

Scolopendrella delicatula Bagnall.

Though scarce, this slender little species is apparently
widely distributed.

Further examples have occurred in the Fencehouses and
Penshaw habitats, and in a garden near Fellside in the
Derwent Valley. In April, 1912, Dr. Randell Jackson
obtained a few examples in his garden at Chester, whilst I
discovered several on the sea-banks near Whitby, Yorkshire,
and in May, 1912, I found it sparingly with S. swbnuwda in the
hills at Skirlnaked near Wooler. In July, 1912, I found a
solitary specimen in the gardens of the Hancock Museum.
Whilst collecting Protura, etc., with me in a quarry
near Edinburgh, Mr. Evans found a pair of this animal,
whilst I believe it is represented in a rather large collection of
Scolopendrellids made by us on Arthur’s Seat. I have not
yet had the opportunity of examining this latter material.

I have also taken a specimen on the banks of Loch
Lomond near Ardlui.

First records for Cheshire, Yorkshire and Scotland.

MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF FIELD MEETINGS 177

REPORT ON THE FIELD MEETINGS OF THE NATURAL
HISTORY SOCIETY FOR 1909.

READ MARCH 23RD, 1910, BY Mr. C. E. Rosson, CHAIRMAN

OF THE FIELD MEETINGS COMMITTEE FOR 1909.

When the winds are blustering outside and the snow is
clothing the earth with its white mantle, it is good to muse
by the evening fire and allow one’s thoughts to dwell on the
sunny days of summer—a time when one seemed to be in
closer touch with Nature. Pleasant are the memories of field
days spent with congenial companions, drawn together by
kindred tastes and intent on a better understanding of the
handiwork of the great Creator. It is my privilege to-night
to recall these days of last summer and to sum up briefly the
work accomplished during the season.

The first meeting was arranged to be held at Mitrorp on
May 15th. After a long cold spring the outlook was not
hopeful ; indeed the party, numbering 16, had barely reached
Morpeth before rain fell, and this changed into a sharp shower
of hail and snow as we went down the Buller’s Bank. Here
we left the red-tiled houses behind and followed the broad
road, bordered by well-grown sycamores and beeches spread-
ing their wide branches: only the former showed leaf and
flower. Crossing the Low Ford Bridge, a large bed of
butterbur, extending along the right bank of the Wansbeck
for some 50 or 60 yards, was a noticeable feature. A weed truly,
rank in growth, yet its roots serve the useful purpose of
binding the clay bank and preventing its denudation.

Soon the Abbey Mills, where woollen cloth is still woven,
were reached. At the tail of the mill race, a solitary fisherman
was whipping the water with but little result, the cold being
too pronounced for trout to be “on the feed”; lower down
the stream two swans (of which Morpeth boasts a number)

L

178 MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

were apparently more successful. High Ford Bridge, which
we soon crossed, gave a view of the solid dam; beyond this
was the fall down which the river came in a silvery sheet.
The pipe which leads the water from the Pont to supply the
wants of North Shields, somewhat marred the landscape.
From this point the highway winds between rich meadow
land, a road which under favourable climatic conditions is
sylvan in its beauty at this time of year. Even to-day the
white blossom is on the sloe and the burnish on the hollies.
Further on, the sloping pasture which leads to Spital Hill—
the old hospital of St. Leonards—and on which the sun was
now shining, was seen to be decked by the celandine, the
dog-violet, the primrose and cowslip; while the Adder’s
Heugh, on our left, was ablaze with the golden gorse. Here-
abouts is the meeting of the waters; the Font, rising near the
foot of Tosson, joins company with the Wansbeck from the
region,of the Wanny Crags, and flows over the drift gravels
and rocky beds of the millstone grit.

At Mitford Bridge the wagtails were feeding on the shallow
bottom of the stream. The elm in this more sheltered spot
had burst its brown scales and was throwing forth its leaves,
and the bronze spear points of the beech were thrusting out to
the sunshine. From the edge of the woods all around came
the song poured forth so joyously from the throat of blackbird
and thrush, which while similar, are quite distinctive ; the one
a musical rhapsody, complete, full and clear; the other a
prelude, rhythmic and insistent :—

! At the bent spray’s edge
That’s the wise thrush : he sings each song twice over
Lest you should think he never could recapture
The first fine careless rapture !

Our path now lay uphill, bearing towards the left, where a
splendid ash tree, not yet outwardly responsive to the touch
of spring, was growing in the dyke with a girth measurement
of 12 feet near its base. By the kind permission of the Rector,
the Rev. R. C. Macleod, who acted as cicerone, the fine
Norman church of Mitford was inspected. Under the same

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909 179

kindly guidance the old Manor House was visited: in the
kitchen to the left of the fireplace interest centred in the
wheel of a turnspit well preserved in its original place.

In the mature old gardens was a prolific growth of barberry
bushes in bloom; a magnificent specimen of the cedar of
Lebanon; also a medlar, a tree rarely found so far north.
It was hoped that the bullfinch, which nests at Mitford, might
be seen, but though we were disappointed in this respect, Mr.
Macleod told us that they had already arrived and were
vigorously attacking his gooseberry buds.

He then led us up the slope and briefly sketched the history
of the Castle, which is now a mere shell. We then took the
footpath homeward along the south bank of the Wansbeck,
and in the fringing woods found the primrose, moschatel,
goldilocks, and anemone in profusion. On reaching the crest
of the hill, the ever-welcome note of the cuckoo was heard ;
and the nest of a spotted flycatcher containing three eggs was
found, ingeniously wedged into the angle formed near the base
of an oak tree by the bole and a small wicket-gate swinging
upon it. We devoutly hoped the birds might be allowed to
hatch and rear their young, though as the gate was on the
direct path, we rather doubted it. In the Borough woods the
garlic was growing plentifully, though not in flower, An old
weir, almost dry, afforded a home for the marshmarigold,
which spread its golden petals to the sun; and in it the horse-
tail shewing the terminal fruit was also abundant. On the
banks of boulder clay the recently planted larches, spruces,
and Scotch firs showed vigorous growth.

Down by the river, a solitary kingfisher was seen flashing in
his brilliant dress of green, blue and chestnut ; while the water
ousels were dipping their white waistcoats at the edge of the
stream, and the distinctive cry of the sandpiper was heard.

Near this spot a member of a comparatively little-known
family of centipedes was discovered : a monograph upon which
has been published in the Transactions, vol. ii., part 2,
p- 462.

180 MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

Briefly surveying the interesting remains of Newminster
Abbey, we wended our way down the High Stanners to
Morpeth: there was then barely opportunity to walk past the
Castle to the High Church, where there are some remarkably
fine yews, leading from the lych gate to the main entrance,
before it was time to take train home.

In addition to the ordinary hedgerow birds, the kingfisher,
dipper, waterhen and mallard were seen; and of the migrants
the sandpiper, chiff-chaff, willow-wren, spotted flycatcher,
house martin and swallow.

For a day in the month of May the following list of flowers
found is somewhat meagre :—

Anemone nemorosa

Caltha palustris

Ranunculus flammula
55 auricomus

Berberis vulgaris

Cardamine pratensis

Viola canina

Stellaria holostea

Oxalis acetosella

Ulex Europzeus

Vicia sepium

Prunus spinosa

Chrysosplenium oppositifolium

Adoxa Moschatellina

Anthriscus vulgaris
Myrrhis odorata
Galium cruciatum
Petasites vulgaris
Veronica hederifolia
Lamium album

as purpureum
Nepeta hederacea
Myosotis versicolor
Primula vulgaris

ue veris
Chenopodium Bonus-Henricus
Luzula campestris

Dipron Woops, the property of His Grace the Duke of
Northumberland, were chosen for our second meeting. Per-
mission having been granted by Sir Francis Walker, Chief
Commissioner, a party of 15 assembled on Tuesday, June 8th,
for this purpose.

The spell of cold weather with which the season opened
had continued, but a pleasant change from the northerly and
easterly winds had just set in, gentle breezes and sunshine
tempering the. atmosphere. Leaving Corbridge station by a
footpath running alongside the railway, we noticed a prolific

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909 181

growth of beaked parsley; at the end, the bridge led to a
hilly road. Alongside the thorn hedge a silver runnel of
water was trickling merrily, and under the afternoon sunshine
those plants which add a charm to our rustic lanes, the
greater stitchwort, herb Robert, yellow geum and wild
geranium were resplendent in bloom.

Some score or more of ducklings under the maternal care
of a couple of hens paddled about, but quickly scuttled
through the hedge on our approach. Mounting a rough stile,
an upland meadow was reached, whose greenery was starred
by the bulbous buttercup; overhead the larks were singing,
and the warblers from the friendly shelter of the neighbouring
thickets poured forth their melody.

At Dilston High Town, a pleasantly situated farmstead
overlooking the Devil’s Water as it flows down into the Tyne,
a halt was called to examine the countryside. Equally
interesting was an old garden wall of the stone dyke order,
upon the top and side of which for a distance of fifty yards the
ivy-leafed toadflax had found a home, while in its upper crannies
the scorpion grass and shepherd’s purse had rooted them-
selves ; the wall of cold grey stone was completely dominated
by the lilac tint of the flowers.

Passing through the gate and keeping to the bridle path, a
pinewood fringed by beeches stretched down the hillside; in
its boggy bottom the dog violet, white and blue milkwort,
wood sorrel, and bog stitchwort were noted. In an old dis-
mantled quarry near at hand, whose floor and sides are being
rapidly covered by vegetation, a single fine specimen of the
dyer’s greenweed was noticed; rooted in a cranny of the
quarried rock, 9 feet from the ground, it reared a brave
blossom of gold to the sun.

Breasting the steep track through the wood, the foothold on
the slippery pine needles was uncertain. On all sides the
bracken was unfolding its green fronds. At the far edge of
the wood a heron was seen sailing leisurely overhead.

182 MR. C. E, ROBSON’S REPORT OF

Leaving the shelter of the wood, a path was struck across an
undulating pasture whose bare, coarse grass was in accord
with the poor stiff clay soil; as we entered the gate of the
meadow, a curlew flew swiftly past, uttering its characteristic
whistle.

At the meeting of the high roads, our route lay through one
of the grassy glades intersecting the dark pine woods of
Dipton. This was the spot chosen by the entomologists to
commence operations. Umbrellas of an early Victorian shape
were unfurled, sweeping nets fixed and aprons spread under
the flowering Scotch firs. The collectors, on their knees,
diligently searched their trawl, and to the Rev. J. E. Hull I
am indebted at the end of the day for the following list of
spiders captured :—

Prosthesima latreillei Clubiona comta
Thecidion pallens Linyphia pusilla
Linyphia montana Leptyphantes mengii
Microneta cauta | Thyreosthenius biovatus
Walckenaera nudipalpis Meta segmentata
Epeira cucurbitina Oxyptila trux
Philodromus aureolus Tarentula pulverulenta
Lycosa herbigrada : Lycosa pullata

As we penetrated deeper into the darkened woods, the ants’
nests, which are frequent in the district, next attracted
attention. The scene is a busy one; the colony is one of the
red ants; organisation has built a domicile which appears
enormous in relation to the architects. Disturbing one of the
nests with the point of a stick, the activity and energy of the
ants is increased. Workers and soldiers are building or repair-
ing the nests, or carrying off the eggs or larve, a white body
of equal size to themselves; others are foraging for stores ;
here is a queen ant and there a drone. At the same time a
strong smell of formic acid is emitted. But the interest does
not end here, for within the nest are other insects, spiders,
flies, centipedes, and the most beautiful of all, a large golden
beetle, which apparently forces her way into the nests to lay

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909 183

her eggs. Perhaps the best result of the day’s work was the
taking of one of the spiders, Zhyreosthenius biovatus, in the
home of the red ant. Some of the guests are carefully
attended by the ants and afford an interesting chapter in the
study of commensalism. Half-way through the woods we
came upon a large clearing, where sawmills have been erected
and work was in full swing. Where the timber has been cut,
a considerable area has been planted with larches, spruces,
etc., under the supervision of Mr. A. T. Gillanders, F.E.S.
Pushing along the footpath, the southern part of the woods
was reached, and from its steep slope a magnificent view was
extended before us: the district of Whitley Chapel through
which the Devil’s Water winds its devious course; in
panoramic succession the hills of Allendale, Alston, Blanch-
land and Consett.

Turning our steps homeward, the sun at our backs glinting
on the lofty perpendicular boles of the Scotch pines, the
recesses thrown into shade by the roof of greenery, the red
mosaic floor of fallen needles underfoot, one caught the spirit
of the cathedral outline. And the silence, too, was there,
except for the occasional sad note of the woodwren, the shrill
pipe of the titmouse, or the full-throated roulade of the
chaffinch, which harmonized with the feeling of the moment.

Pushing along downhill, the village of Corbridge was
reached, and after a cheering cup of tea, the long summer
evening was still before us. Our party divided, some follow-
ing the river downwards, and others taking the woodland path
to the point where the Devil’s Water flows placidly into the
Tyne. A magnificent view of the broad winding river,
touched by the colour and glory of the setting sun, was before
us. On the banks beneath our feet, the tracery of the thrift
and the tufty cushions of the cathartic flax. enriched the
beauty of the short, velvety herbage. The golden gorse was
still glowing under the sunshine, and the heavy May blossom
was like snowdrifts on the hawthorns.

184 MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

Evidence of the late spring was still apparent in the late
blooming of the flowers, of which the following is a list :—

Cardamine pratensis
Viola canina
Stellaria uliginosa
Polygala vulgaris
Oxalis acetosella
Lychnis diurna
Arenaria verna
Stellaria holostea
Linum catharticum
Geranium Robertianum
‘3 sylvaticum

Vicia Cracca

55 sepium
Lotus corniculatus
Sarothamnus scoparius

Genista tinctoria

ae) anglica
Bunium flexuosum

»» verum

Ss mollugo
Veronica Chameedrys
Rhinanthus Crista-Galli
Linaria cymbalaria
Myosotis collina
Primula vulgaris
Armeria maritima
Orchis mascula
Scilla nutans
Arum maculatum

Amongst the birds seen and heard were the

Willow-wren
Chiff-chaff
Woodwren
Whitethroat
Great Titmouse
Greenfinch
Titlark

Pied Wagtail
Swallow

Sandmartin
Housemartin
Woodpigeon
Corncrake
Heron

_ Curlew
Lapwing
Sandpiper

To my great regret, illness prevented me from attending
the third meeting, which was held on July 3rd, in, the district
lying between Knowesgate and Woodburn, and embracing
the SwEETHOPE LouGcH and Wanny Crags.

Mr. R. Adamson and Dr. J. A. Smythe of Armstrong
College, however, took charge of the party, and have kindly
supplied me with the botanical, ornithological and geological

notes.

Leaving the early morning train at Knowesgate, the Whin
Sill was soon exposed as a striking feature along the road to

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909 185

Whelpington. Higher up, it fringes the north side of the
Wansbeck, and about Sweethope rises in a fine series of crags
which run south past Bavington. Thick Bernician limestones
and massive beds of sandstone add variety. Near Crookdene
is a little whin dyke in the bed and banks of the Wansbeck
which has many points of interest; among others it contains
segregations of the felspar anorthite.

Towards the Lough the sandstones increase in thickness
and culminate in the massive beds of the Wanny Crags.
Coming on to the Lisles Burn valley, perhaps the most
noticeable feature is the glacial drift which partly fills that
valley and is cut through, often to the rock beneath, by the
- burn. Stretching across the valley from Whetstone House is
a very fine crescentic ridge of drift, which is one of the few
known terminal moraines in Northumberland, and marks a
stage in the disappearance of the Ottercaps glacier. ‘There
are also kaim-like hillocks of pebbles a little above this, and
at Linnheads there is, as the name indicates, a waterfall,

which is well worth seeing.

The brackens on the moor were just unfolding, and the
belated bloom was still on the hawthorns. The yellow
mountain pansy was in flower; and on reaching the bog the
butterwort was found in profusion, but the search for the
sundew was in vain. ‘The lesser butterfly orchis had been
seen earlier in the day on the railway embankment, and the
early spotted and marsh species were growing freely.

On reaching the Loughs disappointment was felt, for
instead of a large sheet of water, there was a baked surface
of alluvial matter interspersed by large cracks. Arrived at
the Crags a halt was called to examine the precipitous and
rocky height of the great Wanny.

Gulls, sandpipers, stonechats and wheatears were noticed
on the route, as well as the common birds of the countryside.
The remainder of the walk to Woodburn was somewhat

marred by rain.

186 MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

There was a fairly numerous party present, and the result
of the full day’s work, extending over a variety of countryside,

is both instructive and interesting, viz. :—

PLANTS.

Ranunculus flammula
Trollius Europzeus
Berberis vulgaris
Draba muralis (scarce)
Viola lutea
Polygala vulgaris
Silene inflata
Lychnis vespertina

5 diurna

ss flos-cuculi
Stellaria uliginosa
Geranium sylvaticum
Lotus corniculatus
Vicia Cracca

;, lathyroides
Geum rivale
Comarum palustre
Sanguisorba officinalis
Poterium Sanguisorba
Sedum acre
Chrysosplenium oppositifolium
Hydrocotyle vulgaris
Galium cruciatum

» palustre

5, saxatile
Valeriana officinalis
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum
Carduus palustris

99 heterophyllus
Hieracium Pilosella
Crepis virens

Erica tetralix
Scrophularia aquatica
Veronica Beccabunga

AA Chameedrys
Euphrasia officinalis
Pedicularis palustris
Melampyrum arvense
Prunella vulgaris
Thymus serpyllum
Myosotis palustris
Pinguicula vulgaris
Lysimachia vulgaris
Rumex Acetosa

5, Acetosella
Myrica Gale
Orchis mascula

>» maculata

oD latifolia
Luzula campestris
Carex dioica

:, pulicaris

», leporina

5, stellulata

> remota

5, paniculata

5) ceespitosa

», flava

», distans

5, pendula
Polystichum aculeatum
Equisetum palustre

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909 187

BIRDS.

Starlings (in immense flocks) Skylarks
Lapwings (not frequent) Black-headed Gulls (common)
Curlews (fairly common) Lesser Black-backed Gulls (a
Greenfinches few times seen)
Sandpipers (common—seen Blackbirds (seldom seen)

several times) Redstarts (seen near Wood-
Missel Thrush burn)
Stonechats Dippers
Wheatears (seen two or three Chaffinch

times) Grouse
Titlarks Partridges

New ground was broken for the fourth meeting on Wednes-
day, July 21st, the locality chosen being the lower reaches of
the RIVER SKERNE above DaRLINGTON.

Viewed from the railway, alongside which for part of its
course the stream flows sluggishly through flat, bare land, the
prospect of a good day’s work did not appear great : these
fears proved to be ill-founded.

Often have I stood at the confluence of the Skerne with the
Tees near Croft, after heavy rains, and wondered how this
small stream rose five or six feet while the turbulent Tees,
coming from the fastness of the Cumberland hills, swollen
by many becks, rarely exceeded a rise of 10 to 12 feet. The
reason was to be found to-day by the closer study of the long
winding course and numerous feeders. Rising near Wingate,
the Skerne twists ere it discharges itself into the Tees, and
runs a course of about 35 miles, which may be aptly described

by the well-known lines—
With many a curve my bank I fret,
By many a field and fallow,
And many a fairy foreland set
With willow-weed and mallow.

Prof. J. A. Dixon, M.A., B.Sc., and Mr. Stanley Smith,

M.Sc., who kindly sketched the programme and acted as
guides, met us at Darlington Station. A tramcar bore us

188 MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

beyond the streets to the outskirts of Haughton-le-Skerne: as
we crossed the bridge which leads to the village the yellow
water-lilies were seen flowering in the backwaters.

Our first objective was the church, which was kindly shown
by the Rector, Rev. J. C. Fellows. The west and south doors
are good examples of Norman architecture. The pillars
which supported the arch of the western door have been
placed in the nave: their front surfaces are seriously worn
into longitudinal concave depressions, said to be due to the
sharpening of swords by the cavaliers as they passed in and
out. A fine sample of Frosterly coral marble, probably the
coping stone of a tomb, was shown in the churchyard. Inside
the church are a characteristic arch-upon-arch between
chancel and nave, and two hagioscopes or squints. Chancel
and choir stalls are beautifully panelled in oak : on one panel
is the roughly scratched outline of a bird, underneath which
is the date 1642.

Leaving the church, we proceeded to the hall, the residence
of Mr. F. Storey, which, facing south, has a gentle old-world
garden sloping to the river. Beyond the cultivated grounds
a newly-cut hayfield, through the middle of which a bogg
ditch faltered, offered a happy hunting-ground to botanists ;
here were found the beautiful flowering rush, marsh cinque-
foil, spotted and amphibious persicaria, and many other plants
favouring a damp habitat. Yellow and white water-lilies
were growing freely in the Skerne hereabouts. Our party
divided here, some pushing on to Sadburghe to view the old
village and church, while the majority wended their way
through Haughton, admiring its wide road, grass borders and
avenues of old trees, as far as Barmton, where the Skerne was
again met with. Along the road most of the summer wayside
plants were seen, but most noteworthy was the white bryony
festooned in the hedgerows, the female plant in fruit and
flower clinging by its ingenious spirals to one side of the road ;
while the male plant, also in flower, was on the opposite side.
The water violet, which is found in the neighbourhood—to

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909 189

the best of my knowledge its most northerly habitat—was
unfortunately missed, though seen by one of the Sadburghe
party a few days previously. Dammed back by the
approaches to the bridge, the Skerne, along whose banks we
were to wander, had brought a rich deposit of alluvial soil :
on this congenial bed the comfrey, marsh ragwort, greater
and lesser willow-herb, and burnet-leafed rose were freely
blooming, and at its edge the water-crowfoot and great
burweed. Bordering the stream, and dappling its surface as
the sunshine threw the tracery of their shadows, were the
willows and hazels ; while in the stream itself the true bulrush
was growing 6 to ro feet in length.

In the perpendicular side of a sand quarry some 40 to 50
feet in height a colony of sandmartins had honeycombed a
large area, and were entering and leaving their nests, feeding
their young, rapidly and incessantly. On our approach their
activity ceased, but standing motionless and noiseless at the
base of the cliff, their fears abated, and we had the opportunity
to note the velocity and accuracy with which each bird
entered its nest.

On the sloping banks the meadow-brown and small blue
butterfly were hovering and fluttering daintily from flower to
flower in great numbers, and a fine specimen of the light
emerald moth was taken on the grass. Bird life, too, was
more frequent ; the note of the stonechat was heard. A halt
was called after our long tramp by the sandy edge of the
stream, where the pretty skull-cap was growing; the cattle
were lazily browsing and one felt—

It is summer, how beautiful it looks ;

There is sunshine on the grey old hills, and sunshine on the brooks,
A singing bird on every bough, soft perfume on the air.

The district in which we had been working is near and
upon the Permian and Triassic formations, but owing to the
thick glacial accumulations little of the solid geology is open
to investigation. These deposits are awaiting systematic
enquiry both as to nature and distribution, but, generally

190 MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

speaking, consist of sand and gravel intercalated between
boulder clay ; while the boulders scattered in the district are
mainly from Shap and the west.

Passing through cornfields and crossing the Roman road, a
woodland path brought us to Harrowgate Hill. Within a
few miles of this point are Coniscliffe and Aycliffe, which time
prevented our attempting to include in the day’s work, or we
should have seen the Permian rock rising boldly through the
glacial mantle, the thinly bedded limestone, with its small
sparsely scattered cavities, exposed by quarrying.

After tea at Darlington, votes of thanks were accorded to
our hosts, and a visit was paid to the Backhouse Park, a
model of what a natural and cultivated recreation ground
may be made.

The time of day and of year was not favourable for
observing bird-life, the following only being specially noted :
magpie, whitethroat, sand-martin, pied wagtail, willow-wren,
chiff-chaff, sedge warbler and stonechat. But on the other
hand the list of flowers in bloom is full, viz. :—

Thalictrum flavum Hypericum perforatum

Ranunculus aquatilis *1 hirsutum
F arvensis | 3 pulchrum
| .
i Lingua Geranium pratense

3 Flammula Spireea ulmaria

Trollius Europzeus Comarum palustre

asa

Nymphea alba
Nuphar luteum
Fumaria officinalis
Viola canina

» palustris
Polygala vulgaris
Lychnis Flos-cuculi
Spergularia rubra
Arenaria trinervis
Stellaria nemorum

99 uliginosa

Malva sylvestris

Geum rivale
Rosa canina

» Spinosissima
Agrimonia Eupatoria
Sanguisorba officinalis
Alchemilla arvensis
Poterium Sanguisorba
Bryonia dioica
Sherardia arvensis

Valeriana officinalis
Leontodon hispidus
Crepis paludosa

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909

Anthemis arvensis
Achillea Millefolium
Senecio aquaticus
Veronica Anagallis

55 scutellata
Scrophularia nodosa
Euphrasia officinalis
Mentha arvensis

33 aquatica
Stachys palustris

Rumex Acetosa
at Acetosella
Polygonum amphibium
an Hydropiper
- Persicaria
Orchis maculata
Iris Pseudacorus
Alisma Plantago
Triglochin palustre

Juncus communis

1O1

Scutellaria galericulata » glaucus

Betonica officinalis uliginosus

Myosotis palustris », filiformis

Plantago media | Typha latifolia

With the waning of summer, when the flowers are ceasing
to bloom, and the birds have not congregated for their annual
migration nor taken up their winter quarters on the shore,
the choice of a locality for a Field Meeting is a matter of
some thought. Happily this point was solved by the proposal
that the salt marshes near GREATHAM, which extend from
Seaton Snab inland along the estuary of the Tees for about
five miles, should be visited. ‘This again was new ground to
us. Unfortunately the claims of business prevented the
attendance of our entomologists who had mapped out the
expedition; but starting by the morning train on Saturday,
Sept. 18th, a small party reached Greatham Station and pro-
ceeded past the old salt works, which have been remodelled
and put into active operation.

Here an old waggon-way attracted the naturalists’ attention,
and a somewhat rare member of the groundsel family—Seeczo
viscosus—was found, as well as the corn speedwell, alpine
bartsia, and the corn crowfoot, the latter easily distinguished
by its prickly carpels. Leaving the waggon-way and entering
the fields by a stile, the edge of the marsh, where the saltpans
are erected, was soon reached, and revealed its wealth of
flowers. Though limited in variety, their character is definitely
marked and of considerable interest. The sea milkwort was

192 MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

rapidly fading, but the thrift and sea starwort—our native
representative of the aster family—were growing freely. The
chief find, however, was the beautiful sea-lavender, which was
literally growing as freely on the marsh as daisies and butter-
cups in a meadow; so plentifully as to dominate the marsh
with its lovely tint.

At this point our steps brought us to the banks of the
Claxton Beck, which flows into the creek and winds a sinuous
course of nearly five miles into the Tees near the sea. A
halt was called for lunch; we were fortunate enough to meet
and fraternize with a fisherman whose home was a desolate
though snug cabin. The tide was out, and the stream was
but a silver thread on a wide bed of sand and mud; a home
for dabs and eels, in the capture of which our friend employed
his time when not plying his craft for salmon. From this
lonely dweller by the marsh we learnt that it is a favourite
haunt of the curlew, the golden and the green plover, while
later in the year a few ducks frequent it.

As we looked across the creek a melancholy stretch of
swampy ground extended under the low leaden sky, and we
decided to follow the stream downwards upon the banked-up
footpath alongside which the sea wormwood was prolific.
Few birds were here to gladden the eye or ear ; in the distance
the cry of the curlew, nearer at hand the sweet song of the
robin and the twittering of the starlings. Of the latter, many
flocks were noticed feeding near the sheep, to the pasturing of
which the poor land was entirely given over. Leaving the
stream, in which the water crowfoot was plentiful, the flat
waste on which we walked was seen to be covered by the sea
plantain, which threw its crimson hue over it, but there were
no flowers to be seen except the thistle on the margin of the
ditches. Working inland through field and farmstead, the
autumn plants—the weeds of the cultivator—were noticed.
The harvesters were gathering in their meagre crops as we
wended our way through ill-kept lanes to the village of
Greatham, tbe redeeming feature of which is the old hall

FIELD MFETINGS FOR 1909 193

with the sheltering of well-grown trees. Except for the marsh
plants the day was somewhat disappointing, and we were not
sorry when the train drew into the station to bear us home.

The list of flowers seen is as follows :—

Ranunculus aquatilis Bartsia alpina

o arvensis Ballota nigra
Papaver Rhceas Anagalis arvensis
Lychnis vespertina Glaux maritima
Honckenya peploides Plantago maritima
Lathyrus pratensis Armeria maritima
Agrimonia Eupatoria Statice Limonium
Apargia autumnalis | Polygonum aviculare
Aster Tripolium Euphorbia Helioscopia
Senecio viscosus Ms exigua
Veronica agrestis

Following the custom of other years it was decided that the
last meeting should be on the coast, DRuRipGE Bay and
CRESSWELL being the locality chosen. It was hoped that this
would afford the opportunity of observing the gulls and
waders which assemble there in autumn. On September 4th,
a fine Saturday, the morning train bore us to Widdrington
Station ; we soon reached the village, which is sheltered from
the winds that sweep across the flat land by a belt of old
timber. Rounding past the church a by-road leads to the sea ;
this road is bordered by a ragged dyke and hedgerow which
was gemmed by the brilliant scarlet and crimson of the hips
and haws, the fading leaves of the wayside plants and the
lingering bloom of the ragwort, sow-thistle and nipplewort.

As we tramped along, partially hidden by the straggling
hedge, a flock of golden plovers was seen feeding on the poor
pasture. Alarmed by our approach, they rose uttering their
plaintive whistle and affording us a good opportunity of
observing their wheeling flight; then settling to feed again, we
noticed a few green plovers in the flock, and further across a
curlew. Up in the clear blue of the sky, which is one of the
characteristics of the north country in the autumn, the sky-

M

194 MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

larks were hovering and singing their mid-day song. At
Houndalee, a mere handful of cottages nestling near the
farmstead, the road is met by the sand-dunes across which
we followed a cart-track, bringing us to Druridge Bay. The
sea was in her calmest mood, reflecting the blue of the sky in
deeper intensity, and the beach grading in colour from the
greyish white of the finely-ground sands to the rich siennas
and umbers of the damper grains. To the north Coquet
Island was mirrored, a white mass against the blue sea. But
already bird-life was visible ; the large herring-gull was wing-
ing his strong flight; floating further out a couple of red-
throated divers, now plunging into the calm water and rising
again at a considerable distance. The receding tide was
leaving its treasures on the firm sand; a stranded jellyfish
with its liquid iridesence, the pod and sabre razor shell, the
common and horse mussel, common and tortoiseshell limpet,
pelican’s foot, scallop, whelk and grey top were fairly
abundant; but the cowrie—the blackamoor’s tooth of the
children—was scarce.

On the margin of the sands, running hither and thither as
the wavelets retreated, was a flock of ring plovers busily
feeding; and as we sought the shelter of the sandhills to
discuss our sandwiches, a redshank winged his flight over the
stilly sea, working direct north. Nature was in one of her
quiet restful moods, and one felt the truth and beauty of
Browning’s lines—

Oh, good gigantic smile o’ the brown old earth,
This autumn morning! How he sets his bones
To bask i’ the sun, and thrusts out knees and feet
For the ripple to run over in its mirth ;

Listening the while, where on the heap of stones
The white breast of the sea lark twitters sweet.

Nearer the southern end of the sands the toll of loosened
seaweed was on the shore, chiefly grass and bladder-wrack,
tangle, coralline and green laver; and on the stems of the
Laminaria digitata (oarweed) one could see the typical
growths of polyzoa.

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909 195

The ebbtide had formed a temporary lagoon near Cresswell,
between the shore and an exposed reef of low-lying rocks
sweeping and whirling over it were the larger gulls, strong on
the wing. Near the reef two or three birds were floating, one
of them considerably smaller than the others; these swam to
the edge and took to the rocks. After preening its feathers
the smaller bird rose, and wheeling towards us, was identified—
to the delight of our ornithologists—as the little gull, which is
but rarely seen on this part of the coast.

Cresswell, with its peel tower, its hall embowered in trees,
its undulating village green, lay to our right; but we found
the beach with its shells, its crabs, its starfish and its sea-
weeds, too interesting to leave. On the short springy turf of
the point which we had to cross, the thrift was still flowering ;
beyond this another bay opened out, bounded by low cliffs of
sandstone. At its far end, on the margin of the sands, another
flock of gulls were feeding; also a smaller bird, one of the
terns, but too far off to identify more closely. As we
endeavoured to approach it, bang went a gun, and a couple
of men emerged from the other end of the bay. Happily

poor marksmen, for the birds escaped.

Marking something down seaward which we had not seen,
these men, their dog in leash, proceeded to creep cautiously
to the edge of the far rocks; a pair of oyster-catchers rose,
foolishly circling overhead in the fashion of the domestic
pigeon. After two unsuccessful shots, the gun apparently
jammed, and the poor birds got away.

But all chance of watching birds had now gone, for more
men with dogs and guns were met with. We were nearing
Newbiggin, where the sporting instinct is strong, and wanton
destruction of bird life is too common. Nothing except a
stray dunlin or ringed dotterel was afterwards seen. On the
banks a few flowers had been met with, notably the uncommon
Geranium sanguineum; also the dove’s foot trefoil, tufted
vetch, red bartsia, small willowherb, field gentian, campion,
fumitory, goatsbeard, nipplewort, and mouse-eared hawk-
weed.

196 MR. C. F. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

On the other hand many interesting birds had been seen,
including the following :—

Red-throated Diver Sanderling

Common Gull Gannet

Herring Gull Black-headed Gull
Little Guli Black-backed Gull
Oyster Catcher | Curlew

Green Plover | Golden Plover

Ring Plover Tern (probably Arctic)
Redshank Dunlin

Leaving the beach at the Fairy Rocks, we struck a bee-line
across the common, arriving at Newbiggin when the dusk of
evening shed a kindly shadow over the somewhat sordid and
unlovely approaches of the village.

Thus ended our last day’s field work, and it was with
feelings of regret that we separated until the advent of another
season should bring us together once more.

In addition to these meetings, the Vale of Derwent
naturalists extended a cordial invitation to us to join in
their expedition to Blanchland in the month of August.
Undeterred by a lowering sky and drenching rain, which later
in the day gave way to fine weather, several of our members
took advantage of this invitation to spend a pleasant and
profitable day on the moors.

An endeavour has been made the last year or two to map
out a definite day’s work for each field meeting. The co-
operation of someone who has specialised in one or other
department or studied a district has been sought, and in this
way the interest in field work has been stimulated and
deepened. It is, however, impossible to draw up and carry
out a programme with the precision of an archeological
meeting or a Cook’s tour, for Nature refuses to accept the
role of showman to order! The field naturalist must go forth
with open mind, expectant and observant, willing to fall in
with her moods and seasons, and ready to study whatever
offers.

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909 197

Numerically the attendence at the meetings leaves some-
thing to be desired, and enthusiasm is somewhat confined to
the older members. This is to be regretted, the more so that
school and college life afford the younger members that
opportunity of systematic training, the lack of which their
elders deplore; yet it is to them that the Society must look
for the development and carrying on of outdoor and indoor
work in future years.

The existence of several field clubs is evidence of the love
of outdoor work in the county of Durham, but there appears
to be less interest shown in Northumberland. The work is
undertaken chiefly by those living in the busy centres of
Tyneside, whose opportunities and field of observation are
iimited, and one would like to see more interest and activity
in the country districts where the work would be less inter-
mittent and therefore of greater value.

Though not much new perhaps has been discovered during
the past season, it is well to quarter old ground and compare
the results with those of other years. A fair share of success
may be claimed this season. Reference has already been
made to those who, possessing special knowledge, willingly
gave their help ; to those our grateful thanks are due, as well
as to Mr. Richard Adamson and Mr. Edward Potts, the joint
secretaries, who carried out the excellent arrangements of the
meetings.

In conclusion I sincerely thank you all for your pleasant
and helpful companionship, and for the kind indulgence you
have shown to my shortcomings during the year you have
been good enough to allow me to occupy the honourable
position of Field President.

It may not be out of place here to mention that the year
1909 marked the centenary of the birth of Charles Darwin, to
whom not only Britain but the whole world owes so much as
a naturalist and a thinker; coincidently it was also the

198 MR. C. E. ROBSON’S REPORT OF

fiftieth anniversary of the publication of his great work on
“The Origin of Species.”

To honour their master, the University of Cambridge
organised a Commemoration in June, to which representatives
of the universities and learned societies throughout the world
were invited. From Japan to California, from Scandinavia to
New Zealand, East touched hand with West, North touched
hand with South.

Our Natural History Society was included in this invitation,
and it was my good fortune to be honoured by the Council as
their representative. The University of Cambridge, whose
celebrations are traditional, threw all her colleges and
buildings, including the fine new School of Botany, open to
her guests, and spared nothing to entertain those who came
to join in paying homage to Darwin.

On the first evening a reception was given by the
Chancellor, Lord Rayleigh, and the Senate, in the Fitz-
william Museum; the spacious galleries, the gardens, and
those of Peterhouse adjoining, laden with the scent of June
roses and acacias, and illuminated by the soft light of
Chinese lanterns, was a fitting and charming place in which
to receive the 3,000 guests, the majority of whom, British and
foreign, were resplendent in their rich academical robes.

On the following morning the delegates, numbering 249,
were received and presented to the Chancellor in the Senate
House, for the purpose of delivering the addresses of the
various societies with which they were entrusted. At this
assembly speeches of appreciation of Charles Darwin were
delivered by Lord Rayleigh, the Chancellor; Professor Elie
Metchnikoff of the Pasteur Institute; Dr. Oscar Hertwig of
Berlin; Professor Osborne of New York; Sir E. Ray
Lankester, Royal Society.

In the afternoon a reception was given by the Master and
Fellows of Christ’s College in their grounds, when the rooms
occupied by Darwin as an undergraduate, and the collection

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1909 199

of portraits, busts, manuscripts, and relics of the “ Beagle”
were shown. ‘This was followed in the evening by a banquet
in the New Examination Hall (used for the first time), when
eloquent tribute was paid to the memory of Darwin by the
Right Hon. Arthur J. Balfour, Dr. Svante Arrhenius of
Stockholm, and Professor E. B. Poulton of Oxford.

On the Thursday morning the Rede Lecture was given by
Sir Archibald Geikie, who took for his subject “ Darwin as
Geologist.” The degree of Doctor of Science was then con-
ferred upon Mr. Francis Darwin and twenty of the foreign
representatives who had specially distinguished themselves by
research work; these were introduced individually by Dr.
Sandys, the Public Orator, who in resonant Latin recounted
the various services they had rendered to science. Owing to
advanced age Dr. A. Russel Wallace was unable to be
present, but Sir Joseph D. Hooker, who has been described
as the Doyen of British Science, was there hale and cheerful.

Later in the day, Mr. W. Erasmus Darwin, Sir George and
Lady Darwin, Mr. Francis and Miss Frances Darwin, Major
and Mrs. Leonard Darwin, Mr. and Mrs. Horace Darwin,
Mrs. Litchfield and Miss Darwin were “ At Home” in Trinity
College, kindly placed at their disposal by the Master and
Fellows. To meet the genial family of so illustrious a father,
themselves distinguished in various paths of science, was

most interesting.

The pleasure of the visit was enhanced by the hospitality
and kindness shewn to me by Mr. Basil Hammond, M.A., of
Trinity, and his charming wife, whose guest I was; while the
privilege of being allowed to represent the Natural History
Society on such a historic occasion, and of meeting so
universal a representation of the domain of natural science,
is one which I highly value, and the memory of which will
not readily be forgotten.

200 MR. B. AMSDEN’S REPORT OF

REPORT ON THE FIELD MEEINGS OF THE NATURAL
HISTORY SOCIETY FOR 1910.

READ MARCH 23RD, 1911, BY Mr. B. AMSDEN, B.A., B.Sc.,
LL.B., CHAIRMAN OF THE FIELD MEETINGS COMMITTEE
FOR I9I0.

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN.—I have pleasure in presenting
my report on our Field Meetings during the summer of 1910,
and in stating that this branch of the Society’s work still
continues to flourish, though there is room for improvement in
the attendance at the meetings and the greater specialisation
of the work done. Nevertheless some good and original
work has been performed, and in any case the meetings have
afforded valuable opportunities for those who are desirous of
attaining a general all-round working knowledge of natural
history in the field before proceeding to specialise in any
particular branch.

The First Fietp MeetinG for the year was held on May
21st, a Saturday afternoon, when some 18 members went to
RowLaNbs GILL Station, and under the guidance of Mr. R.
Adamson proceeded up the south side of the Derwent Valley,
crossing by the paper mill, and returning by the north side of
the stream. Although the early part of the day was heavy
and threatening, the weather improved as the time went on,
and the afternoon was bright and pleasant. The heavy rain
of the previous day had cleared away all traces of dust, and
showed the varied prospect of hill and dale, meadow, forest
and river, which the Derwent Valley affords, in the full
freshness and beauty of verdant spring. The time of the year
was too early to admit of a very large number of plants being
found, but about fifty species were collected, including the
wood and meadow geraniums, the wood stitchwort with
heart-shaped leaves peculiar to the north, and found here
and there in clumps on the banks of the Derwent where the
seed had been washed up by the flood ; and the bird-cherry,

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IgIo 201

also peculiar to the north, growing in such plenty at Jesmond
Dene. The woods also yielded spikes of arum with the
spathes filled with midges, occupied, unknown to themselves,
in the work of fertilisation, and a specimen of vetch with an
ant actually engaged in investigating the toothed stipules for
the honey supposed to be furnished for its benefit and to
prevent its going further and rifling the flower where its
presence is not desired. A series of specimens of coltsfoot
were also obtained, illustrating its erect habit when flowering,
its drooping state while the seeds are developing and require
to be preserved from the wet, and its return to the erect
position when the winds are desired to waft the seed to some
spot suitable for its growth. Now and then under the feet of
the party the garlic and mint gave off their characteristic
~ odour, as also the garlic-mustard, whose white flowers had
begun to deck the hedges. The trees were in their first
bloom of vernal freshness, displaying their characteristic styles
of flowering ; the sycamores with their pendent spikes, and
the bird-cherries with their showers of falling petals, the apple
trees with their clusters of pink and white, and the ash whose
unobtrusive flowers appear before the leaves. From a hole in
an old pollarded bole a weasel was seen to appear and
quickly again to disappear in a hole of the same stem where
doubtless he had been robbing some nest. It is unusual to
see any of the smaller mammalia abroad during the day, but
they are no doubt much more common than is usually
thought, as witness the case of the otter and cubs recently
killed at the mouth of the Ouseburn. The commoner sort of
birds were seen in large numbers, and also two specimens of
the magpie, one seen to advantage in full flight, and the other
uttering its characteristic notes. The lengthening days and
warmer sun had caused the stones in the running streams to
be frequented by caddis worms, and the caterpillars had
already begun their destructive work on the young leaves,
one very large specimen of that of the tiger moth being found,
covered with its hairy spines which the cuckoo alone can
digest. An inspection of the ruins of the chapel at Friarside

202 MR. B. AMSDEN’S REPORT OF

added to the interest of a most enjoyable excursion, which
terminated with a tea at Rowlands Gill.

The Second MEETING was held on Saturday, the 4th June,
at PoNTELAND and PRESTWICK Carr, when by the kindness of
Mrs. Eustace Smith the members were afforded an opportunity
of inspecting that small portion of the Carr which still remains
in something like its original state. The Carr once formed
one of the principal breeding places of wild birds in the north,
and was one of the most famous of nature’s nurseries. Many
specimens were obtained therefrom by Mr. John Hancock,
who speaks of it as equally celebrated for both its botanical
and its entomological features. But now its glory in these
respects has departed and the largest part lies under the
plough, affording to our entomologists little more than an
unidentified species of wireworm and an intolerable number of
the weird looking leather-jacket, the grub of the cranefly or
daddy-long-legs, which in its larval state does so much harm
to the crops. There remain however a few acres of partially
drained peat land covered with heather and small larch trees,
which with a few clumps of wood afford shelter to game and
the other wild life which is found wherever this is preserved.
Traces of their presence were seen in the burrows of the
rabbits, the numerous entries of a fox earth, and the still
larger hole which was thought to betoken the presence of a
badger. The body of a stoat, but lately shot in the very act
of devouring a large bird, apparently a sparrow hawk, whose
wings and feathers were strewn about the nearest hole, lifted
the veil from one of nature’s tragedies, and the presence of a
large ball stuck round with magpie feathers and suspended
from a pole in one of the pheasants’ feeding grounds spoke of
another of the keepers’ enemies—as did also a wire snare
picked up by one of the party.

Curlew, snipe, plovers, partridges, redshank, cuckoo, and
corncrakes were both seen and heard. The nest and eggs of
a whinchat were found, and the broken egg of a missel thrush

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IgI0 203

had its mournful accompaniment in the plaintive voice of the
mother bird hard by.

The district is not at present particularly rich in plant life,
perhaps the most distinctive feature being the number of
plants of the rarer cotton-sedge with its mass of cottony seed
vessels at the summit of a single stalk, the ordinary cotton
sedge having several pendent clusters below the top of the
stalk. Cowslips and marsh marigolds were still to be found;
while the water ranunculus and plaintain, with other
distinctively marsh plants, were just beginning to show them-
selves in flower. The warmer sun of the past few days had
brought out insects in some abundance. Several rare beetles
were found, as also one of those very minute centipedes,
Pauropus, of a species which was recorded last year for the first
time as British. Three rare Thrips taken from birch and pine
were considered by Mr. Bagnall, who is an authority in this little-
known department of natural history, to be probably additions
to the British fauna, the most interesting being Oxythrips
brevistylis, previously found in Bohemia and Scandinavia.
Spring-tails were abundant, and numerous spiders were taken
by Mr. Turner. The party met for tea at the Bungalow, and
closed a most enjoyable afternoon with an inspection of the
ancient church with its Norman tower, Decorated nave and
chancel, and Early English transept, as also the remains of the
castle before reaching the railway station, on the way to
which they passed the square tower of the old fortified
vicarage, a relic of the old moss-trooping days.

The TuH1rD FIELD MEETING was held on Saturday, the 25th
June, at PrERCEBRIDGE and GAINFORD in conjunction with the
Darlington Society. The Newcastle contingent left the Central
Station at 9.30 and proceeded through Darlington to Pierce-
bridge. ‘This is the site of an old Roman station at the point
where Watling Street crossed the Tees, and traces of the mound
and ditch are still visible ; and it was also the scene of some
fighting in the Civil Wars between the troops of Newcastle and
Fairfax. The party proceeded up the north bank of the river,

204 MR. B. AMSDEN’S REPORT OF

noticing the exposures of Permian sandstone in the south bank,
and of millstone grit and Yoredales in the river bed, especially
noteworthy for their very small inclination, and accounting for
the breadth and shallowness of the river. Very noticeable
too on the opposite bank, and inspected on the spot later in
the day, were the three successive river banks or terraces and
the large boulders of rhyolite and Shap granite borne hither
in the glacial period, and the smaller and more modern
rounded boulders in the river bed. Trout were visible in some
numbers, but the united bag of two local anglers for the whole
day had only produced one fine specimen of about a pound
weight, whose delicate and varied colouring defied the artist’s
brush; and another of the varied tragedies of animal life was
seen in the presence of the bodies of several dead dace on a
flat and dry rock in the stream, having been captured and
thrown aside to make room for their noble cousins. They are
not only coarse of flesh and plentiful in bone, but are suspected
of feeding on the smaller trout.

The usual June flowers were present in great abundance,
the banks being gay with red campion and ragged robin,
while orchids of various sorts were present in some abundance.
At one spot in the stream, the monkey flower (A/imulus luteus)
was growing in a wild state, and this was interesting as show-
ing its naturalisation all over the country, some small streams
near Marlborough being practically blocked by it, as also in
Derbyshire, and even in industrial Lancashire. Specimens of
gromwell and the larger valerian were also found, whilst later
in the day a very large quantity of sweet cicely and meadow
geranium with escapes of Jacob’s ladder were obtained.

The party spent some time admiring the pretty village of
Gainford with its well kept gardens and fine old church, and
then after crossing the ferry, proceeded to view the old ruined
church of St. Lawrence at Barford. This was originally a long
aisleless nave and chancel, but later on the structure was cut
in half by a transverse wall and the nave turned into a priest’s
house of ground and first floors, with a squint or hagioscope in
the lower south-east corner by the fire-place whence any one

FIELD MERTINGS FOR IQTO 205

there seated could view the elevation of the Mass. This
change had entailed various alterations of doors and windows,
most interesting to follow in detail as given in an excellent
paper read by Mr. Gregory of Darlington. The old colum-
barium or dove-cote was also largely in view.

The return journey, by kind permission of the owner of
Cliffe Hall, was made through the fields on the south side of
the river, where another of life’s tragedies was seen in the
shape of a trap, set in a passage through a small wall, which
had successively caught a rat and a hedgehog, poachers both,
and of all unlikely things a robin just fledged, which was still
warm. ‘The usual birds were well in evidence throughout the
day, especially the swallows, which at times skimmed the
water so closely as to make quite a considerable spash.

The entomologists of the party found the first mile or two of
the journey so productive that they decided to go no farther,
and spent the rest of the time by the river banks, discovering
several species of Thrips, etc., not recorded before in the dis-
trict and identified by Mr. Bagnall.

The party met for tea at the George Hotel, Piercebridge,
after which a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Stanley Smith, M.Sc.,
was passed for his kindness in making the arrangements, and
the hope was expressed that other meetings of the united
societies might take place, a hearty invitation being given to
the Darlington friends for the meetings at Wooler and the
Northumbrian Lakes.

The FourtH FieLtp MEETING took the form of a three days’
visit to the CHEviors, the only one of the season from which
the President was absent, and curiously enough the only time
when the fates were unpropitious so far as the weather was
concerned. ‘This, however, failed to damp the spirits of the
party, as judging from the individual reports the meeting was
one of the pleasantest of the season. The Cottage Hotel,
Wooler, was chosen for head-quarters, and the evening of the
arrival was spent in a visit to the lake on Weetwood Moor.

206 MR. B. AMSDEN’S REPORT OF

The party started next morning from Kirknewton Station, via
the College Burn and Heathpool to the Henhole on the
western shoulder of Cheviot, obtaining a magnificent view
from the summit and descending by way of Langleeford. Next
day, notwithstanding the heavy rain, the party ascended
Yeavering Bell, and during a temporary lull beheld the plain
of Flodden and the valley of the Till spread out to view, then
descending over the edge of Tom Tallon’s Cliff by way of
Gleascleugh and Akeld to Wooler. One day was to have been
devoted to climbing Hedgehope, but the rain prevented this ;
and another visit was made to the College Burn and the Bizzle,
another of Cheviots’ gorges, returning by the Lambden and
Carey Burns now swollen by two days’ rain. Another day
was spent, by the courtesy of Mr. G. P. Hughes, at Middleton
Hall, in examining his varied collection of coniferous trees, and
of horns and antlers discovered in draining the neighbouring
bog. A list of the flora and fauna observed during a most
interesting outing is subjoined :—

July 21st.—Weetwood Moor :—
Grasshopper warbler.
Wooler : Great celandine.

July 22nd.—College Burn and Cheviot :—

Wood geranium, musk mallow, dove’s-foot cranesbill,
great mullein, foxglove (red and white), annual knawel,
bog asphodel, mossy saxifrage (not in bloom), starry
saxifrage, wild thyme, maiden pink, cloudberry (in fruit),
scorpion-grass, bilberry, crowberry, white heather, ling,
fine-leafed heath, cross-leafed heath, dyer’s rocket,
mimulus.

Raven (not hatched young this year, two pairs Henhole),
carrion crow, heron, golden plover, curlew, sandpiper,
dipper, ring ousel, wheatear, whinchat, blackcock,
peregrine (hatched in Bizzle).

July 23rd.—Yeavering Bell and Akeld :—
Heron, kestrel, stonechat, whinchat.
Pennycress (in fruit), white stonecrop, yellow stonecrop.

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1910 207

July 24th.—Beaumont Water and Yetholm :—
Water-hen, goldfinch.
Willow-leaved spirzea, mimulus (in great quantity).

The FirtH Fretp MEETING for r9gto was held on Wednes-
day, the 7th September, as an excursion to the NORTHUMBRIAN
Lakes, walking from Bardon Mill Station on the line to
Carlisle. The sky was overcast, and a cold north-easterly
wind blowing, but the weather improved as the day went on,
and there was an entire absence of rain. The lakes were
reached by a winding road gradually ascending from the Tyne
valley past the hill of Barcombe, on which is an ancient
British camp and several quarries from which the Romans
obtained much of the stone to build the Wall; and lower still
the green-clad slope on which may still be seen the ancient
station of Vindolana, now known as Chesterholm. ‘Then,
still ascending, the military road constructed by General
Wade was crossed, and finally the bold crest topped by the
Roman Wall was reached. During this climb of some four
miles the usual autumn roadside flowers were noticed in pro-
fusion, such as knapweed, ragwort, sheep’s scabious, and
devil’s-bit scabious ; the latter being especially noticeable for
the number of abnormal growths or sports obtained. Eye-
bright was found in quantity and of large size, and the
members interested in fungi collected many specimens, in-
cluding an umbrella-full of the horse-mushroom.

The excursion was not devoid of interest to the ornitho-
logists of the party, as curlews, wheatears and lapwings were
seen in some number, also a whinchat or two, with some of
the herring gulls which are said to breed at the lakes, and a
stray visitor in the shape of a heron.

After inspecting the magnificent example of a Roman camp
at Borcovicus or Housesteads, the party proceeded along the
top of the Wall westward, having a grand view of the Brownlee,
Greenlee and Crag Loughs, with Simonside and the Cheviots
in the far distance. These lakes are said to be full of trout,

208 MR. B. AMSDEN’S REPORT OF

with large pike and eels, the latter of which are preyed upon
by the otters which are still found in the neighbourhood and
long ago gave its name to Otterburn. These lakes are
gradually diminishing in size by the growth of vegetation
round tbe edges, which, however, affords fine shelter to the
moorhen and coot, and also to wild duck, of which some
fifteen were flushed in one flight. The swamps at the foot
afforded many specimens of the beautiful Grass of Parnassus,
red rattle and valerian, but the sundew, though carefully
sought for, was not found.

After partaking of a bountiful tea at Hot Bank, subsequent
to which a letter was read from Mr. R. Adamson, recording
the discovery of Ovobanche minor, the lesser broom-rape, at
Blaydon Burn, and a vote of thanks to Sir Hugh Blackett and
Mrs. Clayton for their permission to visit the lakes, the party
returned by way of the burn to Bardon Mill.

The SixraH Fietp MeErvinG was held on Wednesday,
the 5th October, in the shape of an excursion to the coast
between DUNSTANBOROUGH and ALNMOUTH, and was favoured
with fine weather and brilliant sunshine. Leaving the train
at Christon Bank the party passed through the village of
Embleton, with its interesting church with battlemented tower,
and vicarage whose nucleus is an old pele tower, dating back
to the days of the church militant, and once the residence of
the late Bishop Creighton during his vicarate from 1874 to
1884. In the winding lane from the village to the sea shore
a flock of newly washed sheep of snow-like whiteness was
met, and a chat with their custodian elicited the interesting
fact that a few days of the sea breezes would cause their
fleeces to return to a sombre dull brown hue. The tide being
out afforded a welcome opportunity of examining at leisure the
rock pools and their imprisoned inhabitants, notably several
species of the marine bristle-worms ; and many of the sea-
weeds were in full fructification. Owing to the rocks being
bared, the geologists of the party were able to observe to the
best advantage the junction of the igneous rock forming the

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IQIO 209

castle plateau with the various sandstones, limestones and
shales underlying this formation, and the way in which they
had been altered by contact.

On the sandhills were still in flower the burnet rose, whose
stem is covered with densely set prickles, and whose white
petals far exceed in size the leaves ; also the bloody cranesbill,
showing clearly the reason of its name, which is derived, not
from the colour of its petals, which are lighter in hue than
many of its congeners, but from that of its leaves, whose
colour is changed by the approaching autumn.

After lunching among the romantic ruins of the Castle, and
viewing therefrom the flight of many species of sea birds—so
numerous at this part of the coast owing to the proximity of
their nesting places at the Farne Islands, gulls, cormorants,
eider ducks being observed in considerable numbers—the
party proceeded by way of Craster to Cullernose Point, where
the geologists obtained many interesting specimens of trilobites
and molluscs from the shales underlying the projection of
volcanic rock which forms the Point.

On the way to Boulmer, where tea was procured, a wounded
brent goose was observed. The migrants from the Baltic
did not yet seem to have put in an appearance.

After a brisk walk Alnmouth junction was reached just in
time to catch the last train to Newcastle, thus concluding the
last of a series of highly interesting and enjoyable field

meetings for 1910.

N

210 2 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OF

NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE-
UPON-TYNE.

RELORI OF Dik OUNCE
FOR IQ10-IQII.

A satisfactory feature in the past year of the Society has
been a decided increase in the membership. No fewer than
46 new members have joined the Society during the year, so
that even with the loss of 25 by death and resignation there
has been a nett gain of 21. This brings the total membership
up to 416 at the close of the year. As has been the case in
the past, the increase has been brought about by special
efforts on the part of certain officers and members of the
Council, who have found that a number of their friends were
willing to become supporters of the Society when its claims
were laid before them. The Council desire to commend this
example to the members generally. With so many organiza-
tions competing for public support it is difficult to keep
membership rolls from falling, and for a society such as this,
which has little in the way of personal return to offer for
subscriptions, it is a particularly hard task unless the existing
members are doing what they can to induce others to join.
There is some reason to believe that support would be forth-
coming more readily if the purely voluntary nature of
the Natural History Society’s work were more generally
appreciated. The Society not only encourages in many ways
the local study of natural history ; it maintains a museum
which is a valuable educational asset to the district, and a
piece of property which adds much to the attractiveness of the
finest approach to the town; and all this without the cost of a
single penny to the rates,

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 211

A valuable, though necessarily an occasional method of
stimulating interest in the Society and the Museum is the
holding of special gatherings of a social character, and in this
direction also the past year has been noteworthy. A very
successful and enjoyable conversazione was given in the
Museum by the President and the late Lady Joicey on the
evening of the 16th of February. Loan exhibits covering a
wide range of interests were shown on temporary tables down
the centre of the zoology room; in the geology room two large
collections of objects were arranged by the museum staff to
illustrate the history of the Museum and some recent work -
and acquisitions; the bird room was used for the reception
and for music, and the east corridor for refreshments ; and
tasteful decorations gave the rooms a festive air without
obscuring the collections. The Society is much indebted to
the President for this conversazione, as also to those who
contributed to its success by the loan of exhibits.

The pleasure given by the conversazione has been some-
what marred in retrospect by the lamented death of Lady
Joicey. This was, in fact, the last public function at which
she appeared in the North, and she had taken the greatest
interest in all the preparations for it. Your Council, on behalf
of the Society, have given expression to their sense of the loss
they have suffered and of their sympathy with those who are
personally bereaved.

Mr. N. H. Martin felt himself obliged by pressure of
other duties to resign the secretaryship at the beginning
of the year. His seven years’ tenure of the office has
seen a striking improvement in the general position and
activities of the Society, and for this Mr. Martin’s own
energy and enthusiasm have been largely responsible. The
Council feel themselves fortunate that they are able to retain
him as a vice-president and so continue to profit by his advice
and experience. Mr. J. Alaric Richardson has joined Mr.
C. E. Robson as co-secretary.

Death has removed during the year the oldest servant of
the Society, the late Mr. Joseph Wright. At his retirement in

202 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

1904 he had been in the Society’s service as caretaker and
keeper of the Museum for over fifty-one years. By his
devotion to his duties and by his fine personal qualities he
had earned the respect and friendship of a long succession of
local naturalists, and his recollections of the distinguished
men with whom he had been associated, and indeed of every-
thing concerning the history of the Society, were always of
interest and frequently of much value. When illness forced
him to relinquish his duties, the Council, as some mark of
their esteem, made him honorary keeper of the Museum.
He died on his eighty-eighth birthday, and to the last his
mind was mainly occupied with the past or present of the
institution he had served so faithfully.

No Transactions have been actually issued during the year,
though the concluding part of Volume III., New Series, will
be in the hands of members before this report is read.
Further papers have been accepted and are being printed to
form the first part of Volume IV. These particular papers
were of such high scientific value and so much local interest
that your Council, in spite of financial obstacles, could not see
their way to refuse them a place in the Transactions ; never-
theless it is a fact, as the Treasurer has felt obliged to point
out, that the Society is not really in a position to undertake
even such publishing as it does. It is only because the
publication of original work on local natural history is such
an essential function of the Society that the Council have so
far hesitated to suspend or abandon it. This is one of the
directions in which the need of further support is most acutely
felt.

The cost of the general repair and redecoration of the
Museum building, referred to in the report for last year,
appears in this year’s accounts. The work in question has
been completed in a thoroughly satisfactory manner, and has
resulted in a marked improvement in the condition and
appearance of the building. It is a great satisfaction to the
Council to have been enabled to carry out these repairs,
which had long been badly needed.

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 213

Of the various meetings held by the Society little need be
said here. The field meetings are reported separately by the
chairman of the Field Meetings Committee, and lists of the
meetings held at the Museum will be fouud at the end of this
report. The average attendance at the ordinary evening
meetings was 84, at the two children’s lectures 160. These
figures are practically identical with those of the previous
year. The average for the “museum talks” shows a rise
from 53 to 71, but this is exactly accounted for by a record
audience of 180 at the first “talk” of the session. ‘The total
attendance of visitors to the Museum during tthe last two
years has shown a decided falling off. The figures for the
past five years are as follows: 1906-7, 17,947 ; 1907-8, 18,840 ;
1908-9, 19,552 (increase due to special forestry exhibition) ;
‘1909-10, 16,510; Ig10-11, 15,854. This unwelcome decline
is undoubtedly to be accounted for in part by the unusual
proportion of fine weather at recent public holiday times; but
that there is some more general cause behind it is suggested
by the fact that many kindred institutions in this country have
of late experienced a similar falling off in their atteridances.

The Hancock Prize was again keenly competed for last
winter, the examiners reporting that of the thirteen essays
submitted at least half reached so high a level of excellence
as to make it difficult to place them in order. Eventually the
prize was divided between Mr. Harold Jeffreys and Mr. John
Baxter, both of Birtley.

The best thanks of the Society are due to the gentlemen
who kindly prepared and delivered lectures, as also to the
donors whose valuable gifts to the Museum and library are
acknowledged in an appendix to this report ; and the Council
again wish to express their appreciation of the continued
good work done in the Museum by the curator and _ his
assistants. A list of members is printed with the report
this year, and the honorary secretaries will be glad to be
informed of any corrections in addresses, or other alterations
that may be necessary in it.

214 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

NEW MEMBERS ELECTED
FROM JULY, 1910, TO JUNE, I9Q11.

Right Hon. Lord Allendale, Bywell Hall, Northumberland.

F. Baddle Atkinson, J.P., Gallowhill, Morpeth.

Robt. J. Atkinson, 3, Shakespeare Terrace, Sunderland.

Mrs. J. R. Baumgartner, 10, Eldon Square, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

J. H. Beckingham, 32, Percy Gardens, Tynemouth.

W. J. Bellerby, 4, Kensington Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

B. C. Browne, Fawdon Park, Fawdon.

Reginald Bryant, The Hayes, Corbridge.

R. G. A. Bullerwell, M.Sc., Balgonie House, Maddison Street: Blyth.
Miss Winifred E. Burnup, 2, Wentworth Place, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
W. S. Burton, 2, Elmfield Villas, Gosforth.

A. H. J. Cochrane, Jesmond Dene House, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Mrs. Alfred Cochrane, a; a Ms
R. W. Cooper, 2, Sydenham Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Walter S. Corder, J.P., Rosella Place, North Shields.

Percy Corder, Collingwood Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Dr. Otto V. Darbishire, Armstrong College, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Robert Dickinson, Underwood, Riding Mill-on-Tyne.

Jas. Dixon, 10, Granville Road, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Dr. Thos. Gowans, 4, Abbotsford Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

T. S. Herd, 24, St. Mary’s Place, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Tom Herdman, The Grove, Alston.

Ellwood Holmes, Wyncote, Jesmond Park East, Newcastle-upon- Tyne.
J. H. Holmes, Wellburn, Jesmond.

Miss Holmes, 99 ”

Hon. Hugh Edward Joicey, Ford Castle, Cornhill, Northumberland.
Hon. Sydney James Joicey, x

29 39

Hon. Drever Joicey, A uA iS

Charles E. Merz, The Ems, Gosforth.
Lady Noble, Jesmond Dene House, Newcastle-upon-Tyne

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 215

Noel Parmeter, Bowland Lodge, Grainger Park Road, Newcastle-
upon- Tyne.

Henry Peile, Duke’s House, Hexham.

Francis Priestman, J.P., Shotley Park, Shotley Bridge.

J. H. Proctor, 8, Kensington Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Joseph Pumphrey, Hindley Hall, Stocksfield.

Miss Laura Richardson, South Ashfield, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Ralph Spencer, Netherwitton Hall, Morpeth.

R. W. Taylor, 9, Collingwood Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Rev. W. M. Teape, M.A., B.D., The Vicarage, Hylton, Sunderland.

James Thomson, 22, Wentworth Place, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Jas. B. Waggott, 94, St. George’s Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Richard Welford, M.A., F.R.A.S,, J.P., Thornfield, Gosforth.

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS

Miss Beddows, Newcastle High School, Newcastle-wpon-Tyne.
W. Coyle, 36, Stanton Street, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
A. D. Peacock, B.Sc., Armstrong College, Newcastle-upon-Tyne,

W. Leonard Turner, Derwenthaugh, Swalwell.

216 REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK

CURATOR’S REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK.
I91O-IQII.

The three most important pieces of museum work I have to
report upon this year are those on the fishes, on the large
beetle collection, and on a transitory but desirable object, an
exhibit of living wild flowers.

Apart from a certain amount of labelling, the work on the
fishes has consisted chiefly in the preparation of casts. We
have succeeded, after a good deal of experiment, in making
a considerable-advance on the ordinary methods of taking
plaster casts of fishes, and though it is too soon to boast, I
hope we shall be able before long to put up a series of casts
which will carry still further the already great improvement in
the fish collection, and make it more nearly what such a
collection ought to be in a museum so close to a great fishing
centre. JI may mention here also that the cast of a white-
beaked dolphin, referred to in the last report, has been finished
and placed in position. The colouring of it was extremely
well done by Mr. Fletcher.

The large beetle collection spoken of above is the one we
are forming by a combination of the three fine collections
made respectively by the late T. J. Bold, Mr. John Gardner,
of Hartlepool, and Mr. Bagnall. Its installation demands an
immense amount of minute work. So far we have been
carrying it on under Mr. Bagnall’s supervision at his house at
Penshaw, where Mr. Fletcher and I have as far as possible
been spending one evening a week upon it. The completed
collection promises to be remarkably full—certainly one of
the most valuable reference collections of Coleoptera in the
country.

An exhibit of fresh wild flowers, such as many museums
maintain in the summer, is a thing we have long had in mind.
This year we have found it possible to make a beginning with
it, and during the greater part of the summer we have had a

REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK 217

representative, and often a very large series of flowering plants
on show. They appear to have greatly interested many of
our visitors. We have been much indebted to several
members, and above all to Mr. B. Amsden, for supplies of
fresh blossoms ; Mr. Amsden’s kind and constant help, indeed,
has been one of the chief factors in making the exhibit a
possibility.

Among the minor pieces of work that are worth mentioning
is the stuffing of the condor. This celebrated bird was
presented to the Society twenty-five years ago, as a nestling
fresh from Chile, by the late Dr. H. Salvin Pattinson and Mr.
W.C. Tripler. It had developed into a fine adult female, a
very healthy bird, and it was a surprise as well as a grief to
_us when it succumbed last June to an unusually heavy moult.
We have mounted it in its most characteristic attitude of
repose. Happily, too, we shall be able to show it to
advantage, for Mr. John Pattinson is very kindly providing
us with a good pedestal case for it.

We have set up half-a-dozen other birds during the year,
all good additions to the Hancock collection. A number of
spirit preparations have been mounted, a fine series of marine
invertebrates from Naples and Plymouth constituting the
majority of them, and these have greatly improved the
section of the museum to which they belong. We have had
the central upright portions of the invertebrate cases altered
so that they can be opened on both sides all along; this
enables us to put in a median partition wherever we wish,
and so to make fuller use of the space. A considerable
amount of labelling has been done in different departments
during the year, and additional specimens have been installed
in nearly all sections of the museum. Preparations for the
conversazione occupied the whole staff pretty fully for three
weeks or more.

Some alterations to the heating apparatus were reported

last year, and after the test of the winter’s use we are able to
say that the result is very satisfactory. The circulation of the

218 REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK

hot water is now good and uniform. There is therefore no
need for the additional main flow-pipe which it was feared
might still be necessary.

Important and interesting acquisitions to the museum have
been made during the year in, if anything, greater numbers
than usual. Perhaps the most striking of all is a specimen of
a gigantic species of squid, Sthenoteuthis pteropus, presented
by Mr. Hugh V. Charlton, who found it early in January
thrown up on the shore near Whitley Bay. The animal
measures 5ft. 64in. in total length, and its longest tentacles
are 3ft. long. There appear to be only six recorded occurences
of this formidable cephalopod on the coast of Britain, and in
only two instances has the animal itself been preserved. The
building of a tank in which to mount our specimen in an
upright position is a problem that has cost us a great deal of
time and trouble, and a considerable sum of money as well;
nor are we yet by any means sure that we have succeeded.

Fishes that we required for casting have been obtained
for us by Mr. Charlton, Miss D. Richardson, Mr. Newbey
Green, and Mr. W. E. Beck; and Messrs. F. H. Phillips
and Co. have very kindly lent us choice fishes from their
shops for the same purpose. Mr. Abel Chapman has
shown me through his large collection of bird skins, British,
Arctic and Spanish, and has generously presented to the
museum any that I thought would be of service. From two
residents in Africa, through whom our collections have largely
benefited already, we have received further gifts during the
year: from the Rev. R. Stewart Wright some ethnological
and natural history objects, the latter including two examples
of Glossina palpatis, the fly which conveys sleeping sickness ;
and from Mr. Alex. Girdwood another consignment of useful
specimens from the Gold Coast, including some young
crocodiles of a rare species and an example of the electric
catfish Malopterurus. Other valuable material from foreign
countries has been obtained, both by donation and exchange,
from Capt. D. H. Nash of South Shields, a keen naturalist

REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK 219

who has made large collections in many parts of the world;
and Mr. P. G. Spence has given us good examples of the
celebrated phosphate deposits of Christmas Island and Ocean
Island. Particulars of these and other donations will be
found in an appendix.

One other donation must be mentioned, that of a living
chough—already a great favourite with all who know it—
presented by Messrs. Jos. G. and Hugh P. Angus. An
acquisition of great value has also been made by exchange,
namely a set of sea fans and other Alcyonarians in spirit,
sent us by Prof. J. Arthur Thomson of Aberdeen; and a few
specially important local birds, including an ivory gull and a
bluethroat, have been acquired by purchase.

Our thanks are due to several gentlemen, in addition to
those mentioned already, for special help in the work of the
museum: to Mr. Bagnall for his supervision and the use of
his private rooms in connexion with the beetle collection; to
Mr. Robt. Kidston, F.R.S., for the identification of a number
of our Coal Measure plant remains; and to Mr. P. Walther
for the trouble he has taken in identifying some of our minerals
and in helping me to sort out some duplicates.

E. LEONARD GILL.

MUSEUM STAFF

GTRIAT ORG lace osecean ep aacuducencusemomaneaans E. LEONARD GILL, M.Sc.
PAS SUSAN ED I cle eiceinstncaececemac can eto seer eseas HERBERT FLETCHER.
LADY ASSISTANT AND SECRETARY..... Miss E. WELFORD.

PATE NIPVAUNGD yr aistscie se siiereat detnealowsieacesessis WILLIAM VOUTT.

GARDENERS acdc aistes sahone soacetenes ashasean wed ALBERT SPENCER.

220

EVEN

MEETINGS AND LECTURES

ING MEETINGS HELD DURING THE
WINTER SESSION, 1910-10911.

Oct. 13.—Mr. Frank Elgee : ‘‘The Moorlands of East Yorkshire” ;

chair

taken by Ald. Geo. Harkus.

Nov. 8.—Prof. A. C. Dixon, M.A., B.Sc. : ‘* Ceylon: its Peoples,
Religions and Products”; chair taken by Prof. M. C. Potter,

M.A.

|) S1C5!D)s

Dec. 7.—Dr. Otto V. Darbishire : ‘‘Sand Dunes” ; chair taken by Mr.
Jos. G. Angus.

Jan. 18.—Mr Ro AN El Gray.) Meas, ME Sc: so sbhes lnamediate
Ancestors of the Domestic Animals”’ ; chair taken by Mr. N. H.
Martin, F.R.S.E., J.P.

Feb. 8.—Mr. A. T. Gillanders, F.E.S.: The Aphidee, or Plant Lice”’ ;

chair

taken by Mr. Edwin Burnup.

March 8.—Mr. Geo. W. Temperley: ‘‘The Wading Birds of the
Northumbrian Coast, and how to identify them”; chair taken
by Mr. Edwin Burnup.

March 23.—Private Evening Meeting of the Society: Report on Field
Meetings of 1910, by Mr. B. Amsden, B.A., B.Se., Chairman of
the Field Meetings Committee. Reading of extracts from the

two prize essays in the Hancock Competition (see page 213).

AFTERNOON LECTURES TO CHILDREN.

Dec. 29.—Dr. Robt. Anderson: ‘‘ Pond Life”’; chair taken by Sir Geo.

Hare

Philipson, 1. C.1L., B. RGB:

Jan. 5.—Rev. W. McLean Brown: ‘‘Some Plants of the Bible’ ; chair
taken by Prof. Sir Thos. Oliver, M.D., F.R.C.P.

CURATORS MUSEUM yA KS 4

. 28.—Birds of the Town Moor.

30.—Sea-Urchins and Starfishes.

>} 21.—Shells.
. 25.—Changes of Plumage.

22.—Recent Acquisitions.
29.—Our Native Quadrupeds.

. 28.—Some Rare Local Plants (by the Rev. W. McLean

Brown).

OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 221

HONORARY OFFICERS OF THE SOCIETY
Elected at the Annual Meeting, October 26th, 1910

PATRON
The Right Hon. Lord Armstrong, M.A., D.C.L.

PRESIDENT
The Right Hon. Lord Joicey

VICE-PRESIDENTS

The Duke of Northumberland.
Viscount Ridley.

Lord Barnard.

Lord Ravensworth.

The Bishop of Durham.

The Bishop of Newcastle.
Sir Hugh Bell, Bart.

Sir Arthur Middleton, Bart.

Sir Andrew Noble, Bart., F.R.S.
Sir G. H. Philipson, M.D., D.C.L.

Sir John Swinburne, Bart.

Sir Lindsay Wood, Bart.

Prof. Sir Thos. Oliver, M.D.
The Lord Mayor of Newcastle.

Col. C. W. Napier-Clavering

Lt.-Col. C. H. E. Adamson, C.1I.E.

Lt.-Col. W. M. Angus, C.B.

Prof. G. S. Brady, M.D., F.R.S.

E. J. J. Browell.

R. Coltman Clephan, F.S.A.

Clive Cookson.

W. D. Cruddas.

Samuel Graham.

N. H. Martin, J.P., F.R.S.E.,
Pollen IoC.

H. N. Middleton.

John Pattinson, F.1I.C.

Prof. M. C. Potter, M.A., Sc.D.

COUNCIL

G. A. Atkinson.

Ree Sse bagnall hers, Hely.S:
W. E. Beck.

H. I. Brackenbury.

Rev. W. McLean Brown.
Edwin Burnup.

Wilfred Hall.

Prof. H. J. Hutchens, M.A.,
WIIR.CoSb5 1DoSeO:

Hon. J. Arthur _Joicey.

Prof. Alex. Meek, M.Sc., F.Z.S.

Ernest Scott.

George Sisson.

HON. SECRETARIES

C. E. Robson.

J. Alaric Richardson.

HON. TREASURER
A. H. Dickinson.

HON. AUDITORS
Samuel Graham.
W. J. Bellerby.

222 LIST OF DONATIONS

LIST OF DONATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 3orTn, torr.

Cot. C. H. E. ADAmMson, C.I.E.—Some insect boxes and setting boards.
Freshwater shells from Burma. A large South American beetle,
Macrodontia cervicornis. Volume vii. of Lepidoptera Indica, in
12 parts.

ALFRED ALLHUSEN.—Lesser redpole, male in full plumage, picked up at
Beadnell.

Jos. G. AnD Hucu P. Ancus.—A living chough from the west coast of
Ireland.

RICHARD S. BAGNALL, F.E.S., F.L.S.—Reprints of many of the
donor’s papers, including the Thysanoptera section of the Fazna
Hawaiiensis, and papers published in Belgian, Hungarian and
South African scientific annals, in the Azz. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Four. Linn. Soc., Ento. Mo. Mag., these Transactions, etc.

SEYMOUR BELL.—Clay ironstone nodule containing a good frond of
Neuropteris.

H. I. BRACKENBURY.—Little auk found alive at Chillingham on Jan. 3rd.

Dr. G. S. BRApDy, F.R.S.—Reprints of papers by the donor on West
African Entomostraca, on the British Ostracoda of the sub-families

Candoninze and Herpetocypridine, and on the zoology of the
Sheffield district.

Curis. C. CADMAN.—Yearling trout and freshly hatched fry of several
varieties, from the North of England Fish Hatchery, Barrasford.

Jas. CAYGILL.—Small concretion from the intestine of a pony.

J. D. CHALLONER.—Pair of horns of a prong-horned antelope, killed by
the donor in Nebraska, U.S.A.

ABEL CHAPMAN.—Twenty-two bird skins (see Curator’s Report) : in-
cluding pairs of lesser kestrel and great spotted cuckoo, an azure-
winged magpie, a little bustard (male) in full plumage, and various
ducks, waders. etc., in special states of plumage.

Hucu V. CHARLTON.—Fine specimen of the large squid Sthenoteuthis
pteropus Verr., found by the donor on Jan. 8th thrown up on the
sands near Whitley Bay. <A pike and two chubs for casting. Two
young lesser black-backed gulls in different stages of nest plumage

ERNEST CHEAL.—Two hawfinches, female and young, from Surrey.

LIST OF DONATIONS (223

W. D. CLaGuE.—Young hedgehog about a fortnight after birth.

IsAAC CLARK.—Two fine South American butterflies mounted on plaster
blocks : Haliconius erato and Callithea sapphira.

Mrs. Coocu (Bulawayo).—Skin of python and tooth of wart hog from
near Bulawayo. Kaffir wire bracelets and examples of dress of
Kaffir boys, from Rhodesia.

W. COYLE.

A roach for casting.
Dr. O. V. DARBISHTRE.— ‘* Haslemere Museum Gazette,’’ vol. i.

THE Misses D1xon (Ramshawe, Corbridge).—Model of a ship made by
French prisoners in Newcastle.

Master C. J. Dixon.—Four shells of Anomia ephippium from the
South Coast.

ALEXR. GIRDWOOD.—Many natural history specimens from the West
African Gold Coast, including scorpions and centipedes, dragonflies,
butterflies, two goliath beetles, an electric catfish (AZalopterurus
electricus), snakes, a chameleon, and five young of the stumpy

crocodile, Osteolemus tetraspis.

J. A. GOLDBERG (Kimberley).—A pod of ‘‘ lucky beans”’ from Rhodesia.
Gold quartz from the Brian Boru gold mine, and pyrites crystals
(regarded as an index for diamonds) from the De Beers diamond
mines.

Pror, Dr. F. GOPPELSROEDER.—Reprint of paper by the donor on the
phenomena of capillarity and absorption.

NeEWBEY S. GREEN.—Some grayling from the River Till.

INDIA OFFICE (Secretary of State for India in Council).—Further
volumes of the Fauna of British India : Coleoptera (Lamelli-
cornia) ; Rhynchota, vol. v.

Dr. A. RANDELL JACKSON.—Reprints of papers by the donor: ‘‘ Notes
on Arachnids observed during 1910”’; ‘‘On a Spider new to
science recently found in Ireland.”’

CHARLES JANET (Paris).—Reprints of four papers by the donor on the
phylogeny and ontogeny of insects.

S. T. Kinc.—Living sea-cucumber ( Cucumaria) from off the Yorkshire
coast.

JoHN LAURENCE.—Abnormal eggs of a white Leghorn fowl ; a large and
a small egg, soft shelled, connected together.

ARTHUR LOVERIDGE.—Beetle ( Carabus ) with the parts labelled, mounted
in a glass box.

224 LIST OF DONATIONS

Miss M. RIDLEY MAKEPEACE.—Some ethnological and other objects
on loan, including two heads carved out of cocoa-nut husks from the
Andaman Islands, a Kaffir cup, and a South African weaver-bird’s
nest.

J. Forp MALING.—Remarkable flint concretion from the chalk.
R. D. MAUGHAN.—Large saddle (cow-boy’s) from North-West America.

Henry T. MENNELL.—Copy of Bacon’s engraving of the portrait of
Thomas Bewick by Ramsay. Current additions to the set of the
Linnean Society’s Yozrvnals presented the year before.

Capt. D. H. Nasu.—Partly by exchange: natural history objects
collected by the donor in various parts of the world: some good
shells; South American Lepidoptera; twenty skins of South
American sea birds, including some rare terns, a rare cormorant,

and two species of the southern auk-like petrels Pe/ecanozdes.

WALTER NELSON.—Chicken monstrosity—a rather interesting case of

dichotomy.

Major Gro. J. W. Nosiv.—Five recent parts of the Proceedings and
Transactions of the Zoological Society, and vol. 45 of the

Zoological Record.

J. J. OxtEy.—Samples of wild cotton and various mineral deposits

(asbestos, bitumen, etc.) from Newfoundland.

JouN PATTINSON.—Small fossils—crinoids and Actimoceras—from local
limestones.

W. Mark Pyzsus.—Collections of shells, chiefly British land shells.

FE. O.- REID (the late).—Young hawfinch from near Newcastle.

Wm. REID (Bulawayo).—Good examples of gold quartz and chrome
iron from Rhodesia.

Miss DoROTHEA RICHARDSON.—Char netted in Windermere; weight
just under #Ib.

J. ALARIC RICHARDSON.—Young swift that fell from a nest in the

donor’s house.

Messrs. ROBSON AND Sons.—Two large shells, Azlims sp. and
Carocolla sp., found embedded in a log of walnut from the
Mississipp1.

H. MINTON-SENHOUSE.—Piece of Lepidodendron stem.

LAURENCE SMITH.—Fresh comb from the nest of a wild bee, Aomdbms
venustus, from the Shetlands.

LIST OF DONATIONS 225

P. G, SPENCE.—Samples of the phosphate deposits and coral sands ot
Christmas Island and Ocean Island, in the South Pacific.

W. SUTHERLAND (Hull).—Bottle brought up by the trawl, encrusted
with Serpula, hydroids, etc.

CLIFFORD TEMPERLEY.—Small five-bearded rockling (M/otella mustela)
rom a rock pool at Alnmouth.

Pror. J. A. THomsoN, F.R.S.—By exchange with Zoological Depart-
ment of Aberdeen University : a collection of sea fans and other
Alcyonarians in spirit.

C. T. TRECHMANN.—Nest of meadow pipit containing two eggs of
cuckoo, found by the donor near Castle Eden, June Io, 1909:
described and figured in the Waturalist for April, 1910.

J. D. WaLKER.—Two black-winged stilts, stuffed by R. Duncan, sen.

P. WALTHER.—Various minerals, including lignite from West Germany,
zine blande in a septaria from near Whitby ; a fossil plant from the
Keuper of Windsheim ; petrified moss from Fallowfield. A number
of other minerals by exchange.

J. Henry WATsSON.—Batch of eggs (for rearing) of the Arrindi silk
moth, Pilosamia ricint.

Rev. R. STEWART WRIGHT.— Objects from Lake Tanganyika: a native
hippopotamus spear ; a primitive telephone made from cord, small
gourds and lizard skin by a native boy. Also, from the same
locality, a queen white ant and two specimens of the sleeping-
sickness fly, Glossina palpalis.

226 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY
BY EXCHANGE AND DONATION
From JULY rst, 1909, ane) JUNE 20nE 1910

BRITISH SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Berwick-upon-Tweed :—Berwickshire Naturalists Club,
History of the Club, vol. 20, part 2.

Cambridge University :—Philosophical Society.
Proceedings, vol. 15, parts 3-5.
Report for 1908-9.
Cardifi:—Museum and Art Gallery.
Report of the Welsh Museum for 1908-9.
Cardiff :—National Museum of Wales.
Ist and 2nd Annual Reports.
Dublin :—Royal Dublin Society.
Scientific Transactions, N.S., vol. 12, nos. 14-29.

Scientific Proceedings, vol. I, no. 16 and index ; vol. 2, no. 1.

Edinburgh :—Botanical Society.

Transactions and Proceedings, vol. 24, part I.
Edinburgh :—Geological Soctety.

Transactions, vol. 9, parts 3-4 and special part.
Glasgow ;—Natural History Society.

“‘ The Glasgow Naturalist,’’ vol. 1, parts 1-4
Glasgow -—Geological Soctety.

History from 1858-1908.

Transactions, vol. 13, parts I-3.
Greenwich :—Royal Observatory.

Results of the Magnetical and Meteorological Observations for 1907.

Hull :-—Municipal Museum.
Museum Publications, 64-65.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 227

Leeds :— Yorkshire Naturalists Union.
“« The Flora of West Yorkshire,”’ by F. A. Lees.
“©The Alga Flora of Yorkshire,” by West and West.
“* North Yorkshire,’’ by J. G. Baker.
Botanical Transactions, vol. I.
‘The Fungus-Flora of Yorkshire’”’ (2 parts), by C Crossland and
G. Massee.
** The Yorkshire Carboniferous Flora,’’ by R. Kidston.

London :—British Association for the Advancement of Science.
Report of 79th Meeting, Winnipeg, 1909.

London :—British Museum ( Natural History ),South Kensington.
Hand-list of Birds, vol. 5.
Catalogue of Lepidoptera Phalzenze, vol. 8, text and plates.
D0 Cretaceous Bryozoa, vol. 2.
Special Guide—No. 4—Memorials of Darwin.

London :—Royal Society of Arts.
Directory for 1909.

London :—Quekett Microscopical Club.
Journal, ser. 2, vol. 10, no. 65; vol. 11, no. 66.

London :-—Zoological Society.
Proceedings, 1909, parts 2-4.
Transactions, vol. 19, parts I-5.

Manchester :—Literary and Philosophical Society.

Memoirs and Proceedings, vol. 53, part 3; vol. 54, parts 1-2.

Manchester :—Manchester Museum, The University.
Annual Report for 1908-9.
Notes, no. 22.
Museum Handbook, no. 64.
Museum Lecture List.

Newcastle-upon- Tyne :—North of England Institute of Mining
and Mechanical Engineers.
Transactions, vol. 59, parts 3-8 ; vol. 60, parts I-3.
Annual Report, 1908-9.

Newcastle-upon-Lyne :— University of Durham Philosophical
Society.

Proceedings, vol. 3, part 4.

228 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.—Northumberland Sea Fisheries Com-

mittee.
Report on the Scientific Investigations for 1908-9.

Northampton :—Northamptonshire Natural History Society
and Field Club.

Journal, vol. 15, nos. 117-120

Norwich :—LNorfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society.

Transactions, vol. 8, part 5.

Norwich :—Castle Museum.
Report for 1909.

Flymouth :—Marine Biological Association of the United
Kingdom.
**Journal,”’ vol, 2.

as New Series, vol. I, nos. 1-43; vol. 2, nos. 1-3; vol. 3,
nos. 1-4 and special number.

is nD vol. 4, nos. I-43; vol. 5, nos. 1-43 vol. 6,
nos. I-4 ; vol. 7, nos. I-5.

“3 33 vol. 8, nos. I-5.

Oxford :—Ashmolean Natural History Soctety.
Rules of the Society.
Transactions, vol. 1, title page and contents, nos. 3, 4, 7, 9, 10 II
12, 13, 14, 16, 18-25,
Reports, 1872-7, 1900-1907.
Journal, nos. 3-4.
List of Members 1866, 1872, 1880.
Lecture Lists 1893-4 ; 1896-7; 1897, 1898.
Lectures and Members 1895-6 ; 1896-7.
Balance Sheet 1897.
Christmas Lectures 1903-43 1904-5; 1905-6. 1907-8.

Engraving of the Ashmolean Museum.

Papers by :—Prestwick — Mineral Water.

Bosanquet — New Form of Polariscope.
Whiteaves —- Land and Fresh Water Mollusca.
Masters — Flowering Plants and Ferns.
Bellamy — Positions of Nova Persel.

Fi — Permanent Records.

5 — Phenology.
White — Main Drainage of Oxford.

Proceedings and Report for 1909.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Stone, Staffs.:—North Staffordshire Field Club.
Annual Report and Transactions, vol. 43.
Stratford, Essex :—Essex Field Club.
** The Essex Naturalist,’ vol. 15, parts 7-8: vol. 16, parts 1-2.
Worcester :—Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery.
Report of Committee, 1908-9.
York -— Yorkshire Philosophical Society.
Annual Report for 1908.

COLONIAL SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS.

Cape Town :—South African Museum.
Report for 1908.
Annals, vol. 5, part 7; vol. 6, part 3.

Ottawa :—Geological Survey of Canada.

229

Maps nos. 39, 41, 51-4, 592, 624, 634, 826, 903, 985, 1005, IoIg,

1025, 1026, 1036, 1037, 1041, 1043-9.
Catalogue of publications revised to January, 1909.
Publications, no. 980, 1081, 1035, 1050, 1059, 1085.
Catalogue of Canadian Birds.
Annual Report on the Mineral Production of Canada during 1906.

Sydney, N.S. W. :—Australian Museum.

Report of Trustees for 1908-9.
Records, vol. 7, nos. 4-5.

Sydney, NV.S.W.:—Royal Society of New South Wales.

Journal and Proceedings, vol. 42 ; vol. 43, part 1.
Western Australia :—Geological Survey.
Bulletins 35 and 37.
Report on Mining in Leonora and Wiluna Districts.
PP oe Waverley or Siberia Districts.
AMERICAN SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS
UNJTED STATES OF AMERICA

Berkeley :—University of California.

Publications in Zoology, vol. 4, index; vol. 5, nos. 2-4; vol. 6,

nos. 2-5.
Bs Geology, vol. 5, nos. 16, 18-22.
0 Botany, vol. 3, nos. 6-8.

Bulletin (3rd series), vol. 2, no. 9.

230 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Boston :—Society of Natural History.
Proceedings, vol. 34, nos. 6-8.
Occasional Papers, no. 7.

Boston :—American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
' Proceedings, vol. 44, nos. 18-26; vol. 45, nos, I-15.

Brooklyn, N.Y. :-—Institute of Arts and Sciences.

Science Bulletin, vol. 1, no. 16.

Buffalo :—Society of Natural Sciences.
Bulletin, vol. 9, no. 3.

Cambridge :—Museum of Comparative Zoology,Harvard College.
Bulletin, vol. 52, nos. 9-15; vol. 53, nos. 3-43 vol. 54, no. I.
Memoirs, vol. 27, no. 3; vol. 34, no. 3; vol. 38, no. 13 vol. 39, no. I.
Annual Report of the Curator, 1908-09.

Chicago :—Academy of Sciences.

Bulletin, vol. 3, nos, 1-3.
Natural History Survey Bulletin, no. 7, part 1.

Chicago :—lield Museum of Natural History.
Anthropological Series, vol. 7, no. 3.

Botanical Series, vol. 2, no. 7.

Geological Series, vol. 4, no. I.

Zoological Series, vol. 7, no. 8; vol. 10, no. 2.
Report Series, vol. 3, no. 4.

Columbus :—Ohio State University.
Bulletin, vol. 13, nos. 16, 22.

Michigan :—Academy of Science.
11th Annual Report.

New Vork :—Academy of Sciences.

Annals, vol. 18, part 3; vol. 19, part I.

New Orleans :—Louisiana State Museum.
2nd Biennial Report.

Philadelphia :—Academy of Natural Sctences.
Proceedings, vol. 61, parts I-2.

Philadelphia :—American Philosophical Society.
Proceedings, vol. 48, nos. 191-193.
List of Members, IgIo.

Portland :—Soctety of Natural History.

Proceedings, vol. 2, part 8.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 231

Springfield :—Museum of Natural History.
An Historical Sketch of the Museum, 1859-1909.
Bulletin, no. 2.

St. Louts:—Missourt Botanical. Gardens.
20th Annual Report.

Tufts College, Mass.:—Tufts College Studies.

Scientific Series, vol. 3. no. I.

Washington :—Smithsonian Institution.
Annual Report for 1907-8.
Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 54, parts 1, 73; vol. 56, part 2;
Quarterly Issue, vol. 5, parts 3-4.
Publications 1922, 1924-6.

Washington :-—Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum.
Reports of U.S. National Museum, 1907-8 ; 1908-9.
Bulletin, nos. 63-69; 72.
Proceedings, vols. 35, 36.
Publication no. 1738.
Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium, vol. 12, parts 7-10 ;
vol. 13, parts I-2.

Washington -— United States Geological Survey.
30th Annual Report, 1908-9.
Mineral Resources of the U.S., 1908 in 2 parts.
Bulletins, 341, 356, 360, 368, 370-80, 382-97, 399, 400-405, 408-14,
416, 418, 421, 423-4.
Professional Papers, 59, 64, 66-67.
Water-supply Papers, nos. 223-5, 227-36, 238, 242.
Handbook ‘‘ L.C. printed cards and how to use them.”’

SOUTH AMERICAN STATES, ETC.

Mexico :—Instituto Geologico.
Parergones, tomo 2, no. 10; tomo 3, nos. I-2

Montevideo, Uruguay :—Museo Nacional.
Anales, vol. 7, tomo 4, ent. I-2.

EUROPEAN SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Bergen :—Bergens Museum.
Aarbog, 1909, hefte 1, 2, 3.
Aarsberetning for 1909.
Crustacea of Norway (G. O. Sars), vol. 5, parts 25-28.
Bergens Museum Shrifter, Ny Rekke, band 1, no, 1.

232 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Brussels :—Société Royale Zoologique et Matacologique.

Annales, vol. 43.

Christianta :-—Videnskabs-Selskabet.
Forhandlinger, 1908.

Copenhagen :—Naturhtstoriske Forening.
Videnskabelige Meddelelser, 1909.

Dresden :—WNaturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft “ Isis.”
Sitzungsberichte und Abhandlungen, 1906 in 2 parts; 1907 in 2 parts ;
1908 in 2 parts ; 1909 in 4 parts.

Frankfurt-am- Main : — Senckenbergische Naturforschende
Gesellschaft.
Bericht, 1909.
Flamburg :—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein.
Verhandlungen, dritte Folge, 16, 1909.

Felsingfors:—Societas pro Fauna et Hora Fennica.
Acta, vols. 24 and 32.
Meddelanden, part 35.

Kiew, Russia :—Societe des Naturalistes.

Memoirs, tome 20, part 4; tome 21, part I.

Lisbon :-—Societé FPortugaise des Sciences Naturelles.
Bulletin, vol. 2, fasc. 3.

Paris :—Mustum a@ Fiistoire Naturelle.
Bulletin, 1909, nos. 1-6.
Portict :-—Laboratorio di Zoologia Generale e Agraria.

Bollettino, vol. 3.

Stockholm :—Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien.
Les Prix Nobel en 1906 and 1907.

Handlingar, vol. 43, nos. 7-12; vol. 44, nos. 1-43; vol. 45, nos. 1-4.
Arsbok, 1909.

Arkiv for Botanik, vol. 8, nos. 1-4; vol, 9, nos. 1-2.

* Zoologi, vol. 5, nos. 1-43 vol. 6, no. I.

SA Matematik, Astronomi och Fysik, vol. 5, nos. 1-4; vol. 6,
no. I.

s Kemi, Mineralogi och Geologi, vol. 3, no. 3.

Meddelanden, vol. 1, nos. 12-15.
Lefnadstechningar, vol. 4, part 4.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 233

Upsala :—Geological Institution, University of Upsala.
Correspondence of Linneus, part 3.
Results of the Swedish Zoological Expedition to Egypt and the White
Nile, 1901, part 3.

Vienna -—K. k. soologisch-botanische Gesellschaft.
Verhandlungen, Bd. 59.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Museums Association Annual Reports, 1890-9.

Museums Journal, 1901-1908.
Presented by N. H. Martin, Esg., F.P., FRS.L., &e.

Bibliography of the North of England, 1902-8.
Presented by the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

Fauna of British India Series—Dermaptera.
Presented by the Secretary of State for India in Council.

Linnean Society of London :—
Journal of Botany, vols. 7-12, 14-39, and Index 1838-86.
Journal of Zoology, vols. 9, 10, 12-30, and Index 1838-90,
Proceedings, 1896-1908.
Presented by Henry T. Mennell, Esg., F.L.S.
Reprint of a paper by Sir William Turner, K.C.B., F.R.S..—
“© The Skeleton of a Sowerby’s Whale (Mesoploden bidens) stranded
at St. Andrews.’’ Presented by the Author.

Copy of a paper by Mary Hallock-Greenwalt :—
“Time Eternal.” Presented by the Author.

Reprint of an address by Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., F.R.S. :—
“‘ The Celtic Province: its Extent and its Marine Fauna.”’
Presented by the Author.
Cash.—‘‘ British Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozoa,”’ vol. 88, part 2.
From the Ray Society (by subscription).
** Museums Journal,”’ July, 1909, to June, 1910.
From the Museums Association (by subscription ).
*« Nature,” July Ist, 1909, to June 30th, 1910
Presented by the Publishers.

TREASURER’S REPORT

. ‘ TORE “s10NIpny ‘UOTT § AduaTiag REIAK.

Jomsvaiy, ‘UOFT ‘NOSNIMOIG “H ‘WV : ( WVHVUD “INVS
Ir 11 olf It 11 olf
¢ 8 he SOOO DOOUOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOT Gapooshange ciclo enace suedayy Arpuns II Il of et eec ccc eccccecccces seeeeeseoeee TG] ‘oun [ o£ *1oyoq
(ei ree 3 Saeco sipiallsiscelsieles ncieeaie ston canis O16! ‘oun [ YIO€ ‘*ywoyeq OFM Om OV See ce iclcicoiele Gautiocoa0e yunoooW [Riouey WO IojsuBry,
Dee Dp 8

GNOA wIVddd ONIGTING

or € £667 or € £667
o § gb Sa00ne0q00004 steketelatsteredsvelevateleteteleinicterstates g0addo00aDe saupuns
II v1 SOI junosdy uor}eoYqng
ro] TT Te Seinssisle bisisieieisleieeleleieseleieieleleisieleieleieisicisis\eleieieieleie faiaiuintaletelotete! A19U0T}LIS
fe) fe) ov SOOOOOOUG weeece eeccee Cece esc eccecces puny meday Suipling
I Ti Ot — Sesococasoonaoqoaqqapan5qoHoDAAD9GBaDGRONBO0000 XVT Ayrodoig
OI ¢ D7 ODODDODDS OOO OOP COSOICOOCOOOCOOOREOT ele 0 a\s/e\e.a\b\0 ais.0 sje -iele Sulu g
P gI ZI set teeete Deets eee ete tet ne cees eee ISVLLIBD pue 9584SOg II Cy ol eicieleiee oganaoudodo0b0G DOOUOODOUCOO DOU UDO COUUOCOOODOOOUG -qroyaq
ol ¢ ov pec e cere nme cere eee ese ss ceseeseesess sou pur S[BLIO}e I 6 gI oL¢ we ec etc cc cccccs Soir Sigecicas SJUSUIJSOAUT uo jso10}U]
I gI 9z we ececccecces wee erect eet verses eesece SSC ** Q0UBINSUT ¢ I 9 SOUIOOOOOOOOOOOOIOOCIOKIOLIC doonoonKIg hE, ‘syooqg apiny) jo eS
¢ 6 call eee e rec ecee ee cc cece eresseccces OVE AA pue ‘SUNY SIT ‘Tan ¢ ¢ ISI eceluceciee€0e eet ceaceciviccceces $90] UOISsSIUIpY uinasn Jy
- 8 ZI . ecoee SUISI}IOAPW (0) VI 96¢ BSCS SISOS OOOOIOOIICIOOICICICOCICICICIC ICCC ir suondiosqns (SIoquisyy,
Zz (0) 109 wer cccceccccccscccccce ee ccc nccccce SOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOCIICr Ic SOLIe[eS Vv VI Zt ee ceccece ences cecece OI61 ‘oun [ yqo£ ‘puey ul aourleq
esos SLNAWAVd Dp SF SLdIdOdu

1161 ‘ANAL HLOf on ‘or6r ‘ATAL Is! WOUA LNQODOV LNaAYYNO

AUHLOOS AGOUSTH TVGOLVN GHG HLTA LNNO00V NI GdHaNSVAdL AUVAONOH WHI

235

TREASURER’S REPORT

‘JoMsvaly, ‘uOoFY ‘NOSNIMOIG “H ‘W

: : AauaTIag “f “Ay
SIO}JIPNY von 4 WVHVUD “INVS

8 1 thiF g i chy
fe) 9 cv Beemer ee eee eee ewe te ees ees ees eeeeserttee ee eens (£ yaed

“Il "JOA) suoyovsurry, Jo Sunuud—-o9 » [pq ‘f
Oo Zz ¢ Seesncccir Cocco rece eence verrees Sur dvrsoyqwy > SOA aN
I¢€ o HOsOUDDDDdOODUODGO G0 R00000 yooyq : JQ}O][LJS pue uosdiiyg IL VI SO ct teteeesttteees 900 0 00060 yuNo.0y erauay 0} soured
6 6 L6 Gon 00nAd0 9000006 eicleleisvetstelefeisinvets d0o000D00000 -KeKUG (Zz jied 6 9 Le elelofe! slo le(arsfelelelie/efetelevelaleletsielatarctetatslcivatetetetstatava’e 00000 junoosoy

“Il ‘JOA) suoyovsuvry, jo sunuud—-o9 x» jpeg ‘f «Pung Uwonvorqng jeoedg,, wos pasiaysuery,
Wee ‘pis ¥

INNOOOV NOILVOITENd
- ——— - -

Doce ollele/s Hf any!
¢ ZI c¢ DODOCOOCOSCOOCOROOGOOS 6 doy | ‘oun f qyo£ ‘yueg ul soured
Oo Oo oof€ Pena e newer eta ee eet assseeeseseensece te eeeeee mreseees KI9TIOG

sulping yeusg uMoID YUM ysodap uo pooeg
fe) fo) oof emer nes eeesesscses Oni Ajya100g sulpring

yyeusg jusuruliag UMOID YM jsodap uo poorig

OL Q GL cvrrrtterterereeeeeers oanzipuadxe Areurpsoesjxe Arpuns
II g oz eee eeeenees Pree eee n reer esse wenee “ suouttoads jo aseyoing
9 z bE s-odid uimjor J0}eM JOY MIU—9yYOO) pure suluuld
0 O OG "rr" Surpying wmasny 0} suredor—adoyy *-_ “f

Z 11 gt€ *(tnasnyy suljyesooap pur Suruve[o) sz9[prey “9D “9

DOO iii ii iin

oe 6 © yunoooy uO jsalojuy yuRg
O 0 OOF “rr: TTeyMETD “q “D aye] ayy JO SIONIOXY J9q
Ot (ir M@jqy Veqaooaosacasow “ or61 ‘ounf yo ‘yueg ur aouLRleg
sae ae

LNNODOV AOVOUT TIVHMVAD

TREASURER’S REPORT

236

: AGVATIAG “[ “A
‘ToImsvolT, ‘UOT ‘NOSNIMOIG *H “WV Sr Eee GOH { WVHVU5) “INVS
0 0 ooS‘olF¥
*Y90}G s0UdIIJoIg
Beeeeen en jsonbog ‘jueo sad § payepyosuoD s,Auxduog s9xVA, pvaysoyeg pue opsvomoN oO oO cob‘r
9 [Tey sree" 4901S souslajorg “juao 19d Ys Auedwiog Kempey ulojseq-yWON O Oo 006‘I
Y0}S VoUsIEJa1q “juo0 red €z pajepyosuoD s,Aueduioy Avmprey puelplyy 1 gi gb6‘z
OREO SOOO5C pees cea sees: ee ea ‘yuoo Jod Y yw puny pojzeprosuog sxouoisstmmuioy sudT, O O 00%
OO COG titres este tteet esse etc ee tees tere eeeees Iqeq pepung ‘yua0 qod ay UOISSIUIUOD IWIAA IOANT O O 00§
Op Om 000K Seka cees (jsonbog uiddoD) 39035 e[qeursepasy ‘yuo aod £€ uonviodiog apseomaN' oO. Oo 000‘z ¥
Besa 7
*JSOO JB udyey, —I16r “MOF ounf ‘Aja1I00g ay} Aq ploy syusUTjsoAUT OY} JO 4ST] B SI Surmorjoy ayy

SLNANLSHANI

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 237

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY
BY EXCHANGE AND DONATION

BRow JULY ast, 1oro; ro JUNE 30rn, Torr.

BRITISH SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Berwick-upon- Tweed -—Lerwickshire Naturalists Club.
History of the Club, vol. 20 (1906-8).

Cambridge University -—Philosophical Society.
Proceedings, vol. 15, part 6; vol. 16, parts I-2.

Cardiff :—Museum and Art Gallery.
Report of the Welsh Museum for 1909 and 1910.

Cardiff :-—Naturalists Society.
Transactions, vol. 42.

Cullercoats :—Dove Marine Laboratory.
* An Account of the Dove Marine Laboratory,” 1910.

Dublin :—Royal Dublin Society.
Scientific Proceedings, vol. 12, nos. 30-36, and general index
1898-1909.
Economic Proceedings, vol. 2, no. 2.
Edinburgh :—Botanical Society.
Transactions and Proceedings, vol. 25.
Edinburgh :—Geological Society.
Transactions, vol. 9, part 5.
Greenwich :—Royal Observatory.
Results of the Magnetical and Meteorological Observations, 1908 and
1909.
Hastings :—Corporation Museum.
Hastings and East Sussex Naturalist, vol. 1, nos. 4-5.

Occasional Publications, nos. 3-4.
Notes on Sussex Pottery.

238 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

London :—British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington
‘“*A Descriptive Catalogue of the Marine Reptiles of the Oxford
Clay,” part 1, by C. W. Andrews, D.Sc., F.R.S.
** Guide to Mr. Worthington Smith’s drawings of Field and Cultivated
Mushrooms and Poisonous or Worthless Fungi often mistaken for
Mushrooms.”

London :—Quekett Microscopical Club.

Journal, ser. 2, vol. 11, nos. 67-68.

London :—Zoological Society.
Proceedings, 1910, parts I-43 I9QII, part 1.
Transactions, vol. 18, part 4.
List of Fellows for 1910.

Manchester :—Literary and Philosophical Society.

Memoirs and Proceedings, vol. 54, part 3; vol. 55, parts. 1-2.

Manchester :—Manchester Museum, The University.
Report for 1909-10.
Museum Handbooks, nos. 67, 68, 70, 71.

Newcastle-upon-Tyne :—Armstrong College.
Reprint :—‘‘ Observations on the Large Larch Sawfly,’’ by J. F.
Annand.
Calendar for 1910-11.

Newcastle-upon- Tyne :—North of England Institute of Mining
and Mechanical Engineers.
Transactions, vol. 57, part 8; vol. 60, parts 4-9; vol. 61, parts 1-3.
Annual Report, 1909-10.
An Account of the Strata of Northumberland and Durham, 1910,

Newcastle-upon-Tyne: — Northumberland Sea Fishertes
Committee.

Report on the Scientific Investigations for 1909-10,
Newcastle-upon-Tyne :-—University of Durham Philosophical
Society.

Proceedings, ‘vol. 3, part 53 vol. 4, part 1.
Northampton :—Northamptonshire Natural History Society
and Field Club.
Journal, vol. 15, nos. 121-124.
Norwich :—Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society.

Transactions, vol. 9, part I.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 239

Norwich :—Castle Museum.
Museum Report for 1910.
3rd Annual Report of the Norwich Museum Association.

Oxford :—Ashmolean Natural History Society.

Proceedings and Report for 1910.

FPlymouth:—Marine Biological Association.
Journal, N.S., vol. 9, no. I.

Sheffield :—Naturalists Club.

Proceedings, vol. I.
Annual Report for 1910.

Sheffield :—Museum and Art Gallery.
Report, 1908-10.
Reprint—‘‘ Museums and Art Galleries,’? by E. Howarth.
3, —* Meteorology,” by E. Howarth.

Stone, Staffs:—North Staffordshire Field Club.

Annual Report and Transactions, vol. 45.

Stratford, Essex :—Essex Field Club.
‘* The Essex Naturalist,’’ vol. 16, parts 3-6.

York :— Yorkshire Philosophical Society.
Annual Report for 1909.

COLONIAL SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Cape Town:—South African Museum.
Report for 1909.
Annals, vol. 5, parts 8-9 ; vol. 6, part 4; vol. 9, part 1.

Flalifax, Nova Scotia:—Nova Scotian Institute of Science.

Proceedings and Transactions, vol. 12, part 2.

Melbourne :—National Museum.

Memoirs, no. 3.

Ottawa :—Geological Survey of Canada.
Summary Report, no. 26.
Geological Survey Map, no. ga.
Publications, nos, 1979 and 1080.
Memoirs, I, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12 and 14.

Perth, Western Australia :—Geological Survey.

Bulletin, nos. 33, 38 and 39.

240 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Sydney, NV.S.W. :—Australian Museum.

Report of Trustees for 1909-10.
Records, vol. 8, nos. 1-2.

Sydney, NV.S.W.:-—Technological Museum.
Annual Report for 1900.

Australasian Society for the Advancement of Sctence.
12th Annual Report—Brisbane Meeting. 1909.

AMERICAN SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Ann Arbor :—Michigan Academy of Science.
12th Annual Report.
Berkeley :— University of California.
Geological Bulletin, vol. 5, nos. 23-30; vol. 6, nos. 1-4.
Botanical Bulletin, vol. 4, nos. I-10.
Zoological Publications, vol. 5, nos. 5-12, also title page and index ;
vol. 6, nos. 6-14; vol. 7, nos. 1-6.

Boston :—American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Proceedings, vol. 45, nos. 16-21, vol. 46, nos, I-17.

Brooklyn, N.Y. :—Institute of Arts and Sciences.

Science Bulletin, vol. 1, no. 17; also index and title page.

Cambridge :—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College.
Bulletin, vol. 52, nos. 16-17; vol. 54, nos. 2-5
Memoirs, vol. 26, no. 7; vol. 40, nos. 1-2; vol. 41, nos. 1-2,
Annual Report of the Curator, 1909-10.

Chicago :—Field Museum of Natural History.
Report Series, vol. 4, no. 1.

Cincinnati :—Lloyd Library.
Bibliographical Contributions, nos. I 2.

Columbus :—Ohto State University.
Bulletin, vol. 13, nos. 4, 15, 28; vol. 14, nos. 6, 7, 18, 25.

New Haven :— Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Memoirs, vol. 2.
New Haven :— Yale University.
Transactions, vol. 16, pp, I-116.
i vol. 16, pp. 247-382.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 241

New Orleans :—Louisiana State Museum.
Bulletin, no. 1.
New York:—Academy of Sciences.
Annals, vol. 19, parts 2-3 ; vol. 20, part 2.
Orono :—Maine Agricultural Experiment Station.
Bulletins, 180, r81, 182, 187.
List of Entomological Papers (1880-1909).
Philadelphia :—Academy of Natural Sciences.
Proceedings, vol 62, parts I-3.
Philadelphia :—American Philosophical Society.
Proceedings, vol. 49, nos. 194-7; vol. 50, no. 198.
St. Louis :—Academy of Science.
Transactions, vol. 18, nos. 2-6; vol. 19, nos. I-Io,
St. Lours :—Missourt Botanical Garden.
21st Annual Report.
Washington :—LBureau of Fisheries.
5 reprints from Bulletin, vol. 28, 1908.
Washington :—Smuithsonian Institution.
Annual Report for 1909.
Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 51, no. 4, title page and cover;
vol. 53, nos. 6-7; vol. 54, no. 3, title page and cover ; vol. 55;
vol. 56, nos. I, 3, 4-11, 13-15, 173 vol. 57, no. I.
Publications, nos. 1938 and 1989.
Washington :—Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum.
Bulletin, nos. 71, 73, 74, 75; and title page to vol. 39.
Proceedings, vol. 37.
Publication no. 1821.
Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium, vol. 13, parts 3-9;
vol, 34, parts I-2; vol. 15.
Reprint :—‘*‘A Revision of the Fossil Plants of the Genera

Acrostichopteris, Tzeniopteris, Nilsonia, and Sapindopsis,

from the Potomac group.”’
Washington: — United States Geological Survey.

31st Annual Report, 1909-10

Bulletins, 381, 398, 406-7, 415, 417, 419-20, 422, 425-30, 432-5, 437,
440, 442, 444.

Professional Papers, 68.

Water-supply Papers, nos. 237, 239, 240-1, 243-7, 248-52, 253,

255, 260, 262, 264,
12)

242 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Washington :—Library of Congress.
Classification—Class N—Fine Arts.

SOUTH AMERICAN STATES, ETC.

Mexico :—Instituto Geologico.
Boletin, num. 25 and 27.
Parergones, tomo 3, num. 3-6,

Monte Video:—Museo Nacional.

Anales, serie 2, tomo I,

EUROPEAN SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Bergen :—Lergens Museum.
Aarbog, 1910, hefte 1-2.
Aarsberetning for 1910,
Crustacea of Norway (G. O. Sars), vol, 5, parts 29-32,

Brussels :—Sociéte Royale Zoologique et Malacologigque.
Annales, tome 44-45.
Christiania :— Videnskabs-Selskabet.
Forhandlinger, 1909. :
Copenhagen :—Naturhistoriske Forening.
Videnskabelige Meddelelser, 1910.

Dresden :—Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft “ Tsts.”
Sitzungsberichte und Abhandlungen, 1910 in 2 parts,

Frankfurt - am - Main: — Senckenbergische Naturforschende
Gesellschaft.
Bericht, 1909-10.
Hamburg :—Naturwissenschafilicher Verein.
Verhandlungen, vol. 17, 1909.
Abhandlungen, vol. 19, hefte 3-5.
Kiew, Russia :—Societe des Naturalistes.

Memoirs, tomo 21, part 2.

Lisbon :—Société Portugatse des Sciences Naturelles.

fe

Bulletin, vol. 3, fasc. 1-4 and supplements ; vol. 4, fasc. 1-2.
Paris :—Musétum a@ Fiistoire Naturelle.
Bulletin, 1909, nos. 7-8 ; 1910, nos. 3-5.

Paris :—Institut General Psychologique.

Mémoirs par Victor Cornetz. 1910.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 243

Portict:—Laboratorio di Zoologia Generale e Agrarta.
Bollettino, vol. 4.

Rostock-t-M. :—Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Sitzungberichte und Abhandlungen, 1910, Band 1-2.

Stockholm :—Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien.
Handlingar, vol. 45, nos. 5-12; vol 46, nos, I-3.
Arsbok, I910 in 3 parts.

Arkiv for Botanik, vol. 9, nos. 3-4; vol. 10, no. I.

3h Zoologi, vol. 6, nos. 2-4; vol. 7, no. I.
AA Matematik, Astronomi och Fysik, vol. 6, nos. 2-3.
55 Kemi, Mineralogi och Geologi, vol. 3, nos. 4-6 ; vol. 4, no. I.

Les Prix Nobel en 1908.

Trencsen :—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein.
Jahresheft, 1908-10.

Upsala:— Geological Institution, University of Upsata.
Bulletin, vol. 9, nos, 17-18 ; vol. Io, nos. 19-20 ; Index to vols. I-10.
Bref och Shrifvelser af och till Carl von Linné.

Kungl.-Vetenskaps-Societeten, 1910.

Vienna :—K. k. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft.
Verhandlungen, Bd. 60.

MISCELLANEOUS.

** Fauna of British India,’’ Coleoptera (Lamellicornia).
5 5 Rhynchota, vol. 5.
Presented by the Secretary of State for India in Council (India Office).

Reprints of Papers :—
‘* A Description of some Gold Coast Entomostraca,” by Dr. W. M.
Graham, B.A.
“* Notes on Dr. Graham’s Collection of Cyclopidae from the African
Gold Coast,” by Dr. G. S. Brady.
“On Some Species of Cyclops and other Entomostraca collected by
Dr. Dalziel in Northern Nigeria,” by Dr. G. S. Brady.
‘A Revision of the British Species of Ostracod Crustacea belonging
to the sub-families Candoninz and Herpetocypridine,”” by Dr.
G. S. Brady.
‘Zoology of the Sheffield District,” from the British Association
‘ Handbook and Guide.’
Presented by Prof. G. S. Brady, M.D., D.Sc., FRS.

244 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Reprints of papers by R. S. Bagnall, F.E.S., F.L.S. :—

2

Extracts from ‘* Fauna Hawaiiensis,” vol. 3, part 6, Thysanoptera.

Was ‘¢ Annales de la Société Entomologique de Belgique,”’
tome 53, 1909.

sf “* Annales Musei Nationalis Hungarici,” vol. 7, 1909 ;
vol. 8, 1910.

‘5 ** Annals of the South African Museum,” vol. 5, part 8.

a ** Linnean Society’s Journal,” Zoology—vol. 30, Dec.,
1909, and June, 1910.

Re ‘‘Kntomologist’s Monthly Magazine,” second series,
vol, 21.

#5 “* Annals and Magazine of Natural History,” series 8,
vol. I.

30 “¢ Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham
and Newcastle-upon-Tyne,” Transactions, N.S.,
parts I-3.

a “¢Journal of Economic Biology,” vol. 4, part 2;

vol, 6, part I.
Presented by the Author.

’ vol. 7 in 12 parts complete.

Presented by Lt.-Col. C. H. E. Adamson, CLE.

“¢ Lepidoptera Indica,’

‘* The Hazlemere Museum Gazette,’’ vol. 1 complete.
Presented by Dr. Otto V. Darbishire.

‘¢Kapillaranalyse beruhend auf Kapillaritats- und Adsorptionserschei-
nungen,”’? by Prof. Dr. Friedr. Goppelsroeder.
Presented by the Author.

Reprints of papers by A. Randell Jackson, M.D., D.Sc. :—
“© Notes on Arachnids observed during 1910.”
“¢On a Spider new to Science recently found in Ireland.”
Presented by the Author.

Reprints of papers by M. Charles Janet (Paris) :—
“‘ Sur la Morphologie de |’Insecte.”’
‘“‘ Note sur la Phylogénese de |’ Insecte.”
‘* Sur ?Ontogénése de 1’Insecte.”’
- Three extracts from Mémoires de la Société Académique de l’Oise,
1909. Presented by the Author.

Journal of the Linnean Society—Botany, vol. 39, no. 272.
3 », —Zoology, vol. 30, nos. 201-2; vol. 31,
no. 207. Presented by Henry T, Mennell, F.L.S.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 245

Zoological Society of London—Zoological Record, vol. 45, 1908.
3 a3 —Proceedings, 1909, part 4.
= 5 —Transactions, vol. 19, parts 2-5.
Presented by Major Geo, Noble.

Sir Chas. Eliot, D.C.L., C.B., &c. :—‘‘ British Nudibranchiate Mollusca,”’
part 8 and Supplement.

Prof. W. C. McIntosh, M.D., LL.D., &c. :—‘‘ British Annelids,” vol. 2,
part 2. from the Ray Society (by subscription ).

** Museums Journal,” July, 1910, to June, IgIt.
; From the Museums Association (by subscription ).

‘© Nature,”’ July Ist, 1910, to June 3oth, 1911.
Presented by the Publishers.

246 MISCELLANEA

MISCELLANEA.

Birp NOTES.

Little Auks in rgr2.—The “rush” of Little Auks, which
attracted so much attention in the early weeks of 1912, was
strongly marked on our local coast. Mr. John Crisp, of
St. Mary’s Island, writing on February 3rd, 1912, said,
“During the past three weeks the Little Auk has been very
numerous along the coast—flock after flock of them, all
making south. Large numbers of them have foundered:
they could be picked up all over the beach. I have never
seen so many, and they certainly have confirmed the common
opinion that we are in for bad weather when they are seen.”

Mr. Hugh V. Charlton, of Cullercoats, has supplied me
with some interesting notes on the same visitation, and the
following are quoted from them. ‘The first Little Auk
recorded was shot on January 7th off Cullercoats. On the
night of January 8th a severe blizzard swept over from the
south-east. On the 9th Mr. Crisp saw “dozens” swimming
round St. Mary’s Island; one was brought alive to us, but
would not feed and died next morning . . . . . January
18th. South-east wind; flock of six seen passing St. Mary’s
Island by H. V. C. We were told that many had been seen,
and the fishermen amused themselves by throwing stones at
them as they passed along by the shore. We were also
informed that one flock had about fifty birds in it
January 21st. One was picked up alive in the fields half a
mov lolol (Cmillecoets 5 5 5 « 5 Jlamwery oginal, Ji, WL
C. saw one swimming off Cullercoats. The swimming birds
apparently used their wings when on the surface as an aid to
their feet, flapping them in the water beside them in their
neiAAy so. CSS, JJaMMANy Aan 3 5 5 3 6 Il -As@ samy
four to-day; one was quite at home riding over the great
breakers off St. Mary’s Island.”

Many Little Auks were brought to the Museum, some of
them picked up far inland. One was brought alive by Mr. R.

MISCELLANEA 247

Wailes Cooke; it had been found in his garden at Wylam.
Another was seen to flutter down during a snowstorm on
February 2nd in Grey Street, Newcastle, and was picked up
by Mr. R. J. Dewar and brought to us by Mr. G. G. Laidler,
jun. We kept this bird alive for rather more than a day, but
though it pecked and squawked vigorously when handled, it
would not take food. We forced bits of shrimp down its
throat, but apparently to no purpose. While it lived we kept
it in a large sink partly filled with water, and with rocks to
climb out upon. The rotundity of its form was noticeable, as
was the fact that it never sat up on its tail-end in the attitude
in which Little Auks are always shown by taxidermists and
artists. I have stuffed the bird in the position it invariably
adopted when it left the water—supported on its breast and
- feet, with its head drawn well back and its little tail erect.
It is of course possible that a Little Auk in normal condition
is able to sit upright; this bird, like all that we examined,
was extremely emaciated and evidently starving.—Z. Leonard
Gill.

Brent Geese at St. Mary's Lsland.—Mr. John Crisp, in the
letter quoted above (dated Feb. 3, 1912), goes on to refer to
another matter. He says, ‘‘ There has been a great migration
of Brent Geese, making north. Thousands of them have
passed here in flocks of from ten to fifty for the past week.
Several have been shot; Mr. Charlton, of Cullercoats, has
shot three.” Itis many years since Brent Geese have been
seen in any numbers, or shot, at St. Mary’s Island.

White Variety of Woodpigeon.— While walking through the
General’s Wood at Fatfield, on Monday evening, August 28tn,
1911, I noticed a white bird rise and fly away, which from its
flight appeared to be a young one. Flying against a tree
trunk it fell, and I was thus able to pick it up, and on
examination found that it was a pure white variety of the
Ring Dove, fully feathered, but as yet weak on the wing.
The eyes were black, thus showing that it was not a true
albino, and as it will be interesting to observe whether any

248 MISCELLANEA

change will take place after the first moult, I have given it to
Mr. Gill who will attempt to rear it— William Hall, Fatfield
flouse, Washington.

[This young woodpigeon was successfully reared at the
Museum by William Voutt, and lived for more than a year in
the aviary. Its albinism was associated, as is often the
case, with marked stupidity, and the bird would evidently
have perished very soon in a state of nature. Eventually it
developed a habit of pursuing and attacking the other birds ;
we were obliged to put it in a smaller cage by itself, and here
it died in about a week, having apparently refused its food.
It occasionally cooed like a wild woodpigeon, and though it
remained pure white it acquired the characteristic patches of
specialized feathers on the sides of the neck.—Z. Z. G.]

The Heron in Northumberland.—From recent observations
I am of opinion that, as a feeding ground, apart from its
breeding haunts, the Heron frequents the neighbourhood of
Alnmouth more than any other spot on the Northumberland
coast. I have met with this bird from the Tyne to the Tweed,
scarce in the south, more plentiful in the north, but nowhere
in such numbers as on that stretch of coast lying between the
river Aln and Howick Burn. Here the broad, far-stretching
reefs offer a safe feeding place at low tide, and the winding
Aln and neighbouring burns in the back country a suitable
resort for high tide intervals. It is in these intervals on land
that danger is most imminent for the Heron, and from the
abundance of the birds near Alnmouth it would appear that
some protection is afforded them on the Ducal estates
adjoining.

The ordinary flight of the Heron is familiar to most people,
but what is perhaps not so commonly noticed is that interest-
ing exhibition they sometimes give when alighting from a
great height. On these occasions—only rarely performed—
instead of descending in a long incline, or planing round in
lowering circles, they change their course suddenly, taking a

MISCELLANEA 249

series of violent twists and dropping vertically the while,
until, reaching a convenient elevation they recover themselves
with marvellous skill and glide gently to the spot chosen for
alighting.

The birds frequent the same resorts time after time, and I
know a burn by the sea where, in autumn, one might reckon
with certainty on finding them waiting for a falling tide.
Here | have on occasions disturbed as many as nine Herons
within a radius of a quarter of a mile.

As soon as the tide is low enough to give foothold on the
outlying reefs the Herons come down to the sea, not in
groups, but singly, each bird taking up a position well
removed from that of its neighbour. They are silent as a

“rule, but occasionally utter a peculiar honking croak. This

cry I have heard only when a number of birds are about, and
usually when one is on the point of rising or alighting.

As they are among the first birds to arrive on the un-
covered rocks, so they are about the last to leave when the
tide returns. Long after the gulls and small wading birds
have left, the Herons are there, and if the sea is calm you
see them standing on the submerged rocks, motionless, like
so many sentinels, silhouetted against the waters of the in-
coming tide.— F¥. F. Hill.

Cormorants in Tynemouth Hlaven.—A pair of Cormorants
have this year (1912) taken up their winter quarters in Tyne-
mouth Haven. They frequent the north shore in the vicinity
of the Black Middens, and are particularly fond of perching
upon the “Skeleton Beacon” near the outer margin of the
rocks about a mile upriver. Here one or both of the birds
may be seen regularly, often in characteristic pose with raised
bill and outspread wings. I saw them first in mid-November
when a storm was raging, and on that occasion their position
seemed well chosen, being somewhat sheltered behind the
Battery Point from the north and north-east winds.

I am told that for the past three years two of these birds,

250 MISCELLANEA

presumably the same pair, have made this spot their head-
quarters during the winter months, leaving again in early
spring for their nesting grounds.

The coastguard says that some little time ago a third
Cormorant was found upon the rocks here in an exhausted
condition and taken to the men’s cabin and tended, where it
soon became very tame. When given its liberty it returned
again and again to the cabin, and it appears the men had the
greatest difficulty in driving the bird away.

It is remarkable that Cormorants, which one usually
associates with the Farnes or the wilder parts of the coast,
should have chosen a haunt within the track of shipping and
near such large and busy towns. ‘The fish refuse borne down
by the tide from Shields Quay, which is in near proximity,
might possibly be the attraction.— fF. F. A77/.

Brown Variety of Partridge—On December 4th, 1911, I
was shown a Partridge which had been shot at Cockle Park,
near Morpeth, on November 24th, and which was being
preserved for Mr. T. E. Parrington, of Carley Hill, Monk-
wearmouth. It was an adult of the well-known montana
variety, examples of which are shot from time to time in this
district, especially in central Northumberland. But it differed
in some respects from the usual adult of this variety, and the
difference is worth recording because the montana pattern is
remarkably constant as a rule wherever it appears, even in
such widely separated localities as Northumberland, Norfolk
and Spain. The notes I made at the time on this bird from
Cockle Park are as follows: Not same in colour as the usual
P. montana variety; parts usually dark chocolate are much
lighter brown, with a cinnamon shade; breast feathers spotted
near tips with dull white ; head and neck a less brilliant buff—
softened in colour towards a brownish straw.—£. Z. G.

Birds in Museum Grounds.—Interesting birds visit the
Museum grounds from time to time; the visit of a Greater
Spotted Woodpecker was recorded in a recent number of the

MISCELLANEA 251

Transactions, and every autumn a few Redstarts and large
numbers of Willow Wrens frequent the grounds for several
weeks. A Willow Wren was singing there on September 17th,
1912, and a chiffchaff on the 23rd—the latter quite a scarce
bird in the district. Cuckoos are not infrequently heard
calling near the Museum in the early morning in May and
June. A Tree Creeper spent the day about the grounds and
the adjacent gardens on March 15th, 1912; and a week
earlier we had a visit of a more surprising character—from a
couple of Long-tailed Tits. They did not stay long, for they
were vigorously pursued by the Blue Tits which are always
about the grounds. On November 22nd of the same year a
Tawny Owl was found to be roosting in a tree at the back of
the Museum: our attention was called to it early in the day
by the outcry among the mistle thrushes and blackbirds.
Later it was disturbed and flew to a window-sill, where it was
captured. We kept it for a week or two and then liberated it.
The time when the owl appeared was perhaps a period of
considerable migratory movement; at any rate it 1s suggestive
that on the same day a Woodcock was brought to us by Mr.
W. Swanston which had killed itself by flying against a
window of his house in Sydenham Terrace, within a stone’s-
throw of the Museum grounds.—Z. Z. G.

Summer Migrants in ror2.—A few miscellaneous notes
may be brought together under this heading. Mr. Isaac
Clark reported that he watched a Willow Wren at the top of
Rye Hill, in Newcastle, on the morning of January 27th, rgr2.
This is a remarkable occurrence, but such an experienced
ornithologist as Mr. Clark is not likely to be mistaken. It
may, be recalled, too, that we have in the Museum a Chiff-
chaff which was shot in the neighbourhood seven winters
previously on the zoth of December.

Swifts are to be seen in most years on odd days during the
first half of September—presumably birds from further north
appearing after our local stock has left. I noticed a Swift at
Chimney Mills, Newcastle, on the evening of September 13th,

1gi2.

252 MISCELLANEA

Much was said in the newspapers about the scarcity of
Swallows in the summer of 1912. It is therefore worth while
to put on record the fact that in this part of the country
Swallows were noticeably more abundant than usual all
through that summer. One day in September* a remarkable
southward migration of swallows was taking place across
Newcastle Town Moor. The swallows were flying low, in a
straggling stream a hundred to two hundred yards wide,
crossing the Recreation Ground, the south-east corner of
the Moor, the houses in Claremont Place, and the Leazes. I
saw them as I went home to lunch, and they were still
passing in the same way when I came back again. Most of
them were young birds.—Z. Z. G.

Night Heron at Warkworth—In March, 1913, a Night
Heron (WVycticorax griseus) was shown to us at the Museum
by Mr. Wallace, jun., of Churchill Villa, Warkworth, who had
shot it by the Coquet just above Warkworth in the preceding
month. It had been seen about the same place for at least
a fortnight.

Water Rail in Fesmond.—F¥rom the frequency with which
Water Rails are picked up under telegraph wires or met with
in various other casual ways it is evident that only their
retiring habits make them seem scarce. A Water Rail which
was brought alive to the Museum on October Ist, 1913, had
made itself known in a particularly curious way. It was
brought by Mr. P. O. Hare, who told us that it had that
morning actually run in at the front door of his house, 9,
Manor House Road, Jesmond. We kept this bird for some
time in the aviary. At first it spent all the daytime roosting
about five feet up in some brushwood in a dark corner, and
always in the same posture, with its tail up and its head and
bill pointing obliquely downwards. Later it became much
tamer and showed itself freely. We fed it on worms, but to
judge by the efforts needed to swallow them they were not a

* I made a note of the date somewhere, but unfortunately cannot now
find it.

MISCELLANEA 253

natural food, and to our disappointment it died after about a
month. Several times I heard its croaking grunt in the

evenings.—Z. L. G.

Quatls in the Northern Counties—During the last fifty
years Quails seem to have become much scarcer in England
than they used to be. Lately, however, there have been signs
that their numbers were increasing again, and in the early
autumn of 1913 a good many were reported as seen or shot
by partridge shooters in the North of England and the Border
counties of Scotland. Mr. H. I. Brackenbury sends word of
a Quail seen by Mr. Montagu Maclean and the reporter to
the Fie/d at the retriever trials at Harehope in the last week
of September. Another Quail was brought to the Museum
‘on September 23rd. It had been shot the previous day near
the village of Bowsden, close to Lowick. This was a bird of
the year, and though no others were seen it suggests the
probability that Quails had bred in the district. It was sent
by Mr. H. L. Pattinson, of Low Lynn, Beal, on whose
shooting it was killed.

There appear to be no actual records of the nesting of
Quails in our neighbourhood since the early ’seventies, when
Mr. Hancock’s catalogue was written. The gift to the
Museum of a clutch of Quail’s eggs from Ryton is therefore
very welcome. They have been presented by Mr. Thomas
Thompson, of Ashfield Terrace, Ryton, who took them him-
self “in a new-land hayfield off the Greenside road” about
the year 1893. He knew the birds were there, and followed
the hay-cutting machine until it uncovered the nest. The
machine unfortunately broke two of the eggs: there were
thirteen in the clutch, and eleven remain.—Z. Z. G.

Prestwick Car Field Meeting.

Some notes supplementing Mr. Amsden’s report on the
field meeting at Prestwick Car (see p. 202) have been
supplied by Mr. G. Nicholson, who was collecting with Mr

254 MISCELLANEA

D. Rosie. The following is quoted from Mr. Nicholson’s
letter :

“The only butterfly noted was the Small Copper, P. phiwas.
The Common Heath Moth, / atomaria, was flying freely on
the heather. Specimens of the following were also taken:
Poplar Hawk, S. populi; Water Carpet, C. suffumata, and its
variety piceata; Hebrew Character, 7. gothica.

“Amongst various /arve of the lepidoptera taken by
searching and beating were the following :
Oak Eggar, 2. guercus, var. callune
Light Emerald, J/. margaritaria from birch.
Large Emerald, G. papilionaria
Shaded Broad Bar, 7. variata ) from pine.
Pine Carpet, Z. firmata

Heath Rustic, A. agathina, from heather.

““We heard the Nightjar in the evening, and have seen
the birds since.”

CONTENTS

Report of the Natural History Society for 1909-10 ... ie Bra
A Synopsis of the British Symphyla, with descriptions of New
Species. By RicHARD S. BAGNALL, F.E.S., F.L.S.
(Elate 1... a mae SE ioe ee ee anes kes

New and Rare British Spiders. By THE REV. J. E. Hut, M.A.
(Plate Why ck 2 Sey cae, oe Giese ake ee nai

Notes on Pauropoda, with a brief description of a New Species of

Brachypauropus. By RICHARDS. BAGNALL, . E.S.. F.LS..

ae Section of the Cliffs near Newbiggin-by-the-Sea, in which is ex-
posed a Gravel Bed containing Chalk Flints. By R. G, A.
_BULLERWELL, M.Sc. (illustrated) ... ib au ‘ee

Notes on Neolithic Chipping-Sites in Northumberland and Durham.

By C. T. TRECHMANN, B.Sc. (Plates III.-VI.) ... Sie.

The Glacial Geology of Northumberland. By J. A. SMYTHE,

v

Ph.D., D.Sc. (illustrated) eS eae ai aie oe

On the British Spiders of the Genus Microneta. By A. RANDELL
JACKSON, M.D., D.Sc. (Plates _ VII. and VIIL) ..: es
“On the: Occurrence of Brachychaeteuma, Titanosoma and Poly-
é microdon in England. By Dr, K. W. VERHOEFF. (Plates
IX. and X.) ae ieee cares Tae ee ue eae
An Amended Description of Diaptomus Sancti Patricit. By G.
STEWARDSON BraApy, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc. F.R.S.
(Plates KID) 2b ae ee ee ene ee eee en
Further Records of some British Symphyla, with description of a
New Species. By RicHARD S. BAGNALL, F.E.S., F.L.S.
Report on the Field Meetings of the Natural Bie Society for
1909. By C. E. ROBSON ab mS KB Repay tere

Report on the Field Meetings of the Natural History Society for

1910. By B. AMSDEN, B.A., B.Sc., Li B. NOE Sahel ae De

Report of the Natural History Society for 1910-11

Miscellanea

‘The volumes of the present and preceding series of ‘Vransactions may

59

61

67

86

117

143

168

171

be obtained through the publishers, or direct from the Hon. Secretaries,

Hancock Museum, Barras Bridge, Neweastle-on-T yne.

Where brevity is desired in directing exchanges, etc., the following

is a sufficient address :

NATURAL Hisvorv Society,
_ NEWCASTLE- ony

ENGLAND.

PRINTED BY J, BELL AND ©CO., RAILWAY LANE, PILGRIM STREET, NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE,

pe 1 196

| ae :
TRANSACTIONS

_ NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

OF PRA ey

ee ae Vere Ole ZOOLOGY
| NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, |

NEW CAST LE-OUPON TYNE.

(Newz, Series.)

VOL. IV.—PART Il,

LONDON: = ye

WILLIAMS anp NQRGATE,

14, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN,

1916.

Price Three Shillings and Sixpence.

ANS

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OF

NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM, AND NEWCASTLE-
UPON-TYNE

REPORT OR TE COUNCIL

FOR IQII-IQI2

Tue Council are glad to report that the Society has had a
successful year of work, chiefly, but not entirely, upon
established lines ; though as regards membership and general
support there is less cause for satisfaction. The twelve
months under review have seen a succession of strikes of
railwaymen, colliers and dockers, crippling the industries of
the district, and undoubtedly causing a withdrawal of support
from societies depending upon voluntary subscriptions. By
resignation the Natural History Society has lost 14 members,
and by death ro, while 14 new members have joined, leaving a
net loss of 10; the membership now standing at 406. It is
hoped that each member will make the effort to introduce new
subscribers to replace those unfortunately lost to the Society.

The Treasurer’s accounts show a reduction of the deficit
with which the year opened from £101 5s. rod. to £66 as. 10d.,
but in the present state of the Society’s affairs a large debit
balance is difficult to reduce materially.

One feature of the year’s statistics, however, is more
encouraging. The attendance of visitors to the Museum
recorded in the last report was exceptionally low. In three
years it had fallen by three thousand, and last year only
15,854 visitors passed the turnstile. This year there has
been a marked recovery; and though the actual figure,
19,727, is swollen by the regular visits of school classes, yet
even deducting the 2,305 due to this cause, the remainder
shows something approaching a return to the normal atten-

256 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

dance. With a few exceptions the lectures and “talks” have
also been well attended. The average attendance at the
lectures given at the ordinary evening meetings was 71, at
the children’s lectures 147, and at the Curator’s “museum
talks” 60. The field meetings of the summer months have
been carried out with the usual measure of success. The
Council, on behalf of the Society, wish here to record their
thanks to those who prepared and delivered the lectures for
their kind and much valued services.

This year has brought an extension of the use of the
Museum upon lines which have been contemplated for some
time by some of the members of the Council and officers of
the Society. By an arrangement with the Newcastle Educa-
tion Committee, certain classes in the elementary schools are
now visiting the Museum on one afternoon in the week, and
are being given a course of six lessons dealing chiefly with
the vertebrate fauna of Britain—mammals, birds, reptiles,
amphibians and fishes. ‘The lessons were planned out in the
first instance by the Curator, and were then rehearsed by him
with the teachers who were to take the actual classes. So far
as can be judged up to the present the experiment has been a
very decided success. The classes have been conducted with
excellent discipline, and there has been every appearance of
keen interest among the children. In lieu of the entrance fees
of children and teachers the Education Committee is paying
the Natural History Society £10 for the year. Apart from
the use of the collections by specialists, there is certainly no
better purpose to which they could be put than that of
interesting school children in natural history.

A further pleasing evidence that the educational value of
the Museum is appreciated is that afforded by a recent
resolution of the Council of Armstrong College, voting an
annual subscription of £5 to the Natural History Society in
recognition of its work in this and other directions.

The Museum building has not required any extensive
repairs in the course of the year, but some costly alterations

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 257

have been necessary in the electric lighting installation. The
fusing of one of the main wires in the basement was very nearly
the cause of a serious fire; and a thorough examination of
the installation throughout the building showed that much of
the wiring was unsuitable for carrying the voltage it now has
to bear, and that in certain other respects the arrangements
were none too safe. These defects have now been remedied.
The best thanks of the Society are due to Mr. Wilfred Hall,
who went to a great deal of trouble in examining the in-
stallation and advising the Council in regard to it.

Of the Society’s Transactions, one part, forming the con-
clusion of Volume III., New Series, has been issued during
the year, and another part is now almost ready. The Council

fear that unless there is a substantial improvement in the

financial outlook it may be necessary to suspend the publica-
tion of Transactions altogether for a time, though such a step
would be taken with much regret, and would have an un-
fortunate effect upon the standing of the Society in the
scientific world. With what success that standing has hitherto
been maintained by means of the Transactions may be judged
from a recent and most gratifying notice in /Vature,* the
leading general scientific review.

The Hancock Prize for 1911-12 was divided between
Mr. Wm. Eltringham, of West Wylam, and Mr. John Baxter,
of Birtley. Both prize-winners are excellent self-taught field
naturalists, precisely such as the competition was founded to
encourage, and it is a gratifying result of the annual offer of
the Hancock Prize that it has brought into notice such a
number of men of similar type who are doing really good
work in various branches of local natural history.

The work done in the Museum during the year is described
by the Curator in a later section of the report, but the Council
wish here to express their thanks to the donors of the
numerous gifts to the Museum, and to the gentlemen, of
whom Mr. P. Walther must be mentioned specially, who have

* Vol. 88, p. 158, Nov. 30, I9II.

258 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

given valuable help in the work. The Council also record
their appreciation of the excellent work done by the Curator
and staff, particularly in modelling fishes, and of the enterprise
shown by them in dealing with the whale stranded on the
coast in the winter. The Museum was used on the evening
of January 4th for a civic reception given by the Lord Mayor
to the North of England Education Conference.

Among the members lost by death during the year was
Mr. John Pattinson, who as a member of Council and as a
vice-president has long been of much service to the Society.
One of his last acts was to present to the Museum the oak
pedestal case in which the condor is now exhibited. Mr.
C. E. Stuart, who served as a member of Council, and
lectured for the Society, has also passed away.

NEW MEMBERS ELECTED
FROM JULY, 1911, TO JUNE, 1912.

George B. Bainbridge, Espley Hall, Morpeth.

Frederick Beavan, Dene Brow, Jesmond Park West.

Edward J. Dove, J.P., Causey House, Gosforth.

T. Burdon Frazer, Woodside, Lindisfarne Road, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
John Gardner, F.E.S., Laurel Lodge, Hart, West Hartlepool.

J. P. Maxwell Heron, 65, Eldon Street, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Sidney Reid, 26, Claremont Place, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Edmund R. Richardson, Monkton Lodge, Jarrow.

Frank Richardson, Clifton Cottage, Clifton Road, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Right Hon. Walter Runciman, M.P., Doxford Hall, Chathill.

John Smith, F.L.S., Shire Hall, Durham.

Gerald G. Stoney, Oakley, Heaton Road North, Newcastle.

Hon. W. Watson-Armstrong, Cragside, Rothbury.

Joseph Wright, 7, St. Mary’s Place, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK 259

CURATOR’S REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK
IQII-1912

To a considerable extent the work of the museum during
the past year has been a continuation of that which chiefly
occupied us in the year preceding it. Making casts of fishes,
for example, has again been one of our principal lines of
work. We have still further improved our methods, and our
results with all kinds of fishes. now show a practically uniform
level of success. The majority of the casts that we have
made are those of marketable marine fishes, but we have cast
a number of other interesting fishes as well. We have also
taken casts of a few animals other than fishes, including one
- or two snakes and a dolphin. Snakes proved very easy to
deal with in comparison with fishes. The dolphin was
an example of the rather uncommon white-sided species,
Lagenorhynchus acutus ; it was caught off the mouth of the
Tyne, and measured nearly eight feet in length. As usual in
the case of such a large cast as this, we are making the model
in paper.

We have made fair progress with the large combined
reference collection of beetles. The cabinets are now at the
museum—previously we were working upon them at Mr.
Bagnall’s house at Penshaw—and this saves a good deal of
time. We are now also in a position to make a beginning
upon the new exhibited collection of insects. A range of
desk-cases surmounted by a central row of upright cases has
been adapted for its reception, and some of the material,
chiefly exotic beetles and butterflies, is practically ready to be
installed. A rather elaborate and somewhat costly system of
shutters has had to be fitted to the cases to keep the light
from the specimens when they are not actually being
examined ; without some such protection most insects are
quickly spoilt.

Another matter which was referred to in the last report was
the making of a tank in which to exhibit the giant squid

260 REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK

presented by Mr. H. V. Charlton. To our great regret we
were eventually obliged to abandon the upright tank which
had cost us so much time and labour, and to content ourselves
with showing the animal lying horizontally. For showing it
in this position we were able to get a satisfactory tank made
in teak, with plate-glass sides and top.

The experiment was tried last year of maintaining all
through the summer an exhibition of fresh wild flowers. By
the kindness of the members and others who collected for us
we were able to carry it out successfully, and it was so much
appreciated by visitors that we decided if possible to repeat it.
This we have happily been able to do. From the latter part
of April onwards there has been a continuous exhibit of wild
flowers arranged along the counter in the entrance hall, and
again the public have made much use of it. The amount of
time which has to be spent upon the flowers is considerable,
but the result seems to be distinctly worth it, and if the effort
is as kindly supported in future as it has been during these
two summers we hope to make the wild flower exhibition an
annual feature of our work.

A large amount of excellent work has been done during the
year upon the collection of minerals, in this case carried out
almost entirely by one of the honorary curators, Mr. P.
Walther. It is difficult to give an adequate idea of the extent
and value of Mr. Walther’s labours. He has examined an
immense quantity of stored material, showing us what could
be thrown away, what reserved for exchange, and what should
be added to the collection. In the collection itself he has
relieved much of the overcrowding by taking out unimportant
specimens, and in a large number of doubtful cases he has
settled the identity of minerals by analysis. The exhibited
collection has been rendered much more reliable by the
elimination of mistakes in identification and labelling, and
among the specimens brought to light by Mr. Walther in the
storeroom and elsewhere were many that were of very con-
siderable value. At present Mr. Walther has plans in hand
for further systematizing the arrangement and labelling of the

REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK 261

collections. One of the greatest needs of the mineral section
of the museum is a set of upright centre-cases for large show-
specimens, and we hope it may before long be possible to
have these made and fitted.

A piece of work which was far from the ordinary museum
routine fell to our lot in February. A whale 45 feet long
(a Rudolphi’s Rorqual, Balenoptera borealis) was cast ashore
to the south of Amble, and after a good deal of trouble we
obtained leave to cut out the skeleton. This proved to be a
heavy and extremely unsavoury job, with many unforeseen
difficulties to be overcome. It involved the removal of fifteen
tons of flesh, much of which, either because of its toughness
or its putridity, was very difficult to deal with. The bones,
too, were very hard to extract from their sheaths, and the
_ skull alone weighed half-a-ton. The actual work on the shore
occupied us for about ten days. In spite of its disagreeable
nature and the discomforts it entailed it was well worth doing,
for a really complete whale’s skeleton is very hard to obtain,
and in this case we were able to secure all the parts that are
usually lost, such as the ear bones, cheek bones, hyoids,
chevron bones, and the rudimentary hip bones. Most of the
skeleton is being cleaned by burial in a sand pit which we
made for the purpose in the museum grounds, but some of the
smaller bones are macerating in the usual way in water. We
still have before us the very considerable task of mounting the
skeleton and suspending it.

Some minor matters may be briefly mentioned. A few
birds have been set up, including an African coly presented
by Mr. H. B. Wilson, and a little auk picked up alive during
a snowstorm in Grey Street. The pedestal case containing
the condor is now in position by the door of the committee
room ; the condor’s cage in the grounds has been wired in and
converted into an aviary for small birds. Apart from the
regular school classes on Thursday afternoons, we have had
visits from various parties of school children and other people,
to whom I have usually given a short talk on some section of
the collections.

262 REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK

Our thanks are due to a number of members and others, in
addition to Mr. Walther, for help in the work of the museum.
Mr. George Sisson has helped us in installing the reference
collection of beetles and in elucidating the chemistry of some
processes we employ in plaster casting. He is also doing
valuable work in checking and editing the general index to
the last series of Transactions. There have been many con-
tributors to the wild flower exhibition ; Mr. Randal B. Cooke’s
weekly supplies have been particularly useful, and we are
much indebted to Miss Joyce Amsden for her regular help in
arranging and attending to the flowers.

Of the many donations made to the museum during the year
only very few can be referred to here. Living birds for the
aviary have been given to us by Mrs. W. F. Henderson, Mr.
H. B. Wilson, Mr. C. G. Petterson, Mr. P. Webster and others,
Fishes for casting, in some cases obtained at considerable
trouble, have been provided by Messrs. J. Alaric Richardson,
Newbey S. Green, Hugh P. Angus, J. Simpson and Andrew
Thomson; whilst Messrs. F. H. Phillips and Co. have again
very kindly lent us some particularly fine fishes from their
shops. A set of good ethnological specimens from Labrador
has been presented by Mr. E. A. Payne. Mr. Henry T.
Mennell, a former secretary of the Society, has sent us a most
interesting collection of photographs of the distinguished local
naturalists of the ’seventies, together with some letters of
Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock. A full list of the
donations will be found on a later page.

E. LEONARD GILL.

MUSEUM STAFF

CURATOR a enerentees pnondacbascanvedacssace E. LEONARD GILL, M.Sc.
IAISSTISIBAIN AI aisrreiot icteee eet eisiteeiacisteee menace HERBERT FLETCHER.
LapDy ASSISTANT AND SECRETARY..... Miss E. WELFORD.

ATE NIDIAUNED sro cierctoinicisiore oieteisetsrars ete ntc ele arerais WILLIAM VOUTT.

GARDENER! iiaessventeseonnes nano pean anen aarnat ALBERT SPENCER.

OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

263

HONORARY OFFICERS OF THE SOCIETY
Elected at the Annual Meeting, October 26th, rgII

PATRON
The Right Hon. Lord Armstrong, M.A., D.C.L.

PRESIDENT
The Right Hon. Lord Joicey

VICE-PRESIDENTS

The Duke of Northumberland.
Viscount Ridley.

Lord Barnard.

Lord Ravensworth.

The Bishop of Durham.

The Bishop of Newcastle.

Sir Hugh Bell, Bart.

Sir Arthur Middleton, Bart.

Sir Andrew Noble, Bart., F.R.S.
Sir G. H. Philipson, M.D., D.C.L.
Sir John Swinburne, Bart.

Sir Lindsay Wood, Bart.

Prof. Sir Thos. Oliver, M.D.

The Lord Mayor of Newcastle.

Lt.-Col. C. H. E. Adamson, C.I.E.

Lt.-Col. W. M. Angus, C.B.

Prof. G. S. Brady, M.D., F.R.S.

E. J. J. Browell.

R. Coltman Clephan, F.S.A.

Clive Cookson.

Samuel Graham.

Principal W. H. Hadow, M.A.,
Mus. Doc.

N. H. Martin, F.R.S.E., F.L.S.,
18CoSs

H. N. Middleton.

Col. C. W. Napier-Clavering.

Prof. M. C. Potter, M.A., Sc.D.

COUNCIL

G. A. Atkinson.

Hugh P. Angus.

Rego basal) boEes:, E.i.o.
W. E. Beck.

H. I. Brackenbury.

J. L. Gracie.

Wilfred Hall.

T. E. Hodgkin, M.A.

Broil |p kiutehens;
M.R.C.S., D.S.O.

Prof. Alex. Meek, M.Sc., F.Z.S.

George Sisson.

J. D. Walker.

M.A.,

HON. SECRETARIES

C. E. Robson.

J. Alaric Richardson.

HON. TREASURER
A. H. Dickinson.

HON. AUDITORS
Samuel Graham.
W. J. Bellerby.

264 MEETINGS AND LECTURES

EVENING MEETINGS HELD DURING THE
WINTER SESSION, 1911-1912.
Oct. 11.—Mr. F. Martin Duncan, F.R.M.S.: ‘‘ The Romance of Marine
Biology ’’; chair taken by Prof. Alex. Meek, M.Sc., F.Z.S.

Noy. 8.—Mr. S. Rennie Haselhurst, M.Sc. : ‘*‘ When Tynemouth was a
Desert ’”?; chair taken by Mr. Edwin Burnup.

Dec. 15.—Mr. John Smith, F.L.S.: ‘ British Ferns”? ; chair taken by
Mr. W. Mark Pybus.

Jan. 10.—Mr. Sydney Mangham, M.A. : “ Types of British Vegetation ”’ ;
chair taken by Mr. H. I. Brackenbury.

Feb. 14.—Mr. W. Buckley: ‘‘ Starfishes”’ ; chair taken by Mr. George
Sisson.

Mar. 13.—Dr. A. Randell Jackson, M.D., D.Sc.: ‘“ Animal Partner-
ships’? ; chair taken by Mr. C. E. Robson.

Mar. 23.—Private Evening Meeting of the Society : Report on Field
Meetings of 1911 by Mr. R. S. Bagnall, F.E.S., F.L.S., Chairman
of the Field Meetings Committee. Reading of extracts from the
two prize essays in the Hancock Competition by Mr. J. Baxter and
Mr. W. Eltringham.

AFTERNOON LECTURES TO CHILDREN.

Dec. 28.—Mr. J. W. Nicholson, M.A., D.Sc.: ‘* Mimicry in Butter-
flies and Moths’’; chair taken by Mr. N. H. Martin, F.L.S.,
F.R.S.E.

Jan. 4.—Dr. R. Gordon Bell, F.R.C.S. : ‘Starch: a Romance of Plant
Life’ ; chair taken by Principal W. H. Hadow, M.A., Mus. Doc.

CURAROR.S MUS WIMP ANE KS Se2

Oct. 25.—The Structure of a Bird.
Noy. 29.—The Structure of a Fish.
Dec. 20.—Northumbrian Bird Life.
Jan. 31.—Corals.

Feb. 28.—The Reptiles.

Mar. 27.—The Summer Migrants.
Apr. 24.—Rock Pool Life.

HONORARY CURATORS

Col. C. H. E. Adamson, C.J.E. Prof. G. A. Lebour, M.A., D.Sc.
R. S. Bagnall, F.E.S., F.L.S. Prof. Alex. Meek, M.Sc.

Rev. W. McLean Brown. Prof. M. C. Potter, M.A., Sc.D.
Harry Eltringham, M.A., F.Z.S.| P. Walther.

Samuel Graham.

LIST OF DONATIONS 265

LIST OF DONATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 3orn, 1912.

CoL. C. H. E. ApAmson, C.1.E.—Nest of goldfinch from which a brood
was hatched in the donor’s garden at North Jesmond in the summer

of 1911. A further volume (vol. viii.) of ‘* Lepidoptera Indica.”’

Hucu P. AnGus.—Graylings from the river Till. A living example of

the rare slug Zestacella haliotoidea trom a local greenhouse.

Jos. G. Ancus.—A Berlepsch nesting box (subsequently used by blue tits

in museum grounds),
Gro. A. ATKINSON.—A turnstone shot by the donor at Holy Island.
R. S. BAGNALL, F.E.S.—Examples of twelve species of British fleas.

C. J. BAILES.—A number of natural history specimens from the neigh-
bourhood of Port Elizabeth, South Africa; including house snake,

baumslang, scarpstecker and other snakes.

roe)

Miss C. A. BELL. —Various ‘snakes and other spirit specimens ; including
a cobra, a python, a grass snake caught in the Tyne at Bywell,
some centipedes and scorpions.

SEYMOUR BELL.—Cocoa pod from Panama. Crude rubber as gathered ©
in Brazil.
Mrs. WM. BLAKEY.—A fine colony of madrepore coral.

Mr. BLENKINSOP.—Heads of bull, cow and calf from the Haggerston
herd of Indian humped cattle.

GEORGE BOLAM.—Two marsh tits, sent to illustrate the difference between
the typical race and the ‘‘ willow tit.”

K. BRUCE.—Some natural history drawings and diagrams (mollusca, etc.)
by the late G. F. Angas.

Mrs. CATCHESIDE.—An emu’s egg.

Jas. CAYGILL.—Pieces of a shale from the Lowlands of Scotland bearing
crustacean carapaces (Ceratiocaris?). Geological specimens from
the neighbourhood of Consett, including some Coal Measure plants
and numerous samples of glacial boulders.

TuHos. CHANDLER.—Fossils from the Lias and the Chalk.

266 LIST OF DONATIONS

HuGH V, CHARLTON.—Two little auks from the coast near Cullercoats.

IsAAc CLARK.— Young barn owl in the flesh, and young stone curlew set
up by the donor ; both from Hampshire.

R. COLTMAN CLEPHAN.—A piece of silicified wood from Egypt, showing
galleries of boring insects.

WALTER S. CoRDER. —Fresh stems and heads of Egyptian papyrus grown
at North Shields,

R. J. DEWAR (per G. G. Laidler, Junr.)—A little auk picked up alive in
Grey Street on Feb. 2nd; kept alive at the museum for a day.

A. H. Dickinson.—Embryo nest of tree wasp, Vespa norvegica, found at
Warkworth in a hole in a wall—a very unusual situation.

ALEX. DIcKsON.—A very complete example of dichotomy in the chick.

Mrs. DINNING.—Drawings in water colour by John Hancock, used at
the Newcastle meeting of the British Association in 1838 to
illustrate the distinctions between the Greenland and Iceland
falcons.

Wo. ELTRINGHAM.—Nodules from Crawcrook with fish scale, Veuropteris
tenutfolia, Cordatanthus, etc.

Miss EMBLETON.—Oil painting of Barras Bridge early in the nineteenth
century, by the donor’s mother after T. M. Richardson, Senr.

Gro, A. EMERY.—Fine egg of razorbill.

Eric FALLows.—Nest of tree wasp, Vespa norvegica, from heather.
MEssrs. W, FERGUSON AND SON.—A cast of one of the Elgin Marbles.
JoHN ForsTEeR.—Stuffed specimens of a Virginian owl and a long-eared

owl.
TuHos. GaTiss.—A box of striking exotic beetles.

I, A. GOLDBERG (Kimberley).—Two Kaffir wire bracelets.

SAML. GRAHAM.—An adder killed near Bellingham. Nest and eggs ot
skylark. Necklace from native woman, Omdurman. A young
cuckoo, alive. A primitive wrought-iron oil lamp, of the pattern
known as the Scotch crusie.

NEWBEY S. GREEN.—A pike caught for the museum in Crag Lough by
the donor. Gulls’ and terns’ eggs from the west coast of Ireland.

Miss L. F. HALEY.—Eggs and newly hatched young of a South-
European stick insect. (Examples reared and still living at the
museum).

Wo. HAati.—A young albino woodpigeon, caught alive by the donor at
Fatfield. (Still living in the aviary).

LIST OF DONATIONS 267

J. Harris.—A small lizard (a gecko) imported among bananas.
Gro. E. HENDERSON.—Two specimens of the kea parrot of New Zealand.

RICHD. JOHNSON.—Egg of kelp goose (Cloéphaga magellanica) laid in
Brandling Park, Newcastle.

T. Kinc.—Small sting ray, 7rygon pastinaca, caught 15 miles east of
Hartlepool.

Mrs. Cuas. Low.—A living Greek tortoise.

Pror. ALEX. MEEK.
Sea.

A large torpedo (electric ray) taken in the North

HeEnrRY T. MENNELL.—Portraits (photographs) of a number of the
distinguished naturalists connected with the Society about 1860-70.
Some interesting letters from Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock.

C. G. PETTERSON.—A living male red bishop (a South African weaver-
bird, Pyromelana oryx) for the aviary.

E. A. PAynr.—Indian and Esquimo ethnological objects from Labrador,
ancluding a primitive Esquimo lamp, a dog whip, models of sledge
and kajak, Indian snowshoes and caribou fur coats.

Miss PLOTNICKI.—Sinter from the hot springs of New Zealand.

Epwpb. REED.—A human skull found exposed by a flood in the bank of
the Tyne at Ryton.

J. ALaric RicHARDsoN.—A tench for casting. Fine tusk of narwhal.

J. D. Rozinson —Photograph of a tree at Folkestone, the trunk of which
has grown round some railings.

Henry J. Rogson.—Two Egyptian ushabti.

J. Stmpson.—Various fishes, including a weever, a dragonet, a rockling,
thornback skates, etc.

STANLEY SMITH, M.Sc.—Fossil bone (Sos?) from Pleistocene gravel,
Newmarket ; impregnated with silica.

Dr. J. A. SMYTHE. —Specimen of the Crook-dene anorthite dyke.

Capr. J. STRAKER.—Deposited on loan: cases of Indian and other
foreign birds; heads and skulls of Indian game animals; some
‘miscellaneous geological and other objects.

SUNDERLAND MUSEUM COMMITTEE.—Skull of an elephant seal.

W. Swanston.—A woodcock killed against a window in the donor’s
house in Sydenham Terrace, Newcastle, in November.

268 LIST OF DONATIONS

ARTHUR TATE (Amble).—Microscope slides prepared by the donor:
foraminifera, etc., and sections of whalebone.

NATHAN E. THompson.—A little auk found near Broomhill.

ANDREW THOMSON.—A fine male example of the striped wrasse taken
near the Pentland Skerries.

T. R. WALLACE.—Three adders from Woodburn.

P. WALTHER.—Fine piece of crystalline brochantite from Chile. A Masai
spear.

P. WEBSTER.—Two young turtle doves or the aviary.

H. B. Wiison.—A pair of living violet doves for the aviary. A South
African olive weaver bird. A pair of African colies or mouse-birds

with two young.
Miss WrAITH.—A collection of pressed plants.

Jos. Wr1IGHT.—Photographs of the interior of the old museum. Portrait
engraving of George Allan.

A. C. YounG.—A partridge for the aviary.

W. H. Younc, F.L.S.—Living male and female of the great black water
beetle, Hydrophilus piceus.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 269

AOD LON Sh Or se siya Aa
BY EXCHANGE AND DONATION

From JULY sr, 1911, To JUNE 3orn, rore

BRITISH SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Cambridge University -—Philosophical Society.
Proceedings, vol. 16, parts 3-6.
Report for 1910.

Cardiff :—Naturalists Society.
Transactions, vol. 43.
Dublin :-—Royal Dublin Society.
Scientific Proceedings, vol. 12, no. 37, title and index; vol. 13,

nos. I-II.
Economic Proceedings, vol. 2, nos. 3-4.

Edinburgh :—Botanical Society.
Proceedings, vol. 31, part 5; vol. 32, part I.
Notes, nos. 22-24, 26-27.

Glasgow :—Geological Soctety.

Transactions, vol. 14, part I.

London :—British Association for the Advancement of Science.
Report of Soth Meeting, Sheffield, 1910.
Sist i Portsmouth, 191I.

39

London :-—Lritish Museum ( Natural Fiistory ), South Kensington.
Catalogue of African Freshwater Fishes, vol. 2.
= Moths, vol. 10 (text and plates).
Handbook of Tsetse-flies.

London :—Quekett Microscopical Club.

Journal, ser. 2, vol. 11, no. 69.

London :—Zoological Society.
Proceedings, 1911, parts 2-4; 1912, part I.
Transactions, vol. 18, part 5; vol. 20, part I.
Zoological Record, vol. 46, 1909 ; vol. 47, 1910.

270 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Manchester :—Literary and Philosophical Society.
Memoirs and Proceedings, vol. 55, part 3; vol. 56, part 1.

Manchester :—Manchester Museum, The University.
Report, 1910-11.
Millport:—Marine Biological Association of the West of
Scotland.
Annual Report for 19ro.
Newcastle-on-Tyne :—North of England Institute of Mining
and Mechanical Engineers.
Transactions, vol. 58, part 8; vol. 59, part 9; vol. 61, parts 4-8;
vol. 62, parts I-5.
Annual Report, 1910-11.
Newcastle-on-Tyne:-—Northumberland Sea Fisheries Com-

mittee.

Report on the Scientific Investigations for 1910-11.
Newcastle-on-Tyne :—University of Durham Philosophical
Society.

Proceedings, vol. 4, part 2.

Norwich :—WNorfolk and Norwich Naturalists Soczety.

Transactions, vol. 9, part 2.

Norwich -—Castle Museum.
Museum Report for 1911.
Catalogue of Loan Collections, 1911.
4th Annual Report of the Norwich Museum Association,

Oxford -—Ashmolean Natural History Soctety.
Proceedings and Report for 1911.

Plymouth :—Marine Biological Association.
Journal N.S., vol. 9, no. 2.

Southport -—Society of Natural Science.
15th Report, 1910-11.
Stratford, Essex :—Essex Field Club.

‘¢ The Essex Naturalist,’’ vol. 16, parts 7-9.

York -— Yorkshire Philosophical Soczety.
Annual Report for 1910.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 271

COLONIAL SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Cape Town :—South African Museum.
Annals, vol. 2, part 2; vols. 5-6, title and index; vol. 7, part 4;
vol. 8, part 1; vol. f0, parts1, 2; vol. 11, part 1.

Colombo :—Ceylon Marine Biological Laboratory.

Ceylon Marine Biological Reports, part 6, nos. 20-22.

Ottawa :—Geological Survey of Canada.
Memoirs, nos. 4, 10, II, 9-E, I5-P, 16-E, 27.
Report no. 1064.

Map no. 1066,
Summary Report for 1910 (1170).

Sydney, N.S.W. :—Australian Museum,
Report of Trustees for 1910-11.
Records, vol. 9, part 2.

Sydney, NV.S.W.:—Royal Society of New South Wales.
Journal and Proceedings, vol. 43, parts 2-4; vol. 44, parts I-43
vol. 45, parts I-2.

Sydney, N.S. W.:—Technological Museum.

Annual Report, 1910.

Western Australia :—Geological Survey..
Bulletin 41.

AMERICAN SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Ann Arbor :—Michigan Academy of Science.
13th Annual Report.

Berkeley :— University of California.
Geological Bulletin, vol. 5, title page and index ; vol. 6, nos. 5-19,
Botanical Bulletin, vol. 4, no. 11.
Zoological Publications, vol. 6, no. 15; vol. 7, nos. 7-8; vol. 8,
nos. I-2, 4-7.

Boston :—American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Proceedings, vol. 46, nos. 18-24; vol. 47, nos. I-I5.

Buffalo :—Soctety of Natural Sciences.

Bulletin, vol. 10, no. 1

272 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Cambridge :—Museum of Comparative Zoology,Harvard College.
Bulletin, vol. 53, nos. 5-9; vol. 54, nos. 6-10; vol. 55, no. I.
Memoirs, vol. 25, no. 3; vol. 28, no. 2; vol. 39, no. 2 ; vol. 40, no. 3;

vol. 45, no. I.
Annual Report of the Curator, 1910-11.

Cincinnati :—Lloyd Library.
Bibliographical Contributions, nos. 3-5.

Chicago :—Academy of Sciences.
Special Publication, no. 3.
Bulletin, vol. 3, nos, 4-5.

Chicago :—field Columbian Museum.
Geological Series, vol. 3, no, 9 (publication 151).

New Haven :—Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Transactions, vol. 16, pages 383-407.

New York :—Academy of Sciences.
Annals, vol. 20, no. 3; vol. 21, nos. 1-6; vol. 21, pp. 87-117,
IT1Q-156, 157-175.
Philadelphia:—Academy of Natural Sciences.

Proceedings, vol. 63, nos. 1-3.

Philadelphia:—American Philosophical Soctety.
Proceedings, vol. 50, parts 199-202.
Transactions, vol. 22, part I (new series).

Portland :—FPortland Society of Natural History.

Proceedings, vol. 2, part 9.

St. Louts:—Missouri Botanical Gardens.
_22nd Annual Report.

Washington :—Smithsonian Institution.
Annual Report, 1910.
Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 53 ; vol. 56, nos. 12, 16, 18-37 ;
vol. 57, nos. 2-8 ; vol. 58, no. 1; vol. 59, nos. 2-5.
* Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 27, part 3.

Publications, nos. 2013, 2060.

Washington :-—Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum.
Bulletin, no. 50, part 5; nos. 71, 76, 77.
Proceedings, vols. 38-40.
Publications, nos. 1862, 1873.

Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium, vol. 13, parts 1o-12
vol. 14, part 3; vol. 16, part I.

Annual Report, 1909-10.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 273

Washington :— United States Geological Survey.
Mineral Resources of the U.S., 1909, part 12.
Monograph 52.
Bulletins, 431, 436, 438, 439, 443, 445-447, 449-465, 467-469, 472-
483, 486-490, 495.
Professional Papers, 70, 72, 73, 75.
Water-supply Papers, nos. 256-258, 261, 265-270, 272-277.

SOUTH AMERICAN STATES, ETC.

Mexico :—Instituto Geologico.
Boletin, num. 28.
Parergones, tomo 3, numero 7-I0.

Montevideo :—Museo de Historia Natural.
Anales, vol. 7, tomo 4, ent. 3.

EUROPEAN SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Barcelona:—Club Montanyenc.
Any I, nos. 2-3.

Bergen :—Lergens Museum.
Aarbok, 1911, hefte 1-3.
Aarsberetning for I9QII.
Crustacea of Norway (G. O. Sars), vol. 5, parts 33-36.

Brussels -—Royal Museum of Natural History.
Mémoires, vol. 2 (Papers read at 1st International Congress of
Entomology).

Christiania :— Videnskabs-Selskabet.
Forhandlinger, 1910.

Copenhagen :—Naturhistoriske Forening.
Videnskabelige Meddelelser, bind 63.

Dresden :—Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft “ [sis.”
Sitzunsberichte und Abhandlungen, rg11.

Frankfurt- am - Main : — Senckenbergische Naturforschende
Gesellschaft.
Bericht, 42, 1911, hefte 1-4.

Hamburg :—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein.
Verhandlungen, 1910, dritte Folge, 18.

274 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Flelsingfors:—Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.
Acta 35.
Meddelanden, parts 36-37.

Krew, Russia :—Societé des Naturalistes.

Memoires, tome 21, parts 3-4.

Lisbon :—Societe Portugaise des Sciences Naturelles.
Bulletin, vol. 4, fasc. 3; vol. 5, fasc. 1.

Marseille :—Bibliotheque de la Faculté des Sciences.
Annales, tome 19.

Paris :—Muséum ad Histotre Naturelle.
Bulletin, 1910, nos. 6-7 ; 1911, nos. 1-4.

Portict :—Laboratorio di Zoologia Generale ad’ Agraria.
Bolletino, vol. 5.

Rostock :— Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Sitzungberichte und Abhandlungen, Band 3.

Stockholm :—Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademten.
Handlingar, vol. 46, nos. 4-11 ; vol. 47, no. I.
Arsbok, 1911.
Arkiv for Botanik, vol. 10, parts 2-4.
re Matematik, Astronomi och Fysik, vol. 6, part 4; vol. 7,
parts I-2.
As Kemi, Mineralogi och Geologi, vol. 4, part 2.
Meddelanden, vol. 2, part I.
Les Prix Nobel, 1909 and 1910,

Upsala :—Geological Institution, University of Upsala.
Bulletin, vol. 11.
Bref och Skrifvelser af och till Carl von Linné, del vi.
Results of the Swedish Zoological Expedition in 1901, part 4.

MISCELLANEOUS.

‘‘ Fauna of British India’: Freshwater Sponges, Hydroids, and Polyzoa,
by N. Annandale, D.Sc ; Coleoptera (General Introduction
Cicindelidae and Paussidae), by W. W. Fowler, M.A., D.Sc.,
ISLS

Presented by the Secretary of State for India in Council (India Office).

Reprint of Paper by Dr. G. S. Brady, D.Sc., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. :—
‘ Notes on Marine Ostracoda from Madeira.”
Presented by the Author.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 275

Reprint of paper by Prof. A. Meek, M.Sc., F.Z.S., F.L.S., and R. A. H.

Gray, M.Sc. :—

‘**Corstopitum : report on the excavations in 1910. Animal Remains.”

Presented by Prof. Meek.

“ British Desmidiacez,’’ vol. 4, by W. and G. S. West.
“*The British Tunicata,”’ vol. 3, by Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock.

From the Ray Society (by subscription ),

Linnean Society of London :—

Transactions, vol, 24, part 3.

99

”

99

25, parts I-3.

26
27
28
29
30

9 «I-4.
A
Se
” I-3
» I-3:

General Index for Vols. 1-25.

Transactions—2nd Series—Botany.

Vol.

29

+)

29

I, parts I-9.

")

7

Per)

99

+)

99

I-16.
I-II.
1-4.

I-15.
I-II.

I-I5.

Transactions—2nd Series - Zoology.

Vol.

I, parts 2-8.

12,

13;

I-3 and 5-18.
1-6.

276 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Journal—Botany.
Vol. 39, nos. 273-274.
99 490, » 275-276.

Journal—Zoology.
Vol. 31, no. 208.
ay) Sey OS Bilin he

Proceedings—
122nd Session, 1909-1910.
120th 3 1907-8.

List of Fellows—
IQIO-II.

Catalogue of Papers in the Transactions of the Linnean Socicty,
1791-1905.
Presented by Henry T. Mennell, Esg., F.L.S.

‘Museums Journal,”’ July, 1911, to June, 1912.
from the Museums Association (by subscription ).

Nature,”’ July Ist, 1911, to June 3oth, 1912.
Presented by the Publishers.

277

TREASURER’S REPORT

‘loImsvoly, ‘UOF] ‘NOSNIMOIG “H ‘V

8 9 76F

I Ci ce Bee eecene Peete eee esse Cee ees esee eecee solipuns
¢ OI Cy eee ttt retest scene ee: conver aTeu AA oI sosuadx4]
© O I ssaIsuod [eo1soTowojU
fo) I I pee eeseescesoes Aya100S Key
O O O1 AlO}eIOGeT SUTIVTY 9AOG
Oo I I ‘ uoneIDOssy suMesny : suoTdiosqns

ZT QU vereeeseteeesseeeseeeteeteeeeeeees “+ qunosoy uoQeotqn,t
¢ Il z wisiuinia(sieisisialsisis{alsisie/als[aia\eis\s\oinisielvisielsialsisiale ccc ccs ccccce A12u0e1S
0 oO ov “ pun seday surpimg
I TI OL torte tc t ete cerccceccecs BOUDUODOOOOUOOOOE POCO) Ay1radoig
9 61 Cz eee e ere eseseeeseeesesese wee ecccesees Ceres eesosseeesee Suu g
8 ¢ Il eee eseeeeses Deer es eee eee estasee en eee aselieg pue a8e4sO0 gq
fe} Il VE eee eee eeseee Seer eee eeeseees eee ssulyyly pue S[BLIo}e IY
Ol g1 gz BRAC RAH AU GEE DA ‘reese QOUBINSUT
9 Cr 99 eee rere ccc er ess eeseeeseeces eee JOVEN pue ‘SUI SVT ‘jan J
fo) ** SUISIVIOAPY
G : Anrannodes SOLUR[eS
II CT eee ees ee II61 ‘gun { yo€ VIOyoc]

case SLNAWAVd

AguaTIag ‘['M

Sa EVE { WVHVYD “INVS

er erccces ODDO CCDS Oooo ODOC OOOOOOOOOLY a i oy ‘gun { yWo£ ‘yIoyaqd

a Or 12 Ce solapunsg

Bodo SESHHNEHIDEEHNAGGACOHOGHIOG SING ELOUMSSVALH] (KO) SERENA |

een cecoes SOO DO OR OS COO oO OOOOOOO jk) ‘syoog epiny) jo 3[8S

wee tree tee eee tee tte eseesees Se eN | UOISSIUIPW uUInssny]Ay

p0n000000000000000000000000 500000 suondtiosqns S1oq ula IY
SLdIHOda

z161 “ANO[ HLOE of ‘i161 ‘ATO 1s1 WOMA LNOOOOV LNANUND

AIMIOOS ACOLSTH 'TVAOLVN GHG ALEM INQOOOV NI WHaASVaaL AUVUONOH AHL

TREASURER’S REPORT

278

; “sIO}IpNy “uoFy § Aguariag “[ “M
‘Joimsvaly, ‘UofT ‘NOSNIMOIG “H “V : ( WVHVUD “INVS

6 9 folF 6 9 SolF

II Cy 9S cence eceenseeseeserer TOT ‘oun[ yyo£ ‘yueg ul aourleg

o1 oi £ 906 Metereeetae pmbs JO} YUe]—soMog “A f

te Ps mentees vereereeee srof ssv[S—AIT[NL pun yorppuny

Geile liai UONL[eISUL Suliayfe—ueulsjoy pue uosqoy

Oy ee I seeseeeeeesetevereseescuTgIsIo MOU—YWOOD pue Sutuurq

be B20) vreseesseeees qouqued Sulunourei—souazeig Arey] or S11 Wtistessetseeeeeesserseeees quMOOW UO Jso1aJUT yuRg

OO OOS tritttteetttstetsseeestsseeetsaceeetteeseesresees LIQTIOS Lo Qh co etree treeteseseneee squauysaauy UO yseloqUy
Surpimg wouseg uMo3iy yA ysodap uo pode TO GZ. crettttessttereceesessetseeseses eas ‘*-AovSary] Jo sourreg

(one) oof cece cceee BHOSHSHOOSISOSHGHOAGAOVOSOGOM AG} iaLXS) sulpling Bootes 009 ane athe vestsecterrtteeeresceessrees fo@Hry a snbeen
jyaueg juouRUeg UMOID YM Ysodap uo pedx[q € zx EG cesses gr6r ‘aunf{ yio€ ‘yueg ur soureg

Ps 7 Spiesse— ay
ENONODDV AOVOUT TIVHMVAD

0 Oo oF 0 0 oF

a PI oO eee eee eee eee ses eee see nes oseeee Z161 ssun{ Lepore ‘Qouvleq

6 Cy 8 ee cerccctosscoseasecoeeneeesosesseese suedoy Axpuns

II I1 of see e eet eeeeeeteceeteeesseeeseeees TTGT ‘oun[ yyo$: “10yaq] © o ob sstereeeeseeeeeceeeeeers WUNOQOW [RIQUIH WOW JoJSUeL]
pees a7 eee

GNONd wlvddad ONIGUING

279

'TREASURER’S REPORT

‘JoinsvalT, ‘UOFT ‘NOSNIMOIG “H ‘VV

sIoyIpny ‘uOF{ {

o o ooS‘olF

fo)
fo)

fo)
Wy

(eo)

oO
ie)
Oo

000‘9

000%
00S
000‘z

I

s
*jsOo Je udyey,

*Y0}G d0UdIIJOIgJ
jsonbag ‘juao tod §$ poyeprfosuod s,Auedwod s9}eA\ proysoyey pue ajseomoyNy
Teyavig treeeeees 1901S goUaIaJoIg *jua0 Jed Y s,Aueduioy AvmMpeyY UW19}Seq-YWON

Y0}S VdUaIaJa1g ‘ued sod $z payeprfosuo|d s,Auedutog ABM[ley puelpI

Pee reer eet se raerstsoetesson ses esos *yuUa9 jod p ye pun J poyepljosuo5 (SADUOISSTULUIOZ) aud Ty,

seer eee ee ress eresssccssrasaressceeseoseres 199d pepun yy *yUg9 jod £p UOISSTUIULOZ) Vd WARY

veseeeerereeses (sonbag uiddod) YyI0}S a[qeutespasy “uso sod € uoresodiog apjseomMaN

AGUATIAG “[ “MM

WVHVU) “INVS

ooO0r00

fo)
O
gI
fo)
Oo
fo)

oor‘!
006 ‘1
gb6‘z
090%
ooS
000‘2 F

—:z161 ‘yjo€ ounf{ ‘Aja1I00g ay} Aq ploy s}UoUT}sOAUT oY} JO JSI[ B SI SUTAOT[OJ 94

SINAN LSAYANI
g fi 0% g £1 o7F
o SI z rrrreserereeseee Surawssua—"py] “Wos pure ureas *[ 400900090000000 o00e0
OQ IL ciitietiteestesseteceeeee SurderSoui[—Is My “AN ze @ gi ne ae = yuNoOsoY [eloua5) 0} doURILg
ga Hitserereeeseerevseereessssaes SHIOIG—UOS PUB UOSdITIY 9 610 noo gaa gonqnocnSEPR IEP aDOGOLOROAIONeOO SECO MALTA MO VIS)
zues oo 56000050 500000 tiettteeeeeerrs Sere) pue o8vysog Oo ZI I vee neoneecoeoooureeoss’ VUNOIDY S “ON, WO souvjeg
pis ¥ y Oo) oS) FS

LNNOODV NOILVOITEANd

280 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OF

NORTHUMBERLAND, DURHAM AND NEWCASTLE-
UPON-TYNE.

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

FOR 1912-1913.

THOUGH there has been no such augmentation of support for
the Natural History Society as is needed for a fuller develop-
ment of its work, it is at least a satisfaction to the Council
this year to have no falling-off to record. The membership
shows a slight gain: the number lost by death (13) and
resignation (15) is rather more than counterbalanced by the
accession of 33 new members, and the membership now
stands at 4Io.

The turnstile figures, showing the year’s attendance of
visitors to the Museum, are less satisfactory. The actual
total, 19,566, includes the school classes which now visit the
Museum regularly ; excluding the figures for these classes the
year’s total would be only 15,382, which would represent a
considerable decrease as compared with the records of four or
five years ago. The Education Committee of Newcastle have
renewed the arrangement made last year, by which classes
from their elementary schools visit the Museum on Thursday
afternoons in term time. It is much to be regretted, however,
that they have abandoned the definite course of lessons which
was planned by the Curator and followed during most of last
year. The difficulty appears to have been to find sufficient
time in the curriculum for repeated visits by the same class.

No extraordinary expenditure has been incurred during the
past year, but as will be seen from the balance sheet, a deficit
has again arisen on the year’s working, due to the cost of
publication of the Society's Transactions. It would be a

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 281

matter of great regret to the Council if the printing of the
Transactions had to be suspended for lack of funds.

As usual, a syllabus of lectures and “ museum talks” was
arranged for the winter months, and the best thanks of the
Society are due to those who prepared and delivered the six
ordinary lectures and the two lectures for young people. The
average attendance may be considered distinctly good: for
the ordinary lectures it was 74 and for the children’s lectures
105. The attendance at the Curator’s ‘museum talks” shows
a falling off—it is to be hoped merely temporary—to an
average of 44. At the suggestion of some of the members
who regularly attend the field meetings, the experiment was
tried during the winter of holding a few informal meetings at
the Museum for the discussion and illustration of practical
work in different branches. This was tried only in a tentative
way, but with results that were distinctly encouraging.

One part of the Society’s Transactions has been published
during the year. It forms the much-delayed conclusion of
the old series, and also completes the catalogue of local
Lepidoptera by the late John E. Robson. The author’s death
occurred just as the first sheet of this concluding part was
going through the press, and Mr. Eustace R. Bankes, the
well-known entomologist who kindly undertook to edit the
remainder, was eventually obliged by ill-health to abandon it.
Finally Mr. John Gardner was persuaded to take it in hand,
which he was well qualified to do, as he has studied the local
Micro-lepidoptera more thoroughly than anyone else and was
himself responsible for a large part of the records. He was
assisted by Mr. C. O. Trechmann, who also prepared the
index. The indebtedness of the Society to both of these
gentlemen has been expressed to them by the Council. A
very useful piece of work, the preparation of a general index
to the whole of the last series of Transactions, has now also
been brought to a conclusion. The separate indexes for the
volumes were prepared by various members, and the work of
combining them into a general index has been carried out
almost entirely by Mr. George Sisson. He has also very
kindly had a copy typed and bound for immediate use.

282 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

A beginning has been made with an index of another and
much more extensive kind, a card catalogue of the fauna
and flora of Northumberland and Durham. This was first
advocated by Mr. R. S. Bagnall, and he, the Rev. J. E. Hull,
Mr. W. H. Young and others have already made themselves
responsible for considerable sections of it. The catalogue is
intended to form a permanent record of what is known of each
species in the two counties, and as it will be in the form of
cards, one for each species, it will be easy to make any
additions to it that may be required. Such a catalogue will
be of the greatest possible use to future workers.

The Hancock Prize Competition again produced some good
essays. ‘The judging was undertaken by the Rev. J. E. Hull
and Mr. George W. Temperley, who had no hesitation in
awarding the prize to Mr. J. Horsley for an essay describing
the birds seen during a walk along the coast near Bamburgh.
For the forthcoming competition additional prizes are offered
by the President. Lord Joicey is providing a second prize of
the value of £2, and two junior prizes, of the value of 25s.
and 15s. respectively, for competitors under sixteen years of
age. The Council particularly welcome this encouragement
to juvenile naturalists, and would be glad if it could be made
an annual adjunct to the main competition.

A few other matters which have been before the Council
during the year may be briefly alluded to. Mr. J. D.
Challoner was appointed a member of the Council during
the year, to fill the place of Mr. George A. Atkinson, who had
gone abroad. Col. C. H. E. Adamson succeeds the late Mr.
R. R. Dees as the representative of the Natural History
Society on the Board of Governors of Armstrong College.
The Museum grounds have received a good deal of
attention and various improvements have been carried out,
notably in the condition of the grass and the groups of shrubs.
As usual, the Society has been indebted to a number of
members and others for gifts of museum specimens; these
are acknowledged in a later section of the report. Of gifts of
other kinds, one which calls for special mention is that of a

—=.

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 283

first-class camera. The need of a camera has often been felt
at the Museum, and it is chiefly owing to the kindness of
Mr. W. E. Beck that it has at length been supplied. Mr.
Beck gave £10 towards the purchase, and other members
have contributed most of the remaining cost of the camera
and the apparatus connected with it. Further sums for this
purpose will be gladly accepted, as the original contributors
did not wish any of the cost to come upon the general funds.

A great loss to the Society and to north-country natural
history has been suffered in the death of the Rev. W. J.
Wingate. He was best known as an authority on the Diptera
or two-winged flies, and his modestly named “ Catalogue of
Durham Diptera,” published as the second volume of the new
series of Transactions, has had a large sale as being the only
real introduction to the study of the Diptera in the English
language. His large collection of local flies he presented to
the Museum some years ago. But Mr. Wingate’s knowledge
of nature was by no means confined to this group of insects ;
he was a good botanist and a good geologist as well, and by
his energy as an organiser and lecturer he did great service
to the local scientific societies of the county of Durham.

Several active and useful members have unfortunately been
lost during the year by removal to other parts of the country.
Among them are Mr. B. Amsden, the Rev. J. M. Hick and
Mr. George W. Temperley. Mr. R. S. Bagnall, though
retaining his connexion with the Society, has gone to Oxford
as assistant to Prof. Poulton in the Hope Department of the
University Museum; and while much regretting his loss to
this district, we congratulate him on his appointment to such
an important and congenial post. In view of the difficulties
under which he has worked hitherto, his rise within a few
years to a position of such prominence as an entomologist is
remarkable. To help forward a gifted naturalist like Mr.
Bagnall in the earlier stages of his career is one of the
happiest functions which such a body as the Natural. History
Society can have the opportunity to discharge.

284 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

NEW MEMBERS ELECTED
FROM JULY, 1912, TO JUNE, 1913.

Thomas Anderson, M.A., B.Sc., Armstrong College, Newcastle-upon-
Tyne. ;

T. Lindsay Bainbridge, Holmwood, Clayton Road, Newcastle-upon-
Tyne.

Francis A. Beane, Lloyds’ Bank, Collingwood Street, Newcastle-
upon-Tyne.

G. F. Bell, 4, Tankerville Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

J. T. Boocock, 80, Falmouth Road, Heaton.

Mrs. A. Brewis, East Ellesmere, Granville Road, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Chas. F. Charlton, 21, Claremont Place, 5 a

J. P. Cornett, Ford Paper Works, Hylton, Sunderland.

Mrs. Coulson, 2, Framlington Place, Newcastle-upon- Tyne.

Ivan East, Greenhill, Jesmond Park, 5 ae

F. W. Gardner, B.A., 12, Roxburgh Place, Heaton.

G. H. Glendenning, Eslington Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Percy Gordon, 64, Osborne Road, a5 ai

Miss H. M. Gurney, M.B., B.S., The White House, Grainger Park
Road, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

W. J. Hardie, Backworth Coal Co., Ltd., Milburn House, Newcastle-
upon- Tyne.

J. D, Hodgson, Linton Villa, Grainger Park Road, Newcastle-upon-
Tyne.

Wm. F. Horsley, St. Helen’s Terrace, Low Fell.

Jas. Logan, 10, Eskdale Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Coun. George Lunn, Moorfield, Gosforth.

J. J. Maguire, Edgmere, Adderstone Crescent, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
W. Maughan, 13, Mosley Street, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

N. F. Ramsay, 131, Osborne Road, Ap rr

Dr. J..A. Smythe, 10, Queen’s Gardens, Benton.

Philip Spence, Mellbreak, Elmfield Park, Gosforth.

Chas. E. Straker, High Warden, Hexham.

E. W. Swan, The Pele Tower, Corbridge.

John Talbot, M.A., B.Sc., 4, Brandling Park, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Thomas Wallace, 42, Mosley Street, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

H. S. Wallace, F.E.S., 17, Kingsley Place, Heaton (from Associate).
W. Walther, Eastfield House, Granville Road, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Geo. Welsh, 4, Devonshire Terrace, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS.

C. W. Coyle, 36, Stanton Street, Newcastle-upon-Tyne,
John Jeffrey, B.Sc., 71, Malvern Street, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK 285

CURATOR’S REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK
IQI2—-I91T3.

The past year has produced no such exciting or strenuous
incidents as were provided the year before by the whale whose
skeleton we cut out on the coast near Amble. A considerable
amount of solid work has been accomplished, however, in
addition to the incidental duties which necessarily take up a
great deal of our time. In the main our work has followed
the lines of the preceding year or two. The chief deviation,
in fact, has been the preparation of the whale’s bones.
Nearly all of them we had buried in a sand pit made for the
purpose in the museum grounds, and on opening it early this
summer we were pleased to find that many of the bones were
ready for the final cleaning and preparation for mounting.
This we accordingly took in hand, and we now have the ribs,
shoulder blades, various smaller bones and most of the
vertebrae finished and brought indoors. The cervical verte-
brae and the smaller caudals we had put to macerate in the
usual way in water, and we were surprised at the little
progress they had made compared with the bones in the sand.
We have transferred them all to sand to finish the process.
The skull and jaws have also had to be put back in sand for
a few months longer, though all but small portions of them
are finished.

We have taken casts of a certain number of fishes during
the year. The most important are a set which nearly com-
plete our representation of the life history of the salmon; we
now have the stages known as parr, smolt, grilse, fresh-run
salmon, and kelt. We have also made casts of a few things
other than fishes, the largest being a full-grown porpoise. A
particularly elaborate and difficult cast was that of a squid:
the animal was too large to mount in any but a very expensive
jar, and we obtained a perfect cast of it by means of a waste-
mould in wax.

286 REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK

It has been suggested to us that we should make and
supply casts of certain of our unique local fossils, and we
have tried some experiments in that direction, but the
difficulties to be overcome are great. The fossils, especially
the amphibian skulls in Coal Measure shale, are far too
fragile for ordinary methods. We have not yet found a
means of taking moulds that we can safely employ on the
most valuable specimens, most of which have been extensively
broken and mended in cleaning them from the matrix ; though
where the fossils are sound enough we can reproduce them
very perfectly.

We are gradually getting on with the work we have had in
hand for some time on the insects. The beetles are the
section we have chiefly been engaged upon, and we are work-
ing at two different sets of beetles, the general set for public
exhibition and the large British reference collection. The set
for exhibition is nearing completion. Its preparation has
involved a great deal of detailed work—selecting the speci-
mens, getting them named and labelled, relaxed, set and
classified ; and we are anxious to get it finished in order to
start upon the butterflies and moths. The reference collection
of British beetles, which we are forming by combining the fine
private collections of Mr. John Gardner, Mr. R.S. Bagnall and
the late T. J. Bold, is gradually taking shape. But it is an
enormous undertaking, and it is only by working at it in the
evenings that we have been able so far to make any progress
with it at all. For the exhibition series of butterflies we now
have a large amount of material in hand. Our stock was
weakest in South American species, and much has been done
to remedy that defect by the purchase of the late Capt. D. H.
Nash’s collection, in which the South American lepidoptera
are well represented. One special set of lepidoptera is already
on view in the new insect cases. It is a collection of the wild
silk-moths of the world which we obtained by exchange with
Mr. J. H. Watson, of Manchester, and includes not only the
wild species whose silk is already in use, such as the Shantung,
Tussore and Eria silk-moths, but also many others which

REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK 287

appear to be more or less adapted for commercial exploitation.
We have to thank Col. C. H. E. Adamson for the help he has
given us in this department by naming for us a number of
Asiatic butterflies.

Mr. P. Walther has continued his work on the minerals
with unabated vigour, and we cannot speak too highly of the
service he is rendering in this department of the museum.
He has continued the testing of doubtful specimens, especially
among the metallic ores, has sorted through further batches
of unidentified minerals, made out a very large number of new
labels, and is taking various steps for more completely
systematizing the collection. For some time we gave one
evening a week to writing labels for the specimens he had
-been working upon. During the year Mr. Walther has also
negotiated for us a very useful exchange with a dealer in
Austria, whereby for some of our duplicates we have obtained
a large series of models of crystals, a number of cut precious
stones and some fine examples of utensils made from agate,
Few museums are fortunate enough to meet with an honorary
curator who will place at their disposal so much zeal, know-
ledge and practical ability.

The exhibition of fresh wild flowers has again been success-
fully kept up, though the dryness of the present summer has
been rather against it. Mr. Randal B. Cooke’s regular
supplies of flowers from Corbridge have been the mainstay of
the exhibition, as they were last year. To Mr. Cooke we
were also indebted for an interesting series of twigs and
branches in bud which occupied the flower counter during the
winter and early spring.

A considerable number of spirit and formalin specimens
have been mounted in flat-sided jars and placed in the cases,
In several sections of the museum the cases have been turned
out and cleaned. The mammal cases have been not only
cleaned but repainted throughout with distemper, and their
general appearance has been much improved.

288 REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK

The collections, especially those of local fossils, have been
studied during the year by several specialists, among them
two of the leading authorities in palezeobotany, Dr. Jongmans,
of Leiden, and Dr. Robert Kidston of Stirling.. Dr. Jongmans
did us a good service in looking through our large stock of
calamites and pointing out which were the more important
specimens and which could safely be thrown away. Dr.
Kidston has been examining some of the type specimens of
Lindley and Hutton’s “ Fossil Flora,” and has returned them
with valuable notes on their modern nomenclature. Mr. D.
M.S. Watson, of London, has continued the work he began
last year upon the local Coal Measure amphibians. Few
people in Newcastle, even among members of the Society,
are aware of the scientific value of parts of our collections,
and it may therefore be worth while to repeat Mr. Watson’s
statement that our series of these Coal Measure amphibian
remains, which are of the highest interest from the light they
throw on the evolution of the vertebrates, is the most
valuable and extensive possessed by any museum in the
world.

The low average attendance at my “museum talks” is
probably due in part to the choice of subjects and the fact
that in several cases talks with the same titles had been given
before. The largest audiences are always drawn by subjects
connected with birds. I am thinking of giving the talks in
future rather more of the character of a series. Another
somewhat disappointing feature of the year has been the
abandonment of the regular system on which the school
classes were receiving lessons in the museum last year. No
doubt it was difficult to fit the lessons into an overcrowded
curriculum, but I am afraid the visits as they are being con-
ducted now, with very large classes straying round the
museum as they like and without the possibility of a definite
lesson, are not of much educational value to the children.
Perhaps one of the best ways in which a museum can serve
the schools is to send out travelling cases of selected objects
accompanied by leaflets for the teachers’ use, and if our time

ee “-

REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK 289

and means would allow of it we should be very glad to
prepare such cases for the council schools of Newcastle; but
with our present resources anything of the kind is out of the
question.

Some of the donations received during the year call for
special mention. Mrs. Wingate has handed over to the
museum a large proportion of the natural history collections
left by the late Rev. W. J. Wingate. They included a large
number of diptera, from which we have selected all that were
of value as additions to the fine collection presented by Mr.
Wingate some years ago, and incorporated them in it.
Fishes which we specially wanted for casting have been
obtained for us by Mr. Abel Chapman, Mr. Newbey S.
Green, Mr. Samuel Graham and the late Mrs. James
Richardson. Some particularly interesting chicks and nest-
lings of British birds have been presented by Mr. Isaac
Clark, who had stuffed them excellently himself. Mr. A. M,
Oliver has given us some rare British land shells, and Mr. R.
Standen, of the Manchester Museum, a series of Whitstable
oysters, showing the stages of growth from the young or
“spat” to the marketable size and beyond. From Mr,
George A. Atkinson, who is at present in Japan, we have -
received an interesting set of Japanese butterflies and moths
and a few bird skins; from Dr. W. M. Tattersall an example
of one of the rare flexible-shelled sea urchins dredged off the
west coast of Ireland. The chief acquisition in the geological
department is a large set of fossils collected in various parts
of England and Ireland by Major C. F. Bishop and presented
by him to the museum. ‘They include some good sections of
Devonian corals, some fine specimens of rare fossils from the
Irish Carboniferous Limestone, and some particularly good
fossils from the Chalk. An interesting addition to the
ethnology department is a collection of objects representing
Chinese arts and customs, presented by Miss E. Livens. The
camera given us by Mr. Beck and other members of the
Council is a most welcome acquisition and has already
proved very useful.

290 REPORT ON MUSEUM WORK

This annual survey of our work in the museum is always a

somewhat disappointing document to prepare. There are
such extensive pieces of work in nearly every section waiting
year after year to be taken in hand, and the impression we are
able to make upon them in any one year seems so insignificant.
On the other hand, in view of the smallness of the staff and
income in proportion to the size of the museum, and in view,
too, of the extent to which our average day is inevitably
occupied with incidental matters unconnected with our real
progressive work, I am always rather surprised that the year’s
record amounts after all to as much as it does. But I feel
bound to point out from time to time that while our resources
in staff and income are so much inferior to those of other
museums of the same standing, it is impossible for us to reach
the same level in methods of displaying collections or to
follow out modern educational developments in the same way
as these more fortunate institutions.

E. LEoNaRD GILL.

MUSEUM STAFF

GW RATOR Maciocia ctigesosiesseileeesictelsisteianemeletine E. LEONARD GILL, M.Sc.
INGGIIGUDAIRAD. Geanoboondcasuonccoooponceobsocadooo HERBERT FLETCHER.
LapyY ASSISTANT AND SECRETARY..... Miss E. WELFORD,
AAGPTNDINIIDYAISMooc05005 oaGco0009000000G0s00000000 WILLIAM VOUTT.

GARDENER acl aaee cee caincaeesinaceeeasasenees ALBERT SPENCER.

HONORARY CURATORS

Col. C. H. E. Adamson, C.I.E. Prof. G. A. Lebour, M.A., D.Sc.
R. S. Bagnall, F.E.S., F.L.S. Prof. Alex. Meek, M.Sc.

Rev. W. McLean Brown. Prof. M. C. Potter, M.A., Sc.D.
Harry Eltringham, M.A., F.Z.S.| P. Walther.

Samuel Graham.

>a

sh Pe, Nia pcan ke

eS ee ee De eee ee ae ee Se

OFFICERS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 291

HONORARY OFFICERS OF THE SOCIETY

Elected at the Annual Meeting, October 29th, 1912

PATRON
The Right Hon. Lord Armstrong, M.A., D.C.L.

PRESIDENT
The Right Hon. Lord Joicey

VICE-PRESIDENTS

The Duke of Northumberland.
Viscount Ridley.

Lord Barnard.

Lord Ravensworth.

The Bishop of Durham.
‘The Bishop of Newcastle.
Sir Hugh Bell, Bart.

Sir Arthur Middleton, Bart.

Sir Andrew Noble, Bart., F.R.S.
Sir G. H. Philipson, M.D., D.C.L.

Sir John Swinburne, Bart.

Sir Lindsay Wood, Bart.

Prof. Sir Thos. Oliver, M.D.
The Lord Mayor of Newcastle.

Lt.-Col. C. H. E. Adamson, C.I.E.

Lt.-Col. W. M. Angus, C.B.

Prof. G. S. Brady, M.D., F.R.S.

E. J. J. Browell.

R. Coltman Clephan, F.S.A.

Clive Cookson.

Samuel Graham.

Principal W. H. Hadow, M.A.,
Mus. Doc.

N. H. Martin, F.R.S.E., F.L.S.,
EGsS3

H. N. Middleton.

Col. C. W. Napier-Clavering.

Prof. M. C. Potter, M.A., Sc.D.

COUNCIL

Hugh P. Angus.

R. S. Bagnall F.E.S., F.L.S.
H. I. Brackenbury.

Rev. W. McLean Brown.
Reginald Bryant.

John D. Challoner.

J. L. Gracie.

T. E. Hodgkin, M.A.

Prof. H. J. Hutchens,
M.R.C.S., D.S.O.

Hon. J. Arthur Joicey.

Ernest Scott.

J. D. Walker, J.P.

M.A.,

HON. SECRETARIES

C. E. Robson.

J. Alaric Richardson.

HON. TREASURER
A. H. Dickinson.

HON. AUDITORS
Samuel Graham.

W. J. Bellerby.

292 MEETINGS AND LECTURES

EVENING MEETINGS HELD DURING THE
WINTER SESSION, 1912-1913.

Oct. 18.—Mr. H. J. Chapman, F.R.H.S.: ‘‘A Talk about Orchids ”’ ;
chair taken by Mr. W. Mark Pybus.

Nov. 20.—Mr. George Sisson: ‘‘ The North Sea: Ocean Investiga-
tion’; chair taken by Mr. Jos. G. Angus.

Dec. 11.—Dr. J. A. Smythe, D.Sc., Ph.D. : ‘‘ Crystals and their place
in Nature’’; chair taken by Mr. B. Amsden, B.A., B.Sc., LL.B.

Jan. 15.—Miss E. Hollis: ‘‘The Northumbrian Coast”’; chair taken
by Mr. George Sisson.

Feb. 12.—Prof. H. J. Hutchens, M.A., M.R.C.S., D.S.O.:
‘¢ Tuberculosis”; chair taken by Prof. Alex. Meek, M.Sc.

Mar. 12.—Mr. S. Mangham, M.A.: ‘‘ Plant Life of the Woodlands”’ ;
chair taken by Mr. J. Talbot, M.A.

Mar. 19.—Private Evening Meeting of the Society: Report on Field
Meetings of 1912, by the Rev. J. M. Hick, M.A., Chairman of
the Field Meetings Committee. Reading of the Hancock Prize
Essay by the author, Mr. J. Horsley.

- AFTERNOON LECTURES TO YOUNG PEOPLE.

Dec. 27.—Mr. Hugh Richardson, M.A.: “The Microscope” ; chair
taken by Mr. W. E. Beck.

Jan. 3.—Rev. Arthur Watts, F.C.S.: ‘‘ Flower-dust or Pollen” ;
chair taken by Mr. N. H. Martin, F.R.S.E., F.L.S.

CURATOR’S “MUSEUM TALKS.”

Oct. 30.—Succulent Plants.*
Nov. 27.—The Giant Squid.
Dec. 18.—Skulls.

Jan. 29.—Wildfowl of the Coast.
Feb. 26.—Elephants and Ivory.

Mar. 26.—Living Fossils.

ee ee

Apr. 30.—Animals of South America.
* Kindly given by Mr. S. Mangham, M.A.

LIST OF DONATIONS 293

LIST OF DONATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30TH, 1913.

HucGu P. Ancus.—Three living examples of the rare slug Zestace//a from
Gosforth.

Gro. A. ATKINSON.—A collection of butterflies and moths sent by the
donor from Japan—about 70 species and 300 specimens. Skins of
four wading birds from Japan.

RICHARD S. BAGNALL, F.E.S.—Specimens of three rare coleoptera
from Oxford.

~ Major C. F. Bisnop, R.A.—British fossils collected by the donor :
sections of Devonian corals from Plymouth ; Carboniferous Lime-
stone fossils from Cahir, Ireland; a few Lias fossils ; Cretaceous
fossils from the south-east of England—Kentish Rag, Greensand,
Gault and Chalk. Among the Chalk fossils a good series of
Micraster and some unusually well preserved shells.

ALFRED Boocock.—Pale blue egg of partridge.

Miss BUCKLAND (Fourstones).—Apical rosette of a crinoid from lime-
stone at Fourstones.

JAMES CAYGILL.—Boulders from glacial deposits in the Consett district.
Rocks and minerals from Upper Teesdale.

ABEL CHAPMAN.—Fishes representing stages in the life history of the
salmon.

Hucu V. CHARLTON.—A squirrel from Cumberland.

P. CHARLTON (Chopwell).—A fine slab of Asterophyllites foliage from
Chopwell Colliery.

IsAAC CLARK.—Nestling gannet in the ‘squab’ stage, and a young chick
of the little grebe: both stuffed by the donor.

HELEN AND JOHN CoULSON.—Valves of the boring shells Pholas crispata
and P. candida.

-Miss Dixon (Corbridge).—John Hancock’s group of ‘* Young Leopards
Asleep,”’ from which one of his published drawings was made.

Wn. ELTRINGHAM (West Wylam).—Coal Measure plant remains, in-
cluding part of an inflorescence of Cordaianthus.

294 LIST OF DONATIONS

G. A. EMEry.—Three guillemots’ eggs ; two being eggs of the “‘ ringed”’
guillemot from Shetland, the third an abnormally small egg from
Bempton.

Jno. GARDNER, F.E.S.—A further section of the donor’s collection of
British coleoptera for incorporation in the large reference collection.

H. A. Grtt.—A number of living stag beetles (Zucanus cervus) from the
donor’s garden at Chiswick.

SAMUEL GRAHAM.—Three birds’ skins (starling, little owl, jacamar) ; a
peewit’s nest with two normal and two very abnormal eggs; a
hen’s egg with a partial subsidiary shell inside; chaffinches and a
common tern from Bellingham ; a dace from the North Tyne.

NEWBEY S. GREEN.—Roach and large pike from the Till.

Max HOoLzAPFEL.—Seven skins of small eagles from the highlands of
British East Africa.

GEORGE JENNINGS (Backworth).—Two Indian stag beetles.

H. A. Krrsrty.—Large Orthoceras on a piece of limestone from a wall
near Matfen.

T. Kine (Hartlepool).—A ballan wrasse, Labras maculatus, caught in
the trawl off Hartlepool.

Miss ETHEL LIVENS.—Characteristic objects from China: including an
illustrated native newspaper, a letter, a book ; pictorial sheets, one
of them a New Year ‘‘kitchen-god’’ ; models of insects, etc. ;
combs, scissors, thimble, and a silver shield for an elongated finger
nail.

MANCHESTER MUSEUM (per Dr. W. M. Tattersall).—An example of one
of the rare flexible-shelled sea-urchins, <Asthenosoma hystrix,
dredged from ooze off the west of Ireland in 492 fathoms.

Sir ArTHUR E. MIDDLETON, Bart.—Branches and cones of Araucaria
from a tree at Belsay Castle; the first known to have produced
cones there.

A. M. OLIVER.—Shells of Helix terrestris from Dover.
J. J. Oxtey.—A piece of shale from Newfoundland with remains of
minute ostracods.

Miss AUDREY PEASE.—A number of specimens of the freshwater fish-
louse, Argulus foliaceus, collected from small trout in the Otterburn

district.

Rev. H. Procror.—Three alligators’ eggs from Southern Nigeria.
S ad g'

LIST OF DONATIONS 295

Rost. Reip.— A stump-tailed lizard, Zgernia stokesii, which came inv
cargo of wheat from Western Australia.

Mrs. FRANK RICHARDSON.—A char caught in Windermere towards the
end of September ; turning silvery.

THE LATE Mrs, JAS. RICHARDSON.—A Windermere char in full colora-
tion, caught in July.

J. ALARIC RICHARDSON.—The skin of a harp seal, Phoca grenlandica.
A claw-toed frog and a spider imported in skins.

Hon. JASPER RipLey.—Three very fine antelopes’ heads from Bechuana-
land, viz., a gemsbok ( Oryx gazella) and two hartebeests (Bubalis
cama), on loan.

J. D. Rosrnson.—Engravings of two pictures.

ERNEST ScoTT.—On loan :. two large cases of Egyptian birds collected by
Mr. Scott and his brother.

Mrs. T. W. SHARP.—A living pair of South American cardinal finches
(Paroaria cucullata).

STANLEY SMITH, M.Sc.—Three sections of the fossil coral Azlophyllum
Sungites.

R. STANDEN (Manchester).—A series of Whitstable oysters in all stages
from the young (‘‘spat’’) to the marketable size (‘‘ ware”) and
beyond.

B. STORROW.—Two specimens of a marine tube-making worm, /ectinaria
(Amphitrite) auricoma, found living in a tank at the Dove
Laboratory, Cullercoats.

ANDREW THOoOMSON.—A large specimen of the monkfish ( Rhzna squatina ).

P. WALTHER.—Colour microphotographs of rock sections under polarized
light. Sections of minerals, fossil corals, ammonites.

Jos. WATERS.—Very large claw of a lobster, from Dunbar.

J. WEBSTER (Madras).—Cobras from Madras; scorpions from Madras
and Raniput.

Mrs. WINGATE.—A large part of the collections left by the late Rev. W.
J. Wingate : a large quantity of diptera in store-boxes ; some other
insects; snakes, etc., in spirit; diagrams and geological maps ;
card catalogues of natural history records.

296 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

ADDIELONS LO. Es LeBiReA Ray
BY EXCHANGE AND DONATION
From JULY 1st, 1912, tro JUNE 30TH, 1913.

BRITISH SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Berwick-upon-Tweed :—Berwickshire Naturalists Club.
History of the Club, vol. 21, parts 1-2,

Cambridge University :—Philosophical Soctety.
Proceedings, vol. 16, part 7; vol. 17, parts I-2.
Cardiff -—Naturalists’ Society.
Transactions, vol. 44.
Cardiff :—National Museum of Wales.
5th Annual Report, 1911-12.
Dublin :—Royal Dublin Society.
Scientific Proceedings, vol. 13, nos. 12-37.

Economic Proceedings, vol. 2, no. 5.

Edinburgh :—Geological Society.
Transactions, vol. 10, part I.
Ldinburgh :—Royal Soctety.
Proceedings, vol. 32, parts 2-5 ; vol. 33, parts I-2.
Transactions, vol. 48, part 2.
Edinburgh :—Botanical Soczety.
Transactions and Proceedings, vol. 24, parts 2-3, title and index.
Edinburgh :—Royal Botanic Garden.
Notes nos. 25, 31-34, 36.
Glasgow :—Geological Society.
Transactions, vol. 14, parts 2-3.
Greenwich :—Royal Observatory.
_Magnetical and Meteorological Observations, 1910.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 297

London :—British Association for the Advancement of Science.
Report of 82nd Meeting, Dundee, 1912.

London :—British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington
Catalogue of Lepidoptera Phalzenz, vol. I and plates.
General Index to hand List of Birds, vols. 1-5.
Special Guide, no. 5, Bible Exhibition.

London :—Quekett Microscopical Club.

Journal, ser. 2, vol. 11, nos. 70-72.

London :—Zoological Society.
Proceedings, 1912, parts 2-43 1913, parts I-2; Index, 1901-1910.
Transactions, vol. 20, parts 2-4.

Manchester :—Literary and Philosophical Society.
Memoirs and Proceedings, vol. 56, parts 2-3; vol. 57, part I.

Manchester :—Manchester Museum, The University.
Report for 1911-12.

Miliport: - Marine Biological Assoctation of the West of
Scotland.
Annual Report, I9gII.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne:— North of England Institute of Mining
and Mechanical Engineers.
Transactions, vol. 50, part 10; vol. 51, part 9; vol. 52, part 8; vol.
53, parts 1-2; vol. 62, parts 6-7.
Report of the Carboniferous Limestone Formation of the North of
England.
Annual Report, 1911-12.

Newcastle-upon-Tyne :-— University of Durham Philosophical
Society.

Proceedings, vol. 4, part 5; vol. 5, part I.

Newcastle-upon-Tyne: — Northumberland Sea Fisheries
Committee.

Dove Marine Laboratory Report, 1911-12.

Northampton :—Northamptonshire Natural History Soctety
and Field Club.

Journal, vol. 16, nos. 129-132.

Norwich:—Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Soctety.

Transactions, vol. 9, part 3.

298 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Oxford :— Ashmolean Natural History Society.
Proceedings and Report for 1912.

Flymouth :—FPlymouth Institute.

Transactions, vol. 15, part 2.

Flymouth :—Marine Biological Association.
Journal, N.S., vol. 9, nos. 3-4.

Stone :—LNorth Staffordshire Field Club.

Annual Report and Transactions, 1911-1912.

Stratford, Essex :—Essex Field Club.

‘The Essex Naturalist,’’ vol. 16, parts 10-11 ; vol. 17, parts 1-3.

York :--- Yorkshire Philosophical Soctety.
Annual Report, 1911.

COLONIAL SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Cape Town :—South African Museum.

Annals, vol. 9, part 2; vol. 10, part 3.

Halifax, Nova Scotia:—Nova Scotian Institute of Science.

Proceedings and Transactions, vol. 12, part 3; vol. 13, parts I-2.

Melbourne :—National Museum.

Memoirs, no. 4.

Ottawa :—Geological Survey of Canada.
Atlas of Canada, nos. 4, 5.
Maps, nos. 1133, 1134.
Memoirs, nos. 13, 17E, 21, 24E, 28, 35.
Summary Report for 1911.
Perth -— Geological Survey of Western Australia.
Bulletin, nos. 43, 45-47, 50.

Sydney, N.S. W.:—Australian Museum.
Report of Trustees for 1911-12.
Records, vol. 8, nos. 3-4; vol. 9, no. 1; vol. 10, nos. 1-4

Sydney, N.S.W. -—Technological Museum.
Annual Report, 1911.

Sydney, VS. W.:—Royal Society of New South Wales.

Journal and Proceedings, vol. 45, parts 3-4.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 299

AMERICAN SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Berkeley :— University of California.
Botany. vol. 4, nos. 12-15.
Geology, vol. 6, title page and index ; vol. 7, nos. 1-8,
Zoology, vol. 6, index; vol. 7, nos. 9-10 and index; vol. 8, nos. 3,
8, 9, title page and index ; vol. 9, nos. 1-8; vol. I0, nos, 1-8;
vol. II, nos. I-2.

Boston :—Society of Natural History.
Proceedings, vol. 34, nos. 9-12.
Memoirs, vol. 7.

Boston :—American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Proceedings, vol. 46, no. 25; vol. 47, nos, 16-22; vol. 48, nos. I-17.

Buffalo :—Society of Natural Sciences.

Bulletin, vol. 10, no. 2.

Cambridge :—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College.
Bulletin, vol. 54, nos. 11-17; vol. 55, no. 2; vol 56, no 13; vol.

57, N10, I.

Annual Report of the Curator, 1911-12.

Memoirs, vol. 27, no. 4; vol. 34, no. 43; vol. 35, nos. 3-4; vol. 40,
nos. 4-5; vol. 44, no. I.

Mark Anniversary Volume, 1903.

Chicago :—Field Museum of Natural History.

Report Series, vol. 4, no 2.

Anthropological Series, vol. 7, no. 4; vol. 10; vol. 11, 1-2.
Cincinnati :—Lloyd Library.

Bibliographical Contributions, nos, 6-10.

Minneapolis :— Unniversity of Minnesota.

Studies in Chemistry, no. 1.

Minnesota :—Geological and Natural Hitstory Survey.
Zoological Series, no. 5.

New Vork:—Academy of Sciences.
Annals, vol. 21, pp. 177-183, and 185-263; vol. 22, in 4 parts;
pp. 161-337 (in 8 parts).
New Orleans :—Louisiana State Museum.
3rd Report, 1910-12.

300 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Orono:—Maine Agricultural Experiment Station.
Bulletin, nos, 195, 196, 200, 202, 203, 207, 210, 211,

Philadelphia :—Academy of Natural Sciences.

Proceedings, vol. 64, parts I-3.
Proceedings of the 1ooth Anniversary Meeting, 1912.

Philadelphia :—American Philosophical Society.
Proceedings, Index to vols. I-50 (1838-1911); vol. 51, nos. 203-207.
Transactions, vol. 22, part 2.

St. Louis :—Missourt Botanical Garden.
23rd Annual Report.

Washington :—Smithsonian Institution.
Annual Report for I911.
Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 56, title page and cover; vol. 57,
nos. 9-10; vol. 58, no, 2, and title page; vol. 59, nos. 1, 6-18,
20; vol. 60, nos. I-29.
Index to Genera and Species of the Foraminifera.

Washington :—Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum.
Bulletin, no. 79.
Proceedings, vols. 41, 42.
Contributions from U.S, National Herbarium, vol. 13; vol. 14;
vol. 16, parts 2-8.

Washington :— United States Geological Survey.

32nd Annual Report ; 33rd Annual Report.

Mineral Resources of the U.S., 1910, parts, I-2; 1911, parts 1-2.

Bulletins, 448, 466, 470, 471, 484, 485, 491-494, 496-514, 516-521,
523) 524-

Professional Papers, 69, 71, 74, 77.

Water-supply Papers, nos, 259, 271, 278-291, 293, 204, 296-300,
304, 310, 311, 316.

Monograph, vol. 51, parts I-2.

List of Publications,

Geological Map of North America.

SOUTH AMERICAN STATES, ETC.

Mexico :—Instituto Geologico.
Boletin, num. 29, Atlas.
Parergones, tomo 4, num. I.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 301

EUROPEAN SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Bergen :—Bergens Museum.
Aarbok, 1912, hefte 1, 2 3.
Aarsberetning for 1912,
Shrifter, N.S., band 2, no. Tf.

Brussels :—Société Royale Zoologique et Malacologique.
Annales, vol. 46.
ter. Congres International d’Entomologique, vol. 1.

Christiania :— Videnskabs-Selskabet.
Forhandlinger, 1911-12.

Copenhagen :—Naturhistoriske Forening.
Videnskabelige Meddelelser, bind 64.

Dresden :—Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft “ [sts.”
Sitzungberichte und Abhandlungen, 1912, part 1.

Frankfurt - am - Main: — Senckenbergische Naturforschende
Gesellschaft.
Bericht, vol. 43, parts 1-4.

Flelsingfors :— Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.
Acta, 33, 34, 36.
Meddelanden, 38.

Kiew, Russia :— Société des Naturalistes.

Mémoires, tome 22, parts I-4.

Lisbon :—Société Portugaise des Sciences Naturelles.
Bulletin, vol. 5, fasc. 2; vol. 6, fasc. 1.

Marseilles ;— Faculte des Sciences de Marseille.
Annales, tome 20 and supplément; tome 18 in 13 parts and title

page.

Paris :—Mustum ad Histoire Naturelle.
Bulletin, 1911, nos, 5-7; 1912, nos. I-7.

Portici:—R. Scuola Superiore @ Agricoltura in Portict.
Bollettino, vol. 6,

Rostock :—Naturforschende Gesellschaft..
Sitzungsberichte und Abhandlungen, Band 4.

302 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Stockholm :—Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien.
Les Prix Nobel en 1911.
Handlingar, vol. 47, nos. 2-11 ; vol. 48, nos, 1-7 ; vol. 49. nos. I-10;
vol 50, no, I.
Arsbok, 1912.
Arkiv for Botanik, vol. 11, nos. 1-3; vol. 12, nos. 1-2,

a Zoologi, vol. 7, nos. 2-4.

aH Matematik, Astronomi och Fysik, vol. 7, nos. 3-4; vol. 8,
nos, 1-2,

5 Kemi, Mineralogi och Geologi, vol. 4, nos. 3-5.

Meddelanden, vol. 2, no. 2.
Lefnadsteckningar, vol. 4, no. 5.

Vienna :—K. k. soologisch-botanische Geselischaft.
Verhandlungen, Bd. 61, 62.

MISCELLANEOUS

**Fauna of British India’? Series: Hymenoptera, vol. 3; Diptera
Nematocera.
Presented by the Secretary of State for India in Council.

‘¢ Lepidoptera Indica,’’ vol. 9, by Col. C, Swinhoe.
Presented by Lt.-Col. C. H. E. Adamson, C.LE.

Oxford University Museum: Report of the Hope Professor of Zoology,
19Io. Presented by Professor E. B. Poulton, F.R.S.

Bankfield Museum Notes (Halifax), nos. I-12; 2nd series, no. I.
Presented by H. Ling Roth.

Reprints of papers by Dr. Charles Janet, Paris :
“Le Sporophyte et le Gamétophyte ; du Végétal le Soma et le
Germen de 1’Insecte.”’
** Constitution Morphologique de la Bouche de 1’Insecte.”
Presented by the Author.

Reprint of paper by R. Standen :—
“‘The False-Scorpions of Lancashire and some adjoining Counties,
with a Preliminary List of Records.”
Presented by the Author.
Reprint :—‘‘The Second International Congress of Entomology,
Oxford, 1912.”’ Presented by F. Gardner, F.E.S,

Reprint of paper by A. O. Walker, F.L.S. :—
‘©The Distribution of Elodea canadensis, Michaux, in the British
Isles, in 1909.” Presented by the Author.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 303

Reprints of papers by D. M. S. Watson, M.Sc. :—
‘*The larger Coal Measure Amphibia,”’
“On some Features of the Structure of the Therocephalian Skull.”
“©On some Reptilian Lower Jaws.” Presented by the Author.

Linnean Society of London :—
Journal, Botany, vol. 40, nos. 277, 278; vol. 41, nos. 279, 280.
Zoology, vol. 32, no. 213.
Transactions, Botany, 2nd series, vol. 7, parts 16-18. Zoology,
vol. 11, parts 8-9; vol. I4, parts 2-4; vol. 15, part I.
Proceedings, 124th Session.
List of Fellows, 1912-13.
Presented by Henry T. Mennell, F.L.S.
Reprints of papers by Dr. G. S. Brady, F.R.S. :—
‘On two British Entomostraca belonging to the Orders Copepoda
and Ostracoda.”
‘¢ Notes on Dr. Graham’s Collection of Cyclopidz from the African
Gold Coast.”
“On some Species of Cyclops and other Entomostraca collected by
Dr. J. M. Dalziel in Northern Nigeria.”
Presented by the Author.

*¢ Museums Journal,”’ July, 1912, to June, 1913.
From the Museums Association (by subscription).

“*Nature,”’ July Ist, 1912, to June 3oth, 1973.
Presented by the Publishers,

John Hopkinson, F.L.S.—“ Bibliography of the Tunicata, 1469-1910.”

‘Thos. and Andrew Scott.—‘‘ British Parasitic Copepoda,” vol. I.
From the Ray Society (by subscription )

TREASURER’S REPORT

04

ise)

‘Iomsvoly, ‘UOFT ‘NOSNIMOIG “H “V

sroypy wor { Muara fay

9 9 zbols 9 9 czholzs
a2 OO ———=

6 al SI St eae Sea Bu aa uo 4SoII}UT Yue,

9 G GE teers tsetse eee see eee see see eee eeeeeeees salipuns ;

O © Loctite se A106 Ley

Oo oO OF AlOyeIOGLT sUTIeP, OAC

oO I I ea? UOT}BLINOSSYV sulnosn yy 5 suotjdiasqns
8 it 9 Se ee ee eeee weer eeeaee junos0V BIDUIVD)
¢ ¢ 09 wees en cccvctwsecscscee wen ee resect sceees juno. Yy uoneoyqug
6 l - gonoNoDUBGOGNBaNOSLOGAdGGONHAGGDNDOOOONOHANOGOONODG AIOUOT}L}S
fo) fe) ov wee eeec esses scse eee eseee weet eees 2 (pei qieday Sulping
I ime Git eovagedsopnynonDqoDGGD See i wececsece XBT Ayrodoig
Z Zz Iv were tence eneee werent reeset eee se esas ee weceeee ween Suulg I g te Sn i er eC C161 ‘gun [ Le pXoya woyaqd
Se © 9 Sy ———=

€ £ S$ spaq uenddésy s.3309S “1pZy UO SoEIE®) OG. G cossusocese asa[oD Suoayswury worz UeID

Z h Cus Boopocn00 00000 eoee ‘aSeuues pue asejsog 9 I OI GOOOOOIOOOOOOOOOIOOOICORIOOOIOOIOCIOCIOC Oi ior solipuns
v Cc I¢ ccc ccc cece e scene ee eee ccc ces sctcee SSuIqIL pue S[BLIOV IL g Cy giv wee etme tees eee e reese esereeesees SJUSUIJSOAUT uo }so190}UT
Zz 8 of wecccsenccecsces pesscccesccene ROUDODUIIOOOOOODOOOOOUOCC * SO TEETUSE 9 Le ¢ ateinleteloishslelejeltoicialeisieiaisielelsisielcicleleieisls10/4)1] <) ‘syoog aepiny jo gles
¢ 6 of atalefareforeableiele(elstn(cisvstelsicieteteiels{ainfale Toye MN pue ‘Suny sry ‘Tong 6 § He ——ao
fe) fe) 6 eee ete ees eee we eeeee ete eee ese e tees eseseteseeee eee SUISIFIOAPYW fe) fe) OI woe e cc eee eecice yueIy 99}}1UIUIOD uolevonpy
6 ime £95 etm cern cc cere reece eecees were cee eeesecee Peeccencecccccccce SOLIE[eS 6 ¢ VoI Bee eee er ere seteee $90.7 UOISSIWIPY uinesnjy
or v @{G) _- eagoEBooRADNERK st teeeeeseseeeees ZIG] ‘oun[ yio£ oyaqq re) ¢ PLS Mroteteletelavetalalelelalele(eleislelaisle\cielslelelalsiefolsls suoldiiosqns (S1Oq U9 TT
Dp SH SLNAWAVd Sse SLdIGOde

€161 “ANAL HLof on ‘z161 ‘ATO Ist WOUA LNQOOOV LNAYANO

ALUIOOS AYOLSIH TVUOLVN AHL ALIM ENOQOOOV NI YHeASVaaL AUVUONOH THe

395

TREASURER’S REPORT

*sIOJIPNY “UO LT § Aguariag “[ “AN

‘JaImsvel[, ‘UOFT ‘NOSNIMOIG “H “V ( WVHVUD “IAVS

O ZI zoF O ZI 7oF

Q 61 9G crs z aed “G1 ‘Joa Jo BunUUg : ‘0D ¥ [Pq “[

8 QI Zz cee ce eee ree seeeeresene ee eeee Zz qied “Cr ‘JOA uo ase\sog

O £€ O crt: see syooTq SulAvIsua : uoG puv uosdliyg € GF OQ crrrttttettseereers GuNODDW [wloueaH WO pedtojsuvry,
OI ZI Zz cette een sence . syoolq SUIAvISUS : sUOS pue UIBAAS off 6 9 Zz eet Cee rec cee cece creo tess sess eeverneesee suoljovsuel y, jo ges
eo, De Seae

LNNOOOV NOILVOITEANd

1 vi €9F I vi oF
I v ZG ete eee ececee ee eeeeee Cri61 ‘gun [ yJo£ ‘yueg ul soured Zoi! teeeecterecseceeecoerovessrers JUNOIOW UO JsoloJUT yUeg
oO fo) OI eases esses ec eteees **sorpieqynqg jo aseyoing > yseN “SIN fo) fo) Vz por eee cee sos ees coer ersoseesossoss S}UDUTSOAUT uo 4so19}UT
O OL Iz ‘Tt saseo umesnul SuLaypy :semog “My uyol ie Sie GAH IGEOMEAEAHEDELOPE TCAN(ey( VETUDeYl Warts Vporscerai Wu Smleky (ete)
Beso ys GDI SEUR

LINNODOV AOVOET TIVHMVAD

b v1 OVF bv vi ovF

(as PCO ome 0) ope ca UR AOR EDS * €761 ‘aunf yo£ ‘puvy ul soureg O O OF crirttsttrssesrersereees qUNODOW [RIoUdL WOT Tajsuety,
Z 8 (oy; PaBAEoAEDA0C eee e ee esseeeeee eee e eee reseveseee suedox Arpuns ¢ tio tee seseereescereeeees IGT ‘oun { yyo£ ‘puey ul ouReg
‘pis ¥ i) SS

GQNOdA wvVddad ONIGTIO

TREASURER’S REPORT

306

‘laInsvalyT, ‘UOF] *‘NOSNIMOIG “HH “V

AgUaTIAg “[ “M

0 0 ooS‘orF

“puny payepyosuoy siouorssiummMoy oud, oy} Ul paysoaur AyroUII0J se SIU, ,

SUNY oH { WVHVia‘) “INVS

wecece 66 3 GG L 66 GG 0 Oo oS
; ( ee" soos ArvuiprQ wnwixeyy “yueo tod or s,AueduioD raze Ay JJesuOD pure eeprvayy O O Og
OD CODED ver nee nee rne ete neenee eesr903G AreurpiO s,AuedwoD 19}eAy pesysojeg pue apjsveomaN oOo oO Seb
treteeeee eeeeeeesers IQOIS ainjuaqaq] *yueo Jed F “py “0D 2» YWOMPY A ‘SuosMIy oO O oOb
*Y90}G souUeIEJOIg
j ysonbog ‘yuoo ted $ pajyepyosuoD s,Auvdmod s0jeM peoyseyey pur afjseomaN O O oof‘!
oO OesC8929 yeqaery streteers 1903S doUaIeJarg “judo ted ys Auedwon Kemprey usojseq-yWON O O 006‘I
Y90}S aoulatojo1g “jueo rod Fz payeprfosuoD s,Aueduiog Avmprey puelpyy 1 gi gb6‘z
0 0 COS vrrtttttt: Seca emeasels sie ceesssecscnciecssiels 3q9q pepung *jue0 qod &b UOISSIUWOD IwaA\ JOANY O O 00S
ORO 200010). ee ese ‘(ysonbeg urddoD) 4901S e[qeuteepeszry -yu90 sod £€ uoryer0di0g apyjsvoman 0 O ooo0'c¥
*p *S Ge
"JSO9 3B uoyey —: £161 ‘yjo£ ounf{ ‘Aja100g ay} Aq pfey s}ueUTJsoAUT 9Y} Jo 3S] B St SULMOT[OJ ay T,
SLNANLSAANI
g o1 fzF 8 or EcF
i trreteeseeseseecerers VUNOIDW [BIOUIL) UOJ posajsues
QO Bis —eoscveansee “sSulyy pue viouieg : uljieyy pue Apeig 3 ¢ ie Siemans agatniccaare ee eer eee
pos F Dey

INNODOV VaaNVO

REV. S. GRAHAM BIRKS ON MEGALICHTHYS 307

Megalichthys: a Study incorporating the Results of Work

on previously undescribed Matertal.

By the Rev. S. Grawam Birks, M.Sc. (Victoria University
of Manchester).

Part J.

DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEw MATERIAL FOR A STUDY
OF THE GENUS.

Professor Miall in his ‘ Description of the Remains of
Megalichthys in the Leeds Museum” gave some historical
“account of the genus, together with a condensed translation of
the remarks of Agassiz with emendations. The examination
of additional material enables the author of the present paper
to place some additional facts on record.

In the Museum of the Natural History Society of
Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne (the
Hancock Museum, Barras Bridge) is to be found the Atthey
Collection, presented by Lady Armstrong. This splendid
collection includes a large number of fossil fish remains found
in the Black Shale above the Low Main Seam at Newsham
Colliery. The remains of AZegalichthys in this collection are
important and numerous.

(* The numbers in this paper followed by asterisks refer to
specimens from Newsham.)

Megalichthys pygmeeus : B17*. (Plate XIL., fig. 1).

A very interesting specimen in the Atthey collection is
numbered Br7*. This is labelled as Megalichthys hibbert?
and shews a large part of the fish and so gives a general
idea of its size and shape. The pectoral fins are indistinctly
indicated, and one of the pelvic fins, possibly both, are even
less distinctly seen. The punctation of the scales is un-

308 REV. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

doubtedly relatively coarse, and the fish therefore belongs to
the species JZ. pygmaeus. It seems quite possible that this
species may eventually be shewn to be the young of JZ
hibbertz.

Bos bil0e ance,

There is a wealth of associated head bones in the Hancock
Museum. One specimen, Bg*, shews the general outline of
the parietal region of the skull of the fish, and the decorticated
layer of bones forms a striking contrast with the usual ganoid
layer. Bro* is part of a smaller skull and shews similar
characters. Br1g* is a similar skull to Bro*.

Megalichthys hibberti (Ag.): skull. B1*. (Plate XIII).

The most interesting skull of AZegalichthys in this collection
seen in dorsal aspect, however, is one of MZ. hibbertz.

Certain parts of the skull are well preserved, and the sutures
can there be clearly made out. The whole skull, as is usual
with remains from the roof shale of the Low Main, Newsham,
has been very much crushed, and the specimen before us,
while exhibiting both dorsal and ventral surfaces of the skull,
is little more than a plate, its thickness being about one
centimetre. The central parts of the dorsal surface of the
skull are specially well preserved and are of exceptional
interest, while the general proportions of the skull in plan can
be made out clearly. The skullis much smaller than that of
the type-specimen in the Leeds Museum, but it represents a
slightly greater proportion of the body surface than the
anterior portion of the type-specimen, as it includes some part
of the pectoral fin of the right side.

The parietals are well preserved, and unlike those in the
type-specimen, do not end in a slender and jagged process
anteriorly. As in the type-specimen, the right bone over-
laps the left; each bone is incised by a T-shaped canal, anda
short canal seems to run forward from the posterior edge of
the right one.

ON MEGALICHTHYS 309

The bones corresponding to the post-frontals and squamosals
of the type-specimen are two, not four in number. These bones
are well preserved, and on the inner side each exhibits a suture
which begins at about the same point as the division in
the type-specimen ; but this suture dies away about half way
across the bone, so that there are but two “ compound
squamosals ” (post-frontal + squamosal) present, one on either
side of the parietals. On the right side the suture and a crack
give the appearance at first sight of a dividing suture, but on
the left there is only the interrupted suture. The left squamosal
element shews a transverse canal, and there are indications of
the same feature in the right bone. ‘There is a small process
of the right ‘‘compound squamosal” corresponding to the
portion of the skull which Agassiz took to be the nasal. This
process, together with three small bones, fills the space which
intervenes between the “ compound squamosals” and parietals
and the frontals. One of the three small bones corresponds
in position, on the left side, with the process of the right
“compound squamosal,” while in close juxtaposition, and
between this small bone and the process, is the smallest of the
three bones. The third small bone is placed in a median and
anterior position.

The frontals are well preserved, and each exhibits a canal
with a curved course, as in the type-specimen. The ‘“ com-
pound ethmoid” is much cracked, and it is consequently
difficult to determine whether or not it is single. There is a
large oval depression on either side of the shield near its
border ; and a little nearer its anterior end, and slightly more
median in position, there is a small raised area on either side
of the skull which appears to have been caused during the
crushing of the fossil. These areas were perhaps raised by
the crushing up of two laniary teeth into the roof of the buccal
cavity. On the left anterior border of the “compound
ethmoid” is a small notch, perhaps corresponding to the nasal
opening noticed in the type-specimen.

Much displacement has taken place in the sub-orbital and
more posterior regions, and it is difficult to determine the exact

310 REV. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

relations of the bones in these areas; it seems probable,
however, that parts of two sub-orbitals are represented by the
bones lying in the space between the right maxilla and the
frontals, while suggestions regarding the others are shewn in
the key to the photograph of the dorsal aspect of the skull.

Other bones are probably as follows: Still more towards
the posterior end on the right side lies the operculum, whose
posterior border is obscured by the displaced right supra-
temporal. The large operculum on the left side is covered by
the left supra-temporal, which is almost in its natural position.
If this determination of the supra-temporals be correct it will
be noted that there are two.

Traces of a sub-operculum are perhaps to be seen on the
left posterior border of the specimen.

In a median posterior position a few scales can be made
out, while the right posterior portion of the fossil exhibits part
of a large fulcral scale of the right pectoral fin, of which parts
of some of the fin-rays are seen in position. On the right of
this portion of the specimen is to be seen a series of scales
associated with the fin-lobe. A fulcral scale of the left pectoral
fin is perhaps represented by a fragment on the left posterior
margin of the specimen.

The under surface of the fossil exhibits no new features
except the limited number of lateral jugular plates which are
present.

Megalichthys coccolepis: B2*, portion of skull.
(Plate XII., fig. 2.)

Among other interesting representatives of the genus is
B2*. The bones of this specimen, part of the skull of
M., coccolepis, are similar in size to those of the skull of
M. hibberti previously described from the same museum. The
left parietal is well preserved, while the posterior portion of
its fellow is broken off. The post-frontal and squamosal are
clearly separated by suture from one another. One small

ON MEGALICHTHYS 311

isolated bone is seen in a median position in front of the
parietals. Each parietal is incised with two canals, which
differ slightly from those of JZ. Aibbert? in disposition in that
they are not set at right angles to one another. The left
squamosal is also incised with a transverse canal, and the
posterior border of the left parietal has a slight incision
running forwards. Small depressions occur irregularly on all
the bones, while the whole of the surface is furnished with the
tuberculation characteristic of the species AZ. coccolepis.

Megalichthys coccolepis: B3*, portion of skull.

We pass on to B3*. This specimen of MZ, coccolepis shews
parts of the parietals and neighbouring bones, and although
_ the skull is not in such good condition as Bz2*, several points
of interest can be made out. The parietals shew the central
canals disposed in the same way as in B2™, and the transverse
canal appears on the right squamosal. The suture between
the post-frontal and the squamosal is clearly defined on the
right side, and the characteristic tuberculation of the species
is seen on the ganoin. Here and there the bony layer is
exposed, and the canals can be traced across parts of this in
the right parietal and squamosal.

Megalichthys hibberti: B4*, portion of skull.

B4*, a portion of a skull of the species AZ, hibberti, is of
interest because here the left “compound squamosal ” perhaps
has an incomplete suture between the two elements. As the
specimen is not in a very good state, the surface of the bone
being covered with a thin coating of shale, it is possible that
the left suture may be present. There appears to be a com-
plete suture in the corresponding position on the right side.
The “nasal” of Agassiz is here median in position, and is
the termination of a process of the left post-frontal element.
At points where sutures might have been expected there is a
slight depression on the surface of the bone.

312 REV. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

Megalichthys (hibberti?): B11* and B12*, portions of
skulls (decorticated). (Plate XIV., fig. 1.)

Mention may also be made of two decorticated specimens
Bit andubi.

Bri*: Some of the sutures can be traced in this decorticated
parietal region of a skull. The path of some of the mucus
canals can also be made out. It seems clear that the left
squamosal is a separate bone. ‘The reverse side (ventral) of
the specimen is much crushed.

Br2* shews the sutures which separate the right squamosal
from the parietal of the same side.

From a number of examples of the anterior portion of the
skull it is clear that, whereas in some specimens the so-
called ‘‘compound-ethmoid,” or snout, is divided up by suture
into its constituent parts, a complete series shewing every
phase from this divided state to a completely fused-up
shield can be obtained. In specimens described in this paper
and in other examples, as noted, the course of fusion may be
indicated thus :—

B6*. M. hibberti.

B5*. M. coccolepis.

B2o*. M. hibberti.

B7*. M. hibberti.

B13*. M. hibberti; and Dr. Traquair’s fig. 3,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., viil., 1883-4, p. 67.

The change is probably ontogenetic, as the examples of
M. hibberti exhibiting it would seem to indicate.

Megalichthys coccolepis: B5*, anterior portion of
skull. (Plate XIV., fig. 2.)

This exceptionally interesting fossil represents the anterior
portion of the skull of JZ. coccolepis. There is some indication
that the bones are at a stage where there is a tendency to
fusion.

ON MEGALICHTHYS 313

The specimen exhibits the usual tuberculation characteristic
of A. coccolepis. It is difficult to determine some of the
apparent sutures in this portion of skull fragment. The skull
has been flattened so as to tend to close the sutures between
the elements. The following interpretation may be suggested :
Unlike the anterior portion of the skull of JZ. Azbbertd By*
(zxfra) the example before us has the compound ethmoidal
shield divided by sutures into its constituent bones. The
pre-maxillz are seen to meet in a somewhat curved median
suture. The median ethmoid (vzde B6* znfra) seems to have
become fused with the right nasal, and, as in other cases, there
seems to be a tendency for the bones on the left side to be at
a more advanced stage of fusion than those on the right.

Megalichthys hibberti: B6*, anterior portion of
SKUs (Plate Xavi. fie. 1).

This represents a /ess advanced stage in the course of fusion
of the head bones than is the case in B5* (azze). The bones
have been much flattened out. Near the centre of each pre-
maxilla is a small depressed area.

Megalichthys hibberti: B7*, anterior portion of skull.

B7* shews a more advanced stage in the fusion of head bones
than does B5*. The depressions seen in many specimens are
here very marked, and in the case of the right depression
there is an opening into the buccal cavity from the dorsal
surface of the skull. The anterior portion of the dorsal surface
of the skull, although cracked, is well preserved. The hinder
portion is less well preserved, and is decorticated.

Megalichthys hibberti: B13*, anterior portion of skull.

This exhibits part of the ‘compound ethmoid” of
M. hibberti. No sutures are visible, and there are the two usual
large depressions near the lateral borders of the shield. The
specimen is fairly well preserved.

314 REY. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

Anterior portion of skull of Megalichthys hibberti
(Wild Collection, Manchester Museum, W.850.)

Not least in interest among the specimens of Megalichthys
in the Manchester Museum is this anterior portion of a skull
from the Thin Bed, Fulledge, Burnley. The label indicates
that this beautiful example was described by J. Ward, but as
I have found no such description a word here may not be out
of place. The bone is very well preserved, and though
cracked in many places, illustrates, beyond doubt, the fact that
the fusion of the bones in this region was complete, and that
a compound ethmoidal shield resulted. The punctate nature
of the surface of the bone is clearly to be seen, and the small
openings probably connected with the mucus system are
present in large numbers; four larger openings arranged in
the form of a square appear to have been present, and there
are two small depressed areas, one on either posterior lateral
border of the bone.

Palate of Megalichthys, B7* and B8*. (Plate XV., fig. 2,
and text-fig. 1.)

B7*: The inferior aspect of this fossil, previously referred
to in this paper, shews some of the bones of the palate, and
though further examination may amplify or amend the account
given below of this and of the next-mentioned specimen
(B8* znfra), the following will give some indication of the
general disposition of some of the bones of the palate in the
genus. B7* is much broken up anteriorly, where the teeth-
bearing pre-maxille can be made out. Ina median position,
posterior to the pre-maxille, there appears to be a bone
occupying about one-fifth of the width of the roof of the buccal
cavity. Posteriorly this bone articulates with the expanded
edge of a triangular bony plate which underlies a median
tooth-bearing ridge of bone. ‘This ridge tapers towards its
anterior end and is somewhat rounded posteriorly. Apparently
a broad median bone, of which the anterior margin underlies
both the triangular plate and the dentiferous ridge, is present.
The posterior portion of this bone, however, projects behind

ON MEGALICHTHYS 315

the other bones, and is expanded into a concave posterior
portion. Near each lateral edge of the roof of the cavity is a
relatively large perforation opening on to the dorsal surface of
the head. Each opening is surrounded by a slight elevation
of the bone.

B8* is a smaller skull of AZegalichthys hibbert? exhibiting
the ventral aspect of the buccal cavity, and perhaps represents

Text-figure 1, Megalichthys hibberti. Part of skull; inferior aspect.
Low Main, Newsham. Hancock Museum, B8. Natural size. (E. L.
Gill del.)

a younger stage than B7* (az/e). The posterior expansion of
the hindmost bone described in B7* is clearly seen. The
median dentiferous ridge appears to be more slender than in
the specimen previously described, and shews less differentia-
tion in width between its anterior and posterior portions.

Perhaps the most important of the specimens of AZegalichthys
in the Manchester Museum is that of a small portion of the
ventral surface of the body which shews the pectoral fins very
clearly and probably approximately in their natural positions.

316 REV. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

On the pre-axial border of the right pectoral fin-lobe there
appears a large scale which differs in size and shape from its
neighbours. This type of scale has been termed the basal
scale or fulcrum, but it is a feature which has apparently
received but little attention. In the generic type-specimen in
the Leeds Museum there is a large basal scale to be seen in a
position posterior to the two inferior opercular bones. Of this
scale Agassiz says :—“ I] est facheux que la grande écaille du
coté gauche ne soit pas entiére, et surtout qu’une grande
partie de sa surface et de ses bords ait disparu. Cette piéce
expliquerait bien des os énigmatiques de Burdie-House. La
présence d’une écaille de cette grandeur pres des ventrales est
un fait trés-curieux ; car dans les Ganoides, les écailles qui
avoisinent les nageoires deviennent ordinairement de plus en
plus petites.” The scale is on the right side of the body, not
on the left as Agassiz indicates. This can be ascertained
either from the type-specimen in the Leeds Museum or from
the plaster casts (e.g. L.10132, Manchester Museum.) The
basal scales are clearly seen in the specimen from Idle
described by Prof. Miall on the pre-axial side of the right
pectoral fin and on the post-axial side of the left pectoral. I
have examined this specimen in the Leeds Museum, and I
feel little doubt that the fragment marked 6 at the bottom of
Prof. Miall’s figure 5 was originally part of the same scale as
two fragments not illustrated in this figure, but shewn, in a
position anterior to the large fragment, in Prof. Miall’s figure 1.
This seems to indicate fairly conclusively that this species has
large basal scales or fulcra on either side of the fin-lobes.
The specimen (L.1o124) in the Manchester Museum further
exhibits very clearly the fin fringes and their relation to the
lobe of the fin, a feature which the splendid specimen in the
Leeds Museum fails to illustrate adequately. A description
of the specimen follows :—

Portion of the body of Megalichthys hibberti in the
Manchester Museum (L.10124.)

The specimen represents a part of the ventral surface of the

ON MEGALICHTHYS a7

fish, and its greatest length is about forty centimetres, while
it measures about twenty centimetres at the widest part. In
some places the original material has been replaced by
pyrites, and the part of the fish which has been collected and
forms the specimen is broken in several directions.

The anterior portion of the fossil clearly shews a consider-
able part of the pectoral fins, which seem to be nearly in their
natural positions. Further back the arrangement of the
body scales is well shewn. Both pectoral fins illustrate very
well the obtuse lobate character of the anterior paired
appendages of JZegalichthys. In the case of the left pectoral
the scales of the lobe are well preserved, and their arrange-
ment and relation to the fin rays can be clearly made out.
There are traces of the underlying bones in the region anterior
- to this fin, but they are hardly sufficiently clear to admit of
description. There is an acutely lobate scale imperfectly shewn
in a central anterior position; this is perhaps a displaced
basal scale or fulcrum, belonging to the left pectoral fin. The
dichotomy of the fin-rays is to be clearly seen in both the fin-
fringes preserved in the specimen, but particularly in that of
the right pectoral ; here too the punctate surface of the ganoin
is particularly well illustrated by some of the proximal
elements. In places where the fin-rays are broken away the
underlying body scales are exposed to view. A considerable
expanse of the fringe of each fin forms a very interesting
feature of the specimen, but even more interesting is a large
scale lying on the pre-axial side of the lobe of the right
pectoral fin. Its basal (anterior) portion is missing, as the
edge of the specimen cuts the scale, but that part of it now
seen is 3°3 cms. in length and 2°2 cms. in width at the widest
exposed part. The bright surface is the same as that which
characterises all the neighbouring scales, and the punctate
appearance of the scale is similar to, though not so marked
as, that of some of the scales of the fin-lobe. This scale
differs, however, from the other scales in both size and shape ;
its dimensions have already been given. In shape it is
acutely lobate like the large imperfectly shewn scale already

318 REY. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

referred to as a possible fulcrum of the left pectoral fin.
Superimposed upon the more anterior portion of the basal
scale here described is a smaller and very much rounded scale
identical in surface and punctation with the basal scale.
Whether this is approximately the natural position of the
smaller scale or not it is not for us to say now, but on the face
of things it does not seem likely that this is its natural
position. The fish in the Leeds Museum described by Prof.
Miall does not appear to exhibit the same character.

A series of scales in the region of the mid-ventral line can
be traced posteriorly from a point between the fins to the
border of the specimen. From the mid-ventral region some
half-dozen series of scales extending diagonally and posteriorly
to the right are admirably seen. The shining surface, punctate
appearance, and characteristic shape of the scales are well
illustrated.

The specimen is from the Kay-Shuttleworth collection and
is labelled : ‘“ Burnley, Lancashire, Middle Coal Measures.”

Part of a fin of Megalichthys (L.8328.)

It may be noted that in part of a fin of AZ. hibbertd in the
Manchester Museum from the Knowles Ironstone, Fenton,
(Ward collection), there is a large scale, probably a fulcrum,
near the base of the fin-lobe. Some convex scales are also
present in this specimen, and they form a feature of consider-
able interest, which is shared by some of the scales registered
under :—

W.817 (Manchester Museum) Wild Collection, Thin
Bed, Middle Coal Measures, Fulledge Colliery,
Burnley, Lancashire.

W.817 is a collection of scales and other parts of AZ. hibbertz,
and the well known punctate “ ganoid” surface is seen in all
the scales. Some of them are very convex, and a crack
extends down the long axis in at least two cases. The con-
vexity seems to be related to the position of the scales, either

ON MEGALICHTHYS 319

in the median line in the caudal region or in other places where
the natural curvature of the body was markedly acute, and
very convex scales were of use as a protection.

The use of these scales is admirably seen in the whole fish,
preserved in the Leeds Museum, in which such scales occur
in relation to the left pectoral fin, and in the ventral caudal
region. That the convexity is natural is seen where the
scales have been subjected to pressure ; in such cases a median
fracture is a common feature. Among the Manchester
Museum specimens, in addition to L.8328 and W.817, which
both shew convex scales, L.ror1q (Cannel, Middle Coal
Measures, Wigan (?), Scales of Megalichthys hibberti”) is
also of interest since one of the scales exhibits the median
fracture.

Part The

A New DEscrIPTION OF THE SPECIES JA/egalichthys
hibberti.

A consideration of the material described in the earlier part
of this paper, and a correlation of data given there with the
results arrived at by others, make it possible to suggest a more
complete description of Megalichthys hibbertz than has pre-
viously been presented, and to prepare restorations of the fish
to accompany the description (text-figures 2 and 3).

Megalichthys hibberti.

The body is fusiform, robust, elongated, and somewhat
depressed, especially near the anterior end. The head and
opercular fold occupy about one-fifth the total length of the
fish.

The scales are rhomboidal, slightly overlapping, and covered
externally with a layer of finely punctate ganoin. The exposed
surface, while rhomboidal in outline, has more or less
rounded angles; the under surface is bony and serves for
attachment. The upper edge of the base carries an oblique

E

320 REV, S, GRAHAM

gg.
SSB

25¢

oe

te Len

Outline restoration of the whole fish. (S. Graham Birks del.)

Megalichthys hibberte.

Text-figure 2.

ON MEGALICHTHYS 321

sloping margin, which is overlapped by another scale; the
fore edge was sunk in the skin, and also overlapped. The
scale is thickest at its centre.

The skull is long, broad, and depressed. The orbits are
far forward. The nasal apertures are in front of them at the
sides of the rostrum. The top of the brain case is protected

Text-figure 3. Megalichthys hibberti. Restorations of the head.
(S. Graham Birks del.) A. Superior aspect. B. Inferior aspect.
C. Side view.

C. eth., compound ethmoidal shield ; so., sub-orbitals ; /v., rontals ;
mx., maxille; x and x’, cheek-plates; par., parietals ; 2.f, post-frontal
element ; sg., squamosal element ; .02., pre-operculum ; 0f., operculum
s.f., Supra-temporals, or nuchal-plates; z., mandible: 7, principal
jugulars; m.7., median jugulars; /.7., lateral jugulars; s.of., sub-
operculum ; 0f.”, of.””, inferior operculars. The orbit is shaded.

by a parietal shield which is often defined on the sides as well
as behind by an irregular sunk space, which indicates sub-
sidence and a weak condition of the underlying parts, a
feature which accounts for the frequent loss or crushing of the
dermal bones of the disturbed regions. The parietal region

322 REV. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

of the cranium is longer than the fronto-ethmoidal. The thick
membrane bones or dermal plates with their punctate layer
of ganoin exhibit a bilateral symmetry except towards the end
of the rostrum. In the anterior region the bones about the
median line are fused together in the adult to form the com-
pound ethmoidal shield.

A median suture runs from the centre of the posterior
margin of this shield to the posterior limit of the roof bones
of the skull. This suture first separates the frontals along the
middle line; the inner sides of these bones are the longest
and the suture dividing them is irregular. The frontals
are separated posteriorly from the elongated parietals by
a narrow area filled in by somewhat irregular and variable
processes and small bones. Lach frontal exhibits a canal
with a curved course upon its surface. There is no median
frontal foramen.

The parietals are long and narrow bones whose posterior
margins are about twice as broad as their anterior borders.
Each parietal is incised by a T-shaped canal.

Either parietal is flanked on its external edge by two bony
elements which tend to fuse in the adult. The anterior
or post-frontal element is a narrow strip of bone which is
either partially fused with the posterior or squamosal element
or completely separated from it by an irregular curved suture.
The squamosal element is furnished with a transverse canal.

Posterior to the parietais and to the squamosal elements of
their flanking bones is a pair of broad nuchal plates or supra-
temporals, one on either side, meeting ina median suture and
interposed between the large principal operculars,

The sub-orbitals are three in number on either side of the
head ; they form the lower border of the anteriorly placed
orbits, of which the compound ethmoidal shield and the
frontals are the other investing elements.

The maxilla is of an elongate triangular shape, the alveolar
border being the longest and the posterior the shortest. The

ON MEGALICHTHYS 323

length is a little more than twice the height. The anterior
angle is somewhat pointed, the other two are blunt.

The anterior portion of the head consists, in the adult, of
a compound ethmoidal shield or rostrum formed by the
synosteosis of the dermal bones of the region. There is a
large oval depression or perforation on either side of the
shield near its border. The notches in the anterior lateral
borders of the shield have been identified with the openings
of the external nares.

Each side of the head is invested by two cheek plates, the
larger flanking the post-frontal and squamosal, and the smaller
occupying a more lateral position and articulating anteriorly
by a straight suture with the maxilla.

The anterior edge of each large operculum articulates with
a much rounded pre-operculum. The opercular fold was very
extensive and well protected, and included a sub-operculum
and two inferior operculars placed longitudinally and over-
lapping each other.

The mandible is elongate and slender, its long sides being
parallel ; what seems to be the articular process has been re-
corded as projecting from the middle of the hinder end; the
rami are usually separated in front. Dentary, angular and
splenial elements are said to exist in their usual relation to
each other.

The space between the sides of the mandibular rami is
occupied by two great elongate plates, the principal jugulars,
and a numerous series of lateral pieces, the lateral jugulars.
Between the truncated anterior ends of the principal jugulars
and the mandibular symphysis is a large azygous rhombic
plate, the median jugular. Each of the principal jugulars is
about two and a half times as long as broad, and abruptly
truncated posteriorly.

The teeth are conical and pointed, being rounded in trans-
verse section. They are folded and striate at the base and
smooth above. The maxillary and pre-maxillary teeth are of

324 REV. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

two sizes, the larger ones being internal to the smaller and
occurring at intervals of about seven teeth.

Oval patches of vomerine teeth have been recorded as
present close to the middle line on each side of the fore part
of the palate. A large patch of minute clustered teeth is
disposed in a long, narrow and posterior median strip. The
dentition is that of a predatory fish.

The paired fins are obtusely lobate and are accompanied
by basal scales or fulcra. Between the ventrals several large
pelvic scales are interposed. Possibly they vary according to |
sex. There are two dorsals, the first nearly opposite the
ventrals, the second nearly opposite the anal fin. The anal
fin is close to the root of the tail. The caudal fin is inter-
mediate between the heterocercal and diphycercal types; it is
rhomboidal and oblique, projecting further above than below.
Rays arise from both the upper and the lower margins of the
body-continuation, but those of the lower side commence in
advance of those of the upper. All the fins are composed of
numerous closely set rays, divided by very close transverse
articulations, except quite at their proximal extremities, which
are covered by the scales of the body; they dichotomise to-
wards their extremities, and their free surfaces are brilliantly
ganoid and punctated like the scales.

The centra and the neural and hemal arches of the vertebrz
are all thoroughly ossified ; the centra are in the form of rings.
They are relatively broad in this species.

The length of a large member of this species may have
amounted to four or five feet.

It seems probable that the so-called AZ. pygmaeus is the
young of J/. hibbertz.

ON MEGALICHTHYS 325

Bart ALL.

THE SYSTEMATIC PosITION AND THE RELATIONSHIPS
OF THE GENUS.

A comparison of AZegalichthys with other members of the
Rhipidistia is almost sufficient in itself to convince one that
the classification of these genera into groups of family rank
is premature ; it is evident that much must be added to our
knowledge of some of the genera before the data be adequate
to enable us to work out their exact relationships to other
members of the group.

In many respects the similarities between JZegalichthys of
the family Osteolepide and WAizodopsis of the family
Rhizodontide are greater than those which unite J/egalichthys
to Oszeolepis, the type genus of its family. This is sufficient
to shew the insecurity of the position which A/egalichthys holds
among the Osteolepide. In all three genera the shape of the
body is very much the same, and the features which are
stressed in the distinction between the two families are the
scales and the folding of the walls of the teeth. The latter
character is, in this case, one of much less than family
significance, since it concerns merely the degree of folding.
In the Rhizodontidz there are vertical infoldings, but they are
comparatively few and simple, and in &Azzodopszs itself the
teeth are described as round in section, and smooth. In
Megalichthys hibberti the teeth have fine superficial vertical
striz at the base, where they are folded, and they are smooth
above. Megalichthys agrees with Rhzzodopsis in having the
parietal region longer than the fronto-ethmoidal. In Osteolepis
the length of the parietal shield of the type species is only
two-thirds that of the fronto-ethmoidal region.

Megalichthys differs from both Rhizodopsis and Oséeolepis in
the fact that synosteosis has not generally taken place between
the frontals and the compound ethmoidal shield, and also in
the fact of having three instead of two nuchal plates.

Megalichthys and Rhizodopsis are both without the median
(pineal) foramen; but this feature is present not only in

326 REV. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

Osteolepis itself, but also in TZhursius, Diplopterus and
Glyptopomus, so that MMegalichthys is unique among these
genera of its family in this respect, but agrees in it with
Rhizodopsis and the Holoptychiide. Strangely enough
Gyroptychius, one of the Rhizodontide, appears to have a
pineal foramen.

In Megalichthys coccolepis the distinction drawn between the
mandibles of the Rhizodontidz and Osteolepidz is weakened,
if not completely broken down, by the fact that the angular,
and at least one infra-dentary, remain separate from the
dentary in this species. ‘This is clearly seen in Plate XVI.,
which illustrates a specimen not described elsewhere.

In both Megalichthys and Rhizodopszs the first dorsal fin is
nearly opposite the pelvic fins, and the second dorsal is almost
opposite the anal; but in Os?eolepis the first dorsal fin is in
advance of the pelvic pair, and the second dorsal is opposed
to the space between the pelvics and the anal. ‘The tail is
hetero-diphycercal in Megalichthys, heterocercal in Rhzzodopsis,
and strongly heterocercal in Osfeolepis. Ring vertebre occur
in all three genera. A comparison of figures of the skulls of
the genera from the dorsal aspect will illustrate very clearly
the great resemblance between the skulls of AZegalichthys and
Rhizodopsts.

It has been recently shewn that there is a fundamental
resemblance among the palates of the early Stegocephalian
Amphibia which also applies to that of AZegalichthys, and that
the vomerine tusks of this genus are parallelled in the same
group. It may be added that the condyle at the base of the
skull of MWegalichthys resembles that of Zoxomma in its con-
cavity (Pl. XV., fig. 2, and text-fig. 1).

When we turn to the dorsal surface of the skull of Megal-
ichthys we find certain obvious dissimilarities between it and a
generalised Stegocephalian type. The forward position of
the orbits of the fish and the absence of the parietal foramen
are noteworthy, the latter character indicating that Megalichthys
is certainly not the direct ancestor of the Stegocephalia. In the

ON MEGALICHTHYS 327

nature of the decorticated bone and in the arrangement of the
cranial roof-bones degalichthys exhibits close affinities with
this Amphibian group. Similar affinities have been shewn to
exist between A/zzodopsis and Pelosaurus, but an additional
point of resemblance is furnished by the paired nuchal plates
of Aegalichthys (text-fig. 3).

Although it has been urged that the Crossopterygian brain
is retrograde in character, and that the cerebral cortex of
Dipnoans is an indication that brain evolution took place
through that group, it must be borne in mind that living
representatives of the order fall outside the Rhipidistia, and
that retrogression of one genus or sub-order is no criterion in
this matter, but is a feature which is natural in a late repre-
sentative of a group in which rapid evolution took place at an
; early period of its history.

From a consideration of the relationships of Megalichthys it
is clear, then, that the position of the fish in the family
Osteolepidz is by no means secure, and that there are indica-
tions that the classification of Rhipidistia, in part at any rate,
is premature and consequently unsatisfactory. Although
Megalichthys is not itself the ancestral type of the Stegocephalian
Amphibia, there can be little doubt that the study of this
genus leads inevitably towards the conclusion that its affinities
are with the ancestral type, and that the Stegocephalia were
evolved from a similar fish and probably from a nearly related
form.

*,” I wish to express my thanks to all who have helped
me, but especially to Dr. Hickling for advice from time to
time, and to the authorities and staffs of the Manchester,
Hancock, and Leeds Philosophical Society's Museums for
giving me access to material and facilities for research.

Since I submitted my paper to the Society Mr. Gill’s help
in preparing illustrations, as well as in arranging for thee
printing of the text, has been invaluable. To him also I offer
my best thanks for this additional kindness and courtesy.

328

1844.

1840.

1884.

1885.

1889.

1Sgl.

IQII.

1912.

'REV. S. GRAHAM BIRKS

A Short Bibliography.

L. Agassiz, Poissons Fossiles, vol. i1., pt. 11., pp. 89-95,
154; pls. 63, 63a, 64 (Dinkel del.).

W. C. Williamson, Phil. Trans. p. 450; pl. 41, fig. 15 ;
pl. 42, figs. 16-19.

“On the Microscopic Structure of the Scales and

Dermal Teeth of some Ganoid and Placoid Fish.”

R. A. Traquair, Proc. Roy. Soc.. Edin., vol. viii.
(1883-4), pp. 67 et seq.; pl. iv., figs. 1-6.

“ Remarks on the Genus Megalichthys (Agassiz)

with Description of New Species.” With references.

L. C. Miall, Description of the Remains of Megalichthys
in the Leeds Museum. With figures and numerous
references to literature.

fk. Howse, Guide to the Collections of Local Fossils in
the Museum of the Natural History Society (of
Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-
Tyne), p. 44.

A. Smith Woodward, Catalogue of the Fossil Fishes in
the British Museum (Natural History), part 2,
PP. 7 OMetuseduc pl xis i osap4mandeesi(Gagivic
Woodward del.) Numerous references.

L. Hussakof, Permian Fishes of North America, p. 168
et sequ; pls xxx. ties: 1-45) ply xxx igs. 3-3b.
With many references.

Vote.—This work is bound with the Revision of
the Amphibia and Pisces of the Permian of North
America, by £. C. Case.

D. M. §. Watson, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit.
and Phil. Soc., vol. 57, pt. i., memoir i.
“The larger Coal Measure Amphibia.”

ON MEGALICHTHYS 329

1914. S. Graham Birks, Lancs. and Ches. Naturalist, no. 77,
August, 1914.
“The Crossopterygian Fossil Fishes of this
Area*. Occasional papers. . I.—Introductory.”
With plate.

* Lancashire, Cheshire and adjacent districts.

330 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

Two newly-discovered Whin-Dykes on the Coast of
Northumberland.

By J. A. SmyrHe, Pu.D., D.Sc., Armstrong College,

Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Along the coast-section which stretches from the Seaton
Burn to the mouth of the Tyne there occur three well-known
basaltic dykes, accounts of which have, at times, been
published by various authors.* Taking these dykes in order
from the north, the first is exposed at Seaton Sluice, a little
south of the harbour ; the next, +-mile south of this, hard by
the Colly Well, from which it takes its name; and the third,
the Tynemouth dyke, occurs almost at the extreme south end
ot the section, close to the North Pier.

During the autumn of last year (1912), two other dykes,
which appear to have escaped notice hitherto, were observed
by the author, and it is the object of this paper to record
their position and some points of interest connected with
them. One of these dykes crops out on the foreshore at the
north end of the Whitley sands, just 100 yards south of the
Brierdene Burn ; this will be referred to as the Whitley Dyke.
The other is well exposed in the cliff-section near Hartley, 30

* G. A. Lebour, ‘‘ Outlines of the Geology of Northumberland and
Durham,”’ 2nd edition (1886), p. 86.

J. J. H. Teall, ‘‘Petrological Notes on some North of England
Dykes,’’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xl. (1884), pp. 209-46; also Geol.
Mag., dec. iii., vol. vi. (1889), p. 481.

M. K. Heslop, ‘‘On some elementary forms of Crystallisation in the
Igneous Rocks of Northumberland and Durham,” Proc. Univ. Durham
Phil. Soc., vol. lil., pt. 2 (1909), p. 37.

M. K. Heslop and J. A. Smythe, ‘‘ The Dyke at Crookdene, North-
umberland, and its Relations to the Collywell, Tynemouth and Morpeth
Dykes,”’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. Ixvi. (1910), pp. I-18.

TWO NEWLY-DISCOVERED WHIN-DYKES 331

yards south of the Collywell dyke, and this will be called the
Hartley Dyke.*

THe WHITLEY DYKE.

This dyke can be well seen at times, especially after
northerly winds, and is traceable almost from the base of the
low boulder-clay cliff for 30 yards seawards. At the cliff-end,
just above the high-water mark of ordinary tides, it is 14
inches broad ; it runs due east for 10 yards, then bends gently
to the south, but soon recovers its former direction, and, as it
approaches the sea, becomes narrower and split up longi-
tudinally by calcite veins. The dyke cuts through thick
yellow sandstones which dip inland at a low angle and are
jointed in an east-and-west direction; it makes but little
_ feature, saving what arises from its weathering into rounded
blocks, and what is occasionally produced by its erosion below
the level of the surrounding rocks, the hardened contact-edges
of which stand out somewhat prominently ; and as the
weathered surface of the whin closely resembles the sand-
stone in colour, it is at times difficult to detect the dyke, even
when the rocks are swept clear of sand.

The freshest rock obtainable from this dyke is soft, of low
specific gravity, 2°817, and contains 7°22 per cent. of carbon
dioxide— equivalent to 16°4 per cent. of calcium carbonate.t
Owing to the state of weathering thus revealed, a complete
analysis of the rock was not made. Thin sections examined
under the microscope show the rock to be an ordinary basalt
about as coarse in grain as the Tynemouth Dyke. The
felspars of the groundmass are clear, show binary twinning,
and are frequently arranged in star-like clusters. Oxide of
iron is fairly developed as an original mineral and largely
distributed in a finely divided form as a product of decom-

* It may be noted that Teall describes the Collywell Dyke under the
name of the Hartley Dyke, though locally the dyke always bears the

former name.

+ In this, as in all the following analyses, the sample was dried at

ii toyat Gp

332 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

position. The augite which occurs in granular patches and,
abundantly, in skeleton crystals, is almost completely replaced
by calcite. Irregular green patches, possibly of devitrified
and decomposed glassy matter, are fairly common, as are also
amygdaloids, filled with calcite, and surrounded tangentially
by felspar laths. Calcite also occurs in irregular masses
sometimes penetrated by shafts of felspar, the ends of which
are weathered. Some of the sections contain porphyritic
felspars, usually single, occasionally in small groups. These
are strongly zoned, chemically, when in contact with the
basalt, and are traversed by irregular cracks filled with
calcite; in all respects they are similar to the anorthite
phenocrysts of the Tynemouth Dyke. The rock is cut by
thin veins of calcite which sometimes enclose fragments of
whin. In one case, such a vein breaks through a porphyritic
felspar crystal, faulting it slightly without disturbing the
optical continuity of the separated portions.

Petrologically, the rock resembles that of the Tynemouth
Dyke, and some of the observations seem to point to slight
movement in the dyke after consolidation.

Tue HartLtey DYKE.

1. Field Relationships, This dyke cuts through the thick
shales and thin sandstones which overlie the massive grits of
Crag Point. There are two exposures in the cliff-section, the
lower in black and sandy shales, the upper in the reddish
sandstones which, a few yards north, are overlain by the
yellow sands of Permian Age. The vertical distance between
the two exposures is about 20 feet, the dyke being effectively
concealed in this interval by thick soil and vegetation.

The dyke, where it emerges from the talus at the foot of the
cliff, is 6 inches wide and, like its neighbour the Collywell
Dyke, appears to come to a head. It is, however, only
shifted, for the running is taken up a little to the north, and
the dyke then rises in sinuous fashion for 3 feet, when another
break with a displacement of 6 inches to the north occurs,
the two portions being connected by a very thin string of trap.

TWO NEWLY-DISCOVERED WHIN-DYKES 333

The higher portion sends out several small lateral offshoots to
the south and a long one to the north. This is intruded in a
coal seam, with thin shaly partings, and the coal is baked to
a cindery mass having the prismatic structure characteristic
of many cinder-coals. The prisms tend to set normally to the
whin surfaces, of which there are two at right angles to each
other. At the upper exposure the dyke, now increased in
breadth to 12 inches, is again displaced to the north, the
break occurring along a shaly parting in the sandstone, and
the two portions being connected by a band of whin about
4 inches broad.

The general appearance of the dyke and cinder-coal is
shewn in Fig. 1. The phenomena exhibited by the dyke
would be explicable as the results of intrusion up a highly
jointed rock, the molten whin breaking across from one joint
to another and the whin-filled fissure closing up, before
solidification, at its eastern end. It may be noted, in
amplification, that the slope of the cliff virtually gives three
vertical sections of the dyke at the positions where displace-
ments occur.

The direction of the dyke is 20° N. of W., the same as the
Collywell Dyke and the master-joints and small fissures in the
Crag Point sandstone; its hade is about 15° S. In the natural
section, the hade appears much greater owing to the slope of
the cliff and the fact that the dyke meets it at an acute angle.
Hence Fig. 2, which shows the position of the Hartley and
Collywell Dykes in section, is drawn at a slight angle to the
cliff-line and at right angles to the direction of the two dykes.
It will be seen from the sketch that both intrusions occur in a
mass of shales and sandstones, which are broken up by a
number of small, normal faults.

To amplify the relations between the dykes, a brief account
of the outcrops of the Collywell Dyke on the foreshore is
necessary. At its most easterly exposure, off Crag Point, the
dyke is intruded at the northern edge of a fissure about 20 feet
wide. This fissure is traceable across Collywell Bay to the

334 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

cliff just north of the well and is represented by C in Fig. 2.
Throughout its length it is filled with a breccia of thick sand-
stones and shales, dipping vertically or at a high angle north-
wards. As it passes, owing to the general north-westerly dip
of the rocks, from the sandstones of Crag Point to the shales
above, which occupy the bay, the fissure narrows considerably,
and in the cliff-section is only 5 feet wide. The Collywell
Dyke is intruded in this fissure for some distance, but it
changes position gradually when traced inshore from the
northern to the southern edge. The latter position is attained
when the fissure has reached the shales. In its further
passage up the fissure (this is, inshore) the dyke becomes
broken up and sends out several small apophyses to the south.
In favourable circumstances, a few isolated exposures in the
sandy bay intervening between the rocks and the cliff-section
show that it has left the fissure, and in the section itself it is
found 4o feet south of it.

Now there is no trace of the Hartley Dyke on the foreshore,
although in many places there is a continuous exposure of
rock, and unless the direction of the dyke has changed very
suddenly it should be visible, as the Collywell Dyke is.
Considering this, along with the tendency of the Collywell
Dyke to divide into branches, as seen in the cliff-section as
well as along its outcrop, and to send out strings on its south
side, it appears probable that the Hartley Dyke is an offshoot
of the Collywell Dyke. If this be so, then it is interesting to
note that the intrusive energy of the offshoot is greater than
that of the parent mass, for it has pierced the strata which
have effectively checked the upward motion of the latter.

2. The Basalt. The lower exposure of the dyke consists
of a soft, whitish rock, jointed horizontally and bearing little
or no resemblance in the field to ordinary basalt. This rock
contains 13°66 per cent. of carbon dioxide, an amount equiva-
lent to 31 per cent. of calcium carbonate. The upper exposure
is more whin-like in appearance, the rock being rusty in
colour and weathered into roundish blocks which show the
typical exfoliating structure. When broken open, these

TWO NEWLY-DISCOVERED WHIN-DYKES 335

blocks are usually found to have a core of bluish rock re-
sembling ordinary basalt, though lighter in colour. The
freshest rock obtainable, however, is very much decomposed.
having a specific gravity of 2°658 and containing 10°53 per
cent. of carbon dioxide—equivalent to 23°9 per cent. of
calcium carbonate.

Under the microscope, the structure of the basalt is plainly
discernible. The rock is much finer grained than most of
the local dykes, and the amygdaloids, which are abundant,
are also small. In the best sections the felspars are fresh ; in
the highly weathered rock they show some signs of decom-
position. The augite is completely replaced by calcite, and
great obscurity results from the dissemination of much
secondary oxide of iron. No porphyritic felspars occurred in
eight sections of the rock examined.

The whin does not appear to have altered the rocks in
contact with it to any appreciable extent, except in the case of
the coal, already mentioned, which is converted into a clean,
prismatic coke. A proximate analysis of this, kindly carried
out by Mr. L. Hawkes, B.Sc., gave the result :

Volatile Matter “ah 900 A: 19.83
Fixed Carbon ae Ae i 58°88
AASIM 06 580 50% Gos 655 21°29

100°00

The analysis shows the high ash-content and low volatile
matter common to cinder-coals.

3. The Felspar Inclusions. Although, as stated above, no
porphyritic felspars occur in any of the slides examined micro-
scopically, yet several small felspar aggregates were found in
the whin of the upper exposure, the largest being about
3-cubic inch in volume. ‘The felspar is, in the main, extra-
ordinarily fresh, with well developed cleavage, and the corners
of the aggregates are quite sharp. It was prepared for
analysis by crushing and sifting, treatment of the coarse
powder with very dilute acid and separation by means of
Sonstadt solution. Selected fragments of the felspars thus

F

336 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

treated had all the same density, except when attached to
small particles of the much decomposed basalt. The analysis
is given in Table A, No. I., and, for comparison, the analysis
of the felspar inclusions from the Crookdene and Collywell
Dykes (Nos. IJ. and III. These are quoted from Heslop and
Smythe’s paper, “The Dyke at Crookdene,” p. 7).

Table A, Analyses of felspar inclusions from Hartley (I.), Crookdene
CII.) and Collywell (III.) Dykes.

I. II. III.

SiOz 45°77 45°88 46°61
Al2,03 34°20 34°31 35°13
TiOg trace 0°04 O13
Fe203 0°73 0°83 0°25
CaO 18°52 18°28 16°74
MgO ° none none none
K,0 o'12 O'll O'15
NazO 1°04 0°82 1°05
H20 025 O14 0°22
100'63 100°41 100°28

The felspar is thus nearly pure anorthite, CaO, Al,O;, 2510,
(calculated, Ca@=20:00,) VAl,Ol— 26:06, 5 s1O;—3°2.5) mands
while closely allied to the Collywell inclusion, agrees in com-
position down to the minutest detail with the felspar of the
Crookdene Dyke, 24 miles away. If the soda present be
taken as a measure of some admixture with albite, Na,O,
Al,O3, 6SiO,, or Na AlSi,O, (=Ab) and the lime as due to
the main constituent, anorthite (= An), then the mineral should
contain 8 per cent. of the former and 92 per cent. of the latter,
and, in fact, the analysis agrees with that calculated for a rock
so constituted (represented by the symbol Ab;, An,) as is
seen from Table B.

Table B. 1. Analysis of inclusion from Hartley Dyke. II. Com-
position calculated for a mixture of 8 per cent. albite and 92 per cent.
anorthite (Abi, Anji).

I. II.
SiO2 45°77 45°34
Al2,O3 34°20 35°23
CaO 18°52 18°49
Naz2O 1°04 0°94 .

If the ferric oxide in the Hartley rock (0°73 per cent.) be
regarded as replacing alumina, the agreement is still better,

TWO NEWLY-DISCOVERED WHIN-DYKES 337

for the sum, Al,O;+Fe,0O;=34'93 per cent. as against 35°23
calculated.

Again, taking the specific gravity of albite as 2°605, that of
anorthite as 2°765, the value calculated for the mixture of the
two in the above proportions is 2°752; this agrees with the
value found for the Hartley inclusion, namely, 2°750.

The microscopic examination of the felspar would be of
considerable interest in view of its identity in composition
with the Crookdene felspar and the petrological peculiarities
of the latter (of. cz#. p. 8). Owing, however, to its brittleness
and the small amount at disposal, it was found impossible to
make a section of the mineral thin enough for satisfactory

examination.

4. Weathering of the Whin. It is unfortunate that no rock
fresh enough for analysis is obtainable from the Hartley Dyke.
There is, however, every reason to expect that the com-
position of the fresh rock will correspond closely with that of
the other anorthite-bearing dykes in the district, especially the
Crookdene and Collywell dykes, which are almost identical in
composition (of. cz. p. 3). The weathering of the Crookdene
Dyke has been worked out in some detail (of. cz¢. p. 7), and it
has been shown that the augite, which is replaced by calcite,
is rich in magnesium and has a silica-content almost equal to
that of the original basalt; further, that the felspars, which
resist weathering to a much greater extent than the augite,
are allied to labradorite.

The results of a partial analysis of the highly weathered
whin from the lower exposure of the Hartley Dyke are given
in Table C, No. I., and also, for comparison, the corresponding
values for the weathered Crookdene rock (No. I1.).

Table C. Partial analyses of weathered rock from Hartley Dyke (I.)
and Crookdene Dyke (II.) ‘Total iron reckoned as Fe2O3.

Il, II.
SiO2 Boro 38°06
Oxides of Fe, Al, Ti 25°10 24°31
CaO 21°63 20°42
MgO I‘il 0°87

COz 13°66 10°37

338 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

The two are very similar, thus bearing out the petrological
likeness of the rocks and rendering it probable that they are
weathered in the same manner.

The determination of some constituents in the Hartley
rock, soluble in dilute acid, is given in Table D.

Table D, Constituents of the weathered Hartley Dyke, soluble in
dilute acid. The sample analysed is the same as in Table C, No. I.

Fe (ferrous) 2°43
Fe (ferric) o 81
CaO 17°36
MgO 0°83

Comparing this with the analysis in Table C, No. I., some
interesting points come to light. Firstly, the attack by
weathering agencies on the augite is so complete that what
little. magnesia remains in the rock is almost wholly in a
condition readily soluble in dilute acid ; secondly, as the
amount of carbon dioxide, 13°66 per cent., is equivalent to
17°36 per cent. of calcium oxide, and as this is the amount
actually found, it may be concluded that the carbon dioxide
exists entirely combined with lime in the form of calcite, and
thus 4°27 per cent. of lime (that is 21°63—17°36) is still present
in the form of lime-felspars. This amount corresponds closely
to that found in the Crookdene rock, namely 5°4 per cent.
Thirdly, it may be noted that the ratio of ferrous to ferric iron
in the acid-soluble portion is as 3 to 1; but as it may be
safely assumed, judging from many analyses of similar dyke-
rocks, that the ratio in the fresh unweathered rock is
approximately as 1 to 1, it follows either that the weathering
agent has had a reducing action, or, what seems more likely,
that it has attacked the ferrous silicates preferentially, pro-
ducing thereby soluble ferrous compounds and leaving un-
altered the ferric silicates.

The question now arises as to the nature of the agent which
has been operative in weathering these dykes, and it would
seem that calcium bicarbonate, Ca (HCO3),, is the only one
which could bring about these changes in the augite, re-
placing, at the same time, the leached-out minerals with

TWO NEWLY-DISCOVERED WHIN-DYKES 339

calcite and conserving the lime-felspars, especially the purer
ones. The differential attack of the bicarbonate solution is
clearly not determined by the amount of lime in the minerals
presented to its action, for the augite is certainly as rich in
lime as the felspar (see calculations, of. czt. p. 7); it is rather
to be ascribed to those other bases, ferrous iron and mag-
nesium, which, in the form of metasilicates, bulk so largely in
the composition of the augite and, like calcium, are capable of
forming bicarbonates readily soluble in water. In the case of
the lime-felspars, such determining factors of reaction are
wanting—hence their immunity from attack by solution of
calcium bicarbonate. The carbonic acid set free during the
conversion of calcium bicarbonate into calcium carbonate
would help to weather the rock by attacking the calcium
silicate present (1) originally in the augite and (2) formed by
double decomposition of calcium bicarbonate with the silicates
of magnesium and ferrous iron.

There is thus considerable probability that both the Crook-
dene and the Hartley dyke have been similarly weathered by
percolating solutions of the same reagent, calcium bicar-
bonate, and it may be added that though about Crookdene,
limestone, from which such solutions could come, makes up
much of the country rock, the reverse is the case in the neigh-
bourhood of the Hartley Dyke; and yet not only is the dyke
highly calcareous, but the fissures and joints for some distance
round it are usually filled with calcite. The supplies of
calcium carbonate then are either far-travelled, or possibly
they date from some past age when the overlying beds, now
removed by denudation, were rich in this mineral. The
occurrence of an outlier of Permian Yellow Sands, near to the
dyke, suggests that the infiltrated calcium carbonate is a relic
of Permian limestones long swept away.

Evidence of a later phase of weathering of the dyke is
observable at its upper exposure, just below the top of the
cliff. Here the rock assumes a reddish hue and disintegrates
into roundish blocks having the exfoliating form characteristic
of many whin outcrops. Specimens of the shell-like coating

340 DR. J. A. SMYTHE ON

of the blocks, about +-inch thick (I.), of the rust-coloured
layer 1 inch thick below this (II.), and of the bluish cores
(III.), were analysed with the following results :

Table £. Upper exposure of Hartley Dyke. Determinations of carbon
dioxide and iron (soluble in dilute acid) in the outer scale (I.), the layer
beneath (II.) and the central cores (III.) of the weathered whin-blocks.

I Il. Ill.
CO, none none IO'15
Fe (ferrous) none 0°36 5:12
Fe (ferric) 2°16 3°32 1°60

The rock at the cores (III.) is thus quite comparable with
the rock of the lower exposure, containing carbon dioxide
equivalent to 23 per cent. of calcium carbonate, and acid-
soluble ferrous and ferric iron in the proportion of 3 to 1. In
passing outwards, the calcium carbonate and ferrous iron are
quickly abstracted, until at the outer scale only the ferric
compounds remain. This phase of weathering is evidently
super-imposed on the one described above, and clearly corres-
ponds to the action of water containing carbon dioxide and
oxygen in solution. It is the one at present in operation.

The first type of weathering described, namely that assumed
to be due to the action of calcium bicarbonate solution, is
evidently, so far as the few observations available enable one
to judge, the one to which many of the local dykes conform.
It is, however, not the only one, and, in fact, most of the
well investigated cases are of a very different character, and
hardly permit of safe inference as to the agents operative and
the mechanism of the processes involved. A few of the best
known cases may be mentioned in passing, in order to
draw attention to a subject well worthy of study but greatly
neglected.

The sill connected with the Hett Dykes has been investi-
gated, though not from the point of view of weathering, with
great wealth of chemical detail by Sir Lowthian Bell.* The

* “¢On some supposed changes Basaltic Veins have suffered during
their passage through and contact with Stratified Rocks, and on the
manner in which these rocks have been affected by the heated Basalt.”
I. Lowthian Bell, Proc. Roy. Soc., 23 (1875), pp. 543-553-

TWO NEWLY-DISCOVERED WHIN-DYKES 341

analyses of the fresh rock and the weathered (underground)
top and bottom of the sill show considerable extraction of
lime, and to a less extent of other bases, and conversion of
the residual bases almost entirely into carbonates. It is
possible, though by no means certain, that the weathering
agent in this case has been carbonic acid.

The weathering of the Cleveland Dyke has been studied to
some extent by Teall and others* and two radically different
types established, namely, carbonation and_ kaolinisation.
Teall has further investigated (of. cz¢.) an interesting case in
that of the Highgreen Dyke, where solution and precipitation
have taken place concurrently, the result being the production
of a cellular structure, the bases being removed from the
insides of the cells and the iron precipitated along the cell-
walls.

In conclusion, emphasis may be laid on the similarity of
the Hartley Dyke to the Collywell and Crookdene Dykes. A
considerable amount of evidence has already been given in
support of the view that the two last-named dykes are
different exposures of the same intrusion (see ““The Dyke at
Crookdene, etc.,” p. 12); and the results of the study of the
Hartley Dyke, embodied in this paper, lead to the conclusion
that this dyke is intimately connected with and possibly an
offshoot of this intrusion. The Whitley Dyke has evidently
affinities to the Tynemouth Dyke; a thorough petrological
examination of the two rocks will probably bring these into
clearer light.

* J. J. H. Teall, ‘* Petrological Notes on some North of England
Dykes,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 40 (1884), p. 209.

Stanley Smith, ‘‘ The Cleveland Dyke,” Proc. Univ. Durham Phil.
Soc., vol. 2 (1906), pp. 239-242.

342 DR. Je A. SMYTHE ON

COVER

1 2 Ft
Fig r. Section showing the Hartley Dyke. ‘The dyke is marked A,
and is intruded in shales at the lower exposure, and in sandstone at the
upper. B represents the cinder-coal, baked by the dyke. The prisms ot
this are frequently curved, and they tend to set normally to the whin
surfaces, ‘The general direction of the prisms and the two shaly partings
are shewn in the sketch.

343

NEWLY-DISCOVERED WHIN-DYKES

TWO

“OWS BY} IV SoTvOS [eJUOZLIOY puv [VIIOA oY, “MA'S'S—A'N'N ‘pomnsy uorses oy} ‘S-"N suni uoroes
jeqnyeu oy, °}X9} OY} Ul pouOIjUSU oAMSSY-}[NVJ OpIA OY} SI DQ ‘s}[NVJ [[VWs YyIvur soul] pajjop oy J,
aa1J o1ayA speq jusov{pe oy} pue (q) oyxhq [EMATIOD pue (vy) eyxhq AgVEY oy} SuImoys uote

*I9QA0D WO}

2 Su

344 MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

REPORT ON THE FIELD MEETINGS OF THE NATURAL
HISTORY SOCIETY FOR 1911.

ReaD 251H Marcu, 1912, By Mr. RicHarD S. BaAGNALL,
F.E.S., F.L.S., CHAIRMAN OF THE FIELD MEETINGS
CoMMITTEE IN IgQII.

When the Committee honoured me by appointing me Field
President for the year, I naturally felt some diffidence in
accepting the position—a position that so many of our
members could have occupied with greater weight and in-
fluence. In my acceptance, however, I was actuated by two
important factors, firstly my strong desire to influence others
to follow the more obscure paths of invertebrate zoology, and
secondly the fact that I should so shortly be leaving the

district.

It has been my object throughout the year to work at one
small group of Arthropods of which little was known as re-
gards the local fauna, and for this main subject I chose —
happily, I think—the Myriapods, known to us all as Centipedes
and Millipedes. Only one or two local species had been
recorded, but largely through the instrumentality of these
Field Meetings I have just completed a preliminary account
of the Northumberland and Durham Myriapods, comprising
no less than 58* distinct forms, of which 23 local examples
represent the first British records. This number of additions
has been largely arrived at by a special study of the two
neglected orders Pauropoda and Symphyla; in the first order
two British forms were known, now we know six, including a
new species, Brachypauropus lubbockt, Bagnall, the first British
representative of the family Brachypauropodide; and in the
second order, Symphyla, of which but one British species was
until recently known, we now recognise locally 12 forms,
including the following new ones: Scud¢zgerella spinipes, Bagn.,
S. biscutata, Bagn., S. hansent, Bagn., Scolopendrella dunelmensts
Bagn., S. horrida, Bagn., S. delicatula, Bagn., and S. minudissima,

Bagn.
* This has now been increased.

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IQII 345

This small piece of specialisation, then, accounts for a great
many of the additions to the British fauna; but even in the
larger forms, the Centipedes and Millipedes proper, many
important captures, due very largely to almost phenomenal
good luck, have been made. Sixteen different Chilopods or
Centipedes are recorded, including one addition to the British
fauna, Lithobius nigrifrons, Latz., whilst of the Diplopods
or Millipedes no less than 24 are noted. Of these Prof.
Verhoeff has found it necessary to diagnose a new family,
Brachycheteumide for the reception of SArachycheteuma
bagnalli, Verhoeff, from Gibside; and Zvtansoma jurassicum,
Verhoeff, Polydesmus coriaceus, Porat, Microchordeuma sp.,
Lsobates varicornis, C. L. Koch, Wapojulus sp.. Glomerts
perplexa, Latz., are also recorded for the first time as British.
~ Z. jurassicum, Verhoeff, was previously known from a single
specimen taken on the Danube in 1910. With us it has
occurred’ in numbers in a dene near Fencehouses, whilst I
have taken a few examples in my garden and on the Wear
banks near Penshaw, at Gibside, and in Prof. Poulton’s garden
at Oxford.

Throughout this report the Myriapods are listed in full.

Had I possessed a wider knowledge of the better-known
natural objects I should have attempted to review the progress
of our knowledge of the local fauna during the year. I must,
however, restrict this brief review to those obscure groups to
which I more or less confine myself, and which I feel sure
would be more closely studied if naturalists would only realize
the intense interest attached to some of them.

Perhaps the most interesting piece of work attempted
during the year lies in the study of the Arthropod Ectoparasites
of the mammals and birds of Northumberland and Durham,
commenced in the early spring by Mr. Wm. Hall, of Fatfield,
and myself, and in which we have been helped by Messrs.
E. L. Gill, Charlton brothers, Walton Lee, etc. Up to the
moment we have recognized 28 different fleas (Siphonaptera)

346 MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

including Zyrichopsylla dale’ Rothschild, TZ. vagabundus
(tnsularts Rothschild), Zyphlopsylla dasycnemus Rothschild,
T. pentacanthus Rothschild, and Cvenopsyllus spectadbilts
Rothschild; 4 ticks, including a recently described species,
Ixodes caledonicus Nuttall, from the starling; 5 Hippoboscid
flies including Oxypterum pallidum Leach, from the swift,
observed by Mr. Alaric Richardson ; 6 bloodsucking lice
(Anoplura) and 84 bird lice (Mallophaga), of which over thirty
are for the first time recorded from Great Britain. Two of
these are apparently new, one taken by Mr. Charlton on the
teal and the other by Mr. Gill from the little auk, whilst others
have only recently been described from North America.
There remain numerous birds we have not yet had the
opportunity of examining. The study, too, has led to
interesting data in regard to the ancestry and evolution of the
host species.

In 1907 Prof. Silvestri diagnosed a new order of curious
primitive insects, Protura, the Italian species of which have since
been monographed by Berlese. I have had the pleasure of
discovering, locally, specimens of the three genera falling into
the two families of this order, Acerentomide and Eosentomide.
Some of my species are evidently new.

As regards the Myriapoda enough has already been said,
so that I must now proceed with my report after a few words
on my favourite insects, thrips or Thysanoptera. My collecting
in this group has been carried out almost entirely at our field
meetings. <Amblythrips erice Bagnall, and Bagnallia agnessee
Bagnall, have been taken in new localities, including numerous
examples of the previously unknown male of the latter; Mr.
H. S. Wallace discovered a new species at Whitfield,
Physothrips latus Bagnall, of which Mr. Hull sent me further
examples later; whilst Prof. Karny, of Elbogen in Austria, has
shown that the elm-leaf thrips taken by myself in the Derwent
Valley and Teesdale differs from the type of Lzothrips
hradacensts Uzel, to which I referred the species ; the species
is now known as /vodia bagnalli Karny. At the Harbottle

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IQII 347

meeting Chirothrips hamatus Trybom, Frankliniella tenuicornis
Uzel, Bagnallia klapalekt Uzel, and 4. dilatatus Uzel, were
discovered, all new to the British fauna.

Altogether the year has been an extraordinarily fruitful one,
for it must be remembered that these records are merely the
results of very limited spare-time collecting and study. The
additions to the British fauna may be summarised as follows :
one order, four families, eight genera, and about sixty species,
of which thirteen or fourteen are new to science.

In the following text or lists a single or double asterisk
denotes an addition to the counties’ or British fauna
respectively.

THE DERWENT VALLEY, SATURDAY, May 13TH, IQI1.

A beautiful day in May saw the opening meeting of the
summer session, when well over a hundred members of our
Society, the Vale of Derwent Naturalists’ Field Club and the
Gateshead Teachers’ Natural History Society met together at
Swalwell. Mr. Adamson, whose intimate local knowledge
was kindly placed at the disposal of the party, led the way to
Winlaton Mill, where the Derwent was crossed by the Butterfly
Bridge and skirted on the south side to the viaduct. Here
the parties divided ; some, entering Gibside, spent a pleasant
hour in Snipes’ Dene, whilst others wandered through the
Hollinside fields to the ruins of Hollinside Manor House,
where a splendid vista was obtained, including as it did the
beautiful Gibside Woods (now clothed in the varied and tender
shades of Spring) and the bold outstanding scars. Throughout
the afternoon the cuckoo was heard, now on the north bank,
now on the south; swallows were seen skimming the air, and
a pair of swifts, which build annually in the Hollinside ruins,
were watched with interest.

Several ornithologists, botanists, and entomologists were
present, whilst geology, archeology and photography each
had its devotees.

348 MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

The ornithologists, led by Mr. T. Robson, made many
discoveries ; a waterhen’s nest with seven eggs, a sparrow-
hawk’s with five eggs, a blackbird’s nest built in a wall, and
nests of the hedge-sparrow, missel-thrush, robin, blackbird
and magpie, all containing young birds, some of which were
pictured by the photographers of the party. Wild duck and
a pair of sandpipers were set up from the river, and shortly
afterwards that most beautiful of birds, the kingfisher, was
observed; the jay, chiff-chaff, willow-wren and redstart were
recorded, and towards evening the metallic trill of the grass-
hopper warbler was heard both at Hollinside and Gibside, two
of the party observing this rare and shy bird at close quarters.

A notable capture was that of a shrimp-like bristle-tail
(Premachilis brevicornis Ridley), which had been overlooked
by naturalists until recently discovered on the Axwell Park
wall; whilst a minute spring-tail (dZegalothorax minimus
Willem), the smallest known insect, was found under bark of
old logs. ‘This was of particular interest to me as it was only
last year that I had the pleasure of discovering this species in
this country ; a creature so small that it would require 16,000
specimens to cover one square inch of paper. Of the numerous
Myriapods three deserve special mention, the Diplopod /sobazes
varicornis C. L. K., new to the British fauna, Scolopendrella
dunelmensis Bagnall, a new species of Symphyla, and a
centipede, Scolioplanes crassi~es, new to the counties. An
interesting thrips—agnallia agnessae Bagnall—was found in
its original habitat, including the male, which I had not
previously found.

I have said enough to show the wonderful nature of the
fauna of this fertile valley, and, entomologically, it may be
said that the afternoon had been spent on classic ground—
the home of the beetles Prerostichus parumpunctatus, Triplax
bicolor, Agathidium badium, Cerylon fagt, Rhizophagus
coeruleipennis, Stenostola ferrea, numerous rare Scydmenide ;
of the spiders Diplocephalus protuberans, Ballus depressus ; of
the Myriapods Lzthobius nigrifrons Latzel, Scolopendrella

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IQII 349

dunelmensis Bagnall, Scutigerella hansent Bagnall (Axwell),
Pauropus gracilis Wansen, Ssobates varicornis C. L. Koch,
Craspedosoma rawlinst Leach and Lrachycheteuma bagnallt
Verhceff; of the spring-tails AZegalothorax minimus Willem,
Sminthurus coronatus Bagnall (MSS.), S. czactus Tullb, Anurida
tullberei Schott, friesta clavisetis Schott and TZullbergia
Rkrausbauert; of the bristle-tails Premachilis hibernica Carp.,
and P. brevicornis Ridley, and of those interesting thrips
Chirothrips similis Bagnall, Oxythrips ajyuge Uzel, Bagnallia
agnesseé Bagnall, Trichothrips longisetis Bagnall, 7. propinguus
Bagnall and the large elm-leaf species Hoodia bagnallt Karny ;
to say nothing of a host of other notabilities.

I take this opportunity of appending a list of the Myriapoda
of this part of the Derwent Valley, which is not without interest.

The lovers of archeology evinced great interest in the ruins
of Hollinside, a history of which will be found in the Avcheologia
#liana, Vol. 11., and which was related to the party by Mr.
Adamson and Mr. W. H. Young, F.L.S.

Altogether a most interesting and instructive afternoon was
spent, the party breaking up after partaking of an excellent
tea at the Golden Lion, Winlaton Mill, at which the thanks of
all were accorded not only to Mr. Adamson for his leadership
but to the Earl of Strathmore, Mr. MacIntyre and Mrs. Brown,
for their kind permission to roam over the Gibside and
Hollinside estates.

A list of Myriapods observed in the lower Derwent
Valley, between Rowlands Gill and its mouth.

Centipedes (Chilopoda).

Lithobius forficatus, L., L. variegatus Leach (common in the
woods), **Z. uigrifrons Latzel (2 examples, Gibside; I hope
to obtain further specimens to confirm the record, resting as
it does on these two mutilated specimens), Z. glabratus C. L.
Koch (Gibside and Winlaton), Z. calcaratus C. L. Koch
(Gibside, 1 ¢), LZ. crassipes Koch, Geophilus longicornis Leach,
G. proximus.C. L. K. [G. carpophagus Leach (Blanchland)],

350 MR. R. S, BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

G. truncorum Bergs. and Mein., Schendyla nemorensis C. L. K.
(Gibside and Winlaton), *Scolioplanes crassipes C. L. K.
(Gibside, 2 gs and 5 9s found at this meeting), and
Stigmatogaster subterraneus Leach.

Pauropods.

Stylopauropus pedunculatus Lubb. (Winlaton Mill, one
example); auropus huxleyt Lubb. (Scaur banks, Winlaton
Mill, and Gibside), **A//opauropus vulgaris Hansen (from
several localities), **.4. gracilis Hansen (in numbers, Gibside,
SC)

Symphyla.

Scutigerella immaculata Newp., S. biscutata Bagnall, **S.
hanseni Bagnall (one example, Axwell), **.S. ca/darta Hansen
(in hot-house, Winlaton Mill), **Scolopendrella subnuda Hansen
(Gibside), **.S. dunelmensis Bagnall (in numbers, Gibside),

** §. vulgaris Hansen, common.

Diplopods.

Glomeris marginata Vill., **G. perplexa Latz. (Gibside),
Polydesmus complanatus L., P. denticulatus C.L.K. (Gibside),
Orthomorpha gracilis C.L.K. (hothouses), Brachydesmus
superus Latz. (8 gs and 5 9s, Gibside), ** Z7tanosoma jurassicum
Verhoeff (1 ¢ Gibside), ** Brachychaeteuma bagnalli Verhoeft
(described from 1 6, Gibside), **Microchordeuma sp. (1 6,
Gibside), MJzcrophoron Jlatzelt, Verhoeff (Winlaton Mi§ll),
Atractosoma polydesmoides Leach (1 g and 1 juv., Gibside),
Craspedosoma rawlinst Leach (Gibside), **C. szmile Verhoeft
and the form rhenanum Verhoeff, Fulus ligulifer (6 and 9,
Gibside), F. sabulosus L., F. albipes C.L.K., F. punctatus
Leach, ¥. duscus (Gibside, both sexes), F. fallax Mein. (és),
** Tsobates varicornis C.L.K., (7 és and juv., Gibside),
Blanjulus guttulatus Bosc., B. fuscus Am Stein and B. pulchellus
C.L.K. (Gibside g and @).

A list of no less than 47 species, of which 26 were observed
on the occasion of this meeting.

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IQII 351

EwEsLey, LONGWITYON AND HarTBURN, THURSDAY,
JUNE IST, I9gI1I.

The second meeting took place in the Font Valley under the
able guidance of Mr. Cecil H. Sp. Perceval of Longwitton
Hall. Detraining at Ewesley Station the party crossed the
Comb Hill Bridge and entered the grounds of Nunnykirk,
where they were met by Mrs. Orde, who showed them the
beauties of the estate, the gardens, and, most interesting to
archeologists, an old Saxon cross, which had been brought to
light a few years ago. After refreshments the members were
conducted through Netherwitton to Longwitton Hall, where
Mr. Perceval pointed out several botanical features of particular
interest, including a clump of a rare spurge (Euphorbia pilosa)
brought from Gloucestershire and quite at home at Longwitton ;
a magnificent walnut tree; bean and spindle trees; a
natural hybrid orchid (Habenaria viridis Orchis maculata)
discovered by Mr. Perceval; a white variety of the herb
robert (Geranium robertianum) and a pink form of the com-
mon hyacinth.

A short and pleasant stay was made, and after admiring the
wide and very extensive view obtained from the Hall, and
enjoying Mr. and Mrs. Perceval’s kind hospitality, the party
proceeded through Longwitton Dene—perhaps the most
beautiful walk of the day—to Hartburn. Here the Vicar,
Mr. Curtis, joined the party and accompanied them through
the woods, pointing out two magnificent silver fir trees and a
curious grotto built in the cliff, from which ran (probably for the
convenience of bathers) a covered passage to the river; and
thence to the peaceful vicarage, once the home of the well-
known historian of Northumberland—John Hodgson—who is
buried at Hartburn. The peel tower, a part of the vicarage,
was admired, and a visit, unfortunately too brief, was paid to
the quiet old Norman church. Here the party took leave of
Mr. Perceval and Mr. Curtis, and after a brisk walk caught the
home-going train at Angerton,

352 MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

Owing to the length of the ramble and the early hour of the
last train home, little specialised work was attempted. The
botanists discovered, amongst numerous less rare flowers and
ferns, the large-flowered bitter-cress (Cardamine amara), the
herb Paris, and several double examples of the water avens,
one of which had the stem continued through the flower and
surmounted by a second smaller flower. They were unsuccess-
ful in their search for the Pyrola minor and the toothwort
(Cardamine bulbifera), features of the local plant-life. A
whitethroat’s nest was pointed out by Mrs. Orde, whilst a
cuckoo and heron were seen in flight, and a tree-creeper and
grey wagtail observed.

A small collection of thrips, spiders, millipedes and
centipedes, including nothing of striking interest, was made for
future study.

The success of the meeting was undoubtedly largely due to
the kind forethought of Mr. and Mrs. Perceval, and the
gratitude of the Society was also accorded to Mrs. Orde, Mr.
F. S. Trevelyan, Mr. Ralph Spencer, and the Rev. W. C. Curtis
for their kind permission to ramble over the various estates.

HARBOTTLE, NORTHUMBERLAND, JUNE 30TH TO JULY 3RD, IQII.

The third meeting took place in Upper Coquetdale, where
several of the members spent a few very happy days, the
comfort of the hostelry at Harbottle, the fine weather and the
invigorating climate combining to ensure the perfect enjoyment
of all.

On the first day the party rambled to Selby’s Lough by way
of the Drakestone, which was climbed by some of the more
venturesome, and Harbottle Lough, returning by Linshiels and
Alwinton. ‘The extensive breeding place of the black-headed
gulls on Selby’s Lough and the presence of three magnificent
half-wild goats seen sunning themselves in the crags were
interesting features.

Holystone was the object of the second day’s outing, the
botanists and ornithologists confining their attention to the

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IQII 353

Barrow Burn, the Dove Crags and Coquet, whilst the
entomologists wandered further afield, collecting on the moors
in the vicinity of the Holystone Burn.

The third day was devoted to general rambles by the
different sections, whilst some of the party on their return to
Rothbury rambled from Thorpton by way of the Blue Mill
and woods, over Cartington Moor to Cragside, and thence to
the Thrum Mill.

In addition to these rambles, short and pleasant walks were
made in the immediate vicinity of Harbottle in the early morn-
ing before breakfast, and in the late evening.

At least sixty-eight kinds of birds were either seen or heard,
including such interesting species as the ring ouzel, the night-
jar, the greater spotted woodpecker, herons near their nests and
young, teal, ringed plover (which seldom breeds inland) and
young, and the woodcock, and also the following typical upland
forms: stonechat, redstart, dipper, grey wagtail, reed bunting,
black and red grouse and redshank.

Some of the plants observed were of more than usual interest,
such as the crowberry, corydalis, marsh cinquefoil, the bog
bean, marjoram, the handsome melancholy thistle, the globe
flower and the sweet-scented orchis from the moors. The
insectivorous sundew was found in abundance.

The entomologists of the party recorded caterpillars of the
emperor moth and other heath-loving species, and the capture of
the large heath butterfly. Several giant dragon flies were seen,
chiefly Cordeulogaster annulatus, and Mr. Woodcock showed
how to brace the wings of these creatures to ensure safe ex-
amination when alive, and demonstrated the working of their
mouth parts.

In regard to the insects and allied creatures in which I am
especially interested, many notable forms were discovered,
including five thrips new to the British fauna, and a small
Scolopendrella new to science. ‘The following brief account of
the three-days’ collecting will be useful, as many of these
obscure groups have not before been studied in Coquetdale.

Seis MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

Thrips ( Thysanoptera ).

It was rather early for the heath and the heather, which was
only just breaking into blossom, but the somewhat isolated
clumps were crowded with thrips and their larve, most
conspicuous amongst them being the white-barred Aeolothrips
fasciatus L., though the two smaller species, Physothrips erica
Hal. and Oxythrips parviceps Uzel, were more numerously
represented. But best of all was the capture of the minute
and wingless *Amblythrips erice Bagnall, a genus and species
described only recently from Yorkshire and Scotland. By
repeated search this insect was found to be of wide distribution
but scarce, less than thirty specimens being ultimately secured.
A. eric@ is only a little more than half a millimetre in length,
and is rather difficult to distinguish in the field from the larve
of the larger forms. It has, however, an air of distinction,
and, unlike the sluggish larve, moves about with some
alertness and without the hesitation so evident in the former.
In colour Amblythrips is tinged with reddish-brown, whilst the
larve of both Physothrips and Oxythrips are clear yellow or
orange-yellow, and the antennz of our little friend, under a
lens, have the definition usually attributed to a mature thrips.
A. erice appears to prefer the large bell heather, Zrzca
tetralix, from which plant I have more recently taken it on the

moors near Riding Mill, and in numbers from the New Forest
and the Isle of Wight.

Hard work examining the junipers which grow so luxuriantly
in the Holystone Burn failed to produce the Thrips juniperina
L. (Bagn.), but special attention to the grasses and sedges of
the Loughs brought to light examples of three species new to
the British fauna, namely the very distinct ** Chirothrips hamatus
Trybom (dud@ Uzel), female; what is apparently the male of
** Bagnallia klapaleki (Uzel), from sedge-like grasses on Har-
bottle Lough and females of **Frankiiniella tenuicornis (Uzel)
from a soft pasture grass on the banks of Selby’s Lough.
Several examples of another recently recognized species,
Physothrips pallipennis Uzel, females, occurred with the Chzro-

FIELD MEETINGS FOR I9QfI 355

thrips, and a mutilated male of **Bagnallia dilatatus (Uzel),
another addition to the British fauna, was taken from the
marsh red-rattle or lousewort, Pedicularis palustris, growing in
a marshy spot near Holystone. Oxythrips brevicollis Bagnall
was unsuccessfully searched for in sphagnum, but as the
insects usually found in sphagnum were very scarce indeed,
little time was spent in what appeared to be a thankless task.
Most of the pines were too tall to examine easily, but by
jumping up and tapping some of the lower branches over a
paper a few examples of Oxythrips brevistylis Trybom were
shaken from the flowers, together with its earlier stages, and a
single example of O. ajuge Uzel. Uzel has also recorded the
latter from /2nus sylvestris, as well as from the bugle (Ajuga
reptans). <Acolothrips vittatus Hal., which, in my experience,
appears to be attached to the pine, was not seen. A good
many other species, less typically moorland, from the leaf of
the cherry, and flowers of the viper’s bugloss, umbels and
yarrow were taken for study.

Beetles ( Coleoptera).

Owing to the long-continued dry weather beetles were very
scarce indeed, but one addition to the local fauna was recorded
in the shape of a puzzling Anobiid-like insect found burrowing
into the wood of a mountain-ash tree. It had the power of
jumping and turned out to be the little Anthribid, * Choragus
shepphardi Kirb. Amongst others MWicroglossa pulla was
found in a wren’s nest near Holystone; Lzodes glabra from
under bark, Harbottle; /Perostichus vitreus and Calathus
micropterus on the moors; Longitarsus anchuse@ on the viper’s
bugloss ; Platambus maculatus in the Holystone burn; Orchesza
micans and Cis bidentatus in fungi; LVecrophorus vestigator and
Silpha rugosa in a dead gull.

Amongst other insects a flea Ceratophyllus newsteadi Roths.
from the wren’s nest already mentioned, two spring-tails,
Sminthurus bilineatus and S. novemlineatus from heather, and
the common Thysanuran Campodea might be recorded,

356 MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

Centipedes, etc., and Woodlice.

Satisfactory work was achieved in these groups, a new
species of Symphyla, **Scolopendrella delicatula Bagnall, being
discovered, and also a Diplopod, /sobates varicornis, taken for
the first time as British at the first field meeting of the year.
Two rare woodlice were found near Alwinton, the small °
Armadilidium pulchellum and Porcellio rathket.

The following is a complete list :—

Centipedes (Chilopoda).

Lithobius forficatus, L., very common on the moors; Z.
variegatus Leach, rare; ZL. glabratus C.L.K. (=melanops
INewpD:); a 9 2 calcaratas (CK dandy os ee acrassopes
C.L.K., common; *AHenzcops fulvicornis (Meinert), 3 9s on
the moors ; Geophilus longicornis Leach; G. proximus C.L.K. ;
G. carpophagus Leach, not uncommon on the moors; G.
truncorum Bergs. and Mein., in the Holystone Burn.

Symphyla.
** Scolopendrella delicatula Bagnall, two specimens near
Alwinton.

Millepedes (Diplopoda).

Glomeris marginata WVill.; Polydesmus complanatus L.;
Brachydesmus superus Latzel; * Fulus ligulifer Latz.-V erhoeff,
BOSS RAMOS Ibis FA wives (EIU, 8 Fe panes
Leach ; **lsobates varicornis C.L.K.,1 9; Blanjulus guttulatus
(Bosc.); B. fuscus Am Stein; *. pulchellus C.L.K., a few 9s
apparently referable to this species.

Woodlice (Terrestrial lsopoda)

Trichoniscus pusillus; T. pygmaeus G. O. Sars, in garden at
Harbottle ; Ovzscus asellus; Porcellio scaber; P. pictus, near
the moors, Harbottle; P. rathkez, two examples, Alwinton ;
Philoscia muscorum and Armadillidium pulchellum, several from
under stones near Alwinton.

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1911 357

HaswELL, EASINGTON AND DENEHOLME, FRIDAY,
UR qitHes Tom

The fourth meeting of the season was held in South-East
Durham under the genial guidance of Mr. Edward Potts.
Detraining at Haswell the party proceeded by a lane leading
by Easington, to Haswell Moor, which, to the disappointment
of all, was found to have been recently drained and brought
under cultivation ; so that now fertile fields lie where once the
Primula farinosa and several other interesting marsh plants
were wont to grow. At Thorpe the higher reaches of Horden
Dene provided a picturesque walk for some distance seawards,
when the party followed the sea banks to Blackhall Rocks,
where a hearty tea at the inn was enjoyed. Several plants
were observed in flower, including the dwarf mallow, the
twayblade, the sweet-scented orchis and the Geranium
sanguineum, its exceedingly handsome crimson flowers con-
trasting beautifully with an equally profuse display of the
golden rock-rose.

After tea an hour was spent investigating the Blackhall
Rocks; a huge example) of the maritime woodlouse, Lzgza
oceantca, and colonies of the rockpool springtail, Anurida
maritima, being observed.

Personally I was only able to join the party in the afternoon,
and was therefore unable to carry out much collecting. Several
thrips, mostly common, were taken from corn, rest harrow and
marjoram ; a rare and little-known woodlouse, Z7vichontscoides
albidus B.-L. was found on the sea-banks, and_ several
myriapods, listed below, were seen between Horden and
Blackhall Rocks.

Alyriapods.
Chilopods (Centipedes).

Lithobius forficatus L., L. variegatus Leach, L. crassipes
C.L.K., Geophilus longicoriis Leach, G. carpophagus Leach
(*Scoltoplanes acuminatus and S. maritimus Leach, May, 1912).

Pauropods.
Allopauropus gracilis Hansen,

358 MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

Symphyla.

Scutigerella imimaculata Newp.(I have also taken 5S. dzscutata
Bagnall, Scolopendrella subnuda Hansen, S. vulgaris Hansen
and 5S. horvida Bagnall (type), on the sea-banks at Hart, a
little to the south of the Blackhall Rocks).

Diplopods (Millipedes).
Glomeris marginata Vill., Polydesmus complanatus L.,
Brachydesmus superus Latz., Microphoron latzeli Verh., Fulus

sabulosus L., F. albipes, C.L.K., F. punctatus Leach, and
Blanjulus guttulatus ( Bosc.)

THE NORTHUMBRIAN COAST, NEAR BEADNELL, SEPTEMBER
OPH, TOTTI.

The fifth meeting of the season was arranged for that part
of the Northumbrian Coast lying between Newton Point and
Swinhoe Burn, to examine the geology; and for its success
Mr. Stanley Smith, M.Sc., who has made a special study of the
limestones, was chiefly to be thanked.

I was personally unable to join the party until towards the
end of the day, and the following account is drawn from the
pleasantly written paragraph of the anonymous correspondent
to the “ Daily Journal,” and from a brief account of the geology
given me by Mr. Smith, which I append in its entirety.

Leaving the train at Christon Bank the party made direct for
the coast. The hedgerows showed signs of autumn’s approach ;
a strong tinge of rusty brown creeping over the greens, but
brightened by the brilliant coral hips and haws growing in
great profusion, the ripening blackberries and the golden spikes
of agrimony; and clinging by their tendrils the vetches
appeared here and there. |

Wealth of flowers was scarcely to be expected, since the
summer of exceptional heat and sunshine had brought early
bloom and fruition, but along the field-paths the bright blue of
the veronica carpeted the ground, and the lingering viper’s
bugloss, too, was seen, Across the prickly grass of the bents

FIELD MEETINGS FOR I9QII 359

round the Football Hole lay the way to the long scar running
out to sea, formed by the Whinsill and the Great Limestone.
After examination of this interesting structure the firm stretch
of sands was followed to the Long Nanny Burn, whereabouts
the grass of Parnassus, bloody cranesbill, hemlock storksbill,
sea-rocket and thrift were still found in flower ; and thence to
Beadnell Harbour. Here another sloping scar of the Great
Limestone, dolomitic in character, and on which are the ruins of
the old chapel said to have been built in the memory of St. Ebba,
runs out to sea, buff in:colour and some thirty feet in thickness.
The use of the hammer here brought to light some interesting
fossils, whilst the bird-lovers found the end of the scar a good
point of vantage from which to watch the passing flight of sea
and shore birds.

Along the sandhills, past Annstead and across the Swinhoe
Burn, which runs into the sea at Ebb’s Snook—another
interesting geological formation—to the thriving fishing village
of Seahouses, its fine harbour sheltering a fleet of local and
Scotch herring boats. The outer breakwater was crowded
with gulls, whilst on a reef lying further out a number of oyster-
catchers were running merrily to and fro, and feeding along the
sandy shore many of the wading birds were to be seen, young
turnstones, ringed plover, sanderlings, redshanks and dunlins,
some of which showed little fear, allowing some of the party to
approach quite closely.

The following are a few notes by Mr. Smith on the geology
of the coast between the mouth of Swinhoe Burn and Newton
Point :—

“The strata exposed in the cliffs and on the foreshore between
the mouth of Swinhoe Burn and Newton Point belong to the
middle portion of the Upper Bernician. The beds emerge
from beneath the sands near Annstead, and between a fault
near their point of appearance and Ebb’s Snook, the complete
succession, from a bed a short distance below the Oxford
Limestone to the Great Limestone, may be traversed in
ascending order. The limestones and sandstones jut out to

360 MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

sea as long scars, whilst the more perishable shales are largely
covered by the sand, to the level of which they have been
reduced by the erosive power of the waves. ‘The most
important limestones are the ‘Oxford,’ the “ Eelwell,” the
‘Acre? Monn. oi Wards, “ithe -shoursHathomsa: eandestiie
“Great”; and the Beadnell coal outcrops near the village of
that name, among the beds immediately below the Eelwell
Limestone. The Great Limestone at Ebb’s Snook is remark-
able on-account of its highly dolomitic character, containing
as it does 42 to 46 per cent of magnesium carbonate. On the
south side of Nacker Hole a basaltic dyke may be observed
cutting obliquely across the beds in a direction due west to east.

“The coast around Beadnell Bay is fringed by sand dunes,
hence nothing of the solid geology is seen until Snook Point is
reached, where the Whinsill, associated with the Great
Limestone, forms the headland. Owing to repetition these
beds also form the point south of Football Hole.”

After tea, which was served at the comfortable hostelry of
Mrs. Cuthbert’s Bamburgh Castle Arms, the harbour, piers,
and fish-packing and curing arrangements were visited, and
a walk along the sandhills to Monkshouse brought the day’s
work to a close.

Several members and friends spent the night at Seahouses,
and made an early start the following morning for the Farne
Islands.

FaRNE ISLANDS, SEPTEMBER IOTH, IOQITI.

A fine autumn morning, a smooth sea and a breeze from off
the land helped to make the voyage to the Farnes a quick and
enjoyable one. The object of the outing was to procure birds
for the study of their insect parasites, but in addition collections
of Myriapods and other small fry were made, a full account
of which is appended.

Quite apart from the object of the visit to this historic bird
station, the day was full of interest. It was late in the season
and the eider ducks, guillemots, razorbills, puffins and terns

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IQII 3601

had all left, but other birds were there to watch, including
numerous small wading birds—oystercatchers, turnstones,
ringed plovers, dunlins, sanderlings, and purple sandpipers.
The cormorants were congregated about their nests and
several gannets were observed fishing, dropping one after the
other with extraordinary velocity like stones into the sea.

The return to the mainland was not, to some of the party,
so pleasant as the journey out, as the sea was distinctly rough,
but nevertheless all thoroughly enjoyed a hearty meal on the
return to the inn, after which the party drove to Chathill to
catch the home-going train.

The results of the day’s work were very satisfactory, several
bird-lice proving, on examination, to be entirely new to the
- British fauna, whilst a rare flea and a centipede were added
to the local list.

Matlophaga or Biting Lice.

The following is a list of the birds examined together with
the Mallophaga discovered on them.

CorMORANT: Docophorus bassane D., a few; **Lipeurus
longicornis P., both sexes in numbers; **JZenopon
brevipalpe P., in numbers; and **rmus lineolatus
N. (straggler) one specimen.

TURNSTONE: **/Virmus dispar P., one example; the species
was described by Piaget from two exotic species of
cormorant; JV. furvus N., both sexes common ;
** Colpocephalum bicolor P., a few examples of both
sexes.

REDSHANK, RINGED PLOVER AND DUNLIN: several parasites
not yet worked out.

LESSER BLACK-BACKED GULL: Docophorus lari D., common ;
** Virmus punctatus N., in numbers.

PuFFIN : Docophorus celedoxus N., in numbers; **D. acuti-
pectus Kellogg (described from North America from
the Horned Auklet) two examples.

362 MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

Siphonaptera or Fleas.

A very rare species, *Ceratophyllus vagabundus (=insularis
Rothschild), in nests of the cormorant and on the bird itself.
C. garet Rothsch., was found in puffin burrows and bred from
nests of the eider duck, whilst on the mainland Pulex cunicult
Dale was taken from a rabbit burrow. One of the party
reported the presence of the domestic species, Pulex irritans.

Coleoptera (Beetles ).

Two interesting maritime forms, viz. Aepus maritimus and
Micralymma, were found under some of the larger stones on
some of the islands; the maritime bristle-tail Machilis maritima
was seen, and several thrips were taken from the bladder-
campion and other plants.

Centipedes and Woodlice.

Seven different centipedes were noted, viz. Lithobius forficatus
L., Z. variegatus Leach, L. glabratus C. L. Koch, LZ. crassipes
C. L. Koch, Geophilus proximus C. L. Koch, Schendyla
nemorensis C. L. Koch, and *Scolzoplanes maritima Leach.
The last-named is a maritime form for which I had often
searched, but till now without success.

Of the Woodlice two of our commonest species, Oxzscus
asellus and Porcellio scaber, were common, but the maritime
Ligia oceanica was not seen.

SEATON SLUICE AND St. Mary’s IsLanp,
SATURDAY, OCTOBER, 1911.

The last field meeting was arranged for a stretch of the
nearer Northumbrian Coast. The party, meeting at Hartley
Station, walked down the long lane, past Seaton Delaval Hall
and across the bents to the shore, and thence to St. Mary’s
Island, after visiting the curious old disused harbour at Seaton
Sluice. As this isa favourite ramble and was taken so recently
as 1907, I will not lengthen an already long report in detailing
the procedure of the day.

A report of the 1907 meeting under Dr. Woolacott’s guidance
will be found in Mr. Alaric Richardson’s report for 1907 (see

Vol. III, pp. 479-480, 1909).

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IQTI 363

When I say that the party was again indebted to Dr.
Woolacott’s happy leadership and enlightening exposition of
the geological features I need not add that the day was a very
enjoyable and instructive one.

Personally I was less fortunate. Business matters prevented
me joining the party at the appointed time, and although I
followed by the next train I never caught up to the others, per-
haps because an old tree trunk and some moss near the Hall,
and some wet clayey banks near the old harbour, tempted me
to devote some little time to collecting Myriapods and woodlice ;
the beautiful Z7cchoniscus roseus (generally regarded as a
“garden woodlouse”) occuring in the latter situation in some
numbers.

Myriapods.

_Diplopods: Microphoron latzeli, Polydesmus complanatus,
Brachydesmus superus, Fulus albipes, F. sabulosus,
F. punctatus, F. ligulifer.

Chilopods: Lithobtus variegatus, L. forficatus, L. crassipes and
Scolioplanes maritimus (St. Mary’s Island).

Woodlice: Z77choniscus roseus (Seaton Sluice), Z. pygmaeus
and Armadillidium vulgare.

It should, I think, be the duty of the Field President at the
close of his report to bring forward any suggestions that may
occur to him which, in his opinion, would materially advance
the usefulness of the Society and of field meetings in particular.
This is my excuse for still a few more words.

Upon our rambles observations of distinct scientific value
can be, and are made, but how many such observations are
lost or buried instead of being put upon permanent record ?
Rare birds and their habits or rare plants are observed, and
perhaps noted in the transactions or local papers, but no real
effort seems to have been made to provide a scheme whereby
one can tell at a moment the state of our knowledge of any
one group of our fauna and flora, the local distribution of any
one species, and whereby additional records or observations
can be at once inserted in their correct places for immediate
and permanent reference,

364 MR. R. S. BAGNALL’S REPORT OF

My suggestions to meet these points fall under three

headings.
A Resume of our local Fauna.

Firstly I should like to see a printed account of our present
knowledge of the zoology of Northumberland and Durham,
from the lowest forms upwards, with notes and comments upon
the groups, both large and small, of which so little is now
known that they might particularly repay study. An ideal
model of such a resumé would be found in Mr. Evans’s
Presidential Address to the Royal Physical Society upon the
Fauna of the Forth area. Thus anyone with a leaning to-
wards zoology and anxious to do original work would see at
a glance what had been done, and yet more important, what
remained to be done, and his time need not then be taken up
by laboriously going over old ground.

A Card Index of the Fauna and Flora.

Secondly the formation of strong sectional committees aided
by leading naturalists, whose business would be to collate all
records to date in each of the sections on to cards; a system
eminently adapted for this work was explained by Mr. Bellamy
to the Conference of Delegates at the Dublin Meeting of the
British Association in 1908. ‘This piece of work will not be so
formidable as it appears on the surface. Contributions dealing
with the Lepidoptera, Diptera, Crustacea, spiders and other
groups have been published in recent years ; lists of Coleoptera,
Myriapoda, Thysanoptera, etc., are under preparation; whilst
in many groups we should start from practically virgin ground.
And once the horse work has been achieved it would be a very
simple matter to keep the cards up-to-date. Cuttings, draw-
ings, photographs, charts, etc., can be filed in addition to
notes if the largest cards be adopted. Once completed, the
museum would have a Card. Catalogue of our Fauna and Flora
open to all naturalists.

A Quarterly Magazine.

Thirdly—and here my views may be regarded as ambitious—
a quarterly magazine, which, run on right lines, would have a
larger circulation than the Transactions and Proceedings of

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IQII 365

our local Natural History Societies, and would act as an organ
towards the accomplishment of our ambitions, the encourage-
ment and guidance of local workers, and might bring to being
other useful schemes not standing alone but as the integral
parts of one united whole, such as :—

a—The mapping out of natural (cr defined) areas within
the counties’ boundaries.

b—Systematic surveys of these areas in both counties, and

c—The co-ordination (without affecting the control, scope
and status) of all the counties’ Natural History Societies.

The scheme I have thus briefly and baldly brought before
you is (as regards the first two headings at least) I feel very
strongly, one that is necessary. In the carrying out it will
prove of distinct value to the museum as an institution, to our
_Society and Field Section and to all local naturalists. It will
at first entail a fair amount of systematic work and an expend-
iture which I am glad to say is smaller than I first anticipated :
but on development such work will, I consider, bear distinctly
important results.

Throughout the season the meetings have been well attended,
and their success has been largely augmented by the wonder-
fully open weather that prevailed.

I would here wish to express my hearty gratitude to those
friends who, through their local or special knowledge, have
added to the interest of the outings, and especially to our hard
working, far-seeing secretary, Mr. Robson, whose powers of
organisation and energy have always been so generously
placed at our disposal. ‘The pleasantly written press notices,
too, are of distinct help to our society, and serve to bring before
the public the many pleasures to be found in the study of
nature.

And now, gentlemen, I must close what, I am afraid, has
proved to be a long and, to some at least, a tedious report,
with my warm and hearty appreciation to all those whose
co-operation has secured to us such a pleasant and successful
summer session.

366

REPORT ON THE FIELD MEETINGS OF THE NATURAI,
HISTORY SOCIETY FOR 1912.

ReaD MARCH 19TH, 1913, BY THE Riv. J. M. Hick, M.A.,
CHAIRMAN OF THE Fiki.p MEETINGS COMMITTEE IN 1912.

On approaching the termination of my term of office as
President of the Field Section of the Natural History Society,
to which you so kindly elected me last year, it becomes my
duty to give you a résumé of the Field Meetings held during
the past year. Although we cannot claim that any very great
scientific work was done, yet I think that much pleasurable
intercourse and exchange of ideas was promoted by them.
In a season chiefly remarkable by its inclemency, we were,
I think, most highly favoured by the weather, no excursion
being marred by storm and tempest.

Our First FIELD Day was held at SrocKSFIELD on Saturday,
May 11th. The number who joined in it was eighteen, and
the party left the Central Station at 1.22 p.m. The course
planned was, by kind permission of Lord Allendale, through
the woods to Riding Mill, not a long journey but a very
pleasant one. No great discoveries were made, but many
of the harbingers of spring were noted. Remarks were made
on the dryness of the woods, and it was difficult to realize
that so short a time had elapsed since we all were remark-
ing on the constant rain and the remarkable succession of
wet Sundays—eighteen wet Sundays having occurred without
a break. The parching winds were doubtless accountable for
the extreme dryness. This also may have accounted for the
scarcity of bird life seen. The curlew, landrail, cuckoo,
willow-wren, chiff-chaff, whitethroat, swallow, martin and pied
wagtail practically completed the list, and these were not seen
in any number. The entomologists, owing to the same cause
and the cold and blustering wind, had little success ; a few
micro-lepidoptera and a single specimen of the green-veined
white (Pieris napi) were a}l that were seen. ‘The botanists had
a better time, not in discovering novelties but in renewing their

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1912 367

acquaintance with old friends. They noted about 50 species,

among them being—

Menyanthes trifoliata
Adoxa Moschatellina
Chelidontum mazjus
Lysimachia nemorum
Chenopodium
Bonus Henricus
Geum rivale
Arenaria verna
Arenaria trinervis
Arum maculatum
Ranunculus flammula
Alliaria officinalis
Allium ursinum
Cardamine pratensis
Cardamine anara
Stellaria nemorum

+ Chrysosplenium oppositifolium

Myrrhis odorata
Lathyrus montanus
Prunus padus
Sarothamnus scoparius
Luzula sylvatica
Geranium sylvaticum
Sanicula Europea

Fraxinus excelstor

Buckbean

Moschatel

Greater Celandine

Loosestrife

Goose-foot

Allgood

Water Avens

Vernal Sandwort

Three-nerved Sandwort

Cuckoo Pint

Lesser Spearwort

Hedge Mustard

Common Garlic

Cuckoo Flower

Large Flowered-bittercress

Wood Stitchwort

Opposite-leaved Golden
Saxifrage

Sweet Cecily or Wild Anise

Bitter Wood Vetch

Bird Cherry

Broom

Wood Rush

Wood Cranesbill

Sanicle

Ash, and others.

+ I looked tor but did not find Chrysosplenium alternifolium, which
I used many years ago to find in the neighbourhood.

Specimens of some of these were taken to replenish the
living plants in flower, which are exhibited weekly in the
Hancock Museum for the benefit of students in botany. A most
pleasant afternoon was terminated by tea at the Wellington
Hotel, Riding Mill, and we returned to Newcastle well pleased.

Our Second Firtp MEETING was held at BELFORD on
Saturday, June 1st, Major G. I. T. Leather having given us
permission to visit the portion of his estates between Belford
and Swinhoe Lake. In the early morning the weather was

H

368 REV. J. M. HICK’S REPORT OF

somewhat threatening; the sky was leaden, and the atmo-
sphere charged with damp, so the number of members who met
at the Central Station was only small. As our train travelled
northwards we had much foreboding as to the weather, sharp
showers of rain falling, but on reaching Belford things looked
more promising. We were met by one of the keepers outside
the town, who in Major Leather’s absence acted as our guide.
Entering Middleton by the main Lodge the luxuriance of the
well-known timber at once arrested our admiration, Stand-
ing on a little bridge we could see a waterhen’s nest, quite
open to view on a little island in the middle of the stream.
There was a beautiful growth of ferns, primroses, water
avens, and yellow rocket. The trees in the drive had put
on their summer dress, most conspicuous being the horse
chestnuts with their spikes of flower and the wellingtonias,
while underneath were masses of alkanet with their tur-
quoise blue flowers. Before reaching the Hall we left the
beaten track and continued through the home plantation,
where the various conifers flourish with brushwood and ferns
underneath. Pheasants were nesting every here and there;
blackbirds, thrushes, and warblers joined together in filling the
woods with song. As we came to more open parts of the
woods wild hyacinths and primroses, the latter past their best,
carpeted the ground, until we emerged from the woods into a
typical hillside meadow, fringed with gorse and_ heather,
through which a burn rippled and gurgled over its pebbles and
rocky bed. ‘The redshanks flying round with anxious cry told
us their young were near. Unfortunately so difficult is it to
recognise the crouching young that one was fatally injured by
the foot of a passer-by. In a few minutes Swinhoe Lakes
came into view in all their picturesque surroundings of luxu-
riant trees and capped by the crags forming part of the
Whinstone sill. Here was the home of various water birds,
and as we sat on a fallen tree, eating our lunch, we saw them
leading forth their young. Among the ducks were the mallard,
teal and tufted duck, J think there was a fourth species re-
presented but could not quite identify it, and as I only noticed

FIELD MEETINGS FOR IgI2 369

it after leaving the rest in order to catch an earlier train I could
not call anyone else to my aid. It might however have been
a little grebe, if they are found there. I remember I once had
one of these birds alive for some little time, which was caught
in a salmon net at Newburn-on-Tyne. Coots and waterhens
were plentiful. Three swans kept shyly near the centre of the
lake, I was told they were wild swans, but I myself think they
were only the mute swan. This bird often wanders into fresh
places, I have seen them on the College burn take flight and
disappear in the distance. They appeared to have too much
plumage for either of the real wild swans. They probably
were not placed there but migrated as I have said from some
other locality. In addition to the redshanks mentioned above,
there were the woodcock, snipe (the latter I set up on my re-
turn journey), the stock dove and ring dove, sandpiper, herring
gull, pied and grey wagtail and willow wren. Three young
moles were captured and restored to their subterranean homes.
The ubiquitous lapwings were calling and tumbling about in
their usual excited manner. Most of the early summer flowers

were in bloom.

Ranunculus aguatilis Water Crowfoot

Caltha palustris
Cardamine pratensis
Barbarea vulgaris
Viola canina

Viola tricolor

Poly gala vulgaris
Lychnis diurna
Lychnis vespertina
Stellaria holostea
Stellaria graminea
Erodium cicutarium
Geranium Robertianum
Ulex Europeus
Sarothammnus scoparius
Vicia Orobus

Vicia sepium

Vicia Cracca
Alchemilla vulgaris

Marsh Marigold
Lady’s Smock
Yellow Rocket
Dog Violet

Wild Pansy
Milkwort

Red Campion
White Campion
Greater Stitchwort
Lesser Stitchwort
Hemlock Storksbill
Herb Robert
Gorse

Broom

Wood Vetch

Bush Vetch
Tufted Vetch
Lady’s Mantle

370 REV. J. M. HICK’S REPORT OF

Comarum palustre
Potentilla tormentilla
Geum urbanune

Geum rivale

Sanicula Europea
Galium cruciatum
Sherardia arvensis
Doronicum Pardalianches
Erica cinerea

Solanum nigrum
Veronica hederifolia
Veronica Chamedrys
Pedicularis sylvatica
Ajuga reptans

Myosotis arvensis
Myosotis palustris
Anchusa officinalis
Orchis mascula

Orchis latifolia
Hyacinthus non-scriptus

Marsh Cinquefoil
Tormentil

Herb Bennett

Water Avens

Wood Sanicle
Crosswort

Field Madder
Leopard’s Bane
Fine-leaved Heath
Woody Nightshade
Ivy-leaved Speedwell
Germander Speedwell
Lousewort

Bugle

Field Scorpion-grass
Forget-me-not
Alkanet

Early Purple Orchis
Marsh Orchis

Wild Hyacinth

There was also a rose which I was not able to identify. I
tried with the aid of Mr, Baber’s monograph on the genus fosa,
but I had not sufficient data to go upon, as I should have had
the fruit as well as the flower.

Those who were not frightened by the threats of the weather
in early morning were rewarded by a most interesting and en-
joyable day.

I had a solitary but most refreshing tea at the “ Blue Bell”
Hotel, and started for my train just as the rest of the party

arrived.

Our Nexr MEgETING was held at RicHMonD, Friday to
Monday, June 21st to 24th. This being a week-end trip I
was only able to be present on the Saturday, when I enjoyed
the walk to Marske, a place well-known to me in boyhood
when I went to fish in the Marske and Clapgate Becks.
Here my father also fished as a boy, when my grandfather
lived in the vicarage. Among his pupils was the father
of the unionist candidate for Gateshead, Col. Surtees. No

FIELD MEETINGS FOR I912 371

more delightful place could be chosen for an outing than this
valley of the Swale, with its lovely scenery and its health-giving
air. A small party of members left Newcastle, arriving at
Richmond in the evening of Friday, and after leaving their
belongings at the comfortable quarters of Mr. Atkinson of the
“ Black Lion” Hotel, strolled by the pathway below the Castle,
which is perched high on the rocks, with the Swale winding
round its base far below their feet. Along the edge of the
pathway the mallow was growing freely. In the crannies
above the ivy-leaved toadflax was festooned, and in the higher
cracks the wallflower was in its true haunt, its yellow flowers
in contrast with the brilliant blue of the viper’s bugloss. Lower
down amidst the dense foliage which covers the abrupt bank
of rock, the clary or wild sage threw up its whorled spikes.
Returning by the quaint old streets and wide open market
square, the party went by way of Sandford House along the
leafy lane to Easby; very fine were the woodland trees here-
abouts, with magnificent boles and wide spread of branches.
Twilight was drawing in as the party viewed the venerable
monastic pile so beautifully situated by the rippling stream,
and as they wound their way home by its banks numbers of
bats were passing above their heads, wheeling in rapid flight
hawking for food. On Saturday the party was augmented
by the Field President and another member, and a start was
made up the dale on a morning of perfect summer sunshine,
Leaving the highway a cart track took us into the Low
Whitcliffe Woods, where the red campion, purple geranium,
and yellow pimpernel were growing profusely, and in the bogg

bottoms the lingering blooms of the marsh marigold and the
spotted and palmate orchis were found. Now a meadow
bounded by the circling river was our path. In the cliffs above
us used to be various caves, which as a boy I used with my
brother and a companion to explore, at I believe the imminent
risk of our lives. ‘They are, I understand, the remains of old
mine workings. The whin and the broom were here and there,
and up and down the stream the sandpiper was flying. In the
next coppice the rock rose was abundant, and before reaching

an REV. J. M. HICK’S REPORT OF

Marske the mimulus was found in the bed of Clapgate Beck.
After resting some time and waiting for the members of our
party who had taken a slightly different route (we did not,
however, see them until we reached Richmond), we followed
the track past Applegarth Farm to the High Whitcliffe Woods,
and a brisk climb up the craggy slope took us to Willan’s Leap
and the moor. Here the golden cross of the tormentil dotted
the short crisp herbage, and a pond silvered by the water
crowfoot shone in the sunlight. In the early hours of Sunday
morning a thunderstorm raged (I narrowly escaped one as I
was returning home on Saturday evening), cooling and clearing
the atmosphere after the sultry night; and after breakfast a
start was made across the old bridge by the side of the Swale
below the Billy Bank Woods. Both the pied and the grey
wagtail with young were darting in and out of the low deep
shadow of the opposite woods, chasing insects and alighting
on the stones in the river’s bed. Our path lay in the shadow,
close below the limestone crags and caves which stand out
from the foliage as though sculptured by hand. The dominant
plant was the dog’s mercury, whose dense growth choked the
humbler flowers, and was only pierced by the higher stems of
the campion, enchanters nightshade and sanicle, while nearer
the river the delicate purple and yellow vetchling and the
coarse figwort were growing. As we passed out of the woods
the twayblade and palmate orchis were seen, and in the
meadows the parasitic eyebright and yellow-rattle were thick
in the hay crop. Hovering and flitting here and there were
the wild bees, the white and a single small blue butterfly. Our
path was now along the road for a couple of miles, the wooded
heights towering on either hand, with verdant fields alongside,
starred by the discs of the oxeyed daisy. The hedges and
walls, with wide strips of green sward running alongside, were
fringed with trees ; here and there a yellow cushion of meadow
vetchling, or purple or red bed of geraniums and ragged robin ;
and a specimen of the stone bramble was found among the
rocks. A little beyond the point where the Marske Beck
bubbles over its stones into the Swale, our path turned to the

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1912 aye

south, climbing toward Downholm, a group of rather gloomy
stone cottages planted against the hillside, whose strength
spoke of wind and snow to be withstood in the storms of winter.
The clouds which had been gathering up the dale with ominous
scowl now broke, and rain followed us across Hudswell Moor.
The piping and the chattering of the stonechats and wheatears
was added to the plaintive cry of the lapwing and the whistle of
the curlew in the solitude of the moor. A snipe arose, and
darting high into the air, kept up a wide circular flight, then
dropped obliquely for a short distance, uttering that peculiar
bleating noise or “drumming,” the production of which has
puzzled so many observers, and then rose in flight to repeat the

manceuvre again.

From the height of Hudswell Moor probably the finest and
most extensive view of the Swale, as it flows from its hilly bed
to the plain towards York with the Hambledon Hills shewing
against a hazy bluish background, is obtained. One regrets
that with such an outlook and with such health-giving air, the
village itself in its deserted and ill-repaired cottages reflects one
of the signs of the times; so we gladly turn off to the fields to
reach home by the Billy Bank Woods.

Starting on our last day’s expedition up the steep bank
leading to Leyburn, a soaking rain and dull ominous skies
altered our plans; and after following the Badger Burn a short
distance we struck for the uplands towards Hipswell. As we
proceeded by the shelter of the plantations the rain gradually
ceased and the sun broke out, drawing forth the fragrant odour
of the conifers, and the larks overhead poured forth their
melody. Along the road the wild roses were still in abund-
ance, and the hedgerows were filled with the summer flowers,
leading us pleasantly to Hipswell, a smiling village whose
roseclad cottages surround the broad open green. Nestling
behind the trees in one corner stand the church and towered
parsonage bearing the date 1589. A small crayfish.was found
in the trough of the spring where we stopped to quench our
thirst. Across a sheep meadow by the mill we strike the

374 REV. J. M. HICK’S REPORT OF

Colburn, and thence along the high banks of the Swale to
Catterick Bridge, whence we wheel round for the homeward
road by Brompton. Here there is more arable land, but the
scarlet poppy, though appealing to the eye of the artist and
naturalist, is too prolific to be pleasing to the farmer. We were
fortunate in seeing the yellow wagtail sitting on a wall outside
the village. On our approach it wheeled round to the rails
opposite and back again, affording us a good view of its gay
plumage and graceful antics. On the river were the sandpipers
and martins hawking up and down, and by winding meadow
and wooded knolls, with constant changing views, were we led
back towards Easby—near which the comfrey and rose-bay
willow-herb were noted—to Richmond, where our pleasant
meeting ended. Mr. Beck kindly supplied the following list of
birds seen :—lesser whitethroat, greater whitethroat, willow
wren, tree pipit, pied, grey, and yellow wagtails, common sand-
piper, dipper, redshank—golden plover, wheatear, whinchat (to
which I can add the stonechat), snipe (drumming), tawny owl—
and others.

We held our FourtH MEETING at BLACKHILL AND SHOTLEY
BRIDGE on Saturday, July 13th, in which the Vale of Derwent
Field Club were invited to join. Leaving Newcastle at to a.m.
the party walked to Allansford and then through the woods by
the banks of the Derwent to the Sneap, and returned to
Allansford by the southern side of the river. The day was fine
and hot and we much enjoyed our walk, much of it being be-
neath the shade of the trees. No novelties were observed, but
much of interest was seen. The early summer flowers were
mostly over, but there were noticed between Blackhill and
Allansford the broad smooth-leaved willow herb, dovesfoot
cranesbill, jagged-leaved cranesbill, small St. John’s wort,
cathartic flax, and three varieties of wild rose. Between
Allansford and the Sneap, spotted orchis in abundance, a few
butterfly orchis, herb- Paris, columbine (the latter I rather think
a garden escape; it did not coincide with the columbine which
used to grow on the limestone at Ferryhill), honeysuckle,

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1912 375

meadowsweet, ragged robin, cowwheat, giant bellflower, fine-
leaved heath, broad-leaved helliborine, wall lettuce, golden rod,
comfrey cultwold, dyer’s greenweed (very plentiful in one field),
wintergreen and viper’s bugloss. Few birds were seen: bull-
finches, redstarts, whin and stonechats, gold crests, spotted
flycatcher, tree creepers, magpie, and dipper were about all
seen of any note. Among insect life were seen the meadow
brown butterfly in abundance, the common blue, the small
heath, larvee of Vanessa urtice feeding on nettle, a few leaf-
rolling larvee, some plume moths, the species of which I am not
certain of, the bordered-white moth, a few microlepidoptera,
mostly Litho-collecis, and a few common noctue. But though
no great discoveries were made, all agreed that the day had
by no means been wasted. The day was fine, the woods
looking their best. We were much interested in a plantation
of Japanese larches, which have been planted to test their
disease-resisting qualities. A very enjoyable day was brought
to a most enjoyable close, the members of the party being
entertained to tea by Mr. and Mrs. J. Ford Maling at Shotley
Bridge. Their kind hospitality was appreciated by all, and
acknowledged by a hearty vote of thanks.

The Firra Fietp Merrinc was held at BRANCEPETH on
September 25th—rather later than was first intended owing to
my absence in Norway. Again we were favoured by a fine
day, a somewhat rare occurrence during a most inclement
summer. Leaving Newcastle at 10.4 a.m. the party arrived at
Brancepeth about 10.45, and walked down the road, with its
avenues of trees, and through the village, with its comfortable
houses covered with creepers of various kinds, to the entrance
of Brancepeth Castle. I am sorry to say that I had mistaken
the time of the train’s arrival, or rather I did not know that
there was a connection at Durham. The party therefore re-
traced their steps and entered the Stockley Gill near the Station,
closely following the course of the stream. Here among the
thick undergrowth the bulk of the botanical work was done.

376 REV. J. M. HICK’S REPORT OF

Noticeable so late in the season was the growth of the cam-
pion, scabious, mallow, and ragwort; also beds of campanula,
angelica, and great valerian. In all about 28 species of wild
flowers were noted. In the pools numbers of trout were dart-
ing hither and thither. The approach of autumn was already
making itself known by the changing colours of the trees.
The effects of the cold wet summer were very visible in the
withered leaves, which seemed about to fall without taking on
the many hues of the average autumn. Many fine oaks and
larches were noticed. Not many birds were noticed; among
those seen were the heron, herring gulls, wild duck, kestrel,
blackcap, cole tit, pied and grey wagtail, and hooded crow.
The rooks and jackdaws were vociferously soaring in the
evening above their nesting places. A visit was paid to the old
parish church, which shewed signs of careful attention. We
all admired the old oak pews and chancel screen. After
leaving the church, we were, by kind permission of Viscount
Boyne, shown over the castle by the housekeeper. The
armour and pictures were viewed with much interest; indeed
so much interested were all in the castle and grounds that the
latter part of our programme, namely a visit to Binchester
(Vinovium castra) with its Roman camp on the site of an
ancient British camp, had to be postponed to a future occasion.
Walking through the Park, where the fallow deer lent a
picturesqueness to the view—I forgot to mention a newly
constructed rock garden below the Castle, in which we were
much interested—we crossed the Wear by Pagebank, past the
Deer Park of Whitworth to Whitworth Vicarage, where Mrs.
Hick and I were pleased to be able to offer refreshments.
After a welcome rest and a stroll in the Vicarage grounds, a
return was made to Brancepeth.

The following flowers were found in bloom:

Lychnis dturna Red Campion
Malva moschata Musk Mallow
Geranium sylvaticum Wood Geranium
Geranium Robertianune Herb Robert

Potentilla tormentilla ° Tormentil

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1912 377

Angelica sylvestris
Valeriana officinalis
Scabtosa succisa
Leontodon autumnalis
Leontodon hispidus
Lapsana communis
Senecio Facobea
Senecio aguaticius
Arctium lappa
Carduus acanthoides
Carduus palustris
Centaurea nigra
Centaurea scabiosa
Achillea millefolium
Campanula latifolia
Scrophularia nodosa
Digitalis purpurea
Stachys sylvatica
Galeopsis Tetrahit
Prunella vulgaris

Strachys Betonica

Angelica

Great Valerian
Devil’s-bit Scabious
Autumnal Hawkbit
Rough Hawkbit
Nipplewort
Ragwort

Marsh Ragwort
Burdock

Spotted Thistle
Marsh Thistle
Black Knapweed
Greater Knapweed
Yarrow

Giant Bell-flower
Knotted Figwort
Foxglove
Woundwort

Hemp Nettle
Selfheal

Betony

Our Sixrs and Lasr Fietp MEEtTING was held at Hoty
IsLAND on Tuesday, October 22nd. This meeting was originally
planned for Alnmouth or Blackhall, but the month having
advanced to this date, it was decided that it was really too
late in the year, and so it was changed to Holy Island, the
idea being to note the various migratory birds. Some of
the party travelled by the early train, and these were most
successful in seeing various birds. Those who arrived at Beal
by the later train, including myself, were not so successful ;
nevertheless, we thoroughly enjoyed the day. After driving
across Fenham Flats, and luncheon at the Iron Rails Hotel, a
move was made to visit the Priory. From there we made our
way to the Castle, which has been furnished at great expense
by Mr. Edward Hudson, the lessee. We were much interested
in the many pieces of antique furniture and other curios which
he has gathered together here. I did not notice any plants of
the henbane, Hyoscyasnus niger, which formerly grew on the
slopes below the Castle. The beds of sea campion, so

378 REV. J. M. HICK’S REPORT OF

conspicuous on a former visit, were now out of flower. Insect
life, too, had yielded to the oncome of autumn. The bird life
about the island, though it included nothing at all startling,
was nevertheless interesting and characteristic. Among the
sandhills were many redwings and one small party of field-
fares. The latter bird I had seen a month before congregating
on the Norwegian coast, preparing for their migration.

A single woodcock was put up among the bents. I
remember seeing a great number of these birds at later date,
during one visit to Holy Island many years ago, evidently
just arrived, from their tired appearance, after being buffeted
by a gale. Thrushes and blackbirds, which were also in
scattered parties in the sandhills, were doubtless immigrants
like the redwings and fieldfares. A striking juxtaposition of
summer and winter birds was provided by some house martins
that were still lingering about their nesting quarters in the
Priory. Lapwings were very numerous all over the Island,
and linnets near the village. Skylarks were singing merrily
during the morning. Two hawks, a kestrel and a hen sparrow
hawk, were seen about the sandhills. But the main object of
the ornithologists was naturally to see what they could of the
waders and sea birds. On the spits of rock the most con-
spicuous and noisy were the redshanks. One large party of
turnstones was seen, a good many oyster-catchers, and many
small flocks of dunlins. Near the Pond on which there were
many coots and waterhens, a solitary sanderling was running
about busily feeding. At first I thought it must be a wounded
bird, as it allowed me to approach within a few feet, but it
apparently was quite uninjured and could fly well. I tried a
snapshot photograph of it, but the light was so bad, both from
the lateness of the hour, and the overcast sky, that no result
was obtained. Curlews were seen and heard in all parts of
the Island, and out on the flats they were almost the only
waders that could be detected ; this of course on account of
their size, not because the smaller waders were not there.
The best time to see the waders is at high water, when they

FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1912 379

are driven from the flats to the shore. A few godwits were
noticed on the North Shore; one or two large flocks of ringed
plovers were met with, but these curiously enough in the
meadows, comparatively few were to be seen nearer the sea.
On the rocks frequented by the waders were a few rock pipits,
characteristic small birds of the North-East Coast, and it was
amusing to see a wren hopping about and singing on the most
exposed part of the.shore. Of the actual sea birds, the gulls
(of all the usual species) were the most conspicuous. A good
many flocks of ducks were seen flying in the distance, but
mallards and wigeons were all that could be definitely
recognised. A few small parties of eiders were on the water.
One string of geese was seen, too far off to be identified ; we
were told, however, that some bernicle geese were on the flats
and that a few had been shot. Cormorants were as numerous
as ever, and one gannet was noticed, in the dark plumage of
youth. After a cup of tea we again essayed to cross the flats,
and arriving safely at Beal Station, returned to Newcastle.
Thus having a pleasant ending to our Field Meetings for the
year.

During the winter three evening meetings have been held.
At the first a very interesting collection of conifers and other
trees was exhibited, showing the arrangement of the leaf buds
for the coming year. ‘The fruit of the monkey-puzzle was
most interesting to us all, as few had ever seen it before. Our
second meeting was mostly talk on the subject of the proposed.
introduction of the card system for recording natural history
observations, Mr. R. S. Bagnall kindly explaining its working.
I think that when in full working order, it will be most useful
in all the branches of natural history. The third meeting held
on Wednesday, February 26th, was devoted to a lesson to
beginning lepidopterists in the relaxing and setting of lepidop-
tera. A fine collection of silk-producing moths, lately acquired
in exchange by the Society, was also on view in the Committee
Room where our meeting was held. This, I think, concludes
our résumé of the year’s work. These evening meetings I
hope may be continued, as it is desirable that the members

380 FIELD MEETINGS FOR 1912

should from time to time meet together to exchange in an
informal way their knowledge and experiences to their mutual
advantage. It is with much regret that I conclude this, I fear,
somewhat bald address, knowing that it is improbable that
I shall be able to attend many, if any more, Field Meetings,
as I am only in the North partly for this meeting, and my
future life, whether long or short, will be passed in the extreme
South. And it may be that this is what I may call my
farewell words. My connection first of all with the Tyneside
Naturalists’ Field Club, from the time whén I was proposed
as a member by our late friend John Hancock, and then with
the Field Branch of the Natural History Society, has been a
great source of pleasure to me, in the social intercourse and
pleasant companionship of so many kindred spirits; some of
whom alas have left us and “ gone before,” but many of whom
are still left to remembrance dear, in my future life.

It only remains for me to thank you for the honour you did
me in electing me Field President, and to wish all success and
prosperity to the Natural History Society, and health and
happiness to the members of the Field Section, that they may
have many pleasant and instructive meetings in the future.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 381

Terrestrial Acart of the Tyne Province.
By the Rev. J. E. Hui, M.A.

1.—ORIBATIDAE.

The Oribatidae of Northumberland and Durham—the
Watsonian Tyne Province, comprising three vice-counties :
Durham (66), Tyneland (67), and Cheviotland (68)—are set
forth, in the present list, to the number of 116 species, in thick
type. Precise localities are not given, but after the name of
each species its distribution is indicated by the numbers of the
vice-counties in which it has occurred, each vice-county being
further divided into three regions—the hill country (a), the
coast (¢c), and the intervening region (4). But it is to be
understood that the nine regions thus formed have only been
explored by sample. Thus, 67a practically stands for West
Allendale, and similarly 68a may be taken as representing
Wooler and Cheviot Hill, and 67c the immediate neighbour-
hood of Whitley Bay, while 66b is made prominent mainly by
Mr. R. S. Bagnall’s exhaustive collecting at Gibside and
Chopwell.

To the local species I have added the other 44 British
species (names in italics) so as to present a complete up-to-
date British list for the convenience of students. The basis of
the list is of course Michael’s British Oribatidae (indicated
below by the initials B.O.); Irish records are from Halbert’s
list (Clare Island Survey, Part 39 11.); Scottish records froma
MS. list (very kindly supplied by Mr. Wm. Evans of Edin-
burgh) of the Oribatidae taken in the Forth area. I am heavily
indebted to Dr. Randell Jackson for copious supplies of
material from Cheshire and North Wales; also to Mr. Varty
Smith of Penrith for excellent consignments from Cumberland
and Westmoreland. I have had the privilege of examining
a fine collection made at Southport by the late Dr. Chaster
(list included in my paper on Dr. Jackson’s earlier consign-
ments—Lancashire and Cheshire Naturalist, February, 1915) ;
and I am now publishing in the same periodical an account of

382 REV. J. E. HULL ON

collections made by Mr. Bagnall at Grange-over-Sands. With
regard to Yorkshire I have not been quite so fortunate, though
several correspondents have favoured me with a few specimens
from time to time.

For many years Dr. Berlese, the Italian acarologist, has
been the leading authority on Oribatidae. His knowledge of
the family is quite unrivalled, and I have felt constrained to
follow his classification and nomenclature as far as I con-
scientiously could. A vast increase in the number of species,
European and otherwise, has caused him to establish many
new genera; but he has not recently published any complete
systematic list, so that I have found it necessary to propose a
few new genera to preserve the balance of groups. Moreover
to equalise values as far as possible I have raised some of his
subgenera to the rank of genera. In fact I have eschewed
subgenera altogether, as I see no practical advantage in them,
and have no liking for a cumbrous multinomial nomenclature.

I have incorporated in this list an analytical key of genera
and species for two reasons —first, because it seems well to
make it as clear as possible in what sense each name is used ;
and secondly, because it may thus serve as a preliminary
guide to the study of the family.

A.—Sub-family Tegeocranine.
Legs ii., 111., iv. inserted under the body so that the lateral
margins of the sternal plates are approximately parallel.

1. Dorsum smooth Qf pitted, the pitting very minute) ... 2

Dorsum rough (granulate, furrowed, ridged, or deeply
pitted)... ee 500 a 346 ane $66 4

2. Mandibles styliform, serrate... sas eas é Serrartus.
Mandibles normal .. me Sat Bere eit Bae 3

3. Usual sensory seta on tibiai. ... 006 ie soo AHORA WIS.
No sensory seta on tibia i. cee ae Han . LPhyllotegeus,

4. Claws tridactyle ... apo a a6 ac aise 5
Claws monodactyle we Se 000 fe ae 8

5. Dorsum marginate 360 sti ae Hee ... Ommatocepheus.
Dorsum without any diverse margin ... 200 S00 6

6. Front margin of dorsum much modified ade we. Scrtovertex.

Front margin of dorsum normal be S00 B06 7

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 393

7. Dorsum without humeral projections ... ae Bee CCD Lets.
Dorsum with humeral projections ae 5a ... Lrttegets.
8. Lamellz large pale upright Pe : Sc .. Tegeocranus,
Lamelle dark horizontal, or 0 ... oe a san 9
g. Dorsum projecting far over the cephalothorax ... Tectocepheus.
Dorsum not so projecting doo =ise ee aye 10
Io. Abdomen with a projecting lateral pore S35 ... Hermantella,
No lateral pores ... ane sic 500 Lee its II
Ir. Dorsum elongate, with appressed sete... soe ... Odontocepheus.
Dorsum broad (rather quadrate) setze erect ... ... Carabodes.

SERRARIUS, Mich.
1. Serrarius microcephalus, Nic.
Essex, Cornwall, Dorset (B.O.).

LIACARUS, Mich.
The three British species at present known represent
three distinct groups which may be indicated as follows :—
Liacarus (type uzfens Gerv.)—translamella represented
by a forward-pointing mucro.
Adoristes (type ovatus K.)—no trace of translamella or
mucro.
Astegistes (type bicornis P. & W.)—site of translamella
grooved.

2. Liacarus coracinus, K.
Letosoma simile, Nic. (B.O.). 66, 67, 68.
General in Britain. Xylophilous.

3. Liacarus ovatus, K.
Letosoma ovatum, K. (B.O.). 66, 67, 68.
General in Britain; much more frequent than the
preceding. Xylophilous.
neePracarus Uicormis, Base We (2. Z.S., 1905):
Yorkshire and Cambridgeshire (P. & W.). Cumber-
land and Westmoreland (J. C. Varty-Smith.)
Scotland.

Poy ELOTEGEUS, Berl:
Phyllotegeus palmicinctus, Mich.

on

Letosoma palmicinctum (B.O.).
Cornwall (B.O.). Mycophilous.

384

Io.

If.

REV. J. E. HULL ON

OMMATOCEPHEUS, Berl.

Ommatocepheus ocellatus, Mich.
Cepheus ocellatus (B.O.).
Cornwall (B.O.). Mycophilous.

TRITEGEUS, Berl.
Tritegeus bifidatus, Nic.
Cepheus bifidatus (B.O.). 67a.
General, though never frequent.

CEPHEUS, Koch.

Cepheus tegeocranus, Herm. 66, 67, 68.
Lamelle ending in two contiguous acute cusps.
Common throughout the British Isles.

Cepheus latus, Nic.
Terminal cusps of lamellz blunt.
Epping Forest (B.O.). Oxfordshire (Bagnall).
Cheshire (Jackson).

TEGEOCRANUS, Nic.

1. Dorsum without a border ... odie .. LD herictus
Dorsum with a diverse margin... S00 2

2. Lamellz with subterminal cusp... ... L. dentatus
Lamellz with cusp ... boc Sur; aad 3

3, Lamellce meeting in front ... 500 .» LT. cephetformis
Lamellz not meeting in front ae ... LZ. latus

Tegeocranus hericius, Mich.
New Forest, on oaks (B.O.).

Tegeocranus dentatus, Mich. 66ab.
Local; Cheshire, Cumberland, Scotland.

Tegeocranus latus, K. 66, 67, 68.
Common everywhere on dead wood.

Tegeocranus cepheiformis, Nic. 66, 67¢c, 68a.
Very like the preceding, but much smaller ; local.

TECTOCEPHEUS, Berl.
Tectocepheus velatus, Mich. 66ab, 67, 68.
Generally distributed.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 385

HERMANIELLA, Berl.
15. Hermaniella granulata, Nic.

Flermannia arrecta, B.O. 66b.

Michael says this is generally distributed: I find it
decidedly local.
Cumberland, Cheshire, Scotland.

SCUTOVERTEX, Mich.
16. Scutovertex sculptus, Mich. 66a, 67¢, 68a,
The only moss-species in this genus. Local.
Cumberland, Lancashire, Cheshire, Scotland, Ireland.

17. Scutovertex maculatus, Mich.
This form, with ro ‘knobbed’ spines in the hinder
and lateral margin I have never seen. Cornwall
(Michael), Scotland, Ireland. Whether the Scottish
and Irish belong to this or the next I do not know.

var. pseudomaculatus, Hull. 66ac, 67c.

Spines on hinder margin stout and acute.

Swarms on the Northumbrian coast near Whitley
Bay and ascends to 1,600 feet on Muggleswick
Common, Durham.

Cheshire, rare.

var. insularis, Hull. 67¢.
Dorsum transversely wrinkled (as the nymph, but
black).
St. Mary’s Island, Northumberland, with the
preceding.

18. Scutovertex lineatus, Thor.
S. corrugatus, B.O. 67¢.
Always aquatic, sometimes in fresh water, but never
beyond the reach of sea spray.
Anglesey (B.O.). Ireland.

19. Scutovertex bilineatus, Mich. 67¢c, 68c.
Wholly aquatic, nearly always in pure sea-water.
var. spoof, Oud 66c.

Roker pier (Bagnall).

386 REV. J. E. HULL ON

ODONTOCEPHEUS, Berl.

20. Odontocepheus elongatus, Mich. 66ab, 67ab.
This species like its allies of the genus Carabodes is
xylophilous.

Cheshire, Cumberland, Yorkshire, Scotland, Ireland.
CARABODES, Koch.

1. Dorsum uniformly granulate one 360 2
Dorsum furrowed ... ae Es is 5

2. Dorsum without diverse margin ... .. labyrinthicus
Margin and disk diverse... bs 00 3

3. Sensillus.doubly curved, acute... . marginatus
Sensillus simply curved, blunt... aa 4

4. Marginal setze thick... mo os ... Mepos
Marginal sete fine ... wee ae . Scymnus

5. Dorsal hairs thick white conspicuous —_..._ cortaceus
Dorsal hairs inconspicuous caducous .-» femoralts

21. Carabodes labyrinthicus, Mich. 66b, 67ab, 68a.

Mycophilous; generally distributed but varying in
frequency.
Cheshire, Lancashire, Yorkshire, Scotland, Ireland.

22. Carabodes marginatus, Mich. 66b, 67ab, 68a.
Cheshire, Cumberland, Scotland, Ireland.

23. Carabodes nepos, Hull. 66ab, 67a.
Cheshire, Cumberland.

24. Carabodes scymnus, Hull. 66b, 67a, 68a.
Cheshire, Yorkshire.

25. Carabodes coriaceus, K. 66b.

This would seem to be a southern species, as Michael
calls it common (B.O.). It has not been recognised
in Scotland or Ireland, and I have seen one
specimen only (from Chester-le-Street).

26. Carabodes femoralis, Nic. 66ab, 67a.

Epping Forest, Cumberland, Scotland.

B.—Sub-family Oribatinee.
Legs all lateral and therefore sternal plates with lateral
Margins diverging backwards. Pteromorphe present, fully
developed or vestigial.

Os

TO.

If.

12.

27.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 387

Mandibles styliform, integument usually roughened... 2
Mandibles normal, integument smooth ae 560 3
Interlamellar setze flattened horizontal a see elops
Interlamellar setze normal erect 500 a0 ... Peloptulus
Pteromorphe fully developed ... S40 500 at 4
Pteromorphz imperfect or vestigial (or 0, exceptionally) Oribatula
Translamella laminate ... S 503 900 ... Spherozetes
Translamella a mere linear fold 608 es S00 5
Translamella 0... Ne oa) oe i is 8
Pteromorphe strap-shaped ... es s00 ... Limmozetes
Pteromorphz otherwise 000 500 500 5 6
Dorsum setate ... 500 500 ode des ... WMelanozetes
Dorsum hairless ... soc hie ise Pe sits 7
Lamellar cusps prolonged 5g6 00 533 ... Ceratozetes
Lamellar cusps simply angular 006 300 sn. Lyuzetes
Lamell large broad horizontal 500 600 .. Achipteria
Lamellz small erect, or 0 ie 306 ie. Bs 9
Pteromorphe projecting beyond the front of dorsum. Ovibates —
Pteromorphee normal ... ane as 5a ah 10
Claws tridactyle... pd0 re age gat ... Chamobates
Claws monodactyle _... 608 is 500 500 Il
Sensillus porrect, horizontal or nearly so... ... Minunthosetes
Sensillus not porrect, upright ... o00 900 560 12
Femora i with blades ... a0 900 659 ... ALycobates
Femora i without blades Mie 000 abd ... Zetomimus
PELOPS, Koch.
1. Apex of sensillus blunt 260 bn0 ahs 2
Apex of sensillus acute oad a oa 4
2. Pteromorphe black, similar todorsum ... major
Pteromorphz brown ae “i Bod 3
3. Dorsal setze blunt, slightly cea ... QCromius
Dorsal setze acute ... 00 Ss ... Perarmatus
4. Posterior dorsal setee thicker than he rest. fuligineus
Dorsal setze all similar 000 sels 500 5
5. Two smooth spaces on the dorsum ... approximatus
One smooth space only _... abo ... Jarinosus
Pelops acromius, Herm. 66be, 67ac.

General, according to Michael—which presumably is
true for the south of England. I find it distinctly
local.

Oxford, Lancashire, Scotland, Ireland.

28.

29.

30.

31.

BA

REV. J. E. HULL ON

Pelops perarmatus, sp. nov. 66b.
Length just over 1 mm. _ Prodorsal extension flat,
front margin straight, brown like the pteromorphe.
Sensillus similar in form to that of acromius but
relatively shorter. Dorsum black, with a long oval
clear spot on the median line. Dorsal sete
uniform, thick, rigid, long and acute.
In nests of Formica rufa at Chopwell, Durham
(P. Charlton).

Pelops farinosus, Nic. 67a.
This species seems to be rare east of the Pennines,
but in Cheshire and Flintshire it appears to be the
commonest of the genus. Also pretty frequent in
Cumberland.

Pelops major, Hull. 67¢.
Very like ferarmatus, but the dorsal hairs are quite
slender, and the secretion sets in fine granulate
wrinkles, the surface of the pteromorphe being
similar and of the same colour—dead black.
Cumberland.

Pelops fuligineus, K. 66bc, 67ac, 68a.
Dorset, Cumberland, Scotland, Ireland.

Pelops approximatus, sp. nov. 67a.

Length, 510 p.

Clear spot present but indefinite. Dorsal hairs all
similar, a little thickened and blunt, short, not
conspicuous except the posterior four (two divergent
on the margin, two nearer together and convergent
immediately above). Dorsum when coated with
secretion showing two elongate irregular smooth
spaces on the median line; when clear reddish brown
minutely punctate (like eloptulus pheonotus).
Sensillus slender, fusiform distally, with an
imbricate or serrate head ending in a point.

Among pine needles and moss in a pine wood, West
Allendale: a few specimens only.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 389

PELOPTULUS, Berl.

Pteromorphe mutually disjunct 30 ... phwonotus
Pteromorphz conjunct in front of dorsum... #zonttanits
33. Peloptulus phzeonotus, Koch. 67a.

Cornwall, Scotland, Ireland.

34. Peloptulus montanus, Hull. 67ac.
Taken first, as the name indicates, in the hill
country (West Allendale, at 1,000 feet). Also
immediately afterwards in submaritime localities
(Holywell Dene, R. S. Bagnall). Frequent in moss

from Delamere Forest, Cheshire.

SPHA-ROZETES, Berl.
Oribatine species with well-developed membranous
lamella, and a similar laminate translamella.
Type species : orbicularis, K.
1. Dorsum hairless, pteromorphz disjunct,
sete glabrous... a $5. hier 2
Pteromorphze joined by a narrow band,
thoracic setze serrate ... ane tle 3
2. Lamellar and translamellar cusps equal ... orbicularts

Lamellar cusp exceeding the translamellar. pzvrzformis

Cusps wanting B60 So ts .. rubens

3. Dorsum hairless... ae Bee ... montivagus
Dorsum setate 900 doc one 000 4

4. Sinus of translamella wide, cusps short ... 5
Sinus of translamella deeper than wide,

cusps long a0 ane Bie 506 7

5. Inner (translamellar) cusp wanting ... notatus
Both cusps present, acute ... dec 000 6

6. Translamella broad... i B00 ... picipes
Translamella narrow 006 000 ... oblongus

7. Cusps unequal acute ve 606 ... SCLOSUS
Cusps equal truncate : 56 ... fuscipes

35. Spherozetes orbicularis, K. 66, 67, 68.

I have this species from North Wales. Whether
other records under this name are referable to the
species as here defined, I do not know.

390 REV. J. E. HULL ON

36. Spherozetes piriformis, Nic. 66b, 67a.
[Scotland and Ireland: but possibly not referring to
the species as here defined].

37. Spharozetes rubens, K.
See Pearce and Warburton, P. Z. S., 1905.

38. Spherozetes montivagus, Hull. 66b, 67a.
Cheshire.
39. Spheerozetes picipes, K. 66, 67, 68.

The commonest species in this genus, to which most
of the existing records of se¢osws should be referred.
Cumberland, Yorkshire, Scotland (J. E. H.)

40, Spherozetes oblongus, L. Koch. 66b, 67a.
Cumberland, Oxford (Bagnall).

41. Spheerozetes notatus, Thorell. 66b.
Flintshire (J. E. H.)

42. Spheerozetes setosus, K. 66b, 67ac, 68a.

More or less hygrophilous: in summer not arboreal
but very partial to meadow grass, on which it
sometimes swarms in countless myriads. It has
been confounded with the three preceding species
which are more or less arboreal from May to
September. :

Cheshire, Cambridgeshire, Cumberland, Lancashire,
Scotland, Ireland.

43. Spherozetes fuscipes, K. 66ab, 67a.
Hygrophilous : nevertheless it ascends into trees and
shrubs in summer.
Leicester, Cumberland, Cheshire, Epping Forest,
Scotland, Ireland.

ACHIPTERIA, Berl.

1. Pteromorphe with a pointed lobe in front. 2
Pteromorphz without the lobe... o0e 5

2. Dorsum dull, punctate boc pe .» ovalts
Dorsum shining, not punctured ... 500 3

3. Dorsum setate ae 950 g00 see UAY. MULES

Dorsum hairless... oe ee ae 4

44.

46.

47-

48.

49.

52.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 391

4. Outer margin of lamella sinuate ... we KEAUK
Outer margin of lamella straight ... ... hasticeps
5. Dorsum setate 600 nos boc .. guadricornuta
Dorsum hairless... 300 Be sco | HARD
Achipteria ovalis, K. 66, 67, 68.

Oribata punctata, B.O.
Common everywhere, Very variable in size.
44a. var. nitens, Nic. 66b, 67c.
Cuticle not punctate, glossy.
Achipteria redux, Hull, 67a, 68a.
Cheshire, Cumberland, Lancashire.

Achipteria hasticeps, Hull. 67ac.
Flintshire, Cheshire, Lancashire, Cumberland.

Achipteria quadricornuta, Mich. 66, 67, 68.
Generally distributed in England, Scotland, Ireland.
A very common species on wood.
Achipterta tecta, Mich.
Epping Forest, Surrey, Scotland.
LIMNOZETES, gen. nov.
Aquatic. Pteromorphe strap-shaped. Translamella
a mere transverse fold, hardly visible.
Type species: sphagnz, Mich.

Limnozetes sphagni, Mich. 67a.
Epping Forest, Cheshire, Cumberland, Scotland.
Ireland.
CERATOZETES, Berl.
Ceratozetes gracilis, Mich. 66, 67, 68.

Everywhere in England, Scotland, Ireland.

BUZERES, Berl:
Euzetes globulus, Nic. 66, 67, 68.
Abundant in England, Scotland, Ireiand.

Euzetes lapidarius, Lucas. 66c, 67aCc.
Common, according to Michael. I find it local.
Lancashire, Cumberland, Scotland, Ireland.

33/4

53:

54-

D0:

REV. J. E. HULL ON

MELANOZETES, gen. nov.
Integument usually dead black. Dorsum with long
sete.
Dorsum of nymph with wide deflexed lateral margins.
Type species: mollicomus, K.

I. Femora i and ii with large blades... 5p 2
Femora i and ii without large blades _.... edwardsiz
2. Dorsum with soft white sete es ... mollicomus
Dorsum hairs erect rigid... an ... Stagnatilis
Melanozetes mollicomus, K. 66, 67a.

General but not abundant.
Cheshire, Cumberland, Scotland, Ireland.

Melanozetes stagnatilis, Hull. 67a, 68a.

North Wales, Cumberland, Ireland (Orzbata alpina,
Halbert).

Melanozetes edwardsii, Nic. 66, 67, 68.

Uncommon, according to Michael (B.O.); but in
the North of England one of the commonest
species.

Hertfordshire, Staffordshire, Cheshire, Cumberland,
Scotland, Ireland.

ORIBATES, Latr. (amend. Dugées).

Type species: (JVofaspis) alata, Herm., which is
sufficiently well characterised to indicate the genus,
but not to determine the species. Similarly
castanea—the residual species of Hermann’s
LVotaspis—is assignable as type of /Vofaspis though
itself not determinable as a species. See Vofaspis

below.
1. Interlamellar seta minute ... isle ... obvtus
Interlamellar seta normal ... Ak ate 2
2. Sensillus filiform... B86 ob . longiplumus
Sensillus with fusiform head wad sae 3
Sensillus slender clavate ... ue we FAStYVatus
3. Pteromorphe wrinkled transversely ve. MEFUOSUS

Pteromorphe veined but not wrinkled ... ed/ématus

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 393

56. Oribates elimatus, K. 66bc, 67a, 68.
O. lanceatus, Oud.
Cheshire, Lancashire, Cumberland, Scotland ?

57- Oribates longiplumus, Berl. 66b, 67b.
Myrmecophilous: a guest of Formica rufa.
Ireland.

58. Oribates obvius, Berl. 66b, 67¢.

O. dorsalis, K.(Qudemans, Michael, &c.)
Westmoreland (J. C. Varty-Smith).

59. Oribates nervosus, Berl.
Grange-over-Sands (Bagnall).
60. Oribates rastratus, Hull. 67a.
Pteromorphe not extending beyond the middle of
the caphalothorax, striate (fanwise) at their base.
Lamellz conspicuous.
West Allendale, among dead hawthorn leaves. Not
met with elsewhere as yet.

CHAMOBATES, Hull.
Small species. Lamellze small. Translamella o.
Tridactyle.
Type species : cuspidatus, Mich.

1. Lamellze with distinct cusps bes hee 2
Lamellze without distinct angle or cusp ... 3
2. Cusp rounded, produced forward ... ses OMISSUS
Cusp acute, not produced ... 300 ... cuspidatus
3. Dorsum finely punctate... che <a 4
Dorsum not punctate oo aon Ree 5
4. Sensillus reflexed ... of 900 ... Gomine
Sensillus inclined forward ... 0c w.. QUEEN fer
5, Sensillus reflexed ... 300 00¢ ... Lucifer
Sensillus inclined forward ... wac ... Vartismithit
61. Chamobates cuspidatus, Mich. 66, 67, 68.
Ubiquitous. Scotland, Ireland.
62. Chamobates domine, Hull. 66b, 67ac.
63. Chamobates omissus, P. & W. 67a.

Cambridge, in moss. (Pearce and Warburton).

304 REV. J. E. HULL ON

64. Chamobates vartismithit, sp. nov.

Length, half a millimetre; greatest breadth about
Soo) [ee

Lamelle cuspless, dark, slightly sinuate, converging
forwards but always pretty wide apart, of almost
uniform width, running rather abruptly to a basal
point in front, from which point rises the lamellar
seta. Sensillus slenderly clavate, inclined forwards.
Femur i very broad (vertically) with a narrow
blade underneath. Claws rather large but slender,
heterodactyle, the two laterals being elbowed.

Superficially resembling cuspidatus, but larger and
much less active. Named in honour of Mr. J. C.
Varty-Smith who sent it to me from Newton Moss,
near Penrith.

65. Chamobates lucifer, Hull. 66be, 67a,
Oxford (Bagnall). Cheshire.

66. Chamobates avenifer, Mich. 66b, 67ac.
Cornwall, Dorset, Surrey (B.O.) Cheshire, rare.
MINUNTHOZETES, gen. nov.
Monodactyle. Lamellz parallel. Sensilli inclined

forwards horizontally. ‘Tectopedia idorsal. Dorsum
glabrous.

Type species: /uszger, Mich.

67. Minunthozetes fusiger, Mich. 66, 67, 68.

Sensillus bristle-tipped.

A common species in sphagnum and wet moss.

Essex, Surrey, Dorset (B.O.) Cheshire, Cumberland,
Scotland, Ireland.

68. Minunthozetes humectus, Hull.

Sensillus with oblong clavate head, blunt.
Delamere Forest, Cheshire ; Newton Moss, Cumber-
land.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 395

ZETOMIMUS, gen. nov.
Monodactyle. Lamellz converging forwards. Sensilli
upright.
Femora i without blades. Dorsum glabrous.
Type species: furcatus, P. & W.

69. Zetomimus boothianus, Hull.
Sensilli straight, strongly clavate and pectinate.
A single example was found in the nest of a Coal-tit
sent to me from Ben Rhydding, Yorkshire, by Mr.
H. B. Booth.

70. Zetomimus furcatus, P. & W.
Sensilli smuous, nude. Lamellz similar to those of
Ceratozetes.
Yorkshire (Pearce and Warburton). Cumberland,
Westmoreland.
MYCOBATES, gen. nov.
Monodactyle. Tectopedia i lateral. Femora i
bladed. Dorsum setate.
Type species : parmelie, Mich.
71. Mycobates parmelie, Mich.
Cornwall (B.O.). Oxford (Bagnall). Scotland,
Ireland.

ORIBATULA, Berl.

1. ‘Tridactyle 2
Monodactyle... i

2. Lamellz with obvious cusp 3
Lamellz without cusp 4

3. Cusp rounded 200 ae Ma 100 RLS
Cusp acute .... oo 306 aah . affins

4. Dorsum setate sie 06d bee ... tibialis
Dorsum glabrous... a6 ape roe 5

5. Sensillus pyritorm not reflected ... ... Plantivaga
Sensillus long, strongly reflexed ... sls 6

6. Dorsum quite smooth, polished, red-brown mzchaelii
Dorsum shagreened, very dark ... w.. Cucastt

7. Dorsum continuous with cephalothorax ... avomala
Dorsal front margin normal Be on S)

8. Dorsum elongate, pointed behind ... ... Aumerata

Dorsum normal, rounded behind ,,. 1. SIMU

396

Foe
73:
74.
75-

76.

77:

REV. J. E. HULL ON

Oribatula exilis, Nic. 66, 67, 68.
Ubiquitous.
Oribatula tibialis, Nic. 66b, 67ab.

General (B.O.). Cheshire, Cumberland, Scotland.
Oribatula venusta, Berl.
Recorded from the west of Ireland by Halbert.

Oribatula affinis, Hull. 66b, 67a, 68a.
This appears to be a subalpine species.
Oribatula carnea, sp. nov. 67b.

Length, 410 pw. ; greatest width, 240 p.

Rostral setze long and set rather far back. Lamellar
and interlamellar setze stout but simple. Lamellz of
uniform width throughout, their proximal ends
(with the estheteri'um) hidden by the projecting
margin of the dorsum. Sensillus fairly long,
rather abruptly reflexed, its head clavate, slightly
gibbous on the forward side where it is clothed
with minute appressed hairs.

Dorsum hairless, its fore margin projecting very
considerably with two little indentations on each
side, the inner more distinct than the outer.
Humeral projections large, transparent, extending
to the middle of the dorsum.

Tibia 1 expanded and truncate at its distal end where
it bears a long tactile hair (97 p.); a similar shorter
hair (62 p.) on the patella. Femur i with a very
narrow blade; tarsus slightly longer than the tibia,
straight and feathered with fine hairs beneath,
gibbous with five irregular hairs above. Claws

tridactyle.
A few specimens from a nest of Formica rufa, Riding
Mill.
Oribatula lucasii, Nic. 67a.

(non Oribata lucasiz, B.O.)

Cumberland. Scottish and Irish examples under
this name may belong to this or the next, or
possibly to both.

78.

79-

_ 80.

81.

82.

83.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 397

Oribatula michaelii, Hull. 66b, 67ac.
Cheshire, Lancashire, Cumberland.

Oribatula plantivaga, Berl. 67¢.
On rock-lichen (//yscza) on the coast (Whitley Bay).

Oribatula similis, Mich. 66, 67, 68.

England generally. Scotland, Ireland.
Oribatula anomala, sp. nov. 66, 67, 68.

Dorsum and cephalothorax continuous between the
eestheteria. The dorsal margin curves in from the
shoulder round the inner side of the estheterium,
vanishing at the proximal end of the lamelle.
Abdomen suborbicular. Otherwise like szmzdzs.

More frequent in Northumberland than szmz/zs.

Oribatula humerata, sp. nov. 66bc, 67ac, 68a.

Elongate, dorsum somewhat depressed and subacu-
minate behind. Humeral alz large making the
whole expanse in front as wide as the greatest
breadth of the dorsum, or even a trifle wider.
Cephalothorax small in comparison with the
dorsum.

Less frequent than the two preceding forms, and
remarkably like a small specimen of Lzacarus

coracinus at first glance. Always in moss.

CULT RORIBULA, Berl.
Cultroribula guncta, Mich.
Epping Forest (B.O.). Scotland.

C.—Sub-family Notaspidine.

Legs all lateral; no alar projections; dorsal sete fine, in

four longitudinal series or wanting altogether.

I.

Claws tridactyle... o0c ae ae vee Bec 2

Claws monodactyle pac 540 bob aie ite 5
Sensillus flabellate on se 606 ae ... Licneremaeus
Sensillus otherwise SH ous ae ae Bae 3
Integument reticulate, legs rough ... as .. Cymberemaeus
Integument and legs smooth ... 36 200 soc 4
Lamellz large and prominent ... so one ... Ceratoppia

Lamellz small or 0 bee ses is ne ... Notaspis

398

10.

$4.

85.

86.

87.

88.

REV. J. E. HULL ON

Dorsum with a broad smooth boss at the front margin Hydrozetes

Dorsum otherwise 806 200 200 200 sé 6
Mandibles styliform ... 6a0 560 adc ... Suctobelba
Mandibles normal Sop aay ss ido iat 7

Disk of dorsum dotted or otherwise sculptured aie $

Disk of dorsum quite smooth and polished ... Ae 9
Dorsum uniformly convex a ie 300 ... Dameolus
Dorsum convex in the middle only... ie ... Caleremaeus

Large species, with lateral extension between dorsum

and thorax .. ane ae obs oa ... Damaeosoma
Smaller species, the lateral extension not developed .. Io
Lamellz blade-like pale ia 000 des ... Zetobelba
Lamellze 0 noc p00 SAC oo 00 ... Amolops
Lamelle ridge-like dark 560 00 556 500 pet
Prodorsal margin more or less broken in the middle... Dissorhina
Prodorsal margin with a dark rim, unbroken ... Autogneta

CERATOPPIA, Berl.

Ceratoppia bipilis, Herm. 66, 67, 68.

Ubiquitous. Scotland, Ireland.

NOTASPIS, Herm.

Type species: castanea, Herm. (Possibly identical
with Zucorum, K., but certainly congeneric with that
species. )

Notaspis lucorum, K. 66, 67, 68.

Mycophilous. I have shaken this species from a
lichen-covered apple bough in such numbers as to
cover a sheet of paper as it were with dust.
General.

Notaspis pilosa, Mich.

Apparently a southern species. Michael found it in
Epping Forest, New Forest and Cornwall. Not
reported from Scotland or Ireland.

Notaspis oblonga, K. 66, 67, 68.

General throughout the three kingdoms.

Notaspis serrata, Mich.
Tricheremaeus serrata, Berl.

Recorded by Michael from Cumberland, Westmore-
land, Warwickshire, Staffordshire and North Wales.
I know of no other British records.

go.

QI.

g2.

o3-

94.

95:

96.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 399

AY DROZE TES; Bex:
Very near /Vofaspis but monodactyle.

Hydrozetes lacustris, Mich. 67a, 68a.
In ponds, &c., everywhere.
Cheshire, Cumberland, Scotland, Ireland.
CYMBEREMAEUS, Berl. (emend.)
Cymberemezeus cymba, Nic. 67b.
New Forest (B.O.). Oxford, beaten from furze
(Bagnall). Ovingham (Bagnall).
Cymberemcaus brevipes, Mich.
New Forest, Epping Forest, Surrey (B.O.) Oxford
(Bagnall).
CALEREMAZUS, Berl.

Caleremeus moniltpes, Berl.
Yorkshire, Warkwickshire (B.O.).

LICNEREMAEUS, Paoli.
Licneremaeus licnophorus, Mich.
Warwickshire, Epping Forest (B.O.).
DAMAEOLUS, Paoli.
Dameolus maculosus, P. & W. 520 p.
Cambridge (Pearce and Warburton).
SUCTOBELBA, Paoli.
Suctobelba trigona, Mich. 66b.
Apparently rare. Scotland, Ireland.
DAMAOSOMA, Berl.

Dameosoma denticulatum, G.& R.C. 66bc, 67bce.
Dameus nitens (B.O.).
Yorkshire, Cheshire, Lancashire.

ZETOBELBA, gen. nov.
Prodorsal margin with a dark rim. Lamelle and

- translamellee similar to those of Spherozetes.
Type species : jugorum, Hull.

400 REV. J. E. HULL ON

97. Zetobelba jugorum, Hull. 66b, 67a, 68a,
Westmoreland (Varty-Smith).

AUTOGNETA, gen. nov.

Prodorsal margin with dark rim, unbroken. Lamellz
ridge-like, dark, starting as usual from the
aestheterium and converging inwards; or median
and parallel; or both.

Type species : /ongilamellata, Mich.

1. Lamellar ridges median only at . wvitrina
Lamellar ridges otherwise ... 900 300 2

2. Sensillus bluntly clavate... si ... guadricarinata
Sensillus fusiform-clavate ... fie $s B
Sensillus acute pectinate ... $00 odo 4

3. Sensillus bristle-tipped 200 Ras ... danceolata
Sensillus without the apical bristle ... formosa

4. Genital and anal plates approximate ... pectinata
Genital and anal plates normal _... a 5

5. Lamellar ridges very long, subparallel ... Jongilamellata

sculptilis

Lamellar ridges short, abruptly convergent ( corrzgata
fallax

98. Autogneta vitrina, Hull. 66b, 67a.
Lamellar ridges basal short parallel. Not common.

99. Autogneta guadricarinata, Mich.
Cheshire, Scotland.

100. Autogneta lanceolata, Mich. 66b, 67a, 68a.
Generally distributed.
Cheshire, Scotland, Ireland.
var. lunaris, Hull.
Same distribution as type.

tor. Autogneta formosa, Hull. 66a.
Delamere Forest, Cheshire.

102. Autogneta pectinata, Mich. 66b, 67a.
Moles’ nests in the Midlands (B.O.). Same habitat,
Grange-over-Sands (Bagnall).
Yorkshire, Scotland.

104.

105.

ro6.

107.

108.

109.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 401

Autogneta corrugata, Berl.

To this species I refer examples sent to me by Dr.
Jackson, from Cheshire. They may possibly be
identical with the following species.

Autogneta sculptilis, P. & W.
Hindhead (Pearce and Warburton, P. Z. S., 1995).
Also reported from Scotland.

Autogneta fallax, Paoli. 67a.
Cumberland, Cheshire.

var. obsoleta, Paoli.
Cheshire.

Autogneta longilamellata, Mich. 66b, 67a, 68a.
Epping Forest (B.O.). Cheshire, Scotland.

DISSORHINA, gen. nov.

Prodorsal margin more or less broken by median
ridges, parallel or divergent on the cepherlothorax.
Rostral hairs borne on a small apical tubercle.

Type species: splendens, K.

1. Median ridges short, divergent... ... tricarinata
Median ridges parallel _.... aa oe 2
2. No lateral ridges... ae pa ... vetula
Lateral ridges present 509 300 ls 3
3. Median ridges long exceeding the lateral... captator
Median ridges very short ... 600 ... Splendens
Dissorhina vetula, Hull. 66b, 67a.

Not yet met with outside of the Tyne province.

Dissorhina splendens, K. 66b, 67ac.
Perhaps quite generally distributed, but some of the

records may belong to allied species. Scotland,
Ireland.

Dissorhina tricarinata, Paoli. 66b, 67¢.
Cumberland.

var. corniculata, Paoli.
Cheshire.

402

IIo.

I12.

Legs lateral, very long, verticillately spinous. Abdomen
globose, rough but not granulate.
DAMAZUS, K.
The only British genus.

1. Sensillus pileate ... . tenuipes
Sensillus flagelliform . michaelit
Sensillus otherwise es ce 200 2

2. Process between first and second legs rounded . sufflexus
Process otherwise nad 209 3

3. Two tubercles at base of cephalothorax . tecticola
Four tubercles at base of cephalothorax 4

4. Dorsal spines bent in form of a hook . . riparius
Dorsal spines otherwise... 5

5. Dorsal spines prostrate or nearly so ... 6
Dorsal spines erect 7

6. Femur iv and coxa iv subequal boc alienus
Femur iv more than double the length of coxaiv ... gractlipes

7. Femur iv one and a half times length of coxa iv . geniculatus
Femur iv double the length ot coxa iv . clavipes

113.. Dameus riparius, Nic. D. auritus, B.O.

REV. J. E. HULL ON

Dissorhina captator, Aull.

Cheshire (Delamere Forest).
Moss).

AMOLOPS, Hull.

Amolops clavipectinatus, Mich. 66be, 67c.
Warwickshire(B.O.) Yorkshire, Lancashire, Cheshire,
Scotland, Ireland.

Cumberland (N ewton

Amolops bagnalli, Aull.

Distinguished from the preceding most readily by
the form of the sensillus which is hardly thickened
at its extremity, where it bears three stout acute
spines behind exactly resembling the apex of the
main stem itself.

Grange-over-Sands (Bagnall).

D.—Sub-family Dameeinae.

Midland counties.

IT4.

Tay

116.

nay

118.

119.

120.

2a

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE

Dameeus alienus, Hull.

403

66, 67, 68.

Cheshire (rather rare). Cumberland, North Wales ;

Scotland ?

Dameus gracilipes, Kulcz.

66b, 67¢.

Holywell Dene and Chopwell Woods (Bagnall).

This is the first British record.

Dameeus michaelii, Oud.
D. verticillipes, B.O.

66b, 67aC.

Epping Forest (B.O.). Cheshire, Scotland, Ireland.

Dameus suffiexus, Mich.

Staffordshire (B.O.). Cheshire, Cumberland, Scotland.

Dameeus tenuipes, Mich.

67a.

Among needles and moss in pine woods, West

Allendale.
Cornwall (B.O.).

Dameus tecticola, Mich.
Warwickshire, New Forest (B.O.).

Dameeus clavipes, Herm.
Ubiquitous. Scotland, Ireland.

Dameus geniculatus, L.

Equally as common as the preceding.

Ireland.

E.—Sub-family Nothrine.

Cephalathorax not hinged to the abdomen.

a)

Integument imperfectly chitinized ...
Integument chitinized and pigmented
Dorsum transversely divided

Dorsum undivided

Dorsal setee very long and serrate ...
Dorsal setee of moderate length, simple
Body pearshaped

Body oval

Coxee iv approximate: colour pale...
Coxee iv normal: colour darker
Sensillus filiform

Sensillus clavate

66b, 67ac.

Cheshire.

66, 67, 68.

66, 67, 68.
Scotland,

OW N

5

. Cosmochthonius

4

. LHypochthonizs
. Brachychthonius

. Malaconothrus

6

. Angelia
. Nothrus

404

123.

124.

125.

120.

REV. J. E. HULL ON

Claws tridactyle vk hee Bde sh ... Neoliodes

Claws monodactyle 24
Genital and anal plates with a common rim
Genital and anal plates separate

Dorsum strongly convex

8

.. Lohmannia

9

. Hermannia

Dorsum concave ie om, ae ba ... Heminothrus

HERMANNIA, Nic.

Type species: convexa, K.

1. Dorsum reticulate, dorsal sete 4-seriate ... guadriseriata
Dorsum granulate or scabrid bod 300 2
Dorsum pitted es sae wale a8 3

2. Dorsal setze 6-seriate noc 300 we. CONVEXA
Dorsal setee 4-seriate one ba ee Scabra

3. Dorsum uniformly convex: small species... sana
Dorsum with submarginal furrow: large

SOSMSS soc sss pan ae ... fluviatilis

Hermannia convexa, K.

Tal joggda, xO). 66, 67, 68.
Everywhere, usually in moss.

Hermannia quadriseriata, Banks.

Ek AMC, Jel O} 67¢c.
Cornwall, Staffordshire, North Wales, Isle of Man,
Cumberland, Scotland, Ireland.

Hermannia scabra, L. Koch. 66, 67, 68.
Everywhere, with a partiality for maritime localities.
Semiaquatic in its habits, but in inland localities

generally found on dead wood.

Hermannia nana, Mich. 66ab, 67a, 68a.
Epping Forest, &c. (B.O.). Cumberland, Cheshire,

Scotland, Ireland.
Hermannia fluviatilis, Hull. 66b, 68a.
HEMINOTHRUS, Berl.

“Characters of Nothrus but monodactyle. Sensilli
elongate cylindrical subsetiform” Gerdese.

127.

128.

120.

131.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 405

Type species: ¢argzonz, Berl.

1. Posterior margin of dorsum convex ... Cargionir
Posterior margin of dorsum straight 0 2
2. Posterior setz curled noc 380 ... bistriatus
Posterior setee long flexuous 008 505 URES
Posterior setee short straight 500 ... valentianus
Heminothrus targionii, Berl. 66b.

In moss from Waldridge Fell.
Mole’s nest, Warwickshire (B.O.).

Fleminothrus crinitus, P. & W.
Cumberland, Scotland.

Heminothrus bistriatus, K. 66, 67, 68.
Abundant everywhere.

Heminothrus valentianus, sp. nov. 68a.
Differs from the preceding species (1) in the absence
of the bowl-shaped hollow near the posterior
margin of the dorsum ; (2) in the lesser distinctness
of the median ridges ; (3) in the shortness of the
lateral border of the dorsum which 1s wanting in the
posterior half; (4) in the shorter length of all the
dorsal seta; (5) and in the form of the sensillus,
which is rather shorter and more distinctly clavate.
Three examples were obtained from sphagnum sent
from Cheviot Hill (Bagnall).

ANGELIA, Berl.
1. Monodactyle sun aes aN se. suluestris
aiiidackylemue-. 58 S06 O06 boc 2
2. Two very long setze on posterier margin of
dorsum... 600 000 300 we palustris

Posterior setee shorter than width of dorsum azeazzzZensis

Angelia silvestris, Nic. 66, 67, 68.
Cheshire, Yorkshire, Scotland, Ireland.
Angelia palustris, K. 66, 67, 68.

All the North of England, Scotland, Ireland.
General, according to Michael.

Angelia anauniensis, Can.
Cambridge (Pearce and Warburton, P. Z.5., 1905).

406 REV. J. E. HULL ON

NEOLIODES, Berl.
134. Veoliodes theleproctus, Herm.

Leicester, Cheshire, Scotland, Ireland.
General, according to Michael.

NOTHRUS, Koch.

1. Lateral margin of dorsum with projecting
apophyses... ie ve aa ws Spinifer
No lateral apophyses (or they are very small) 2
2. Posterior margin of dorsum rounded ... envenustus

Posterior margin more or less emarginate 3

LoS)

Without inferior median apophyses behind 4
With a pair of median apophyses below

the posterior margin... 000 te 5
4. Three long lateral spines on each side of

dorsum... ane 500 hes ... umbratilis
No long lateral spines des 8D so. SCLMIS

5. Posterior median apophyses large... ... biverrucatus
Posterior median apophyses smaller (not

emerging from sinus)... ioe ... horridus

Posterior median apophyses inconspicuous dicarinatus

135. Nothrus spinifer, K 66ab, 67ab, 68ab.
Cumberland, Yorkshire. Lancashire, Cheshire, Scot-
land, Ireland.

136. Nothrus horridus, Herm. 66ab, 67ac, 68a,
General, according Michael. Scotland, Ireland.

137. Nothrus biverrucatus, K. 67ac, 68a.
Cumberland, Lancashire, Cheshire, Scotland.

138. Nothrus bicarinatus, K. 66b, 67ab, 68a.
Yorkshire, Scotland, Ireland.
139. Nothrus invenustus, Mich. 66a.
The only local specimen I have seen was one sent
by Mr. J. W. H. Harrison from Upper Teesdale.
Clifton Bridge and Malvern (B.O.). Scotland,
Ireland.
140. Nothrus umbratil’s, Hull.

Cheshire, once only, not seen elsewhere.

141.

142.

143.

144.

145.

146.

147.

148.

149.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 407

Nothrus segnis, Herm. 66ab, 67ab, 68a.
Common everywhere. Scotland, Ireland.

MALACONOTHRUS, Berl.

I. Monodactyle 500 Sie sia ... monodactylus
Tridactyle ... 200 bac Ne 200 2

2, Dorsum not acuminate behind _... ha 3
Dorsum more or less pointed behind one 4

3. Sensillus long narrowly clavate... .- Cectorume
Sensillus short with fusiform head... vee CF ASSUS

4. Cuticle reticulate... xe wes ... Cardus
Cuticle smooth ooc 600 200 ... glaber

Malaconothrus monodactylus, Mich.
Cannock Chase (B.O.). Cheshire, Scotland, Ireland.
Malaconothrus glaber, Mich. 66a, 67a, 68a.
Epping Forest, New Forest, Midlands (B.O.).
Cheshire, Cumberland, Scotland, Ireland.
Mataconothrus tardus, Mich.
Land’s End, on lichen (B.O.). Ireland.
Malaconothrus crassus, P. & W.
Aquatic, in sphagnum, Bournemouth (Pearce and
Warburton).

Malaconothrus tectorum, P. & W.
Wall and roofs, Grantchester (Pearce and Warburton).

LOHMANNIA, Mich.

Lohmannia insignis, Berl. 1ooop.

Dorsum flat, rectangular truncate in front, rounded
behind, with several short simple hairs. Cuticle
shining. ‘Tarsus i, wide oval.

On roots of kidney-beans, Dublin.

HYPOCHTHONIUS, Koch.
Hypochthonius rufulus, K. 550-7504. 66b, 67ab.
Cumberland, Cheshire, Scotland, Ireland.
flypochthonius pallidulus, K.
Epping Forest (B.O.). Scotland.

408 REV. J. E. HULL ON

COSMOCHTHONIUS, Berl.
150. Cosmochthonius lanatus, Mich.

“ Not uncommon” (B.O.)! No other record.

BRACHYCHTHONIUS, Berl.

151. Brachychthonius brevis, Mich. 66b.
Epping Forest, Staffordshire (B.O.). Scotland,
Ireland.

F.—Sub-family Phthiracarine.

Cephalothorax hinged to the abdomen so as to be movable
(vertically).

Claws monodactyle ... 000 ne ... Loploderma
Claws tridactyle ... bie 600 ... LPhthiracarus
HOPLODERMA, Michael.

I. Cephalothorax with a median carina inn 2
Cephalothorax without carina... 366 ag

2, Front margin of dorsum produced forward anomalum
Front margin of dorsum normal... w. Magnune

3- Dorsum smooth polished _ ,.. m0 500 4
Dorsum pitted one oc 4 ... strvicula

4. Sensillus bluntly fusiform, erect ... ... dasypus
Sensillus linear fusiform, needlepointed ... affine

152. Hopeoderma magnum, Nic. 66bc, 67ac, 68a.

Cumberland, Yorkshire, Lancashire, Cheshire, Scot-
land, Ireland.

153. Hofploderma anomalum, Ber).
Gomshall, Surrey (B.O.).

154. oploderma stricula, K.
Warwickshire, Staffordshire (B.O.). Cheshire, Scot-
land.

155. Hoploderma dasypus, Dug. 66, 67, 68.
Ubiquitous. Scotland, Ireland.

156. Hoploderma affine, Hull. 66ac, 67a.
Cumberland, Cheshire.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI OF THE TYNE PROVINCE 409

PHTHIRACARUS, Perty.

Cuticle of dorsum irregularly striate se. Grduus
Cuticle of dorsum spotted ... bac .. bagnalliz
157. Phthiracarus arduus, K. . 66b, 67¢.

Essex, Surrey, Staffs. B.O.). Lancashire, Cheshire,
Scotland, Ireland.

158. Phthiracarus bagnallii, sp. nov. 66b.

Length about 6oop.

Seen from below the outline of the abdomen is
elliptic-oblong ; above the dorsum adjacent to the
posterior margin is slightly compressed laterally.

The dorsum is pale pinkish, smooth and shining,
but uniformly pitted (about 100 to the linear
millimetre). The estheteria are rather large and
the sensillus is characteristic—strongly elbowed
about a third of its length from the base; below
the elbow gently curved, above quite straight, a
bluntly clavate opiculate head forming the distal
third.

Stables at Gibside, Durham, January, 1915 (Bagnall).
A single specimen at Fatfield, December, 1915
(Bagnall).

REFERENCES TO PLATE XVII.

1. Melanozetes (?) cambricus, side view (legs omitted).

2. Phthiracarus bagnallit, ventral view omitting cephalothoracic
appendage; (@) side view of abdomen.

Oribatula carnea, dorsal view; (a) leg of first pair.

Heminothrus valentianus, half of dorsal aspect.

Pelops approximatus, dorsal view.

DN Ry

Chamobates vartismithit, dorsal view, slightly oblique; (a) leg ot
first pair.

Oribatula anomala, oblique dorsal view (legs and dorsal hairs omitted).

on

Oribatula humerata, oblique dorsal view (legs and dorsal hairs omitted)
Amolops bagnallit, sensillus.

410 INDEX.

INDEX
To Vou. IV. (NEw SERIES.)

Acari, terrestrial
Achipteria

Additions to Tbr dea BAG sie atic 226, 237,
a Museum wea ABO ane bo 14, 222,

Agyneta 200 500 300 ows
“4 mystica
as ranwosa, Sp. NOV.
Allopauropus ...
Amolops

Amsden, B., B.A., B:Se., L.L. B. Renee of Field Wests

for IQIO ...
Angelia
Arrow heads ...
Autogneta, gen. Nov.

Axes

Bagnall; Richard S., F.E.S., F.L. S. A synopsis of the British

Symphyla 66

;, Further Records of some British Senne

», Notes on Pauropoda ;

an Report of Field Meetings for 1911
Beadnell, field meeting
Belford, field meeting
Bird Notes oe 000 600 006
Birks, Rev. S. Giana M. Se, Megalichthys, a Study of
Blackhill, field meeting fi ne 500 000 po
Boulder Clay .. 50 ‘
yee bagnalli. sp. nov.
Brachycheteumide, Verhoeff, n. fam.
Brachychthonius 60
Brachypauropus lubbocki, sp. nov. : :
Brady, G. Stewardson, M.D., L.L.D, D. Se. pike R. S.

amended description of Dieses Sanctt Patricit

Brancepeth, field meeting
Brent Geese ...

An

Bullerwell, R. G. A., M.Sc. A Section of the Cliffs near New-

biggin- ae -the-Sea
Calerema@eus

INDEX.

Carabodes ... 580
Centipedes (Chilopoda)
Cepheus
Ceratoppia
Ceratozetes
Chamobates
Cheviots, field meeting
Cnephalocotes ambiguus

oF tncurvatus
Cormorants in Tynemouth ...
Cosmochthonius
Crawhall Bequest
Cultroribula ... :
Curator’s Reports, 1909-10...

3 I9Q1O-II...
3” IQII-1I2...
ee 1912-13.
Cymbereme@eus ob
Damezinz
Dameolius

Dame«osoma ..

Dameus D0
Darlington, field meeting
Derwent Valley, field meeting
Diaptomus Sancti Patrictr ..
Diplopoda (millepedes)
Dipton Woods, field meeting
Dissorhina, gen. nov.
Dolphin, white-beaked
Druridge Bay, field meeting
Dunstanburgh, field meeting
Leuzetes 600
Ewesley, field meeting
Farne Islands. field meeting
Field Meetings, 1909

“a I9IO
” IgII
3 192

Field Meetings—
Beadnell (1911) G0¢ 506
Belford (1912) ... aie ’

Blackhill and Shotley Bridge (1912) ...

349, 356,

143, 350, 356, 3

4II
PAGE
386
357
384
398
391
393
205
52

412 INDEX.

Field Meetings—
Brancepeth (1912)
Cheviots (1910)...
Darlington (1909)
Derwent Valley (1911)
Dipton Woods (1909) ... #
Druridge Bay and Cresswell (1909) ...
Dunstanburgh and Alnmouth (1910)... H
Ewesley, Longwitton and Hartburn (191 ie
Farne Islands (1911)
Greatham (1909)
Harbottle (1911) BS ass
Haswell, Easington and Deneholme Gary
Holy Island (1912)
Mitford (1909) ...
Northumbrian Lakes (1910)
Piercebridge and Gainford (1910)
Ponteland and Prestwick Carr (1910)
Richmond (1912)
Rowlands Gill (1910) . , ab
Seaton Sluice and St. wy? s Island Goin.
Stocksfield (1912)
Sweethope Lough (1909)

Financial Statements : See Treasurer’s Reports ...

Flakes and Chippings

Flint, chalk

Flint Implements

Glacial Geology of Mondintaloetent

lakes 60
>, sands and Gravels .

Gravel Bed containing chalk flints

Greatham, field meeting

Harbottle, field meeting

Hartley Dyke

Haswell, field meeting

Fleminothrus .:.

Hermannia

fermaniella ... ¢

Heron in Northumberland .

Hick, Rev. J. M., M.A. Report of Field Meee fot 1912...

Fiilaira nubigena, sp. nov. .
Holy Island, field meeting ...

202,

INDEX.

Lloploderma 20 Soe Scie ai p00 doc 000
Hull, Rev. J. E., M.A. New and Rare British Spiders
>, Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province
fydroszetes
LTypochthonius a Boe 800 506 tes 600 eee
Jackson, A. Randell, M.D., M.Sc. On the British Spiders of
the Genus Microneta

wee

Liacarus

Licneremeus ...

Limmozetes, gen. nov.

Little Auk

Lohmannia 00

Lycosa agricola, Bl. nov., var. maritima ...
Macheiriophoron

~ Malaconothras

Mallophaga
Mesalichthys ...
es coccolepis Ss :
ey hibbertt Bat G00 ae “ 308 311,
> pygmaeus
= systematic position ...
Melanozetes, gen. nov.
Microneta
Micryphantes
Minunthozetes, gen. nov.
Miscellanea 50
Mitford, field meeting
Mycobates, gen. Nov. ..
Natural History Society—
Annual Reports. See Reports
Neoliodes coc
Neolithic chipping-sites
Ae remains... bod
Night Heron at Warkworth
Northumbrian Lakes, field meeting
Notaspidine ...
Nothrinze
Nothrus
Odontocepheus
Ommatocepheus
Oribatide
Partridge brown variety ... ae 20 pce

414 INDEX.

Pauropoda

Pelops a a0
Peloptulus ... 208
Phthiracarinze

Phthiracarus ...

Phyllotegeus 500 :
Piercebridge, field meeting ...
Polymicrodon latzeli, V erhoeff
Ponteland, field meeting
Protura Sod
‘‘Pigmy ”’? Implements

Quails in the Northern Counties
Reports of Council, 1909-10

a IQIO-II
FS IQII-12
a 1912-13

Report of Delegate to Darwin Commemoration ...
Richmond, field meeting

Robson, C. E. Report of Field ean are 1909
Rowlands Gill, field meeting

PAGE

59» 359 357

Saws, flint
Scleroschema, gen. nov.
a reginald?, sp. nov.
Scolopendrella 17,
58 jacksont, sp. nov.
56 systematic list
Scrapers wis
Scutigerella, systematic list . bens
” new species 17, 19,
Scutovertex 000
Seaton Sluice, field meeting
Serrarvus 586 aus ct n00 fb 008
Smythe, J.A., Ph.D., D.Sc. The Glacial Geology of
et nan is ae ait “5
BA Two Newly-discovered Whin- ie on the Coast of
Northumberland
Spherozetes
Spiders 42,
Stocksfield, field meeting
Striations
Suctobelba

Summer migrants in 1912

387
389
408

INDEX.

Sweethope Lough, field meeting
Syedra...

Symphyla, British ... sts 50 se W475 UO, U7 BH SHO, 3

5 list of British species
Tectocepheus ...
Tegeocraninz he S00 an 200 pec
Tegeocranus ... Bs
Thrips (Thysanoptera)
Titanosoma jurassicum, Verheeff ...
Treasurer’s Reports, 1909-10
be 1910-11
ue IQII-12
i 1912-13 Be see ane as ue
Trechmann, C. T., B.Sc. Notes on Neolithic Chipping-sites in
Northumberland and Durham
Tritegeus
Water Rail in reo
Whin-dykes on the Coast of Miannged sa
White Whale, skeleton of
Whitley Dyke
Woodlice Sac
Wood Pigeon, are eee ie 260 .
Verhceff, Dr. K. W. On the occurrence of Peres
Titanosoma and Polymicrodon in England
Zetobelba, gen. NOV. ...

Zetomimus, FEN. Nov.

nity

$

iy

pan : a
rR ne eas yy hoe at \ PR tales

peek
‘7 Maa The
Paice

‘ PAGE
Report of the Natural History Society for 1911-12 ... SN, en

Report of the Natural History Society for 1912-13 Bo pp. AS)

Megalichthys : A Study incorporating the Results of Work on
previously undescribed Material. By THE REV, S. GRAHAM
Birks, M.Sc. (Victoria University of Manchester.) ‘Plates
XG, NIL, SIV AK Vs and XVI) Gw oie oe ee og

Two Newly-discovered Whin Dykes on the Coast of Northumber-
land. By J. A. SMyrTHE, Ph.D., D.Sc., Armstrong College,

CONTENTS... ue

Newcastle-on-Tyne (illustrated)... Goa Seta AG ate BGO

Report on the Field Meetings of the Natural History Society for

1911. By RICHARD S, BAGNALL, F.E.S., F.L.S. pe eey Vit

Report on the Field Meetings of the Natural History Society for
1912. By tHE Rev. J. M. Hicks, MA. ... a Bape Slee

Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. By THE REv. J. E. HULL, )
M.A. (Plate XVII.) - nae SOM
Index to Vol IV. ... Akos eines fr ae Beenie wie ws. 410

Title Page and Table of Contents for Vol. IV.

The volumes of the present and preceding series of T ransactions may
be obtained through the publishers, or direct from the Hon. Secretaries,
fAlancock Museum, Barras Bridge, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Where brevity is desired in directing exchanges, etc., the following

is a sufficient address :
NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY,
NEWCASTLE-ON? LYNE,
ENGLAND.

PRINTED BY J, BELL AND cOo., RAILWAY LANE, PILGRIM STREET, NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE,

RRR ieee er eee.

PN lata aot

sae):

oS Sa
ae

Trans. Nat. Hist Soc. ND & NC, New Ser, Vol: IV, PUL.

R 2. Bagnall del. E:Wilson, Cambridge.
W.West,lith.
BRITISH SYMPHYLA.

a Soe rp

*

/
; Trans. Not.Hist Sec. ND. & NC. New Ser, VoL IV, PUIL

J.E.Hull,del. “ E-Wilson, Cambridge.

W.West,lith.
NEW AND RARE BRITISH SPIDERS.

NeouitHic [MPLEMENTS.
Teesdale, Weardale, Allendale.

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. N., D. IMC, ING SG Viils Ve, Its LY

@

o
i
t

N

NEOLITHIC IMPLEMENTS,
Blackton in Teesdale,

any
me
tee) irs

wi
ith

Ss es

“2, ‘
i, SUA ae
any

Go IMO... INC Sam, Vols I, tas VA

once (Nat. LLiSste SOG Vey

NEOLITHIC IMPLEMENTS,

Horden,

Wits, INaaR, Teas ISA, INe, ID. SS IMCs, ING. Saiey Wotls May IAs WIE

NEOLITHIC IMPLEMENTS.
Coast of Durham and Northumberland.

ohh

Trans. Nat.Hist Soc. ND. & NC, New Ser, Vol. IV, PU VIL

A. Randell Jackson,del : E.Wil son, Cambridge.
W. West, lith.
BRITISH MICRONETOID SPIDERS.

4&.Randell Jackson,del.

Trans. Not.Hist Soc. N,D. & NC,New Ser, Vol-IV, Pl. VII.

Wilson, Cambridge

BRITISH MICRONETOID SPIDERS.

Sra eae sone arse eae aS

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. ND. & NC. New Ser. Vol. IV., PE IX,
OL LS Nana nen penis ee Ve RE IS a pe

|
|

K. W. Verhoeff del.

BRACHYCHAETEUMA BAGNALLI,

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. N.,

D. & NC., New Ser., Vol. LV., Pl. X.
| ve cathe
| ra
/ x N R, 2
| ya ui Nas uke rays
| } a fh : \
er Se Ne.
es aN

} z ie /
rs {
as
= Cc
eit

K. W. Verhoeff del. ze

BRACHYCHAETEUMA BAGNALLI,

i POLYMICRODON LATZELI.

Soesss se,

pie tener ee ee

=

cw ¥ Wet)
See RS Newent

NC., New Ser., Vol. £V., Pl. XL.

4V., 2): &

Nat. Hist. Soc.

Trans.

G. S. Brady del.

SANCTI PATRICII.

DIAPTOMUS

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. N.,'D. & NC., New Ser., Vol. IV., Pl. XII.

Be SOO St

Photo. HE. L. Gill and H. Fletcher.

Fig. 1. Mfegalichthys ‘hibberti’ (pygmaeus), Low Main, Newsham.
Hancock Museum, B17. 13 natural size.

Photo. E. L. Gill and H. Fletcher.

Fig. 2. Megalichthys coccolepis. Part of skull. Low Main,
Newsham. Hancock Museum, Bz. Slightly reduced.

Op ere uhim

apa

LL
|

a

Seeipemenw anes asenee:
SS SESSS TT SS

(SOA APO Tp A IER I ED eae esr cP ate Ae

NC., New Ser. Vol. LV., Fi. XLTL.

Ie BS (ES 9 A 8 AE co

Photo. &. L. (Fil! and BH. Fletcher,

and part of right

‘J -
Four-sevenths astural

Skull ; and anterior + ion of hedy, shewing scales

fin. Low Main, Newsham Hlanceck Muse um, 61,

a)

i

bisino

Inte}

yobionl?z bn,

\
lf

weg

pe

gnawo8F

2

A
J

Pr

mgpor?

Ms

;
:
;
.
;
:
;
‘
!

a ite il

Photo. E, L. Gill and H, Fletcher,

Megalichthys hibberti. Skull; and anterior portion of body, shewing scales
and part of right pectoral fin. Low Main, Newsham. Hancock Museum, Br.
Four-sevenths natural size.

|

| |
¢ é 3 5 : . *“peonper Anysys : : : : "OZIS FRINIVU SPikyy-OM] JNoGY
Re gq ‘wmasnyy yooour py wiRYysMaN “Urey MOY “{[NYS Irq “Wihosnyy yooouvyy ~—WUIBYSMoN © “Ihys: O
ee Jo aouied aonejuy *st¢9702909_ shyjyrypsozy =e “BIA javd jo aovjans soddy ~27-coggiy sayy? soit |
5 j »
ae 1099} LT "H PUR THD "TE “O10 “ONL “H Pay TMD “TH "VOT
ee
= ise
. N |
=
=

"rans. Nat. Hist. Soe. Ny D. & NC. New Ser., V

#. Soc. N., D. & NC., New Ser., Vol. LV., Pl. XIV.

y

Trans. Nat. Hi

*poonpo. Apysys “OZIS [BANJVU SPATY-OM] JNOGW

“Sq Suinasny, yooouV T_T “URYSMONT “UlePAY ANOT = [NYS “Tig ‘uimasnyy yooouvFy =wievysManN ‘ureyy AMO] = "]][NYS Jo
Jo uolqiod JOWIOJUY “91909909 SAY JYILVSIPT ‘ZS ‘Sq yaed jo 9ovyans joddq, “UYtIgqLy SAY TYIUOSIL ‘TI “OLY
“TOTP TA “H PUB TIED “TH “07;0Nd “LOUPPLL “H PUL TLD “TT “e “OF0Nd

Z
| a > A ~
ri) - * % ns
i 4 is ;
= f: a ~
f i + .'
‘ ce 4
rt - 4
i
j " i = at
> f
! a = ; « i
pied 3
‘ 5 ; C c
( < & < ( y
zs A . -
r : i
i ¥ é 5 ;
HH r .
|
‘
Ye =
}
Ht
i
i

‘.
comet

4
sores

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. V., D. & NC., New Ser., Vol. LV., PL XV.

Photo. E. L. Gill and II. Fletcher.

Fig. 1. Megalichthys hibberti, Anterior portion of skull.

Low Main, Newsham. Hancock Museum, B6. About three-
quarters natural size.

Photo. E. L. Gill and H. Fletcher.

Fig. 2. Megalichthys jibberti. Portion of skull, interior
aspect. Low Main, Newsham. Hancock Museum, B7. Two-
thirds natural size.

IA, XW

‘azis JeANyeu stajienb-seayy ynoqy “S1q ‘wnasnjyt
yooouvfy ‘ulvysMoN ‘SuIRPY MOY ‘Joodse [vusa}xa ‘a[qipuBwM yay *s299709909 shyjyrupSapy

op)

r

“19999 T “H PUL TIL) “TI “WT “oj;0Nd

NC., New Ser., Vol. LV

.&

ZSOGH NED

y

Trans. Nat. Hi

Gf. E. Hull del.

TERRESTRIAL ACARI,

WUE

ane